India : Land and People

Hkkjr % Hkwfe ,oa yksx

Textbook for Class IX
d{kk 9 ds fy, ikB~;iqLrd

(jkT; f'k{kk 'kks/ ,oa izf'k{k.k ifj"kn~] fcgkj }kjk fodflr)

fcgkj LVsV VsDLVcqd ifCyf'kax dkWjiksjs'ku fyfeVsM] iVuk
vij eq[; lfpo] f'k{kk foHkkx fcgkj ds ekxZn'kZu esa A

funs'kd (ekè;fed f'k{kk)] f'k{kk foHkkx] fcgkj ljdkj }kjk LohÑr A

jkT; f'k{kk 'kks/ ,oa izf'k{k.k ifj"kn~] fcgkj iVuk ds lkStU; ls lEiw.kZ
fcgkj jkT; ds fufeÙk A

© fcgkj LVsV VsDLVcqd ifCyf'kax dkWjiksjs'ku fyfeVsM] iVuk

la'kksf/r laLdj.k : 2009
: 2017

izFke laLdj.k % 2024 (f}Hkkf"kd)



fcgkj LVsV VsDLVcqd ifCyf'kax dkWjiksjs'ku fyfeVsM] ikB~;&iqLrd Hkou] cq¼ekxZ]

iVuk&800001 }kjk izdkf'kr rFkk ----------------------------------------------------------------------
}kjk -----------th-,l-,e-fjlkbfdy VsDLV isij (---------------------------------ehy] okVj
ekdZ) rFkk-----------------th-,l-,e- vkVZ cksMZ(--------------------ehy) vkoj.k isij ij
oqQy------------------izfr;k¡ 1 7 - 2 x24 lss-eh-lkbt esa eqfnzrA

(ii)
 ikB~;&iqLrd fodkl lfefr

çksú jkl fcgkjh çlkn flag] iwoZ dqyifr] iVuk fo'ofo|ky;] iVukA
izksú iwf.kZek 'ks•j flag] Hkwxksy foHkkx] ,-,u- dkWyst] iVukA
MkWú çoh.k dqekj çHkkdj] lú f'k{kd] jktdh; mPp ekè;fed fo|ky;] jktsUæ
uxj] iVukA
Jh /uat; mikè;k;] lú f'k{kd] iVuk dkWysft,V Ldwy] iVukA
MkWú eksú tehy vlxj] lú f'k{kd] cynso b.Vj fo|ky;] nkukiqj] iVukA
MkW- •jkjh 'kj.k] lú f'k{kd] f'kok/hu egkohj $2 Ldwy pkSFke]
•xfM+;k
eksú ,grs'kke flfídh] lú f'k{kd] jktdh; dU;k mPp ekè;fed fo|ky;]
iVuk flVh] xqytkjckxA
leUo;d
Jherh foHkk jkuh] foHkkx izHkkjh] f'k{k.k'kkL=k] ikB~;p;kZ] ikB;Øe ,oa
ewY;kadu foHkkx] ,l-lh-bZ-vkj-Vh-] fcgkj] iVukA
MkWú yo dqekj] izfrfu;qDr O;k[;krk] f'k{k.k'kkL=k] ikB~;p;kZ]
ikB;Øe ,oa ewY;kadu foHkkx] ,l-lh-bZ-vkj-Vh-]
fcgkj] iVukA
vaxzst+h :ikarj.k % MkWú lat; dqekj] izksiQslj] Hkwxksy foHkkx] egkjktk
dkWyst] vkjkA
MkWú fo|k ;kno] vflLVsUV izksiQslj] Hkwxksy foHkkx]
dkWyst vWkiQ dkelZ] vkVZl ,.M lkbal] iVuk
rduhdh lg;ksx % Jh vkse~ ikFkZ lkjFkh] $ 2 dEI;wVj f'k{kd] Jherh rsrjk $2
fo|ky;] jUuh & Mqefj;k¡] rjkjh] Hkkstiqj
Jh egs'k dqekj] $ 2 dEI;wVj f'k{kd]
m0 ek0 fo0] egeniqj] egukj] oS'kkyh
vkoj.k ,oa fp=kkadu % 'kkfgn [kku ,oa v'kjiQ deky] vkVZ esdj] lqyrkuxat] iVuk A

(iii)
 vkeq[k

;g iqLrd jk"Vªh; ikB~;p;kZ dh :ijs•k 2005 bZú ,oa fcgkj ikB~;p;kZ dh

:ijs•k 2008 bZú ds vkyksd esa fodflr uohu ikB~;Øe ds vk/kj ij rS;kj dh xbZ gSA
u;s ikB~;Øe ds vkyksd esa rS;kj ;g iqLrd uoe~ oxZ gsrq o"kZ 2009 bZú ls ykxw gSA
bl iqLrd ds fodklØe esa bl ckr ij è;ku j[kk x;k gS fd f'k{kkfFkZ;ksa dks
Ldwyh thou ds ckgj vkl&ikl ds vuqHkoksa ds lkFk tksM+rs gq, fo"k;&lkexzh ls ifjfpr
djk;k tk,A jk"Vªh; ikB~;p;kZ dh :ijs•k 2005 bZú ,oa fcgkj ikB~;p;kZ dh :ijs•k
2008 bZú dk ewy mís'; Hkh ;gh gS fd cPpksa ds Ldwyh thou vkSj Ldwy ls ckgj ds
thou esa varjky ugha gksuk pkfg,A iqLrd dks fodflr djrs le; bl ckr ij fo'ks"k cy
fn;k x;k gS fd iqLrd dks ijh{kk dk ,dek=k vk/kj cukus dh ço`fÙk ls nwj ys tk;k tk,A
cPpksa esa l`tukRed igy dks fodflr djus ds fy, ;g vfr vko';d gS fd lh•us
vkSj fl•kus dh çfØ;k esa Hkkx ysus gsrq cPpksa dks vf/d volj miyC/ djk;s tk,¡A
iqLrd fodklØe esa bu ckrksa ij fo'ks"k :i ls è;ku fn;k x;k gSA bl 'kSf{kd l=k
2024&25 ls SCERT }kjk foDflr lkekftd foKku fo"k; vUrxZr ^Hkkjr Hkwfe ,oa
yksx* d{kk&IX dh ikB~;iqLrd dks f}Hkkf"kd (Bilingual) :Ik esa fo|kfFkZ;ksa dks
miyC/ djkbZ tk jgh gSA
uoe~ oxZ ds f'k{kkFkhZ ds efLr"d dk bruk fodkl vo'; gks gh tkrk gS fd og
Hkwxksy dh nqfu;k ds lSj djus ds Øe esa Hkwxksy ds egÙoiw.kZ igyqvksa dks le>us ds ç;kl
esa l{ke cu ldsA bl Lrj ds cPpksa esa le> dks ij•rs gq, dksf'k'k dh xbZ gS fd cPpksa
dks Hkwxksy dks le>us esa enn fey ldsA lkFk gh Nk=k dks Hkwxksy ds dqN cqfu;knh ç'uksa
dks le>us ,oa O;k[;k djus esa vklkuh gks ldsA bl iqLrd dh ,d egÙoiw.kZ •kfl;r
;g gS fd blesa Hkkjr ds fofo/rk ds chp ,drk ds HkkSxksfyd vo;oksa dks cM+s gh lVhd
<ax ls çLrqr fd;k x;k gSA Hkkjr ds Hkwxksy dh O;k[;k esa ekWulwuh tyok;q] tula[;k]
ouLifr vkSj oU; çk.kh ,sls fo"k; oLrq gSa ftudk Øec¼ fo'ys"k.k bl oxZ Lrj ds fy,
cgqr gh mi;ksxh gSA mijksÙkQ rF;ksa dk vè;;u HkkSxksfyd fofo/rk dks le>us esa lgt
:i ls enn djsxkA
fo|kfFkZ;ksa dh vko';drkvksa dks è;ku esa j•dj rF;ksa dk ;FkkFkZ lek;kstu
fd;k x;k gSA •aM ^c* ds rgr vkink çca/u ds cqfu;knh igyqvksa ls fo|kfFkZ;ksa dks

(iv)
ifjfpr djk;k x;k gSA ftlds varxZr vkink dh ladYiuk] ekuoh; xyfr;ksa ls ?kfVr
vkinkvksa] lkekU; vkinkvksa ,oa leqnk; vk/kfjr vkinkvksa dks 'kkfey fd;k x;k gS]
buds vè;;u ls f'k{kkFkhZ vkink ,oa mlls tqM+s igyqvksa ls Hkyh&Hkk¡fr ifjfpr gksdj u
fliQZ vius thou esa oju ifjokj lekt] jk"Vª dks Hkh ykHkkfUor dj ldsaxsA
,l-lh-bZ-vkj-Vh bl iqLrd ds fodkl esa 'kkfey fo}Rtuksa ds çfr vkHkkj çdV
djrh gS] ftuds lg;ksx ls ;g egÙoiw.kZ dk;Z lEiUu gqvkA lkFk gh bl iqLrd ds
fodkl ds fy, cukbZ xbZ ikB~~; fodkl lfefr ds lnL; MkW- çksú jkl fcgkjh çlkn
flag] Hkwxksy foHkkx] iVuk fo'ofo|ky;] iVuk] MkW- iwf.kZek 'ks•j flag] Hkwxksy foHkkx]
,-,u- dkWyst] iVuk] MkW- çoh.k dqekj çHkkdj] lú f'k{kd] jktdh; mPp ekè;fed
fo|ky;] jktsUæ uxj] iVuk] Jh /uat; mikè;k;] lú f'k{kd] iVuk dkWysft,V Ldwy]
iVuk] MkW- eksú tehy vlxj] lú f'k{kd] cynso b.Vj fo|ky;] nkukiqj] iVuk] MkW-
•jkjh 'kj.k] lú f'k{kd] f'kok/hu egkohj $2 Ldwy pkSFke] •xfM+;k] eksú ,grs'kke
flfídh lú f'k{kd] jktdh; dU;k mPp ekè;fed fo|ky;] iVuk flVh] xqytkjckx
ds çfr ÑrKrk O;ÙkQ djrh gSA ,u-lh-bZ-vkj-Vh- ds çfr ge fo'ks"k vkHkkj O;ÙkQ djrs gSa
D;ksafd bl iqLrd dks rS;kj djus ds Øe esa ,u-lh-bZ-vkj-Vh- ds uoe~ oxZ ds fy,
fu/kZfjr iqLrd ds dbZ va'kksa ,oa egÙoiw.kZ fcUnqvksa dk lgkjk fy;k x;k gSA
bl f}Hkkf"kd iqLrd dks vR;Yi le; rFkk 'kh?kzrk esa rS;kj djus esa Jherh
foHkk jkuh] foHkkx izHkkjh] f'k{k.k'kkL=k] ikB~;p;kZ] ikB~;Øe ,oa ewY;kadu foHkkx]
,l-lh-bZ-vkj-Vh-] fcgkj] iVuk rFkk MkW- yo dqekj] izfrfu;qDr O;k[;krk] ,l-lh-bZ-
vkj-Vh- fcgkj] iVuk ds lHkh inkf/dkfj;ksa ,oa dfeZ;ksa dh egrh Hkwfedk jgh gS]
ftudh ,dfu"B lfØ;rk us dk;Z dks lqxe cuk fn;kA
iqLrd dks rS;kj djus esa laHko gS dgha&dgha dqN =kqfV;k¡ jg x;h gksaA vkilc
ikBdksa ,oa fo}r~tuksa ls lq>ko dh vis{kk gS rkfd vkxys lsLdj.k esa mu =kqfV;ksa dks
lq/kjk tk ldsA

lTtu vkjú] Hkk-iz-ls-

funs'kd
jkT; f'k{kk 'kks/ ,oa izf'k{k.k ifj"kn~
fcgkj] iVuk&800006

(v)
 INDEX
Section (A) INDIA and PEOPLE

Chapter Page Number

1. Location and Extent 1-11
2. Physical form : Structure and Relief 12-29
3. Drainage Pattern 30-48
4. Climate 49-67
5. Nautral Vegetation and Wild Animals 68-82
6. Population 83-95
7. Neighbouring Countries of India 96-123
8. Map Reading 124-129
9. Regional Study 130-137

Section (B) Disaster Management

10. Disaster management : An Introduction 138-143

11. Disasters Due to Human Errors : Nuclear,
Biological and Chemical 144-160
12. Common Disaster : Eradication and Control 161-174
13. Community Based Disaster Management 175-184

(vi)
 vuqØef.kdk

•.M (v) Hkkjr % Hkwfe ,oa yksx

vè;k; i`"B la[;k
1- fLFkfr ,oa foLrkj 1&11
2- HkkSfrd Lo:i % lajpuk ,oa mPpkop 12&29
3- viokg Lo:i 30&48
4- tyok;q 49&67
5- çkÑfrd ouLifr ,oa oU; çk.kh 68&82
6- tula[;k 83&95
7- Hkkjr ds iM+kslh ns'k 96&123
8- ekufp=k vè;;u 124&129
9- {ks=kh; vè;;u 130&137

•.M (c) vkink çca/u

10- vkink çca/u % ,d ifjp; 138&143
11- ekuoh; xyfr;ksa ds dkj.k ?kfVr vkink;sa % ukfHkdh;]
tSfod vkSj jklk;fud 144&160
12- lkekU; vkink;sa% fuokj.k ,oa fu;a=k.k 161&174
13- leqnk; vk/kfjr vkink çca/u 175&184

(vii)
 Chapter-1

LOCATION & EXTENT

Our country India is one of the oldest cultures in the world.
India's rich natural variation has embellished it with various cultural
diversities. Ancient Indus Valley civilization lourished only here.
Vaishali in Bihar is the world's irst republic. Therefore, India has
signi icant contributions in the development of world history. India is
the only country in the world, on the name of which an ocean is
named as 'Indian Ocean'. This re lects the important position of India
in South Asia. In the past few decades, India has made remarkable
progress in social and economic sector.

LOCATION

India is a vast country. Mainland of India is located between 804'

North and 3706' North latitudes and 6807' East and 97025' East
longitudes. If we include the island groups of India then, its expansion
in south starts from 60 45' north latitude. Indira Point is the
southernmost point of India which is located in Andaman and
Nicobar Island. 23030' north latitude (Tropic of Cancer) passes
through the middle of India and divides it into two parts. India's
position, the latitudinal and longitudinal extent, boundary line, etc. is
clear from Figure 1.1.

Location and Extent :: 1

 vè;k;&1

fLFkfr ,oa foLrkj

gekjk ns'k Hkkjr fo'o dh çkphure laLÑfr;ksa esa ls ,d gSA Hkkjr dh le`¼
çkÑfrd fofo/rk us bls vusd lkaLÑfrd fofo/rkvksa ls vyaÑr fd;k gSA fla/q ?kkVh dh
çkphu lH;rk Hkkjr esa gh fodflr gqbZA fcgkj esa fLFkr oS'kkyh fo'o dk igyk x.kjkT;
gSA vr% Hkkjr dk fo'o bfrgkl ds fodkl esa egÙoiw.kZ ;ksxnku jgk gSA fo'o esa Hkkjr gh
,dek=k ,slk ns'k gS ftlds uke ij ,d egklkxj ^fgUn egklkxj* gSA ;g nf{k.k ,f'k;k esa
Hkkjr dh egÙoiw.kZ fLFkfr dks n'kkZrk gSA fiNys dqN n'kdksa esa Hkkjr us lkekftd ,oa
vkfFkZd {ks=k esa vn~Hkqr çxfr dh gSA
fLFkfr
0 0
Hkkjr ,d fo'kky ns'k gSA bldk eq[; Hkw&Hkkx 8 4' mÙkj ls 37 6' mÙkj v{kka'k
0 0
rFkk 68 7' iwoZ ls 97 25' iwoZ ns'kkarj rd iQSyk gSA ;fn ge Hkkjr ds }hi lewgksa dks
0
lfEefyr djrs gSa rc bldk nf{k.k esa foLrkj 6 45' mÙkj v{kka'k ls 'kq: gksrk gSA Hkkjr dk
0
nf{k.kre~ fcanq bfUnjk IokbZaV gS tks vaMeku fudksckj }hi lewg esa fLFkr gSA 23 30' mÙkjh
v{kka'k (ddZ js•k) Hkkjr ds chpks&chp ls xqtjrh gS ,oa bls yxHkx nks Hkkxksa esa ck¡Vrh gSA
Hkkjr dh fLFkfr] v{kka'kh; ,oa ns'kkarjh; foLrkj] lhek js•k vkfn fp=k la[;k 1.1 ls
Li"V gSA

Hkkjr % Hkwfe ,oa yksx %% 1

 720 760 800 840 880 920 960E

37°6'
0
36
360N

INDIA
N

82°30'
0
32
320

Pakistan
China
(Tibbet)
280 Ne 97°25'
pa
l
Bhutan

ome ter
68°7' 2,933 kil
I N Bangladesh 240
D I A
Prime meridian

Myanmar
200
200
Arab Ocean
Bay of Bengal

160
3,124 kilometer

160

120
120

Lakshadweep (India) Andaman & Nicobar Islands (India)

0
8 N- 0 200 400 600 km
Srilan

Indian 80N-
8°4'
Ocean
ka

720E 760 840 880 920 6°4'

Figure 1.1 India- Expansion and Standard lines

Location and Extent ::2

 ckaXykns'k

fp=k 1.1 % Hkkjr&foLrkj ,oa ekud js[kk

Hkkjr % Hkwfe ,oa yksx %% 2
SHAPE
The area of India is 32.8 lac square km. This is 2.4% of the total
geographical area of the world. Figure 1.2 shows the relative position
of India’s area in the world context.

18

16

14
Per 10 lac km sq.

12

10

0
Russia Canada USA China Brazil Australia India

Country
Source : On the basis of World Population Data sheet 2005, Population References Beauro, Washington DC

Figure 1.2: Seven largest countries of the world

The Territorial boundary of India - India's territorial boundary is

almost double or twice to its coastal boundary line. The total length
of territorial boundary line is 15,200.
Seven largest countries in the world
Coastal boundary line of mainland
is 6100 km long. If the Indian (1) Russia (2) Canada
Islands are included in the coastal (3) U.S.A. (4) China
boundary line, the total length
becomes 7516.6 kms. (5) Brazil (6) Australia
(7) India

The shape of India roughly seen as triangular. Its northern part is

wider whereas its southern part gradually becomes thinner from 220
north latitude. At the
Location and Extent :: 3
vkdkj
Hkkjr dk {ks=kiQy 32.8 yk• oxZ fd-eh- gSA ;g fo'o ds dqy HkkSxksfyd {ks=kiQy
dk 2.4% gSA fp=k la[;k 1.2 esa Hkkjr ds {ks=kiQy dh lkisf{kd fLFkfr dks fo'o lanHkZ esa
fn[kk;k x;k gSA

lzksr % oYMZ ikWiqys'ku MkVk 'khV 2005] ikWiqys'ku jsiQjsal C;wjks] okf'kaxVu Mh. lh. ij vk/kfjr

fp=k 1.2 % fo'o ds lkr cM+s ns'k

Hkkjr dh LFky lhek js•k&Hkkjr dh LFky lhek js•k] rVh; lhek js•k ds yxHkx nksxquh gSA
LFky lhek js•k dh dqy yackbZ 15, 200 fd-eh- gSA eq[; Hkwfe dh rVh; lhek js•k 6100
fd-eh- yach gSA Hkkjrh; }hiksa dh rVh; lhek js•k lfEefyr djus ij bldh dqy yackbZ 7
516.6 fd-eh- gks tkrh gSA
fo'o ds lkr cM+s ns'k
Hkkjr dk vkdkj eksVs rkSj ij (1) :l (2) dukMk
f=kHkqtkdkj fn[kkbZ nsrk gSA vkÑfr esa iSQyk
(3) ;w-,l-,- (4) phu
ns'k gSA bldk mÙkjh Hkkx pkSM+k gS vkSj nf{k.kh
0 (5) czkthy (6) vkLVªsfy;k
Hkkx yxHkx 22 mÙkjh v{kka'k ls nf{k.k dh
(7) Hkkjr
vksj Øe'k% iryk gksrk x;k gSA lcls vfUre

Hkkjr % Hkwfe ,oa yksx%% 3

southern end , the mainland has taken the shape of cape which is called
‘Kumari Antarip’ or ‘Kanyakumari’.

Do you know?
The narrow portion of mainland surrounded by
sea from three sides is called cape. Children, collect
the names of other capes existing in the world.

The reasons for the peninsular shape of India are- (1) Bay of Bengal in
the east, (2) Arabian Sea in the west, & (3) Indian Ocean to the south.
India is surrounded by sea from three sides. Due to this peninsular shape,
India’s coastline is so long.

Find the longitudinal value

Impact of latitudinal and of Mirzapur and Naini cities
longitudinal expansion located in Uttar Pradesh.
India's longitudinal and latitudinal extent is almost equal that is (300
), however the actual terrestrial distance is not quite same. The
reason for this is that on Earth, the inter-latitudinal distance remains
the same but the inter-longitudinal distance decreases,

Earth rotates 360 longitude in 24 as we move towards the poles.

0

hours. Therefore, the earth takes 4 There is a 2 hours differences in

minutes to cross one degree of local time between Arunachal
longitude. The difference between Pradesh and Gujarat. When the sun
Saurashtra and Arunachal Pradesh rises in Kibithu in Arunachal
is 300 longitudinal apart. Thus, Pradesh, it remains dark in Kutch
300 × 4 minute=120 minute, means in Gujrat and Sun rises there a er 2
2 hours. hours.

This happens due to 300 longitudinal difference between the two

0
places. The Standard Meridian of India is 82 30' East longitude which
passes through Mirzapur in Uttar Pradesh. While choosing standard
Meridian, it is kept in mind

Location and Extent :: 4

Nksj ij Hkkjr dh eq[; Hkwfe us varjhi dk :i ys fy;k gSA bls dqekjh varjhi ;k
dU;kdqekjh dgrs gSaA
D;k vki tkurs gSa fd %
leqæ dh vksj eq[; LFkyh; Hkkx dk fudyk gqvk
l¡djk ;k iryk Hkkx tks rhu vksj leqæ ls f?kjk gks]
varjhi dgykrk gSA cPpksa] fo'o esa fo|eku vU;
varjhiksa ds uke bdêòk dhft,A
Hkkjr ds çk;}hih; vkdkj ds dkj.k gSa& (1) iwjc esa caxky dh •kM+h] (2)
if'pe esa vjc lkxj rFkk (3) nf{k.k esa fgUn egklkxjA Hkkjr rhuksa vksj leqæ ls f?kjk gSA
blh çk;}hih; vkdkj ds dkj.k Hkkjr dh rVh; lhek bruh yach gSA
v{kka'kh; ,oa ns'kkarjh; foLrkj dk çHkko
Hkkjr dk ns'kkarjh; ,oa v{kka'kh; foLrkj nksuksa yxHkx leku (30) gS] fdUrq Hkwfe
ij nksuksa esa okLrfod nwjh leku ugha gSA mÙkj izns'k esa fLFkr fetkZiqj vkSj uSuh 'kgjksa
bldk dkj.k ;g gS fd i`Foh ij ds ns'kkarj dk eku irk dhft,A
varjv{kka'kh; nwjh leku jgrh gS fdUrq
varjns'kkarjh; nwjh /zqo dh vksj tkus ij de
gksrh tkrh gSA
Hkkjr esa v#.kkpy çns'k vkSj dPN ds chp LFkkuh; le; esa 2 ?kaVs dk varj gSA
i`Foh 24 ?kaVs esa 360 ns'kkarj ?kwe tkrh gSA vr% 1 tc v#.kkpy çns'k ds fdfoFkq esa
ns'kkarj ikj djus esa i`Foh dks 4 feuV dk le; yxrk lw;kZsn; gksrk gS] ml le; xqtjkr
gSA lkSjk"Vª vkSj v#.kkpy çns'k ds chp 30 ns'kkarj ds dPN esa va/sjk jgrk gS vkSj
dk varj gSA vr% 30° × 4' feuV ¾ 120 feuV ogk¡ 2 ?kaVs ckn lw;kZsn; gksrk gSA
;kuh 2 ?kaVk gqvkA ,slk nksuksa LFkkuksas esa 30 ns'kkarjh;
varj ds dkj.k gksrk gSA
Hkkjr dh ekud ns'kkUrj js•k 82°30' iwohZ ns'kkarj gS tks fetkZiqj] mÙkj izns'k ls gksdj
xqtjrh gSA ekud eè;kÉ js•k pqurs le; bl ckr dk è;ku

Hkkjr % Hkwfe ,oa yksx %% 4

that it passes through the middle of the country and should be a
multiple of 7030'. So that there can be a time difference of 30 minutes
between places located at a longitude of 7030'.
Tropic of cancer (23. 50 north
latitude) passes from the middle of Indian standard time is 5.30
the country and divides it into two hours ahead of Greenwich time.
equal parts. This tropic of cancer Because of having Indian standard
passes from our neighbouring
time, all places in India follow the
states Jharkhand's capital Ranchi
and our neighbouring country same time even after in the
Bangladesh. eastern States, sun rises 2 hours
Now we will understand
earlier as compare to Gujrat.
how latitudinal expansion or
distance affects Indian lifestyle?
Northern most end of India lies in the Union territory of
Ladakh and 3706' latitudinal line passes through its northern edge.
Therefore, it is very far from the equator and the region receives
slanting sun's rays. Consequently, it receives lesser solar heat and
winters are very cold here.
On the other side, the southern states of India, Kerala and Tamil
Nadu are very close to the equator. Therefore, sun rays fall
comparatively straight here and they receive compara vely more solar
more solar heat. Due to thisy the people of
Ladakh wears warm clothes in the winter Locate the name and
season while farmers in Kerala wear light position of various
clothes. More la tudinal expansion also passes on map.
affects the duration of day and night. There is a difference of 45
minutes between the shortest and the longest days in Kerala,
whereas in Leh which is the capital of Ladakh, this difference found to
be 5 hours.

INDIA AND THE WORLD

India with its peninsular shape is located at the top of the Indian
Ocean . It is convenient for India to develop relations with European
countries, south-west Asian
Location and Extent :: 5
j•k tkrk gS fd og ns'k ds chpks chp ls xqtjrh gks rFkk 7°30' dk xq.kkad gks rkfd 7°30'
ns'kkarjh; nwjh ij fLFkr LFkkuksa ds chp 30 feuV dk le;kUrj gksA
ddZ js•k (23½ mÙkjh v{kka'k) Hkkjr ds chpks&chp ls xqtjrh gS vkSj bls
yxHkx nks cjkcj Hkkxksa esa ck¡Vrh gSA ;g ddZ js•k gekjs iM+kslh jkT; >kj•aM dh jkt/kuh
jk¡ph ds fudV rFkk iM+kslh ns'k ckaXykns'k ls gksdj xqtjrh gSA
vc gesa ;g le>uk gS fd v{kka'kh; foLrkj ;k nwjh Hkkjrh; tu&thou dks fdl
izdkj çHkkfor djrk gS \ Hkkjr dk mÙkjh
fdukjk dsUæ'kkflr izns'k yík[k esa gS rFkk Hkkjrh; ekud le; xzhuohp LVSUMMZ
37°6' v{kka'k js•k blds mÙkjh fdukjs ls Vkbe ls 5½ ?kaVk vkxs gSaA Hkkjrh; ekud
xqtjrh gSA vr% fo"kqor~ js•k ls ;g dkiQh le; ds dkj.k gh Hkkjr esa ?kfM+;k¡ lHkh
nwjh ij gS rFkk lw;Z dh fdj.ksa ;gk¡ vR;Ur txg ,d gh le; crkrh gSa tcfd iwohZ
frjNh iM+rh gSaA ifj.kker% ;gk¡ lw;Z rki jkT;ksa esa lw;kZsn; xqtjkr dh rqyuk esa
de feyrk gS vkSj tkM+s dh ½rq esa yxHkx 2 ?kaVs igys gksrk gSA
vR;f/d Ba< iM+rh gSA
blds foijhr] Hkkjr ds nf{k.kh
jkT;& dsjy vkSj rfeyukMq fo"kqor~ js•k ds dkiQh fudV gSA vr% ;gk¡ lw;Z dh fdj.ksa
vis{kkÑr lh/h iM+rh gSa vkSj lw;Z rki vf/d feyrk gSA blds dkj.k tkM+s esa yík[k esa
yksx xeZ diM+s vkSj pknjksa esa fyiVs jgrs gSa] ogha dsjy dk fdlku yqaxh igus uaxs cnu •srh
djrs jgrs gSaA vf/d v{kka'kh; foLrkj dk çHkko fnu vkSj jkr dh vof/ ij Hkh iM+rk gSA
dsjy esa lcls NksVs ,oa lcls cM+s fnu esa 45 feuV ekufp=k ij fofHkUu njksZa dk uke
dk varj gS tcfd ysg] tks yík• dh jkt/kuh gS] esa ,oa fLFkfr Kkr dhft,A
;g varj 5 ?kaVs dk ik;k tkrk gSA
Hkkjr rFkk fo'o
Hkkjr viuh çk;}hih; vkÑfr ds lkFk fgan egklkxj ds 'kh"kZ ij fLFkr
gSA if'peh rV ls ;wjksih; ns'kksa] nf{k.k&if'pe ,f'k;k ,oa vÚhdk rFkk iwohZ rV ls

Hkkjr % Hkwfe ,oa yksx%% 5

region and Africa through its western coast and with Australia and Asian
countries through its eastern coast. India has a unique and important
position in Indian Ocean in comparison to other countries. Therefore, the
ocean is named after it. (Figure no. 1.3)
India had connectivity with other
Find out : What is the countries of the world not only through
international importance sea- routes but also through the various
of Bodh Gaya? In which passes of Himalayan ranges. India always
state it is situated? had amazing relations with western,
central-east and south-east Asian
countries. Because of these relations, many Asian and Panchtantra's stories,
thoughts of Upanishadas, Buddhism, Indian number and decimal systems
have reached different parts of the world. Spices, malmal clothes and many
other goods used to be exported from India to different countries. On the
other hand, Greak architecture and the architecture of Western Asia reached
in different parts of our country.

Figure 1.3: India and the World

Location and Extent :: 6

,f'k;kbZ ns'kksa rFkk vkLVªsfy;k ds lkFk Hkkjr dks laca/ LFkkfir djus esa lqfo/k gksrh gSA fgUn
egklkxj esa Hkkjr tSlh egÙoiw.kZ fLFkfr ,f'k;k ds fdlh vU; ns'k dh ugha gS] blfy, bl
egklkxj dk uke Hkkjr ns'k ds uke ij j•k x;kA (fp=k la[;k&1-3)
Hkkjr dk fo'o ds vU; ns'kksa ls laidZ dsoy
Kkr dhft,& cks/ x;k dk leqæh tyekxZ }kjk gh ugha Fkk] cfYd mÙkj dh
varjjk"Vªh; egÙo D;k gS\ ;g fdl fo'kky ioZrekyk fgeky; ds chp fLFkr njksaZ ls
jkT; esa fLFkr gS\ Hkh FkkA Hkkjr dk if'peh] eè; iwohZ ,oa
nf{k.k&iwohZ ,f'k;k ds fofHkUu ns'kksa ds lkFk
vn~Hkqr laidZ jgk gSA bl dkj.k] ,f'k;u rFkk iapra=k dh dgkfu;k¡] mifu"knksa ds fopkj]
ckS¼ /eZ] Hkkjrh; vad ,oa n'keyo ç.kkyh bR;kfn fo'o ds fofHkUu Hkkxksa rd igq¡p ldk
gSA elkyk] eyey diM+s vU; lkeku Hkkjr ls fofHkUu ns'kksa esa fu;kZr gksrk FkkA blds
foijhr] ;wukuh LFkkiR; dyk rFkk if'peh ,f'k;k dh okLrqdyk gekjs ns'k ds fofHkUu
Hkkxksa rd igq¡p ldhaA

fp=k 1.3 % Hkkjr vkSj fo'o

Hkkjr % Hkwfe ,oa yksx %% 6

INDIA'S NEIGHBOURING COUNTRIES
India holds a very important place in south Asia. India is a member
of SAARC which means 'South Asian Association for Regional Cooperation'.
India's territorial boundary
touches seven countries. These Member countries of SAARC are:
countries are Pakistan, Afghanistan, India, Pakistan, Bangladesh, Sri
China, Nepal, Bhutan, Bangladesh Lanka, Nepal, Bhutan, Maldives,
and Myanmar. Sri Lanka and Afghanistan.
Maldives are island countries
situated in Indian Ocean. Palk Straight and Gulf of Mannar separate Sri Lanka
from India. Dhanushkodi situated on the mainland of India is only at a
distance of 24 kilometers from the coast of Sri Lanka. This linear
chain of Islands is called Adam's bridge. The territorial boundaries in
north and north-east are determined by mountain ranges. There is a
region in Ladakh where the boarders of India, Afghanistan and china
meet each other. At some distance from this region, there are the
borders of Pakistan and Tajikistan. Therefore, this region is very
sensitive from the strategic point of view due to its closeness with the
borders of ive countries. Tibetan plateau is situated in the north-east
of Ladakh, which is now under china. Kailash mountains and
Mansarovar lake is situated here. Hereafter, when we move towards
north-east, we ind one more neighbouring country of India in the lap
of Himalayas i.e. Nepal. Culturally, Nepal is quite similar to India.
From ancient, times,we have had a close relations with Nepal.
Himalayan rivers originated from Nepal meet Ganges after passing
through the plains of Bihar. The river Kosi which is known as 'Sorrow
of Bihar' originates in Nepal. A joint Project has been developed on
Kosi river by both the countries. It has strengthens the mutual
cooperation and friendly relation between these two countries. The
breakdown of Kosi (river) embankments on 18th August 2008, led to
heavy lood in Bihar. Therefore, Nepal has special importance to India
from the political, economic and cultural point of view. Bhutan is
situated in the east of Nepal, which is linked to India by a special
agreement.

Location and Extent :: 7

Hkkjr ds iM+kslh ns'k
nf{k.k ,f'k;k esa Hkkjr dk ,d egÙoiw.kZ LFkku gSA Hkkjr lkdZ (SAARC & lkmFk ,f'k;u
,lksfl,'ku iQkWj jhtuy dks&vkWijs'ku) dk lnL; gSA
Hkkjr dh LFky lhek lkr ns'kksa dks
Nwrh gSA ;s ns'k gSa & ikfdLrku] lkdZ ds fuEufyf•r lnL; gSa& Hkkjr]
viQxkfuLrku] phu] usiky] HkwVku] ikfdLrku] cakXykns'k] Jhyadk] usiky]
ckaXykns'k rFkk E;kaekjA Jhyadk ,oa HkwVku] ekynho] viQxkfuLrku A
ekynho fgan egklkxj esa fLFkr }hih; ns'k
gSaA eUukj dh •kM+h rFkk ikd tylaf/
Jhyadk dks Hkkjr ls vyx djrk gSA Hkkjr dh eq[; Hkwfe ij fLFkr /uq"kdksfM Jhyadk rV
ls ek=k 24 fd-eh- nwj gSA bl js•h; }hiksa dh J`a•yk dks ,MEl fczt ds uke ls tkuk tkrk
gSA mÙkj ,oa mÙkj&iwoZ esa LFky Hkkx esa Hkkjr dh lhek js•k ioZr J`a•yk }kjk fu/kZfjr gksrh
gSA dsUæ'kkflr izns'k yík[k esa ,d {ks=k ,slk gS tgk¡ Hkkjr] viQxkfuLrku vkSj phu dh
lhek,¡ feyrh gSaA bl {ks=k ls dqN gh nwjh ij ikfdLrku] rtkfdLrku dh lhek,¡ gSaA ik¡p
ns'kksa dh lhek,¡ fudV gksus ls ;g {ks=k lkefjd n`f"V ls vR;Ur laosnu'khy gSA yík[k ds
mÙkj&iwoZ esa frCcr dk iBkj gS] tks vc phu ds varxZr gSA ;gk¡ dSyk'k ioZr vkSj
ekuljksoj >hy fLFkr gSA blds ckn mÙkj&iwjc dh vksj c<+us ij usiky& Hkkjr dk ,d
vU; iM+kslh ns'k fgeky; dh xksn esa clk gqvk gSA lkaLÑfrd n`f"V ls usiky Hkkjr ds cgqr
fudV gSA çkphu dky ls gh usiky ds lkFk gekjk laca/ ?kfu"B jgk gSA usiky esa fgeky; ls
fudyus okyh ufn;k¡ fcgkj ds eSnkuh {ks=k ls gksdj xaxk unh esa feyrh gSaA dkslh unh ftls
^^fcgkj dk 'kksd** dgk tkrk gS] dk mn~xe usiky esa gSA nksuksa ns'kksa esa dkslh unh ij ,d
la;qÙkQ ifj;kstuk fodflr gqbZ gSA blls nksuksa ns'kksa ds chp ikjLifjd lg;ksx ,oa eS=kh
Hkkouk dks cy feyk gSA usiky esa dkslh rVca/ ds VwV tkus ls 18 vxLr 2008 dks mÙkjh
fcgkj esa Hk;adj ck<+ vk;hA bl dkj.k] Hkkjr ds fy, usiky dk jktuSfrd] vkfFkZd ,oa
lkaLÑfrd n`f"V ls fo'ks"k egÙo gSA usiky ds iwjc esa HkwVku fLFkr gS tks Hkkjr ds lkFk ,d
fo'ks"k le>kSrs ls tqM+k gSA

Hkkjr % Hkwfe ,oa yksx%% 7

Figure 1.4: India and the Neighbouring Countries

Location and Extent :: 8

rt+kfdLrku

vksfM'kk

rsyaxkuk

Hkkjr % Hkwfe ,oa yksx %% 8

Infact, even today, the responsibility of security and development of
Bhutan is still remains with India. In the east of BHUTAN, the border
line between India and China passes through Himalayan ranges. The
name of this border (line) is McMohan line. In the north-east of
Arunachal Pradesh the boundary of India, China and Myanmar meet
at a point.

After this there are the hills of Purvanchal. They separate India
from Myanmar. Moving towards south, these hills get merged with
Aarakan mountain range of Myanmar. Then, they get submerged in
the Bay of Bengal and remerge in the form of Andaman and Nicobar
islands. These mountain ranges situated in north and east region are
very complex and rugged. As a result, transposition and
communication in these regions have not developed much. Therefore,
It is dif icult for India to connect with its neighbouring countries via
these areas. However, the modern technologies have brought changes
in these regions. It has been possible to develop Indo-Tibetan
Highway due to modern means of transportation. This highway
passes through Shipki la pass. Another mountain way is Kashmir-Leh
highway, which passes through very high mountain ranges. Third
prominent highway passes through a pass in Sikkim with the
development of airways, these high mountain ranges are no longer
unreachable now.

Find out : The borders of how many states of

India touches Pakistan and Bangladesh?
In the east of West Bengal, there is another neighbouring country -
Bangladesh. Similarly, Pakistan is situated in the west . The line which
border line between India and Pakistan is known as Redcliff line.

EXCERCISE QUESTIONS
(I) OBJECTIVE QUESTIONS:
(1) What is India’s position in the world in terms of area?
(a) 7 th (b) 9th (c) 5th (d) 8 th
(2 What is the difference in degree between the latitudinal and
longitudinal expansion of India?
(a) 4 (b) 4 (c) 3 (d) 35
Location and Extent :: 9
oLrqr% vkt Hkh HkwVku dh lqj{kk ,oa fodkl dh ftEesnkjh Hkkjr dh gSA HkwVku ds iwjc esa
Hkkjr ,oa phu dh lhek js•k fgeky; dh Jsf.k;ksa ls gksdj xqtjrh gSA bl lhek js•k dk
uke ¶eSdeksgu js•k** gSA v#.kkpy çns'k ds mÙkj&iwjc esa Hkkjr] phu rFkk E;kaekj rhuksa
ns'kksa dh lhek,¡ ,d fcanq ij vkdj feyrh gSaA
blds ckn iwokZapy dh igkfM+;k¡ gSaA ;s E;kaekj dks Hkkjr ls vyx djrh gSaA nf{k.k
esa ;s igkfM+;k¡ E;kaekj ds vjkdku;ksek ioZr esa fey tkrh gSaA vkxs pydj ;s caxky dh
•kM+h esa Mwc tkrh gSa rFkk iqu% vaMeku fudksckj }hi lewg ds :i esa çdV gksrh gSaA mÙkj
,oa iwjc ds {ks=k esa fLFkr ;s ioZrekyk,¡ vR;ar gh tfVy ,oa mcM+&•kcM+ gSaA blds
ifj.kkeLo:i] mÙkj ,oa iwjc ds {ks=k esa vkokxeu ,oa ifjogu vR;ar gh dfBu jgk gSA bu
{ks=kksa esa fLFkr iM+kslh ns'kksa ls Hkkjr dk lEidZ Hkh vklku ugha jgk gSA vc ;krk;kr ds
vk/qfud lk/uksa ds fodflr gksus ls bl {ks=k esa ^^b.Mks&frCcru** egkekxZ fodflr gqvk
gSA ;g lM+d f'kidh yk ;k f'kidh njZsa ls gksdj xqtjrh gSA nwljk ioZrh; ekxZ&
d'ehj&ysg ekxZ gS tks mPp ioZr Jsf.k;ksa ls gksdj xqtjrk gSA rhljk çeq• ekxZ flfDde
ds ,d njZs ls gksdj xqtjrk gSA ok;qekxZ ds fodflr gksus ij vc ;s Å¡ph ioZr J`a•yk,¡
vxE; ugha jg xbZ gSaA
Kkr dhft, %
Hkkjr ds fdrus jkT;ksa dh lhek,¡
ikfdLrku rFkk ckaXykns'k dks Nwrh gSa \
if'pe caxky ds iwjc esa gekjk ,d vU; iM+kslh ns'k & cakXykns'k fLFkr gSA blh
rjg if'pe esa ikfdLrku fLFkr gSA Hkkjr vkSj ikfdLrku ds chp fLFkr lhek js•k ^^jsM
fDyiQ ykbu** ds uke ls tkuk tkrk gSA
vH;kl iz'u

(i) oLrqfu"B ç'u

(1) {ks=kiQy dh n`f"V ls Hkkjr dk fo'o esa dkSu&lk LFkku gS \
(d) 7ok¡ (•) 9ok¡ (x) 5ok¡ (?k) 8ok¡
(2) Hkkjr ds v{kka'kh; ,oa ns'kkarjh; foLrkj esa yxHkx fdrus fMxzh dk varj gS\
(d) 45 (•) 40 (x) 30 (?k) 35

Hkkjr % Hkwfe ,oa yksx%% 9

(3) What is the value of Standard meridian line of India?
(a) 83030' E (b) 81035' E (c) 82030' E (d) 80030' E

(4) How much longer is the territorial boarder line of India than
the costal?
(a) Half (b) double (c) thrice (d) four times

(5) What is the name of the border (line) between India and China?
(a) Redcliff line (b) McMohan line
(c) Greenwich line (d) None of these

(ii) FILL IN THE BLANKS:

(1) Total area of India is …………….square km, which is ………….% of

the world's total geographical area.
(2) The mainland of India is expanded from …….. north to …..……..
north latitude and from ………..east to ……………..east longitude.
(3) There are total …………... States and ……….. Union territories in
India.
(4) Sri Lanka gets separated from India through ……………………………
and…………..…………………….
(5) Kosi river is called as ………….……… of Bihar.

(iii) GIVE REASONS:

1. The latitudinal and longitudinal expansion of India is almost

equal but their actual terrestrial distances are different.
2. The residents of Arunachal Pradesh seen sunrises 2 hours earlier
than the residents of Saurashtra ?
3. In India, the residents of Ladakh wear woolen clothes in winters
whereas at the same time the resident of the Kerala wear light
clothes.
4. The coastal border line of India is too long.

(iv) SHORT ANSWER TYPE QUESTIONS:

1. Write the names of all the countries in order, which are bigger
than India in terms of geographical area ?

Location and Extent :: 10

(3) Hkkjr dh ekud eè;kÉ js•k dk eku D;k gS\
(d) 83°30' iwú (•) 81°35' iwú
(x) 82°30' iwú (?k) 80°30' iwú
(4) Hkkjr dh LFkyh; lhek js•k rVh; lhek js•k ls fdruh cM+h gS\
(d) vk/h (•) nqxquh
(x) frxquh (?k) pkSxquh
(5) Hkkjr ,oa phu ds chp dh lhek js•k dk uke D;k gS\
(d) jsMfDyiQ ykbu (•) eSdeksgu ykbu
(x) xzhuohp ykbu (?k) buesa ls dksbZ ugha
(ii) fjÙkQ LFkkuksa dh iwfrZ dhft,%
(1) Hkkjr dk {ks=kiQy -------------------- oxZ fd-eh- gS tks fo'o ds dqy HkkSxksfyd {ks=kiQy
-------------------- dk » gSA
(2) Hkkjr dk eq[; Hkw&Hkkx -------------------- mÙkj ls -------------------- mÙkj v{kka'k rFkk --
------------------ iwoZ ns'kkarj rd ls -------------------- iwoZ ns'kkarj ls rd gSA
(3) Hkkjr esa dqy -------------------- jkT; ,oa -------------------- dsUæ 'kkflr çns'k gSaA
(4) Jhyadk Hkkjr ls -------------------- ,oa -------------------- }kjk vyx gksrk gSA
(5) dkslh unh dks fcgkj dk -------------------- dgrs gSaA
(iii) dkj.k crkvks%
(1) Hkkjr dk v{kka'kh; ,oa ns'kkarjh; foLrkj yxHkx leku gS fdUrq Hkwfe ij nksuksa dh
okLrfod nwjh leku ugha gSA
(2) Hkkjr ds v#.kkpy çns'k ds fuoklh lkSjk"Vª ds fuokfl;ksa dh rqyuk esa lw;kZsn; 2
?kaVk igys ns[k ysrs gSaA
(3) Hkkjr ds yík[k esa tkM+s dh ½rq esa tgk¡ yksx xeZ diM+s igus jgrs gSa ogha nf{k.kh
jkT; dsjy ds fuoklh •qys cnu ,oa yqaxh esa jgrs gSaA
(4) Hkkjr dh rVh; lhek js•k dkiQh yach gSA
(iv) y?kq mÙkjh; ç'u%
(1) HkkSxksfyd {ks=kiQy ds n`f"Vdks.k ls Hkkjr ls cM+s lHkh ns'kksa ds uke Øe ls
fyf•,A

Hkkjr % Hkwfe ,oa yksx %% 10

 2 Write the names of groups of Islands of India situated in the Bay of
Bengal and in the Arabian Sea?
3. Write the names of all neighbouring countries, which touch the
territorial boundary (line) of India?
4. Which states of India do not touch the international border and
sea coast?
5. What is called as Strait?
(v) LONG ANSWER TYPE QUESTIONS:
1. Explain the impact of longitudinal and latitudinal expansion of
India on its time? Clarify it.

(vi) Map work

Identify the following with the help of map:
1. Capitals of all states of India
2. Capital of Union Territories of India
3. State having longest coastline
4. Southernmost point of India
5. Southernmost point of the main land of India
6. Strait separating India and Sri Lanka
7. Various Countries of Indian sub-continent
8. SAARC member countries

(vii) PROJECT WORK

1. Find out the latitudinal and longitudinal expansion of your Block and
State. Find out names and neighboring blocks and state of your state
and the direction of their location.
2. Collect information related to the Setu-Samudram project.
Collect information about Silk route. Also ind out which organisation
develops roads for transportation in high mountain regions.

Location and Extent :: 11

(2) caxky dh •kM+h vkSj vjc lkxj esa fLFkr Hkkjr ds }hi lewgksa ds uke fyf•,A
(3) Hkkjr dh LFkyh; lhekjs•k dks Nwus okys lHkh iM+kslh ns'kksa ds uke fyf•,A
(4) Hkkjr ds dkSu ls jkT; varjjk"Vªh; lhek rFkk leqæ rV dks Li'kZ ugha djrs gSa \
(5) tylaf/ fdls dgrs gSa \
(v) nh?kZ mÙkjh; ç'u%
(1) Hkkjr ds v{kka'kh; ,oa ns'kkUrjh; foLrkj dk blds le; ij D;k çHkko iM+rk gS\
Li"V dhft,A
(vi) ekufp=k dkS'ky%
ekufp=k dh lgk;rk ls fuEufyf•r dh igpku dhft,&
(1) Hkkjr ds lHkh jkT;ksa dh jkt/kfu;k¡
(2) dsUæ 'kkflr çns'kksa dh jkt/kfu;k¡
(3) lcls yach rVjs•k okyk jkT;
(4) Hkkjr dk nf{k.kre fcanq
(5) Hkkjr ds eq[; Hkwfe dk nf{k.k 'kh"kZ fcanq
(6) Hkkjr vkSj Jhyadk dks vyx djus okyh tylaf/
(7) Hkkjrh; miegk}hi ds fofHkUu ns'k
(8) lkdZ ds lnL; ns'k
(vii) ifj;kstuk dk;Z%
(1) vius iz[kaM ,oa jkT; dk foLrkj v{kka'k ,oa ns'kkarj esa Kkr dhft,A vius iz[kaM
,oa jkT; ds iM+kslh jkT;ksa ds uke rFkk muds fLFkfr dh fn'kk Kkr dhft,A
(2) lsrq leqæe ifj;kstuk ls lacaf/r tkudkfj;ksa dks ,df=kr dhft,A
js'ke ekxZ ds ckjs esa lwpuk ,d=k dhft,A ;g Hkh Kkr dhft, fd mPp ioZrh;
{ks=kksa esa vkokxeu gsrq lM+dksa dk fodkl fdl laLFkk }kjk fd;k tkrk gS\

Hkkjr % Hkwfe ,oa yksx %% 11

 Chapter-2

STRUCTURE & RELIEF

The size of our country is huge, due to which variations are found in
its physical forms. In some regions, we ind high mountain ranges
whereas in other side, there is a plateau and vast plain visible from
far and wide. In this way, various land forms have developed here.
These are not similar at all places. The high mountain ranges at some
regions are covered with snow and at some regions with dense
forests. Similarly, rivers have formed rugged surfaces by cutting
plateau regions. We can simply understand it through igure 2.1.

It has taken millions of years to develop the present physical outline of

India. In this long period, along with geological movements, external forces
like weathering, erosion and deposition have played an important role.

Himalaya Southern Plateau

Malwa plateau

Deccan plateau
Kashmir Valley

Indian Ocean
Kanyakumari
Nilgiri

Indus-Ganga Plain

North
Figure 2.1 South
Geologists have tried to explain the formation of physical structure of
India. There are various theories in this context, but at present
majority of geographers have accepted the 'Plate Tectonic Theory'.
According to this theory, Earth crust is divided into various plates.
Peninsular Plateau of India is a part of it.

Physical Form : Structure & Relief :: 12

 vè;k;&2

lajpuk ,oa mPpkop

gekjs ns'k dk vkdkj fo'kky gS] ftlds dkj.k blds HkkSfrd Lo:i esa fofo/rk,¡
ik;h tkrh gSA dgha Å¡ps&Å¡ps fo'kky ioZr gSa rks nwljh vksj iBkjh Hkkx ,oa nwj&nwj rd
pkSjl fn•kbZ nsusokyk fo'kky eSnkuA vFkkZr~ ;gk¡ lHkh çdkj dh LFkykÑfr;ksa dk fodkl
gqvk gSA ;s lHkh LFkykÑfr;k¡ lHkh txg ,d leku ugha gSA fo'kky ioZrh; Hkkx dgha ciQZ
ls <Wdk gS rks dgha mu ij ?kus ou mxs gq, gSaA blh çdkj ufn;ksa us iBkjh Hkkx dks dkV&Nk¡V
dj mcM+&•kcM+ cuk fn;k gSA bls ge fp=k& 2-1 ds ek?;e ls vklkuh ls le> ldrs gSaA
Hkkjr dh orZeku HkkSfrd :i&js•k rS;kj gksus esa djksM+ksa o"kZ yxs gSaA bl yEch
vof/ esa HkwxHkhZ; gypyksa ds lkFk&lkFk cká 'kfÙkQ;ksa tSls vi{k;] vijnu vkSj fu{ksi.k
dh Hkh vge~ Hkwfedk jgh gSA
dk

fp=k&2.1
HkwxHkZ 'kkfL=k;ksa us Hkkjr ds HkkSfrd Lo:i ds fuekZ.k dks crkus dh dksf'k'k dh
gSA bl lanHkZ esa dbZ fl¼kar çpfyr gS] fdUrq orZeku esa vf/drj HkwxHkZ'kkfL=k;ksa us ^IysV
foorZfud* fl¼kar (Plate Tectonic theory) ij lgefr nh gSA bl fl¼kar ds
vuqlkj lEiw.kZ HkwiiZVh dbZ IysVksa esa foHkkftr gSA Hkkjr dk çk;}hih; iBkj blh dk fgLlk
gSA

HkkSfrd Lo:i % lajpuk ,oa mPpkop %% 12

 In 1965, Tuzo Wilson used the word 'Plate Tectonic', however W.J.
Wilson irstly proposed the theory of Plate tectonic in 1967.
According to this theory, the earth's outer crust is made up of six
large plates and nine small plates.Major Plates: 1. Indo-
Australian Plate, 2. African Plate, 3.American Plate, 4. Eurasian
Plate, 5. Paci ic Plate, 6. Antarctic PlateMinor Plates: 1. Arabian, 2.
Philippine, 3. Juan de Fuca, 4. Cocos, 5. Nazca, 6. Scotia, 7.
Caribbean, 8. Somalia, 9. Bismarck.
Plates form solid earth crust and between two plates plate
boundry forms and tectonic takes place.

Peninsular plateaus is one of the oldest parts of earth crust. This part
represents the oldest land form. It never submerged in ocean, it
means it is the most ancient, hard and fundamental part of India. It is
also termed as shield region. High pressure and tension get created in
the inner and outer surface of earth crust due to the movement of
plates. Due to this, folding, faulting and volcanic activities take place.

Eurasian
Plate Eurasian
North Plate
American
Plate

Pacific
Oceanic
Pacific Oceanic African Plate
Plate Plate
South
American Indo-Australian
Plate
Plate

Direction of plate motion

Plate destructive boundary
Antarctic Plate Constructive plate boundary
Uncertain plate boundary
It is not to scale.

Figure 2.2: Major Plates of Earth Crust

The movement of these plates have been classi ied into three
categories. Some plates come closer to each other
Physical Form : Structure & Relief :: 13
 IysV foorZfud (Plate Tectonic) 'kCn dk ç;ksx dukMk ds HkwoSKkfud tkWu Vwtks foYlu (Tuzo
Wilson) us 1965 bZú esa fd;k] fdUrq bl fl¼kar dks loZçFke MCY;wú tsú ekWxZu (W. J. Morgan) us
1967 bZú esa çfriknu fd;k gSA bl fl¼kar ds vuqlkj i`Foh dh Åijh iiZVh N% cM+h ,oa ukS
NksVh&NksVh IysVksa ls cuh gSA ;s IysV gSa&
cM+s IysV % 1- vkLVªsfy;kbZ& Hkkjrh; IysV] 2- vÚhdh IysV 3- vesfjdh IysV] 4- ;wjsf'k;kbZ IysV] 5-
ç'kkar IysV] 6- vaVkdZfVd IysVA
NksVs IysV % 1- vjsfc;u] 2- fiQyhihu] 3- tqvku&nq iQqdk] 4- dksdksl] 5- utdk] 6- LdksfV;k] 7-
dSjhfc;u] 8- lksekfy;k] 9- fcLekdZA
IysV (Plate) /jkry ds os n`<+ {ks=k gSa] tks Bksl Hkw&iVy dk fuekZ.k djrs gSaA nks IysVksa ds chp
foorZfudh ?kVuk,¡a rFkk IysV lhekUr dk fuekZ.k gksrk gSA
çk;}hih; iBkj HkwiiZVh ds lcls iqjkus Hkkxksa esa ls ,d gSA ;g Hkkx lcls izkphu
Hkw[kaM dk çfrfuf/Ro djrk gSA ;g dHkh leqæ esa ugha Mwck vFkkZr~ ;g Hkkx Hkkjr dk lcls
çkphu] dBksj ,oa ewy Hkw•.M gSA bls 'khYM izns'k Hkh dgk tkrk gSA IysVksa dh xfr ds
dkj.k IysVksa ds vanj ,oa Åij ds 'kSyksa esa ncko ,oa ruko dk cy yxrk gSA bl dkj.k eksM+
(oyu)] Hkza'khdj.k rFkk Tokykeq•h; fØ;k,¡ gksrh gSaA

fp=k&2.2 % Hkw&i`"B dh eq[; IysVsa

bu IysVksa dh xfr;ksa dks rhu oxks± esa ck¡Vk x;k gSA dqN IysVsa ,d&nwljs ds djhc

HkkSfrd Lo:i % lajpuk ,oa mPpkop %% 13

and form destructive plate margin. Some plates moves away from each
other and form divergent plate boundary. When two plates moves
sideway in relation to each other conservative plate boundary created.
When two plates comes close to each other, they can collide and break
or one plate slips and goes under the other plate. There has been a
change in the position and shape of continents, due to the movements in
these plates during million of years. The fundamental development of
present land forms of India is a result of such movements.

Earth came into existence around 4.6 billion years ago. The age
of Earth can be divided into four Eras: 1. Azoic Era 2. Paleozoic
Era 3. Mesozoic Era 4.Cenozoic Era. These Eras have been
further divided into periods. Pre Cambrian has the longest
period, started from Earth's evolution and end 55 crore years
ago from now.

200 million years ago, India was extreme far in southern hemispher.e
This Gondwana land included areas of India, Australia, Africa and South
The rate of movement of
America. Convection currents have divided
plates near Arctic
earth crust into several parts. Indian plate
got separated from Australian plate andtectonic boundary is 2.5
moved towards north direction which thenc e n t i m e t e r s a n d i n
collided with the larger 'Eurasian plate'. InPaci ic ocean it is 5.8
centimeters per year.
this way about 70 million years ago, there was a collision between
these two plates led to the folding of sedimentary rocks at 'Tethys
Sea’ which was situated between them. Because of this collision, it led
to the development of mountain ranges in which development still
continue even today.
Initially, there was only one super continent called as Pangea.
The Tethys was in the middle of this Pangaea. The part situated
in its north was called Angaraland while the part situated in its
south was called Gondawana land. Peninsular plateau of India
is the part of this Gondwana land.

Physical Form : Structure & Relief :: 14

vkrh gSa vkSj fouk'kh IysV lhekUr dk fuekZ.k djrh gSaA dqN IysV ,d&nwljs ls nwj tkrh gSa
rc fuekZ.kd IysV lhekUr dk fuekZ.k djrh gSaA ijUrq tc nks IysV ,d&nwljs dks jxM+rs gq,
foijhr fn'kk esa tkrh gS] mls laj{kh IysV lhekUr dgrs gSaA tc nks IysV ,d nwljs ds djhc
vkrh gSa rc ;k rks os Vdjk dj VwV ldrh gSa ;k ,d IysV fiQly dj nwljh IysV ds uhps
pyh tkrh gSaA bu IysVksa esa yk•ksa o"kks± ls gks jgh xfr ds dkj.k egk}hiksa dh fLFkfr ,oa
vkdkj esa ifjorZu vk;k gSA Hkkjr dh orZeku LFkykÑfr dk vk/kjHkwr fodkl Hkh bl
çdkj dh xfr;ksa ls gqvk gSA
i`Foh dh mRifÙk yxHkx 4.6 vjc o"kZ iwoZ gqbZ FkhA i`Foh dh bl vk;q dks
pkj egkdYiksa (Era) esa ck¡Vk x;k gS&1. vtSfod (Azoic) 2- iqjk tho@
çkjafEHkd (Palaeozoic/ Primary) 3- eè;tho @ f}rh; (Mesozoic /
Secondary) 4- uwru tho (Cenozoic) iqu% bUgsa dYi (Period) esa ck¡Vk
x;k gSA iwoZ dSfEcz;u dh lcls yEch vof/ jgh gS] ;g i`Foh dh mRifÙk ls
ysdj vkt ls yxHkx 55 djksM+ o"kZ igys lekIr gqvkA
Hkkjr 20 djksM+ o"kZ iwoZ lqnwj nf{k.k esa FkkA bl xksaMokukySaM esa
Hkkjr] vkLVªsfy;k] vÚhdk vkSj IysVksa dh xfr çfro"kZ vkdZfVd
nf{k.k vesfjdk ds {ks=k 'kkfey FksA dVd ds fudV 2.5 lsaVhehVj
laoguh; /kjkvksa us Hkw&iiZVh dks vkSj ç'kkar egklkxj esa 5 ls 18
vusd VqdM+ksa esa foHkkftr dj fn;kA lsaVhehVj izfr o"kZ gSA
Hkkjr vkLVªsfy;k Hkwfe ls vyx
gksdj vFkkZr~ nf{k.k dk iBkj mÙkj fn'kk dh vksj çokg ds dkj.k vius ls
vf/d cM+s IysV ^;wjsf'k;u IysV ls Vdjk;k*A bl çdkj] yxHkx 7 djksM+
o"kZ iwoZ vksfyxkslhu dYi esa bu Vdjko ls nksuksa IysVksa ds chp fLFkr VsfFkl
Hkw&lUufr ds volknh pêðkuksa esa oyu iSnk gqvk ftlls ioZrh; J`a•yk dk
fodkl gqvk ftuds fuekZ.k dk dk;Z vkt Hkh tkjh gSA
iwoZ esa Hkwe.My ij dsoy ,d gh Hkw•aM Fkk ftls iSaft;k dgk tkrk FkkA bl
iSaft;k ds eè; esa ^VsfFkl* lkxj FkkA bl lkxj ds mÙkj esa fLFkr Hkkx dks
^vaxkjk ySaM* vkSj blds nf{k.k esa fLFkr Hkkx dks ^xksaMokukySaM* dgk x;kA
Hkkjr dk çk;}hih; iBkj blh ^xksaMokukySaM* dk va'k gSA
HkkSfrd Lo:i % lajpuk ,oa mPpkop %% 14
 Due to upliftment of the Himalaya and the down fold of the
southern remaining parts of Tethys Sea a very large trough (basin) was
formed. After this, due to the deposition of sediments in the depression
by the rivers lowing from the northern mountains and southern
plateaus, a large lat surface land area developed, which is called the
Great Plain of India.
Kunlun Mountain Tibetan Mountain Himalayan Mountain

sin
Tethys Sea

Ba
Geosyncline

Figure 2.3: Formation of Young fold mountains

The coastal plain has developed due to the waves hitting the
oceans and the sedimentary deposits of the rivers originating from
the plateaus. Andaman Nicobar islands are the residual of submerged
mountains whereas Lakshadweep is formed by coral deposition.
Out of the total geographical area of India, 11% is mountainous
part, 28% is plateau, 18% is hilly and 43% is plain regions. The
average height of mountain and plateau region is between 300-900
meters. Contrary to this, plains and coastal regions have an average
height of less than 160 meters. The average height of the northern
mountain ranges is 1200 meters to 6000 meters. There are some
peaks in this region having elevation are more than 8000 meters and
most of them are covered with snow throughout the year. Recumbent
fold and thrust faults are formed here due to pressure. Many valleys
have been formed in the Himalayas due to the deposition in the lakes.
Wular and Dal lake in Kashmir are the evidence of this in the form of
remains. In the middle of Himalayan highlands, also called Himachal,
there are deep gorges of more than 1000 meters through which
several rivers low. In the south of this, in shiwalik several important
valleys have also developed. The Himalaya evolves from Pamir knot
and move towards east.

Physical Form : Structure & Relief :: 15

fgeky; ds Åij mBus rFkk mlds nf{k.k esa VsfFkl ds 'ks"k Hkkx ds uhps eqM+us ls ,d cgqr
cM+h æks.kh (csflu) dk fuekZ.k gqvkA blds ckn mÙkjh ioZrksa ,oa nf{k.k ds iBkjksa ls cgus
okyh ufn;ksa ds volkn ds æks.kh esa fu{ksi gksus ls ,d cM+s lery Hkw&Hkkx dk fodkl
gqvk] tks Hkkjr dk fo'kky eSnku dgykrk gSA

dquyqu ioZr frCcr dk iBkj fgeky; ioZr

fp=k&2.3 u, eksM+nkj ioZr dk fuekZ.k

lkxjksa ls Vdjkrh ygjksa vkSj iBkj ls fudyus okyh ufn;ksa ds volknh fu{ksi ls
leqæ rVh; eSnku dk fodkl gqvk gSA vaMeku&fudksckj }hi lewg fuefTtr mPp
ioZrh; Hkwfe dk vo'ks"k gS] tcfd y{k}hi dk fuekZ.k çokyh fu{ksi }kjk gqvk gSA
Hkkjr ds dqy HkkSxkSfyd {ks=kiQy dk 11» ioZrh; Hkkx] 28» iBkjh {ks=k] 18»
igkM+h vkSj 43» Hkw&Hkkx eSnkuh gSA igkM+h ,oa iBkjh Hkkx dh vkSlr Å¡pkbZ 300&900
ehVj ds chp gS] blds foijhr eSnku ,oa rVh; {ks=k esa vkSlr Å¡pkbZ 160 ehVj ls Hkh
de ik;h tkrh gSA mÙkj ds ioZrh; Hkkx dh vkSlr Å¡pkbZ 1200 ehVj ls 6000 ehVj rd
gSA bl HkwHkkx esa dqN f'k•j ,sls gSa ftldh Å¡pkbZ 8000 ehVj ls Hkh vf/d gS vkSj buesa
vf/drj pksfV;k¡ o"kZHkj ciQZ ls <¡dh jgrh gSA ;gk¡ ncko ds dkj.k ifjoyu ,oa {ksi
Hkza'k feyrs gSaA >hyksa ds fu{ksfir gksus ls o`gn fgeky; esa dbZ ?kkfV;ksa dk fuekZ.k gqvk gSA
buesa d'ehj esa My ,oa owyj >hysa vo'ks"k ds :i esa blds çek.k gSaA mÙkj dh mPp Hkwfe
ds eè; esa (fgekpy) 1000 ehVj ls Hkh vf/d xgjh xkWtZ ikbZ tkrh gS ftlesa dbZ
ufn;k¡ çokfgr gksrh gSaA bl Hkw&Hkkx ds nf{k.k f'kokfyd esa Hkh dbZ egÙoiw.kZ ?kkfV;ksa dk
fodkl gqvk gSA fgeky; ioZr ikehj xkaB ls fudydj

HkkSfrd Lo:i % lajpuk ,oa mPpkop %% 15

Then it takes a turn towards south by making an arch. After passing
Brahmaputra river it turns towards south. Where it is extended and
famous as Patkai hills (Arunachal Pradesh), Naga hills (Nagaland),
Manipur hills, Lushai hills and Mizoram hills. These are known as
Purvanchal hills. There are Several small and large glaciers in the
Himalayan region. The major glaciersare Gangotri, Yamunotri, Siachen,
Baltoro, Biako and Batura. There are also several passes here, Zoji la and
Burzi la in Ladakh, Bara-Lach la and Shipki la in Himachal Pradesh, Thag
la in Uttarakhand, Nathu la and Jalep la in Sikkim are notable among
them.

In the south of the northern mountainous region, there is a vast lat

land which is formed by the sediments of the Ganges, Indus and
Brahmaputra and its tributaries. It’s average depth is 460 metre. Due to
the presence of Aravalli mountain ranges in the middle of this plain,
Indus and its tributaries such as Jhelum, Chenab, Ravi, Beas and Sutlej
low towards west, whereas Ganges and its tributaries such as Yamuna,
Gandak, Ghaghara, Saryu, Kosi , Mahananda etc. low towards east. In this
way, Aravalli mountain ranges acts as a water divided. The southern part
of India is plateau region where many mountains exist in the north east
and the western part. The average height of this area is 500 to 750
meters. Narmada river divides the whole plateau region into two parts.
In the south of Satpura range, there is valley of Tapi river. Narmada and
Tapi form narrow alluvial plain. Both these rivers lows through fault
valley. On the northern end of this plateau, there is Vindhyachal
mountain range. There are many hills to its east and west. There is
Western Ghat in the west which is also famous as Sahyadri. Three major
passes are here which are known as Thalghat, Bhorghat and Palghat. The
Eastern Ghat mountains in the east are discontinuous. Mahanadi,
Godavari, Krishna and Kaveri rivers low through Easter Ghat and form
fertile plain. Mahendragiri in Odisha, Nallamal, Palkpnda and Velikonda
range in Andhra Pradesh, Annamalai, Pachamalai, Sivrai, Palani and
Velagiri hills in Tamil Nadu are notable among the major hills of the
Eastern Ghat.
Physical Form : Structure & Relief :: 16
iwjc dh vksj tkrk gSA ;g nf{k.k dh vksj pki cukrs gq, mÙkj&iwoZ dh vksj pyh tkrh gSA
czãiq=k unh dks ikj djus ds mijkUr ;g nf{k.k dh vksj eqM+ tkrh gSA tgk¡ ;s iVdkbZ
(v#.kkpy çns'k)] ukxk (ukxkySaM)] ef.kiqj] yq'kkbZ] fetksje igkfM+;ksa ds uke ls fo[;kr gSA
bls iwokZapy dh igkfM+;k¡ dgk tkrk gSA fgeky; {ks=k esa dbZ NksVh&cM+h fgekfu;k¡ feyrh gSaA
buesa xaxks=kh] ;equks=kh] fl;kfpu] ckYrksjks] fcvkiQks rFkk ckrwjk çeq• gSaA ;gk¡ dbZ çfl¼ njZsa Hkh
gSa] ftuesa yík[k ls tksftyk vkSj cqftZyk] fgekpy çns'k esa cM+kykpk yk vkSj f'kidhyk]
mÙkjk[kaM esa Fkkxyk rFkk flfDde esa ukFkqyk vkSj tkysiyk njZsa mYys[kuh; gSaA
mÙkjh ioZrh; izns'k ds nf{k.k fo'kky lery Hkw&Hkkx gS] tks xaxk& flU/q ,oa czãiq=k
vkSj mldh lgk;d ufn;ksa ds ryNVksa ds fu{ksi ls cuk gSA bldh vkSlr xgjkbZ 460 ehVj gSA
bl lery Hkw&Hkkx ds eè; vjkoyh ioZr ds vk tkus ds dkj.k fla/q vkSj bldh lgk;d
ufn;k¡] >sye] fpukc] jkoh] O;kl vkSj lryt bl vof'k"V ioZr ds if'pe esa rFkk xaxk vkSj
mldh lgk;d ufn;k¡ ;equk] x.Md] ?kk?kjk] xkserh] lj;w] dkslh] egkuUnk vkfn iwjc esa cgrh
gSaA bl rjg vjkoyh ioZr ty foHkktd dk dke djrk gSA Hkkjr dk nf{k.kh Hkkx iBkjh {ks=k gS]
ftlds mÙkj iwoZ vkSj if'pe esa dbZ igkfM+;k¡ gSaA bl {ks=k dh vkSlr Å¡pkbZ 500 ls 750 ehVj
rd gSA ueZnk unh lEiw.kZ iBkjh {ks=k dks nks Hkkxksa esa ck¡Vrh gSA lriqM+k ds nf{k.k rkIrh unh dh
?kkVh gSA ueZnk vkSj rkih nksuksa ufn;ksa us ladh.kZ dNkjh eSnku dk fuekZ.k fd;k gSA ;s nksuksa ufn;k¡
Hkza'k&?kkVh esa gksdj cgrh gSaA bl iBkjh {ks=k ds mÙkjh lhek ij foUè;kpy ioZr gSA blds if'pe
vkSj iwoZ esa dbZ igkfM+;k¡ gSaA if'pe esa if'peh ?kkV lg;kæh ds uke ls Hkh çfl¼ gSA ;gk¡ rhu
çeq• njZsa gSa tks Fkky?kkV] Hkksj?kkV vkSj iky?kkV ds uke ls tkus tkrs gSaA iwjc esa iwohZ ?kkV dh
igkfM+;k¡ vR;f/d dVh&N¡Vh gSaA egkunh] xksnkojh] Ñ".kk vkSj dkosjh ufn;k¡ iwohZ ?kkV ls gksdj
cgrh gSa vkSj mitkÅ eSnku dk fuekZ.k djrh gSaA iwohZ ?kkV dh çeq• igkfM+;ksa esa vksfM'kk dk
egsUæfxfj] vkU/zçns'k dk uykeybZ] ikydksaMk vkSj osyhdq.Mk rFkk rfeyukMq dk vUukeybZ]
iapkeybZ] f'kojk;] iyuh] osyfxfj mYys•uh; gSaA

HkkSfrd Lo:i % lajpuk ,oa mPpkop %% 16

Coastal Plains have developed on the eastern and western margins of
Deccan plateau. In the west, this plain is narrow and discontinues
whereas it is broader and lat in the east. The Rann of Kutch is formed by
the emergence in sediment deposited by sea.

To the north west of the vast northern plain, there is a dry region, which
is the desert of Rajasthan. It is a part of the Thar Desert. Many dunes of
sand are found here which are extended perpendicular to the direction
of the wind. In the southern part, where a very strong winds blow, the
sand dunes are in the direction of the prevailing winds and are long,
simple and wavy but

Figure 2.4: India- Major Geographical Division

Physical Form : Structure & Relief :: 17
 nf{k.k ds iBkj ds iwohZ vkSj if'peh fdukjs ij rVh; eSnkuksa dk fodkl gqvk gSA
if'pe esa ;g eSnku ladh.kZ ,oa dVk&N¡Vk gSA tcfd iwoZ esa pkSM+k ,oa lery gSA dPN ds
j.k dk eSnku leqæh fu{ksi esa mUeTtu (Emergence) ls cuk gSA
mÙkj ds fo'kky eSnku ds mÙkj&if'pe esa 'kq"d çns'k gS] tks jktLFkku dh e#Hkwfe
gSA ;g Fkkj e#LFky dk ,d Hkkx gSA ;gk¡ jsr ds dbZ Vhys feyrs gSa] tks ok;q dh fn'kk ds
yEcor~ iQSyh gSaA nf{k.kh Hkkx esa tgk¡ cgqr rst gok,¡ pyrh gSa] ogk¡ ckyw ds Vhyksa dk <ky
gokvksa dh fn'kk dh vksj yEch] ljy vkSj ygjnkj gS fdUrq

fp=k& 2.4 % Hkkjr&eq[; HkkSxksfyd foHkkx

HkkSfrd Lo:i % lajpuk ,oa mPpkop %% 17
 On the other hand, their slope are more steepers and their height
ranges from 120-150 meters.
Physical Division- Generally India can be divided into the following six
physical divisions:
i. The Himalayan mountain ranges
ii. The Great Plains of North
iii. The Plateau of the South
iv. The Costal Plains
v. The Indian Desert
vi. The Island Group

(I) The Himalayan mountain ranges

Geologically, the Himalayas are the young and structurally it is a
fold mountain range located along the northern boundaries of India.
This mountain ranges is spread in are shape from west-east direction
from Indus to Brahmaputra rivers for a length of 2500 km. Its area is
about 5 lac square kilometres. Their width varies from 160 km in
Arunachal Pradesh to 500 km in Ladakh. There are more altitudinal
variation found in the eastern part in comparison to the western part,
and vertically it has three parallel ranges.
The range located in the northern most part is called the Great or
Inner Himalaya or Himadri. It is the most continuous range. Its average
height is 6100 meters. The speciality of this range is that it has the
highest peak and has all the major peaks of the Himalayas.

Some mountain peaks of Himalayas

Peak Country Height (Meters)

Mount Everest Nepal 8,848

K2 (Mount Godwin Austin) India 8,611
Kanchenjung India 8,586
Makalu Nepal 8,485

Physical Form : Structure & Relief :: 18

nwljh vksj budk <ky vf/d •M+k gksrk gS vkSj budh Å¡pkbZ 120 ls 150 ehVj rd gksrh
gSA
HkkSfrd foHkkx (Physical Division) & lkekU; rkSj ij Hkkjr dks fuEufyf•r N% HkkSfrd
foHkkxksa esa ck¡V ldrs gSa %
(i) fgeky; ioZr Js.kh
(ii) mÙkj dk fo'kky eSnku
(iii) nf{k.k dk iBkj
(iv) rVh; eSnku
(v) Hkkjrh; e#LFky
(vi) }hi lewg
(i) fgeky; ioZr Js.kh& Hkkjr dh mÙkjh lhek ij iQSyk fgeky; ioZr Js.kh HkwxHkhZ;
:i ls uohu ,oa cukoV ds n`f"Vdks.k ls ofyr (eksM+nkj) ioZr J`a•yk gSA ;g ioZr
J`a•yk if'pe ls iwoZ fn'kk esa flU/q vkSj czãiq=k ufn;ksa ds chp djhc 2500 fdú ehú dh
yEckbZ esa v¼Zo`r (pki) ds :i esa iQSyk gqvk gSA bldk {ks=kiQy yxHkx 5 yk• oxZ fdú
ehú gSA bldh pkSM+kbZ yn~nk[k esa 500 fdú ehú ,oa v#.kkpy izns'k esa ek=k 160 fdú
ehú gSA if'peh Hkkx dh vis{kk iwohZ Hkkx dh Å¡pkbZ esa vf/d fofo/rk,¡ ikbZ tkrh gSa vkSj
bldh yacor :Ik ls rhu lekukUrj J`a•yk,¡ gSaA
lcls mÙkjh Hkkx esa fLFkr J`a•yk dks egku ;k vkarfjd fgeky; ;k fgekfæ
dgrs gSaA ;g lcls vf/d lrr~ J`a•yk gS] bldh vkSlr Å¡pkbZ 6,100 ehVj gSA bl
J`a•yk dh fo'ks"krk ;g gS fd blesa lokZf/d Å¡ps f'k•j rFkk fgeky; ds lHkh çeq•
f'k•j gSaA
fgeky; ds dqN Å¡ps f'k•j
f'k•j ns'k mQ¡pkbZ (ehVj)
ekmaV ,ojsLV usiky 8,848
ds2 (ekmaV xkMfou vkfLVu) Hkkjr 8,611
daputaxk Hkkjr 8,586
edkyw usiky 8,485
HkkSfrd Lo:i % lajpuk ,oa mPpkop %% 18
 Dhaulagiri India 8,167
Nanga Parvat India 8,126
Annapurn India 8,091
Kamet India 7,756
Namcha Baraw India 7,782
Gurla Mandhata Nepal 7,728

The Greater Himalayas or Himadri - The upper part of Greater

Himalaya is snow bound and many glaciers are descend from this range.
Zanskar range is also part of the Greater Himalayas. Ladkah mountain
range lies to the north of Zanskar range. Karakoram mountain range is
situation on the north of Himalaya and is called Tran-Himalaya. K2
(8611 km) is located here which is the highest peak of India and the
second highest peak of the world. It is also known as mount Godwin
Austin of Gaurinanda Parvat.

The range situated to the south, parallel to the Greater Himalaya,

is called the Lesser Himalaya or the middle Himalaya. this is the most
rugged and eroded range of the Himalaya and is formed by extreme
compression and transformed rocks. Its height is between 1800

Figure 2.5: Himalayas

Physical Form : Structure & Relief :: 19
 /kSyk fxjh Hkkjr 8,167
uaxk ioZr Hkkjr 8,126
vUuiw.kkZ Hkkjr 8,091
dkesV Hkkjr 7,756
ukepk cjok Hkkjr 7,782
xq:yk ea/krk usiky 7,728

egku fgeky; dk Åijh Hkkx ges'kk ciQZ ls <¡dk jgrk gS rFkk blls cgqr lh
fgekfu;ksa dk çokg gksrk gSA yík[k ds mÙkj esa dqN vU; ioZr Jsf.k;k¡ Hkh iQSyh gSaA buesa
tkLdj ioZr Js.kh egku fgeky; dh gh ,d Js.kh gSA tkaLdj ds mÙkj esa yík• ioZr Js.kh
gSA fgeky; ds mÙkj esa dkjkdksje ioZr Js.kh gS ftls Vªkal fgeky; Hkh dgk tkrk gSA bldk
f'k•j ^^ds2**Hkkjr dk lcls Å¡pk vkSj lalkj dk nwljk lcls Å¡pk f'k•j (8611 ehú)
gSA bls xkWMfou vkfLVu rFkk xkSjhuUnk ioZr ds uke ls Hkh tkuk tkrk gSA
egku fgeky; ds lekukUrj nf{k.k esa fLFkr J`a•yk dks y?kq fgeky; vFkok eè;
fgeky; dgrs gSaA ;g fgeky; dh lcls vf/d dVh&N¡Vh J`a•yk gS rFkk bldk fuekZ.k
vR;f/d laihMu rFkk ifjofrZr 'kSyksa ls gqvk gSA bldh Å¡pkbZ 1800 ehVj ls

vxhy njkZ

fp=k 2.5 fgeky;

HkkSfrd Lo:i % lajpuk ,oa mPpkop %% 19
to 4500 meters average width is 50 Punjab: It is a Persian word.
kolimeters. 'Punj' means Five and 'ab'
The Lesser Himalayas or
Himachal- A few peaks of this range means Water. It means a
have height above 5000 meters. The 'region with five rivers' .
rivers George here lows through more
than
these1000 meters
regions deep.
whereas There
the is snow
summers are pleasant and good for health.
The Prominent ranges in this region are Pir Panjal, Dhaula Dhar and
Mahabharata ranges. It comprises many famous hill stations like
Shimla, Mussoorie, Nanital, Darjeeling, etc. All mountain ranges are
covered with dense evergreen forests and also have grasslands which
are called as 'marg' in Kashmir (for example: Gulmarg, Khilanmarg
and Sonmarg).

The southernmost range of Himalayas is called outer Himalayas

or Shiwalik. It is the outer most range of the Himalayas. It starts
from Potwar Plateau region in the west and continues till Tista river
in the east. It is the youngest part of the Himalayas The altitude varies
between 900-1500 meters with average height of 1600 meters and
width lies between 10-50 km. The valleys lying between Siwalik &
Lesser Himalayas (Himachal) are called Duns like Dehera Dun,
Kotlidun, Patlidun, Butwal, Kangra Valley, Alipurdwar, etc. The north-
west hilly region of West Champaran District in Bihar is the part of
Himalayan Siwaliks range. Its covers about 856 square kilometres of
area in Bihar and is known as Someshwar Hills.

The Himalayas can also be divided on the basis of regions from

East to West. This classi ication has been done on the basis of the
extent of river valleys. The part of the Himalaya between the Sutlej
and Indus rivers is known as the Punjab Himalaya. Kashmir Himalaya
is also under this. The part of Himachal Himalaya situated between
Sutlej and Kali rivers is known as Kumaon Himalaya. Kali and Tista
rivers demarcates the Nepal Himalaya and Tista and Dehang
(Brahmaputra) rivers demarcates the Assam Himalaya.

Physical Form : Structure & Relief :: 20

4,500 ehVj ds chp rFkk vkSlr pkSM+kbZ 50
(iatkc ¾ (iat vkc) ;g iQkjlh
fdyksehVj gSA 'kCn gS] iat dk vFkZ ^ik¡p* vkSj
y?kq fgeky; vFkok e?; fgeky;& ;gk¡ dh dqN vkc dk vFkZ ^ikuh*vFkkZr~ ik¡p
pksfV;k¡ 5,000 ehVj ls vf/d Å¡ph gSaA ;gk¡ ikuh okyk {ks=k)
ufn;k¡ 1,000 ehVj rd xgjs xkWtZ ls gksdj
cgrh gSaA 'khr ½rq esa bl {ks=k esa 3&4 eghus ciQZ fxjrh gS tcfd xzh"e ½rq esa ;gk¡
ekSle 'khry vkSj LokLF;o¼Zd gksrk gSA d'ehj dh ihjiatky Js.kh blh Hkkx esa
fLFkr gSA ;gk¡ ds i;ZVu LFkyksa esa d'ehj dh ?kkVh] f'keyk] elwjh] uSuhrky]
nkftZfyax bR;kfn gSaA ;gk¡ dh lHkh ioZr Jsf.k;k¡ ?kus lnkcgkj ouksa ls <¡dh jgrh gSa
rFkk bl {ks=k esa dqN ?kkl ds eSnku Hkh gSa ftls d'ehj esa exZ (tSls&xqyexZ]
f•yuexZ vkSj lksuexZ) dgrs gSaA
fgeky; ds lcls nf{k.kh J`a•yk dks ckgjh fgeky;] mifgeky; vFkok
f'kokfyd dgk tkrk gSA ;g fgeky; dh lcls fupyh J`a•yk gSA ;g if'pe esa
iksrokj ds iBkj {ks=k ls çkjEHk gksdj iwjc dh vksj frLrk unh rd iQSyk gSA ;g
fgeky; dk lcls uohu Hkkx gSA bldh vkSlru Å¡pkbZ (900 ls 1500 ehVj ds
eè;) 1600 fdúehú gS rFkk pkSM+kbZ 10 ls 50 fdú ehú gSA e?; fgeky; vkSj
f'kokfyd ds chp dqN foLr`r ?kkfV;k¡ Hkh gSa ftUgsa nwu ;k }kj dgrs gSaA
tSls&nsgjknwu] dksVyhnwu ,oa ikVyhnwu] cqVoky] dkaxM+k ?kkVh] vyhiqj }kj
bR;kfnA
fcgkj esa if'peh pEikj.k dk mÙkj&if'peh igkM+h Hkkx blh 'kokfyd
J`a•yk ds varxZr vkrk gSA fcgkj ds yxHkx 856 oxZ fdú ehú {ks=k ij bldk
foLrkj gSA ;s lkses'oj dh igkfM+;k¡ ds uke ls tkuk tkrk gSA
fgeky; dks if'pe ls iwoZ rd fLFkr {ks=kksa ds vk/kj ij Hkh foHkkftr
fd;k tk ldrk gSA ;g oxhZdj.k unh ?kkfV;ksa dh lhek ds vk/kj ij fd;k x;k
gSA lryqt ,oa flU/q ufn;ksa ds chp fLFkr fgeky; ds Hkkx dks iatkc fgeky; ds
uke ls tkuk tkrk gSA d'ehj fgeky; Hkh blh ds vUrxZr gSA lryqt rFkk dkyh
ufn;ksa ds chp fLFkr fgekpy fgeky; ds Hkkx dks dqek;w¡ fgeky; ds uke ls
tkuk tkrk gSA dkyh rFkk frLrk ufn;k¡] usiky fgeky; dk ,oa frLrk rFkk fngkax
(czãiq=k) ufn;k¡ vle fgeky; dk lhekadu djrh gSA
HkkSfrd Lo:i % lajpuk ,oa mPpkop %% 20
 The regional classi ication of Himalayas is:

1.
· Kashmir Himalayas - They lie between river Indus and Sutlej

2. Kumaon Himalayas - They lie between Sutlej river and Kali river

3. The Nepal Himalayas - This stretch is from Kali to Tista.

4. The Assam Himalayas - This region extends from Tista to Dihang

(Brahmaputra).
As you know that Brahmaputra river forms the eastern most
boundary of the Himalaya. After Dihang George, it takes a sharp turn
towards south and spread along eastern border of India. It is also known
as Purvanchal or Eastern Hills. These hills are in the north eastern states
and are made of strong sand stone (sedimentary rock). They are covered
with dense forest and are mostly spread in the form of parallel ranges
and valleys. Patkai hills (Arunachal Pradesh), Naga hills (Nagaland),
Manipur hills and Lushai hills (Mizoram) are situated here. The southern
slope of the Himalaya is very steep while northern slope is comparatively
gentle. Therefore, the extent of glaciers is more on northern slope than
on the southern slope.

ii. The Great Plains of Northern India

The Northern Plains, located between the Himalayas in the north
and the peninsular plateau in the south. It is formed by the deposition of
the sediments brought by three main river systems namely the Indus, the
Ganga and Brahmaputra and their tributaries and is popularly called
Indus-Ganga-Brahmaputra plain. This plain is made of alluvial soil. It is
the most fertile and densely populated plain not only of India but of the
world too. This part has been formed over millions of years from the
deposition of alluviam in very large basin situated in the fort of the
Himalaya. The Northern plain spreads over an area of seven lakh sq. Km
and is highly populated. It stretches about 2400 Km from east to west
and its width varies between 150-500 Kms. The great plain is not more
than 240 meters above the mean sea level. The slope of Western plain is
from north-east to south-west and slope of Easter plain is from north-
west to south-east.

The Great Plain has four subparts:

Plains of the Punjab (Western Part) : It is made up by Indus river and its
tributaries. Its larger part is in Pakistan. The western part of Punjab and
Haryana in India.
Physical Form : Structure & Relief :: 21
 fgeky; dk if'pe ls iwjc dh vksj oxhZdj.k
uke fgeky; lhek
1. iatkc fgeky;@d'ehj fgeky; & flU/q ,oa lryqt unh ds chp
2. fgekpy@dqek;w¡ fgeky; & lryqt ,oa dkyh unh ds chp
3. usiky fgeky; & dkyh ,oa frLrk unh ds chp
4. vle fgeky; & frLrk ,oa fngkax (czãiq=k) unh ds chp

czãiq=k unh fgeky; dh lcls iwohZ lhek cukrh gSA fngkax egk•îó (xkWtZ) ds
ckn fgeky; nf{k.k dh vksj ,d rh•k eksM+ cukrs gq, Hkkjr dh iwohZ lhek ds
lkFk iQSy tkrk gSA bUgsa iwokZapy ;k iwohZ igkfM+;ksa ds uke ls Hkh tkuk tkrk gSA ;s
igkfM+;k¡ mÙkj&iwohZ jkT;ksa esa gSa rFkk etcwr cyqvk iRFkjksa (volknh 'kSy) ls cuh
gSaA ;s ?kus taxyksa ls <¡dh gS rFkk vf/drj lekukUrj J`a•ykvksa ,oa ?kkfV;ksa ds :i
esa iQSyh gSaA iwokZapy esa iVdksbZ] ukxk rFkk yq'kkbZ] ef.kiqj dh igkfM+;k¡ 'kkfey gSaA
fgeky; dh nf{k.kh <ky cgqr rhoz gS] tcfd mÙkjh <yku vis{kkÑr eUn gSA
blfy, mÙkjh <yku ij nf{k.kh <yku dh vis{kk fgekfu;ksa dk foLrkj vf/d gSA
(ii) mÙkj dk fo'kky eSnku& fgeky; ioZr ds nf{k.k vkSj nf{k.kh iBkj ds
mÙkj rhu çeq• unh ç.kkfy;ksa (flU/q] xaxk ,oa czãiq=k) vkSj mldh lgk;d
ufn;ksa ls cuk ;g fo'kky eSnku] flU/q&xaxk&czãiq=k dk eSnku dgk tkrk gSA ;g
eSnku tyks<+ feêðh ls cuk gSA ;g Hkkjr dk gh ugha cfYd fo'o dk lcls vf/d
mitkÅ vkSj ?kuh tula[;k okyk eSnku gSA yk•ksa o"kks± esa fgeky; ds fxfjikn esa
fLFkr cgqr cM+s csflu (æks.kh) esa tyks<+ ds fu{ksi ls bl Hkkx dk fuekZ.k gqvk gSA
;g 7 yk• oxZ fdyksehVj ls vf/d {ks=kiQy esa iQSyk gSA if'pe ls iwoZ bldh
yEckbZ yxHkx 2400 fdú ehú gS vkSj 150 ls 500 fdú ehú pkSM+k gSA ;g eSnku
lkekU;r% leqæ ry ls 240 ehVj ls vf/d Å¡pk ugha gSA if'peh eSnku dh <ky
mÙkj&iwoZ ls nf{k.k&if'pe vkSj iwohZ eSnku dk <ky mÙkj&if'pe ls nf{k.k&iwjc
dh vksj gSA

bl fo'kky eSnku ds eq[;r% pkj mi&Hkkx gaS%

iatkc dk eSnku (if'peh Hkkx)% flU/q vkSj bldh lgk;d ufn;ksa ds }kjk cuk
Hkkx if'peh eSnku] iatkc dk eSnku dgykrk gSA bldk cgqr cM+k Hkkx ikfdLrku
esa fLFkr gSA Hkkjr esa iatkc vkSj gfj;k.kk dk if'pe

HkkSfrd Lo:i % lajpuk ,oa mPpkop %% 21

 Jhelum, Chenab, Ravi, Beas and Sutlej are the major tributaries of this
region which originate from Himalaya. The region between Ravi and
Beas rivers is called as 'Upper Bari doab', whereas 'Bist doab' is formed
by Beas and Sutlej rivers.

. The second part of the Great Plain is the Plain of Rajasthan. It is

extended or spread in the west of Aravali mountain. The average height
of this plain is 150-300 meters and its normal slope is from north-east to
south-west. It is basically a semi-arid and dry region. Sand dunes are
major landforms here. In the eastern part, there are many hills which are
called 'Tor'. Luni is the major river of this part which extends up to Rann
of Kutch in rainy seasons.There are several famous salt water lakes in
this part such as Sambhar, Degna, Dindwana and Kuchaman.

Plains of Ganga or Central Plain: The plain extended from Yamuna

river to the western border of Bangladesh. It is about 1,400 km long from
Ghaggar to Tista river. The general slope of this plain is generally from
north-west to south-east. This plain spreads mainly in the states of Uttar
Pradesh, Bihar, West Bengal and some parts of Jharkhand. This can be
further divided into three subparts: Upper Ganga Plain (the region
between Delhi and Prayagraj), Middle Ganga Plain (the region between
Prayagraj and Farakka) and Lower Ganga Plain (delta region which is
extended in West Bengal).

Except the north-west part of Shiwalik range and a few hills in

southern part, the major part of Bihar is formed by the alluvial soil
brought by Ganga and its tributaries. Here, the plain of Ganga is divided
into two parts: the Northern plain of Ganga and the Southern plain of
Ganga. Gandak, Budhi Gandak, Bagmati, Kamla, Kosi and Mahananda are
the major rivers in the northern plain. Kosi is called as 'Sorrow of Bihar'.
The lood condition extends the area of residual lakes, marshy lands
(daldal) and chaur area or lows as a thin stream of water. In the
southern plain of Ganga, the major rivers are Son, Punpun, Falgu and
Chanan. These rivers generally become dry in summer seasons and low
as a narrow stream.

Physical Form : Structure & Relief :: 22

Hkkx blesa lfEefyr gSA bl Hkkx esa fgeky; ls fudydj çokfgr gksus okyh vkSj
bldh lgk;d ufn;k¡&>sye] psukc] jkoh] O;kl rFkk lryqt gSaA jkoh vkSj O;kl]
ds nksvkc dks Åijh ckjh nksvkc dgrs gSa rFkk O;kl vkSj lryqt ds chp ds
nksvkc dks foLr nksvkc dgk tkrk gSA
fo'kky eSnku dk bldk mi Hkkx jktLFkku dk eSnku gSA ;g vjkoyh ioZr
ds if'pe esa iQSyk gSA bl eSnku dh vkSlr Å¡pkbZ 150 ls 300 ehVj rd gS rFkk
lkekU; <ky mÙkj&iwoZ ls nf{k.k if'pe dh vksj gSA ;g eq[;r% v¼Z'kq"d vkSj
'kq"d çns'k gSA ckyqdk Lrwi ;gk¡ dh çeq• LFkykÑfr gSA iwohZ Hkkx esa ;gk¡ dbZ
igkfM+;k¡ gSa ftUgsa ^Vksj@VkWj* dgrs gSaA ywuh bl çns'k dh çeq• unh gS tks o"kkZ ds
fnuksa esa dPN ds j.k rd tkrh gSA bl çns'k esa lkaHkj] Msaxkuk] MhaMokuk rFkk
dqpkeu tSls çfl¼ •kjs ikuh dh >hys gSaA
xaxk dk eSnku vFkok e?;orhZ eSnku& ;equk unh ls ysdj iwoZ esa ckaXykns'k
dh if'peh lhek rd iQSys eSnku dks eè;orhZ; eSnku ;k xaxk dk eSnku dgrs gSaA
;g ?kXxj ls frLrk unh rd yxHkx 1400 fdyksehVj yEck gSA bl eSnku dh <ky
lkekU;r% mÙkj&if'pe ls nf{k.k&iwoZ dh vksj gSA bldk foLrkj mÙkj Hkkjr ds
jkT;ksa ;Fkk mÙkj çns'k] fcgkj] >kj•aM ds dqN Hkkx rFkk if'pe caxky esa iQSyk
gSA bl foLr`r eSnku dks rhu mi&Hkkxksa esa ck¡Vk x;k gS& Åijh xaxk dk eSnku
(fnYyh ls iz;kxjkt rd dk {ks=k)] eè;orhZ xaxk dk eSnku (iz;kxjkt ls iQjDdk
rd dk {ks=k) rFkk fupyh xaxk dk eSnku] (xaxk dk MsYVk çns'k) tks if'pe
caxky jkT; esa iQSyk gSA
mÙkjh&if'pe Hkkx dh f'kokfyd igkM+h vkSj nf{k.k esa fNV&iqV igkfM+;ksa
dks NksM+dj fcgkj jkT; dk vf/drj Hkkx xaxk vkSj lgk;d ufn;ksa }kjk ykbZ x;h
tyks<+ ls cuk gSA ;gk¡ xaxk dk eSnku nks Hkkxksa esa c¡Vk gSA ;s gSa& mÙkjh xaxk dk eSnku
rFkk nf{k.kh xaxk dk eSnku A mÙkjh xaxk ds eSnku dh çeq• ufn;k¡] xaMd] cw<+h
xaMd] ckxerh] deyk] dkslh vkSj egkuUnk gSA dkslh dks ^fcgkj dk 'kksd* Hkh
dgk tkrk gSA ;gk¡ dh ufn;ksa esa çfro"kZ ck<+ vkus ls ;gk¡ ^NkM+u >hy*] ^nyny*
vkSj ^pkSj* Hkwfe dk foLrkj gksrk jgrk gSA nf{k.kh xaxk ds eSnku dh çeq• ufn;k¡
lksu] iquiqu] iQYxq rFkk pkuu gSA ;s ufn;k¡ xzh"edky esa lkekU;r% lw• tkrh gS ;k
ty dh iryh /kjk ds :i esa

HkkSfrd Lo:i % lajpuk ,oa mPpkop %% 22

The treeless low land is called as 'Taal' here. These are also the regions of
new Alluvial soil.

Plains of Brahmaputra (Eastern Part):

Its expansion is about 650 kilometres from the north-east of Sadia in
Assam to Dhuwari land. It is surrounded by hills from all sides except
western part. The gradual slope of this region is from north-east to
south-east. Brahmaputra river lows through middle past this plain.
Majoli island situated in the centre of this river is world's largest river
island.

On the basis of physical features, the Great plain has been divided
into four parts. A 8-16 km width belt is formed with the deposition of
small pebbles and stones at the mountain bed when we come down from
Shiwalik slope. This deposition is called 'Bhabar'. Small rivers get extinct
here. On the south of this belt, rivers again get emerged which lead to the
formation of wet and marshy lands, called as lowlands or 'Taraai'. There
are tall grasses and dense forests in this region full of rich wildlife.
The high lands formed due to the deposition of rivers in Gangetic
plains, are out of the reach of lood water. These are called 'Bangar'.
Limes rich deposition is also found in the soil of this region. The low
plain, where lood water reaches every year and causes sediment
deposition is called as 'Khadar'. Each year, the soil in Khadar region is
renewed; therefore it is very fertile and considered as ideal for intensive
cultivation.

iii. The Peninsular Plateau

It is a triangular shaped land and part of primitive Gondwana land. It

is wide in the north and narrow in the south. The average height of this
land is about in the north and narrow in the south. The average height of
this land is about 600-900 meters. Aravalli, Vindhyachal and Satpura
ranges are situated in the west of peninsular plateau. The western slopes
of the plateau are higher than the eastern part. The Western Ghat (It is a
continuous ridge or hills) and the eastern Ghat are on the edges of the
peninsular plateau. The Peninsular plateau is broadly divided into:

(a) The Central Highland

(b) The Deccan Plateau

Physical Form : Structure & Relief :: 23

çokfgr gksrh gSA o``{kkjfgr fuEu {ks=k dks ;gk¡ ^Vky* dgk tkrk gSA tks ubZ tyks<+
feêðh dk {ks=k gSA
czãiq=k dk eSnku (iwohZ eSnku) &
vle jkT; esa lfn;k ds mÙkj&iwoZ ls gksdj /qojh LFkku rd yxHkx 650
fdú ehú yEck gSA bl eSnku ds if'peh Hkkx dks NksM+dj lHkh vksj Å¡ps igkM+h
Hkkx gSaA bl Hkkx dh <ky Øe'k% mÙkj&iwoZ ls nf{k.k&iwoZ dh vksj gksrh tk jgh gSA
czãiq=k unh bl eSnku ds eè; ls xqtjrh gSA bl unh ds chp fLFkr ektqyh }hi]
fo'o dk lcls cM+k unh }hi gSA
HkkSfrd vkÑfr;ksa dh fHkUurk ds vk/kj ij fo'kky eSnku dks pkj Hkkxksa esa
ck¡Vk x;k gSA ufn;ksa }kjk ioZr ls uhps mrjrs le; f'kokfyd <ky ij 8 ls 16
fdú ehú dh pkSM+h iêðh esa NksVs&cM+s iRFkjksa ds VqdM+s dkiQh eksVkbZ esa tek dj fn,
x, gSa] bl fu{ksi dks ^Hkkcj* dgk tkrk gSA Hkkcj çns'k esa NksVh&NksVh ufn;k¡ yqIr
gks tkrh gSaA bl iêðh ds nf{k.k esa ufn;k¡ ;k lfjrk,¡ iqu% çdV gksrh gSa rc ue ,oa
nynyh {ks=k dk fuekZ.k djrh gSA ;g ^rjkbZ* dgykrk gSA ;gk¡ ij Å¡ph ?kkl vkSj
?kus taxy iQSys gq, gSa tks oU; çkf.k;ksa ls Hkjk gSA
xaxk ds eSnku esa tgk¡ ufn;ksa }kjk iqjkuh feêðh ds Å¡ps eSnku cu x, gSa] ogk¡
ufn;ksa ds ck<+ dk ty ugha igq¡p ikrk gSA mls ^ckaxj* dgrs gSaA bl {ks=k dh e`nk esa
pwusnkj fu{ksi ik, tkrs gSaA u;s dNkjh Hkkx] tks fupys eSnku gSa vkSj tgk¡ ck<+ dk
ty çfro"kZ igq¡pdj u;h feêðh dh ijr tek dj nsrk gS] ^•knj* dgykrk gSA
budk çR;sd o"kZ iquuZohdj.k gksrk gSA blfy, ;g mitkÅ eSnku xgu Ñf"k ds
fy, vkn'kZ ekuk tkrk gSA
(iii) nf{k.k dk iBkj &
nf{k.k dk iBkj ;k çk;}hih; iBkj vkÑfr dh n`f"V ls f=kHkqtkdkj gS
rFkk çkphu xksaMokuk Hkwfe dk va'k gSA ;g mÙkj dh vksj pkSM+k vkSj nf{k.k esa
ladh.kZ gSaA bldh vkSlr Å¡pkbZ 600 ls 900 ehVj gSA blds mÙkj esa vjkoyh]
foaè;kpy vkSj lriqM+k dh igkfM+;k¡ gSaA if'pe esa if'peh ?kkV vkSj iwoZ esa iwohZ
?kkV dh igkfM+;k¡ gSaA bl iBkjh Hkkx ds nks eq[; Hkkx gSa&
(d) eè; mPpHkwfe
(•) nDdu dk iBkj

HkkSfrd Lo:i % lajpuk ,oa mPpkop %% 23

(a) The Central Highland- The major part of central highland is called as
Plateau of Malwa. This region is surrounded by Mahadev range in the
east. Aravalli range in the north-west and Vindhyachal range in the
central part. The desert of Rajasthan is to its west. Chambal, Sindh, Betwa
and Ken are the major rivers of this region. The slope of this region is
from the south-west to the north-east. The region is wider in the west
and narrow in the east. Its eastern expansion is locally known as
Bundelkhand and Baghelkhand. Its eastern most extension is Chota
Nagpur plateau where Damodar and Swarnrekha rivers low.

Figure 2.6 Peninsular Plateau

Physical Form : Structure & Relief :: 24

 (d) eè; mPpHkwfe& eè; mPp Hkwfe dk vf/drj Hkkx ekyok dk iBkj
dgykrk gSA ;g iBkjh Hkkx iwjc esa egknso J`a•yk vkSj mÙkj&if'pe esa vjkoyh vkSj
eè; esa foaè; J`a•yk ls f?kjk gqvk gSA blds if'pe esa jktLFkku dk e#LFkyh; {ks=k gSA
;gk¡ cgus okyh ufn;ksa esa pacy] fla/] osrok rFkk dsu gSaA bldh <ky nf{k.k&if'pe ls
mÙkj&iwoZ dh vksj gSA ;g Hkkx if'pe esa pkSM+k vkSj iwjc esa ladh.kZ gSA blds iwohZ
foLrkj dks LFkkuh; :i ls cqUnsy•.M rFkk c?ksy•.M ds uke ls tkuk tkrk gSA blds
lqnwj iwoZ ds foLrkj dks eq[;r% nkeksnj vkSj Lo.kZjs•k ufn;ksa }kjk viokfgr]
NksVkukxiqj dk iBkj dgk tkrk gSA

f
MksÏk csVk

fp=k&2.6 çk;}hih; iBkj

HkkSfrd Lo:i % lajpuk ,oa mPpkop %% 24

 There is Satpura range parallel to Vindhyachal range, and also
Amarkantak and Chota Nagpur plateau in the east. Dhoopgarh peak
(1352 meters) of Satpura range is situated on Panchamadhi hills.
Chhota Nagpur Plateau is also a distinct plateau unit in this region. It
extends in the north till the southern border of Gaya district of Bihar
state. Damodar, Sone and Swarnrekha low through the plateau. Its
western central part is 1100 meters high, which is called as 'Paat'
region and the highest region of Chota Nagpur (Jharkhand) plateau.
Plateau of Ranchi is in its east with average height of 600 meters.
Third, is the plateau of Hazaribagh having average height of 300
meters. Here, Parasnath hill is 1365 meters high.

On the south of Satpura range, there is Tapi river valley.

Narmada and Tapi, both the rivers low through fault valley. Aravalli
hills extended from south-west in Gujarat upto north-east in Delhi.
Near Delhi, it is called Hills of Delhi. The average height of Aravalli hills
is 900-1000 meters. In south-west, near Mout Abu its highest peak
Guru Shikhar is 1722 meter high.

(b) The Deccan Plateau-

The Deccan plateau is also known as Deccan trap. It is formed
by basalt rock. It covers an area of nearly 5 lakh sq.km. It is mainly
spread over the states of Madhya Pradesh, parts of Maharashtra,
Western Andhra Pradesh, Karnataka, Telangana, Chhattisgarh and
Tamilnadu. The estimated depth of lava here is about 2134 meters,
however the depth is comparatively less in the east and north side.

The Western Ghats extended over a length of 1600 kilometers

starting from the left bank of the Tapi River in the north to the
Kanyakumari Cape in the south. It is also called Sahyadri mountains.
The four major passess here from north to south are Thalghat,
Bhorghat, Palghat, and Shinkota. To the south the Western Ghats join
the Eastern Ghats through Nilgiri hills. The highest peak here is Doda
Beta 2637 meters high but the highest peak in South India is Anaimudi
(2695 meters) situated on Annamalai hills. The Eastern Ghats
mountains extend over a length of 1800 kilometers in the south-
eastern direction from the Mahanadi valley parallel to the Nilgiri in the
south.

Physical Form : Structure & Relief :: 25

foUè;kpy ds nf{k.k esa bUgha ds lekukUrj lriqM+k ioZr rFkk iwjc esa vejdaVd vkSj
NksVkukxiqj dk iBkj gSA lriqM+k dh (1,352 eh0) /wix<+ pksVh iape<+h igkM+h ij gSA
bl {ks=k esa NksVkukxiqj dk iBkj Hkh ,d lqLi"V iBkjh bdkbZ gS] bldk foLrkj mÙkj esa
fcgkj jkT; ds x;k ftyk ds nf{k.kh lhek rd gSA bl iBkjh Hkkx esa cgus okyh ufn;k¡
nkeksnj] lksu vkSj Lo.kZjs•k gSA bldk if'peh eè;orhZ; Hkkx 1,100 ehVj Å¡pk gS tks
^ikr {ks=k* dgykrk gS vkSj NksVkukxiqj (>kj•aM) dk lcls Å¡pk iBkjh {ks=k gSA jk¡ph
dk iBkj blds iwjc esa gS rFkk mldh Å¡pkbZ vkSlr 600 ehVj gSA rhljk iBkj fupys
gtkjhckx dk iBkj gS ftldh Å¡pkbZ vkSlr 300 ehVj gSA ;gk¡ ikjlukFk dh igkM+h
1365 ehVj Å¡ph gSA
lriqM+k ioZr ds nf{k.k esa rkih dh ?kkVh gSA ueZnk vkSj rkih nksuksa ufn;k¡ Hkza'k
?kkfV;ksa ls gksdj cgrh gSA vjkoyh dh igkfM+;k¡ nf{k.k&if'pe esa xqtjkr ls ysdj
mÙkj&iwoZ esa fnYyh rd iQSyh gSaA fnYyh ds fudV bls fnYyh dh igkfM+;k¡ dgrs gSaA
vjkoyh dh vkSlr Å¡pkbZ 900-1000 ehVj rd gS fdUrq nf{k.k&if'pe esa vkcw ds
fudV budh lcls Å¡ph pksVh (ekm.V vkcw) xq:f'k•j 1722 ehVj Å¡pk gSA

(•) nDdu dk iBkj &

nDdu ds iBkj dks nDdu VªSi Hkh dgk tkrk gSA ;g cslkYV 'kSy }kjk fufeZr
gS vkSj yxHkx 5 yk• oxZ fdyksehVj esa iQSyk gqvk gSA blds vUrxZr eè;çns'k]
egkjk"Vª ds vf/dka'k Hkkx] if'peh vkU/zçns'k] dukZVd] rsyaxkuk] NÙkhlx<+ vkSj
rfeyukMq jkT; ds vf/drj Hkkx vkrs gSaA ;gk¡ ykok dh vf/dre vuqekfur xgjkbZ
2134 ehVj rd gS fdUrq iwjc vkSj mÙkj dh vksj bldh xgjkbZ vis{kkÑr de gSA
if'peh ?kkV mÙkj esa rkih unh ds ck,¡ rV ls çkjEHk gksdj nf{k.k esa
dU;kdqekjh vUrjhi rd 1600 fdú ehú yEckbZ esa iQSyk gqvk gSA bls lg;kfæ dh
igkfM+;k¡ Hkh dgrs gSaA ;gk¡ pkj çeq• njZsa mÙkj ls nf{k.k Øe'k% Fkky?kkV] Hkksj?kkV]
iky?kkV vkSj f'kudksVk gSaA nf{k.k dh vksj if'peh ?kkV uhyfxfj dh igkfM+;ksa }kjk
iwohZ ?kkV ls fey tkrk gSA ;gk¡ dh lcls Å¡ph pksVh Mksîókcsêðk 2637 ehVj Å¡ph gSA
ysfdu nf{k.kh Hkkjr dh lokZsPp f'k•j vUukeqMh (2695 ehú) vUukeykbZ dh igkM+h
ij fLFkr gSA iwohZ leqæ rVh; eSnku ds lekUrj egkunh dh ?kkVh ls nf{k.k esa uhyfxfj
rd nf{k.k iwohZ fn'kk esa 1800 fdyksehVj dh yEckbZ esa iwohZ ?kkV ioZr iQSys gSaA ;g

HkkSfrd Lo:i % lajpuk ,oa mPpkop %% 25

is totally different from Western Ghat. It is more rugged and is in the forms
of hills. The famous eastern ghats hills are Mahendragiri hills in Odisha,
Nallamallai and Palkonda hills in Andhra Pradesh, Annamalai, Pachamalai,
Shivrai, Palani, Elagiri hills in Tamilnadu. These hill are separated by
Mahanadi, Godavari, Krishna and Kaveri rivers which. These rivers creates
fertile plains and deltas.

iv. The Coastal Plains -

The coastal plains in India run parallel to the Arabian Sea and Bay of
Bengal along the peninsular plateau. These plains are formed by sediment
deposition caused by the action of rivers or sea. There are two major parts
of these plains- the Western Coastal Plain and the Easter Coastal Plain. It
stretches from Rann of Kutch to Kanyakumari. Its average width is 10.60
kms. The rivers of this region have very rapid stream that leads to the
formation of estuaries on the mouth of the rivers since there is no sediment
deposition. In the south of this region lagoons are formed. The ports of New
Mangalore and Kochi are situated on such lagoons. Some residual plains are
also formed here of which the coastal plains of Saurashtra and Kutch are the
main ones. The northern and southern part of Western Coast is respectively
called as Konkan and Malabar Coasts. Due to the fast speed of the rivers,
estuaries have developed at the mouths of almost all the rivers. Due to fast
speed of the rivers, this plain is quite fragmented.

The eastern coast is wider than the western coastal plain. Its average
width is from 160 to 350 Kms. It spreads from mouth of Ganga river in the
north upto Kanyakumari in the south. The lower part of this plain is a delta
and the upper part is made up of mostly river deposits/sediments. Eastern
coastal plain is marked by deltas made by the rivers Mahanadi, Godavari,
Krishna and Kaveri. There are also lagoons along this coast. The northern
part of this coastal plain is called (Northern Circar coast) and the southern
part is called coromandel coast.

Physical Form : Structure & Relief :: 26

if'peh ?kkV ls fcYdqy fHkUu gSA ;g vf/d dVk&N¡Vk gS rFkk igkfM+;ksa ds :i esa
gSA vksfM'kk esa egsUæfxfj] vkU/zçns'k esa uYykeyk] ikydksaMk rFkk rfeyukMq esa
vUukeybZ] ipkeybZ] f'kojk;] iyuh rFkk osyafxjh iwohZ?kkV dh çeq• igkfM+;k¡
gSaA ;s igkfM+;ka egkunh] xksnkojh] Ñ".kk vkSj dkosjh ufn;ksa }kjk i`Fkd gSA ;s
ufn;k¡ mitkÅ eSnku rFkk MsYVk dk fuekZ.k djrh gSA
(iv) rVh; eSnku&
nf{k.k ds iBkj ds nksuksa fdukjksa ij rVh; eSnku dk foLrkj gS A bl eSnku
dk fuekZ.k leqæh fØ;kvksa }kjk ;k ufn;ksa ds }kjk cgkdj ykbZ xbZ feêðh ds }kjk
gqvk gSA bl eSnku ds nks cM+s Hkkx gSaA ;s gSa&if'peh rVh; eSnku vkSj iwohZ rVh;
eSnkuA if'peh rVh; eSnku mÙkj esa •EHkkr dh •kM+h ls ysdj nf{k.k esa
dU;kdqekjh (dkseksfju) vUrjhi rd iQSyk gSA bldh vkSlr pkSM+kbZ 10-60 fdú
ehú ds eè; gSA bl eSnkuh Hkkx esa cgus okyh ufn;k¡ vR;f/d rhoz xfr ls cgrh
gSaA blfy, ufn;ksa ds }kjk feêðh dk teko vf/d ugha gks ikrkA blds nf{k.kh Hkkx
esa dbZ ^ySxwu* ik, tkrs gSaA U;w esaxyw# vkSj dksfPp ds cUnjxkg ,sls gh ySxwu ij
fLFkr gSaA ;gk¡ ij dqN vof'k"V eSnku dk Hkh fuekZ.k gqvk gS ftuesa lkSjk"Vª vkSj
dPN dk rVh; eSnku eq[; gSA if'peh rVh; eSnku ds mÙkjh Hkkx dks dksad.k vkSj
nf{k.kh Hkkx dks ekykckj rVh; eSnku dgrs gSaA ufn;ksa dh xfr rhoz gksus ds dkj.k
çk;% lHkh ufn;ksa }kjk eqgkus ij Tokjuneq• (,Lpq;jh) dk fodkl gqvk gSA
ufn;ksa ds rhoz xfr ds dkj.k ;g eSnku dkiQh dVk&NaVk gSA
iwohZ rVh; eSnku if'peh rVh; eSnku dh vis{kk vf/d pkSM+k gSA bldh
pkSM+kbZ 160 ls 350 fdú ehú rd gSA ;g Hkkx mÙkj esa xaxk ds eqgkus ls nf{k.k esa
dU;kdqekjh (dseksfju) vUrjhi rd iQSyk gS] bl eSnku dk fupyk Hkkx MsYVk gS
vkSj Åijh Hkkx vf/dka'kr% ufn;ksa ds fu{ksi ls cuk gSA blds fupys Hkkx esa
egkunh] xksnkojh] Ñ".kk] dkosjh vkfn ufn;ksa us iBkj ds fupys Hkkx ls volkn
ykdj fu{ksfir fd;k gSA bl eSnku esa rV ds fudV iQSys YkSxwu ik;s tkrs gSaA bl
rVh; eSnku ds mÙkjh Hkkx dks (mÙkjh ljdkj rV) rFkk nf{k.kh Hkkx dks
dksjkse.My rV dgrs gSaA

HkkSfrd Lo:i % lajpuk ,oa mPpkop %% 26

v. The Indian Desert
There is a large dry region lies in the west of Rajasthan, which is
called the Indian Desert of the Desert of Rajasthan. It is 644 kilometers long
and 160 kilometers wide. The total area is 1,04,000 sq kms. This region has
semi-arid and arid condition. It receives less than 15 cm of annual rainfall.
During rainy season, some rivers are visible which merge into sand
after sometime. There is a huge extension of mound of sand and Barkhans.
Luni is the major inland river of this region. It is the longest inland river
drainage. This river ends in the Rann of Kutch.

vi. Islands Group:

There are in total 1256 islands under the water boundary of India.
These islands are basically in two groups. There are 572 islands in the Bay
of Bengal out of which 36 have human habitation. Along with this, there are
several islands in the delta of Gangasagar and Mahanadi. There are also
small islands found between India and Sri Lanka. In the same way, some
islands are found near the Gujarat, Kerala, Maharashtra and Karnataka
coast. The large group of islands in the Bay of Bengal is known as the
0
Andaman & Nicobar Island. The 10 channel divides this islands group into
two parts. These islands are the upper part of submerged mountains.
0
'Indira point'. (6 30' north latitude) is the southern most point of India.
Barren island, India’s only active volcano is located here.

(The island of the Arabian Sea includes Lakshadweep and Minicoy. The
entire island group is made up of coral deposits and is divided into two
parts by an 11 degree channel).

Physical Form : Structure & Relief :: 27

 (v) Hkkjrh; e#LFky& jktLFkku ds if'pe esa ,d cM+k 'kq"d çns'k gS ftls
Hkkjrh; e#LFky ;k jktLFkku dk e#LFky dgk tkrk gSA ;g 644 fdú ehú yEck
vkSj 160 fdú ehú pkSM+k gSA bldk dqy {ks=kiQy 1,04,000 oxZ fdú ehú gSA ;g
çk;% 'kq"d tyok;q okyk {ks=k gSA ;gk¡ okf"kZd o"kkZ 15 lsúehú ls Hkh de gksrh gSA

cjlkr ds ekSle esa dqN ufn;k¡ utj vkrha gSa tks dqN le; ds ckn ckyw esa
foyhu gks tkrh gSaA ;gk¡ ckyw ds fVCcksa ,oa cj•ku dk foLrkj cgqr vf/d gSA
;gk¡ dh ,dek=k cM+h unh ywuh gSA ;g Hkkjr esa vUr%çokg dh lcls yEch unh gSA
bl unh dk vUr dPN ds j.k esa gks tkrk gSA

(vi) }hi lewg & Hkkjr dh leqæ lhek ds vUrxZr 1256 }hi gSaA ;s eq[;r%
nks lewgksa esa gSA caxky dh •kM+h ds }hi lewg esa yxHkx 572 }hi gSa ftlds 36
}hiksa ij vkcknh ik;h tkrh gSA blds vfrfjÙkQ xaxklkxj vkSj egkunh ds MsYVk esa
vusd }hi fLFkr gSaA Hkkjr vkSj Jhyadk ds chp Hkh dbZ NksVs&NksVs }hi gSaA blh
çdkj ls xqtjkr] dsjy] egkjk"Vª vkSj dukZVd ds rV ij Hkh vusd }hi fLFkr gSaA
caxky dh •kM+h ds cM+s }hi lewg dks vaMeku vkSj fudksckj }hi lewg ds uke ls
tkuk tkrk gSA bl }hi lewg dks nl fMxzh pSuy nks Hkkxksa esa ck¡Vrh gSA ;s }hi
tyeXu ioZrksa ds Åijh Hkkx gSaA Hkkjr dk lcls nf{k.kh fcUnq ^bfUnjk Iokb.V*
(6°30' mÙkjh v{kka'k) gSA ,dek=k Tokykeq[kh cSju }hi ij ;gk¡ vofLFkr gSA

vjc lkxj ds }hi esa y{k}hi vkSj fefudk; 'kkfey gSaA iwjk }hi lewg
çoky fu{ksi ls cuk gS vkSj 11 fMxzh pSuy }kjk nks Hkkxksa esa ck¡Vk x;k gSA

HkkSfrd Lo:i % lajpuk ,oa mPpkop %% 27

 EXERCISE QUESTIONS

(i) OBJECTIVE QUESTIONS

(1) Which of the following peak is not situated in India?
(a) K2 (b) Kamet
(c) Mount Everest (d) Nanda Devi
(2) Which range of Himalaya is situated on the North-west of Bihar?
(a) Greater Himalaya (b) Shiwalik
(c) Middle Himalaya (d) Eastern Himalaya
(3) Which theory about the formation of Himalaya is commonly accepted?
(a) Continental Drift theory (b) Territorial movement theory
(c) Plate Tectonic theory (d) None of these

(4) The height of Saddle peak is-

(a) 515m (b) 460m
(c) 642m (d) 738m
(5) The most ancient land part of India is...
(a) Peninsular plateau (b) Great plains
(c) Northern mountain (d) Coastal part

(ii) SHORT ANSWER TYPE QUESTIONS

1. Write the name of three parallel ranges of the Himalaya?
2. Name the highest mountain peak of the Karakoram range.
3. Which coastal plain is comparatively broader?
4. Name the three lakes situated in the coastal plain?

Physical Form : Structure & Relief :: 28

 vH;kl iz'u

(i) oLrqfu"B ç'u%

1. fuEufyf•r esa dkSu&lh pksVh Hkkjr esa fLFkr ugha gS\
(d) ds 2 (•) dkesV
(x) ekm.V ,ojsLV (?k) uank nsoh
2. fcgkj ds mÙkj&if'peh fdukjs ij fgeky; dh dkSu&lh Js.kh gS\
(d) egku fgeky; (•) f'kokfyd
(x) eè; fgeky; (?k) iwohZ fgeky;
3. fgeky; ds fuekZ.k esa dkSu&lk fl¼kar loZekU; gS\
(d) egk}hih; foLFkkiu fl¼kar (•) HkweaMyh; xfr'khyrk fl¼kar
(x) IysV foorZfud fl¼kar (?k) buesa ls dksbZ ugha
4. lSMy pksVh dh Å¡pkbZ gS&
(d) 515 ehú (•) 460 ehú
(x) 642 ehú (?k) 738 ehú
5. Hkkjr dk lcls çkphu Hkw•.M gS&
(d) çk;}hih; iBkj (•) fo'kky eSnku
(x) mÙkj dk ioZrh; Hkkx (?k) rVh; Hkkx
(ii) y?kq mÙkjh; ç'u%
1- fgeky; dh rhu lekUrj Jsf.k;ksa ds uke fyf•,A
2- dkjkdksje ds lcls Å¡ps ioZr f'k•j dk uke fyf[k,A
3- dkSu&lk rVh; eSnku vis{kkÑr vf/d pkSM+k gS \
4- rVh; eSnku esa fLFkr rhu >hyksa ds uke fyf•,A

HkkSfrd Lo:i % lajpuk ,oa mPpkop %% 28

 5. What is another name of the Western Ghat?
6. Mention four main characteristics of Middle Plain of Ganga.
7. Clarify two important differences between Himalayan mountains
and Peninsular mountains.
8. What is Khadar and Bangar ?
9. Mention the difference between the Eastern Ghat and the Western
Ghat?

(iii) LONG ANSWERS QUESTIONS

1. Write the characteristics of the Northern Great Plains?
2. Divide peninsular plateau and elaborately discuss any one of them.
3. Mention the characteristics of Himalayan Mountain ranges.

(iv) FIND OUT

1. Mention the important Glaciers and Passes in Himalaya.
2. Name the states of India where the high peaks of Himalaya are
situated.
3. Locate Mussoorie, Nainital and Ranikhet and name their respective
State.
4. The world's largest river island, river and state.
5. Only active volcano of India.

(v) MAP WORK

Show the following on the political map of India:
1. Mountain Ranges- K2, Kanchenjunga, Nanga Parvat, Nanda Devi
2. Plateaus- Chota Nagpur, Bundelkhand, Malva
3. Thar Desert, Ganga-Yamuna doab, Aravalli hill.
4. Plains of Punjab, Plains of Brahmaputra
(vi) ACTIVITY
1. Explain the water divider with the help of igure.
2. Prepare the Physical form of India with clay.
3. With the help of thermocol, prepare the structure of India and show
the mountains and plateaus.

Physical Form : Structure & Relief :: 29

5- if'peh ?kkV dk nwljk uke D;k gS \
6- eè; xaxk ds eSnku dh pkj fo'ks"krk,¡ fyf[k,A
7- fgeky; ioZr vkSj çk;}hih; ioZrksa ds nks çeq• vUrj Li"V dhft,A
8- ^•knj* rFkk ^ckaxj* D;k gS \
9- iwohZ ?kkV rFkk if'peh ?kkV esa vUrj mYys[k dhft,A
(iii) nh?kZ mÙkjh; ç'u%
1- mÙkj ds fo'kky eSnku dh fo'ks"krkvksa dks fyf[k,A
2- çk;}hih; iBkj dks foHkkftr dj fdlh ,d dh ppkZ foLrkj ls dhft,A
3- fgeky; ioZr J`a•yk dh fo'ks"krkvksa dk mYys[k dhft,A
(iv) Kkr dhft,%
1- fgeky; esa ik;h tkusokyh çeq• fgekfu;ksa ,oa njksaZ ds ukeA
2- Hkkjr ds mu jkT;ksa ds uke] tgk¡ fgeky; ds Å¡ps f'k•j fLFkr gSaA
3- elwjh] uSuhrky ,oa jkuh•sr dh fLFkfr vkSj jkT;ksa ds ukeA
4- fo'o dk lcls cM+k unh; }hi ektqyh] unh vkSj jkT;A
5- Hkkjr dk ,dek=k lfØ; Tokykeq•hA
(v) ekufp=k dk;Z%
Hkkjr ds js•k ekufp=k ij fuEufyf•r dks fn•k,¡ &
1- ioZr f'k•j&ds2] daputaxk] uaxkioZr] uUnknsoh
2- iBkj&NksVkukxiqj] cqansy•aM] ekyok
3- Fkkj e#LFky] xaxk&;equk nksvkc] vjkoyh ioZr
4- iatkc dk eSnku] czãiq=k dk eSnku
(vi) fØ;k dyki%
1- fp=k ds }kjk ty foHkktd dk o.kZu dhft,A
2- feêðh ds }kjk Hkkjr dk HkkSfrd Lo:i rS;kj dhft,A
3- FkekZsdksy }kjk Hkkjr dh vkÑfr cukdj ioZr ,oa iBkjksa dks jaxksa }kjk
n'kkZ,¡A

HkkSfrd Lo:i % lajpuk ,oa mPpkop %% 29

 CHAPTER – 3

DRAINAGE PATTERN
Introduction

The word 'Drainage' means low of water. If you look at the

physical map of India, you will ind that small streams that lows in
different areas combine together to form a major river. In the end,
these rivers discharge themselves in large water bodies like Lake or
Sea or Bay. The area drained by a single river system is called
drainage basin. When a highland, e.g., Mountain, separates two
neighboring drainage basin, then this type of highland is called
'Water Divide'.

The development of any drainage pattern is determined by the

topography of that particular region. The rivers of India can be divided into
two parts on the basis of land forms:
1. The Himalayan Rivers and
2. The Peninsular Rivers
As these rivers originate in different geographical regions, they are
different from each other.
DO YOU KNOW?
The Himalayan Rivers Amazon river basin has the
Most of the Himalayan rivers are largest drainage basin of the
perennial. Apart from rainfall, these World.
rivers continuously receive supply of FIND OUT
water, all the year round, by the melting Which river has largest
of snow on the peaks of the Mountains. drainage basin in India?
Rivers like Indus and Brahmaputra originates
from Himalaya. These rivers have

Drainage Pattern :: 30
 vè;k;&3

viokg Lo:i

ifjp;
^viokg* 'kCn ls rkRi;Z ty çokg ls gSA tc vki Hkkjr ds HkkSfrd ekufp=k dk
voyksdu djsaxs rc ik;saxs fd fofo/ {ks=kksa ls vkusokyh NksVh&NksVh ty /kjk,¡ vkil esa
feydj ,d eq[; unh dk fuekZ.k dj ysrh gSaA varr% bu ufn;ksa ds ty fdlh cM+s
tyk'k; tSls&>hy ;k leqæ ;k •kM+h esa çokfgr gks tkrs gSaA ,d unh ra=k }kjk ftl {ks=k dk
ty çokfgr gksrk gS mls viokg æks.kh (csflu) dgk tkrk gSA tc dksbZ Å¡pk {ks=k] tSls
ioZr ;k mPpHkwfe nks fudVorhZ viokg æksf.k;ksa dks ,d nwljs ls vyx djrh gS rc ,slh
mPpHkwfe tyfoHkktd dgykrh gSA
fdlh Hkh viokg ra=k dk fodkl ogk¡ dh Hkw&vkÑfr;ksa ls fu/kZfjr gksrh gSaA
Hkw&vkÑfr ds vk/kj ij Hkkjr dh ufn;ksa dks nks oxks± esa foHkkftr fd;k tk ldrk gS% 1-
fgeky; dh ufn;k¡] rFkk 2- çk;}hih; ufn;k¡A
cPpksa] vyx&vyx HkkSxksfyd çns'kksa esa budh mRifr gksus ds dkj.k ufn;k¡ ,d
nwljs ls fHkUu gSaA
fgeky; dh ufn;k¡
fgeky; dh vf/dka'k ufn;k¡ ckjgeklh D;k vki tkurs gSa\
vFkok LFkk;h gSA bUgsa o"kkZ ds ty ds vfrfjÙkQ fo'o dh lcls cM+h viokg csflu
ioZr dh pksfV;ksa ij tesa fge ds fi?kyus ls vkestu unh dh gSA
lkyksHkj tykiwfrZ gksrh jgrh gSA fla/q ,oa czãiq=k Kkr dhft,
tSlh Hkkjr dh çeq• ufn;k¡ fgeky; ls fudyrh Hkkjr esa fdl unh dk viokg csflu
gSaA bu ufn;ksa us lcls cM+k gS \

viokg Lo:i %% 30
 cut down the Mountains and formed deep gorges during the course of
. their low (Fig. 3.1).
The rivers originating from
Himalayas, right from their
origin point to their journey up
to the Sea, they perform several
functions. On the upper parts of
their course they cause massive
erosion and carry with them
loads of eroded materials like
silt, sand, soil, etc. As the rivers
move forward the mass of
Fig. 3.1 Gorge sediments increases. In the
middle and lower courses where the slope of the land becomes less, it
becomes dif icult for the rivers to carry
the sediments brought by them. As a Source of River

result of which, the rivers begin to Upper Course

meander and features like Oxbow
lakes, lood plains and deltas are
formed by them (Fig.3.2).
Middle Course

PENINSULAR RIVERS
Most of the peninsular rivers are
seasonal whose main source is rain
water. In summer season and dry Meander
weather when there is no rainfall the
water level of large rivers decreases Ox-Bow Lake
to a very low level and these rivers Lower Course
turn in to small streams or nalas. Few
rivers from these emerge out of the
plateau and the western Ghat move
westwards and drains themselves in Delta
to Arabian Sea. But, most of the
Peninsular rivers emerges out of Fig. 3.2 Different stages of the rivers
western Ghats and discharge their
water in

Drainage Pa ern :: 31
çokg ds Øe esa ioZrksa dks dkVdj xgjs xkWtZ dk fuekZ.k fd;k gS (fp=k 3.1)A
fgeky; tfur ufn;k¡ mn~xe LFky ls eqgkuk@leqæ rd ;k=kk ds nkSjku vusd çdkj ds
fØ;k&dyki dks vatke nsrh gSaA ;s
ufn;k¡ vius ekxZ ds Åijh Hkkx esa
rhoz vijnu djrh gSa vkSj flYV
(xkn) ckyw] feêðh tSls vijfnr
inkFkks± dk laogu djrh gSaA ufn;k¡
T;ksa&T;ksa vkxs c<+rh gS] volkn dh
ek=kk c<+rh tkrh gSA blls eè; ,oa
fupys ekxZ esa tgk¡ Hkwfe dh <ky
de gks tkrh gS] ufn;ksa dks ifjogu
djus esa dfBukbZ gksus yxrh gSA
fp=k 3.1 % xkWtZ ifj.kker% ufn;k¡ folfiZr gksdj
xks•qj >hy] ck<+ dk eSnku vkSj MsYVk tSlh
fo'ks"krkvksa dk fuekZ.k djrh gSa(fp=k 3.2)A

çk;}hih; ufn;k¡ %
vf/dka'k izk;}hih; ufn;k¡ ekSleh
gSa] ftldk lzksr eq[;r% o"kkZ ty dk gSA
xzh"e ½rq ,oa 'kq"d ekSle esa tc o"kkZ ugha
gksrh] ;gk¡ dh cM+h&cM+h ufn;ksa dk tyLrj
?kVdj NksVh&NksVh /kjkvksa ;k ufydkvksa esa
ifj.kr gks tkrk gSA buesa ls dqN ufn;k¡
iBkjh Hkkx rFkk if'peh ?kkV ls fudydj
if'pe dh vksj cgrh gqbZ vjc lkxj esa
fxjrh gSA fdUrq] çk;}hih; Hkkjr dh
vf/dka'k ufn;k¡ if'peh ?kkV ls fudydj
caxky dh •kM+h esa fxjrh gSaA ;s ufn;k¡
fNNyh vkSj de yEch (fp=k 3.2) unh dh
eqgkuk
fofHkUu voLFkk,¡

viokg Lo:i %% 31
the Bay of Bengal. These rivers are shallow and short in length. These
rivers also form waterfalls at a number of places. Deltas are formed by
the rivers which drains in the Bay of Bengal and Estuaries are formed
by the rivers which drains in to the Arabian Sea.

IMPORTANT RIVERS OF INDIA ACTIVITY

A study of the drainage map of Make a list of the Peninsular
India makes it clear that Indus, Ganga and rivers through which it could
Brahmaputra are the important rivers of be identi ied as to which river
the Himalaya. These rivers are long and drains in Bay of Bengal and
deep. Apart from major rivers they have which drains in Arabian Sea.
several tributaries also. In peninsular
India also there are number of rivers that drain the region and inally
discharge their water either in Bay of Bengal or Arabian Sea.

DO YOU KNOW ?
Rivers form natural embankments (Levee) through the
deposition of sediments that they carry with them. These
embankments are considered to be most ideal place for human
habitat in lood plains.
FIND OUT
On which river’s natural embankment (Levee) is Patna, the
capital of Bihar situated?

RIVER INDUS
River Indus is one of the largest rivers of India. It originates from
the Mansarovar Lake near Tibet and moves in south – west direction
and enters India in Ladakh . The drainage area of this river is spread
over in about 250 square kilometers which is joined by important
rivers such as Zaskar, Nubra, Shyok, and Hunza or Darga-Hunza. In
Ladakh Indus river forms a gorge known as Gilgit gorge. It is the main
center of attraction for tourism. It passes through Baluchistan and
Gilgit and inally emerges out of the hills in Attok. Here the Satluj, the
Beas, the Ravi, the Chenab and the Jhelum joins Indus at Mithankot
(Pakistan).

Drainage Pattern :: 32
gSaA ;s ufn;k¡ vusd txgksa ij tyçikr dk fuekZ.k djrh gSaA caxky dh •kM+h esa
fxjusokyh ufn;ksa }kjk MsYVk vkSj vjc lkxj esa fxjus okyh ufn;ksa }kjk TokjuÁq•
(,Lpqvjh) dk fuekZ.k gksrk gSA
Hkkjr dh çeq• ufn;k¡ %
Hkkjr ds viokg ekufp=k dk vè;;u djus ls dk;Zdyki
irk pyrk gS fd fla/q] xaxk rFkk czãiq=k çk;}hih; Hkkjr dh ufn;ksa dh
fgeky; dh çeq• ufn;k¡ gSaA ;s ufn;k¡ yach ,oa lwph cukb,A ftlls vjc lkxj
xgjh gSA eq[; ufn;k¡ ds vfrfjÙkQ budh dbZ rFkk caxky dh •kM+h esa viokfgr
lgk;d ufn;k¡ Hkh gSaA blds vfrfjÙkQ] gksus okyh ufn;k¡ dh igpku dh
çk;}hih; Hkkjr esa Hkh dbZ ufn;k¡ çokfgr gksrh tk ldsA
gSa] tks çk;}hih; {ks=k esa cgrh gqbZ caxky dh
•kM+h ;k vjc lkxj esa fxjrh gSaA
D;k vki tkurs gSa \
ufn;k¡ vius xkn ls çkÑfrd rVca/ dk fuekZ.k djrh gSaA ;s rVca/ ck<+
{ks=k esa ekuo vf/okl ds fy, lokZf/d mi;qÙkQ ekuh tkrh gSa A
Kkr dhft,
fcgkj dh jkt/kuh iVuk fdl unh ds çkÑfrd rVca/ ij vofLFkr gS
\
fla/q unh
fla/q unh Hkkjr dh fo'kkyre ufn;ksa esa ls ,d gSA ;g frCcr ds lehi
ekuljksoj >hy ls fudydj nf{k.k&if'pe dh vksj cgrh gqbZ Hkkjr ds dsUæ'kkflr
izns'k yík• esa ços'k djrh gSA bl unh dk çokg {ks=k yxHkx 250 oxZ fdúehú esa
iQSyk gqvk gS] ftlesa tkLdj] uwczk] ';ksd rFkk gqUtk unh ;k njxk&gqUT+kk tSlh çeq•
lgk;d ufn;k¡ vkdj feyrh gSaA yík• esa fla/q unh xkWtZ dk fuekZ.k djrh gS] ftls
fxyfxV xkWtZ dgrs gSaA ;g i;ZVu ds fy, vkd"kZ.k dk dsUæ&fcUnq gSA cywfpLrku
rFkk fxyfxV ls gksrs gq, ;g unh vVd esa ioZrh; {ks=k ls ckgj fudy tkrh gSA ;gk¡
feBkudksV (ikfdLrku) ds lehi lryqt] O;kl] jkoh] fpuko rFkk >sye vkfn
ufn;k¡ fla/q ls fey tkrh gSA

viokg Lo:i %% 32
Then, this river lows towards south – west and forms a plain just
before Karachi and inally drains into the Arabian Sea. The length of
this river that originates from the Himalaya is about 2900 km. One
third drainage area of this river is in India and the rest is in Pakistan.

RIVER GANGA
The main channel of this river 'Bhagirathi' originates from the
'Gaumukh' of Gangotri glacier in the Himalayas. At Devprayag situated
in Uttrakhand, the Alaknanda meets Bhagirathi and from here it lows
by the name of Ganga. The river Ganga enters the plains near Haridwar.
The river has a length of 2525 km. which lows through Uttrakhand,
Uttar Pradesh, Bihar and West Bengal, it passes through Farakka and
enters Bangladesh where it is called Padma. River Hoogly is the main
branch of Ganga in India. The drainage of Ganges can be understand
through Fig 3.3. Many Himalayan rivers – Yamuna, Ghaghra, Gandak,
Kosi, etc. drains into Ganges. Apart from these, rivers rising from
central highlands e.g. Sone, also joins Ganga. The river Ganges is
divided into two parts near Farakka. First, Hoogly in the form of a
distributary of Ganga, crosses the delta region and inally drains into
Bay of Bengal. The second part in the form of main channel enters
Bangladesh where it is joined by river Brahmaputra and this
con luence is called 'Meghna'.

Rivers Ganga and Brahmaputra, before drains into Bay of Bengal,

form a large delta which is known as 'Sundarban Delta'.

The mountain or plateau which separates low of the rivers in two

directions is known as 'Water divide'. Aravali highland between Indus
and Ganga is an example of water divide. Aravali town is situated on
the water divide of Ganga and Indus. The length of the plain from
Aravali to Sundarban is 1800 km. Its slope gradually decreases at the
rate of 1meter/6km. towards Sundarban.

Drainage Pattern :: 33
rRi'pkr~ ;g unh nf{k.k&if'pe dh vksj çokfgr gksdj djk¡ph ls iwoZ eSnku dk
fuekZ.k djrs gq, vjc lkxj esa tk fxjrh gSA fgeky; ls fudyus okyh bl unh dh
yEckbZ yxHkx 2900 fdúehú gSA bl unh dk ,d frgkbZ çokg {ks=k Hkkjr esa vkSj 'ks"k
ikfdLrku esa fLFkr gSA
xaxk unh
bl unh dh eq[; /kjk ^HkkxhjFkh* dh mRifÙk fgeky; fLFkr xaxks=kh fgekuh ds
^xkseq•* ls gqvk gSA vyduank mÙkjk•.M fLFkr nsoç;kx esa HkkxhjFkh ls fey tkrh gS
rFkk xaxk unh ds uke ls çokfgr gksrh gSA gfj}kj ds lehi xaxk unh eSnkuh Hkkx esa
ços'k djrh gSA bl unh dh yEckbZ 2525 fdúehú gS] tks ns'k ds vUrxZr mÙkjk•.M]
mÙkj çns'k] fcgkj ,oa if'pe caxky jkT;ksa ls cgrh gqbZ (iQjDdk gksrs gq,)
ckaXykns'k esa ços'k djrh gS] tgk¡ bls iÁk ds uke ls iqdkjk tkrk gSA gqxyh unh Hkkjr
esa xaxk dh eq[; 'kk•k gSA fp=k 3.3 ls xaxk ds çokg dks le>k tk ldrk gSA fgeky;
dh vusd ufn;k¡&;equk] ?kk?kjk] xaMd] dkslh vkfn vius ty dks xaxk esa mRlftZr
djrh gSA blds vfrfjÙkQ] dsUæh; mPpHkwfe ls fudyus okyh ufn;k¡] tSls lksu Hkh xaxk
esa fey tkrh gSA iQjDdk ds lehi xaxk unh nks Hkkxksa esa c¡Vrh gSA çFke Hkkx gqxyh
xaxk dh forfjdk ds :i esa MsYVk ls gksrs gq, caxky dh •kM+h esa tk fxjrh gSA nwljh
Hkkx eq[;/kjk ds :i esa ckaXykns'k esa çfo"V gksrh gS] tgk¡ czãiq=k unh blesa vkdj
fey tkrh gSA bl laxe dks ^es?kuk* ds uke ls iqdkjk tkrk gSA
xaxk ,oa czãiq=k unh caxky dh •kM+h esa fxjus ls iwoZ ,d fo'kky MsYVk dk
fuekZ.k djrh gSA bl MsYVk dk uke ^lqUnjou* dk MsYVk gSA
nks fn'kkvksa esa ufn;ksa ds çokg dks vyx djus okys mPp ioZrh;@iBkjh {ks=k
dks ty foHkktd dgk tkrk gSA flU/q ,oa xaxk unh ds eè; vjkoyh dh mPp Hkwfe
ty foHkktd dk ,d mnkgj.k gSA vjkoyh uxj xaxk ,oa fla/q ds ty&foHkktd ij
clk gqvk gSA vjkoyh ls lqUnjou rd eSnku dh yackbZ 1800 fd0eh0 gSA bldh <ky
1 ehVj@6 fd0eh0 dh nj ls lqanjou dh rjiQ dze'k% ?kVrh tkrh gSA

viokg Lo:i%% 33
Fig. 3.3 Drainage pattern of Indian rivers and important water divides

Drainage Pattern :: 34
fp=k 3.3 Hkkjrh; ufn;ksa ds viokg izk:i rFkk izeq[k ty foHkktd

viokg Lo:i %% 34
RIVER BRAHMAPUTRA

This river rises from the Mansarovar Lake situated in Tibet. Its length is
more than 2900 km, but most of its drainage area, like Indus, is situated
outside India. This river in the north lows parallel to Himalayas and near
Namcha Barwa peak it makes a U shape bend and enters in Arunachal
Pradesh through gorge. It is also known as 'Dihang' in local language here.
Near Assam Budhi Dihang, Disang, Kapoli, Lohit, Kenula and other
tributaries joins Brahamputra river from the south. Its Himalayan
tributaries are Subansiri, Kameng, Dhansiri, Manash and Tista.

The river Brahmaputra rises in Tibet which is a cool and dry region
where amount of silt is almost negligible in river waters but when this river
passes through high mountainous region and is joined by a number of channels
in Assam then amount of water and
DO YOU KNOW? silt increases in it. Here, it turns into
Brahmaputra river is known as braided channels and forms many
'Tsangpo' in Tibet and 'Jamuna'
in Bangladesh. It is a type of islands (Diara).
Antecedent river. Every year during the rainy season, due to
increase in the amount of sediment in the
ACTIVITY river valley, the effect of water crosses the
Make a list of major embankments and spread to the adjacent
Antecedent rivers that flowing areas and takes the form of lood. This
in Bihar. causes huge loss of life and property in
Assam and Bangladesh.

RIVER YAMUNA
River Yamuna originates from the Yamunotri glacier of Himalaya and
covers a distance of 1375 km

Drainage Pattern :: 35
czãiq=k unh
bl unh dh mRifr frCcr fLFkr ekuljksoj >hy ls gqbZ gSA bldh yackbZ 2900
fd0eh0 ls Hkh vf/d gS ij bldk vf/dka'k çokg {ks=k] flU/q dh gh Hkkafr] Hkkjr ls
ckgj fLFkr gSA ;g mÙkj esa fgeky; ds lekukUrj çokfgr gksdj ukepk cjok f'k•j
ds lehi vaxzsth ds U vkdkj dh eksM+ cukdj v#.kkpy çns'k esa xkWtZ ds ekè;e ls
ços'k djrh gSA bls ;gk¡ LFkkuh; Hkk"kk esa ^fngkax* ds uke ls Hkh tkurs gSaA vle ds
lehi cq<+h nsfgax] nslkax] dksfiYyh] yksfgr] dsuqyk ,oa vU; lgk;d ufn;k¡ nf{k.k
ls vkdj czãiq=k unh ls fey tkrh gSaA fgeky; ls vkdj feyus okyh lgk;d ufn;ksa
esa lqcufljh] dkesax] /ufljh] ekul vkSj frLrk gSaA
czãiq=k dk mn~xe {ks=k frCcr ,d 'khr ,oa 'kq"d {ks=k gSA tgk¡ unh ds ty esa
flYV dh ek=kk ux.; gksrh gSa fdUrq tc ;g unh mPp ioZr {ks=k ls xqtjrh gS rFkk
vle esa tc vusd /kjk;sa buls feyrh gSa rc
D;k vki tkurs gSa \
bl unh esa ty vkSj flYV dh ek=kk c<+ tkrh
czãiq=k unh dks frCcr esa 'kkax&iks
gSA ;gk¡ ;g xqafiQr gksdj vusd }hiksa
vkSj cakXykns'k esa ^tequk* ds uke ls
(fn;kjk) dks tUe nsrh gSA
iqdkjk tkrk gSA ;g iwoZorhZ unh gSA
çR;sd o"kZ o"kkZ ½rq ds nkSjku unh dh
dk;Z&dyki
?kkVh esa volkn dh ek=kk c<+us ls ty dk
fcgkj esa çokfgr gksus okyh izeq[k
çokg rVca/ksa dks ikjdj vxy&cxy ds {ks=kks
iwoZorhZ ufn;ksa dks lwphc¼ dhft,A
esa iQSy tkrk gS vkSj ck<+ dk Lo:i /kj.k dj
ysrk gSA blls vle ,oa ckaXykns'k esa Hkkjh
tku&eky dh {kfr gksrh gSA

;equk unh
;g unh egku fgeky; ds ^;equks=kh* fgekuh ls fudydj 1375 fd0eh0 dh

viokg Lo:i %% 35
and joins river Ganga near Prayagraj. Its important tributaries are Chambal,
Betwa, Ken, etc. which join it at its right bank.

RIVER GHAGHARA

This river originates from Mapchachungo glacier situated in Karnali in

Trans– Himalayan region. This river lows in south – east direction and
crosses the Himalayas. It is called Karnali in mountainous region and
Ghaghara in plain region. This river drains Nepal and near Chapra it
captures the water of river Sharda and then inally joins the river Ganges. It
is also called Saryu in Uttar Pradesh.

RIVER GANDAK

This river originates from Greater Himalaya and crosses Nepal and
enters in Champaran of Bihar. There is a continuous change in its course and
due to excess deposition of sediments, there is possibility of lood here.
Several mythelogies are associated with this river.

RIVER KOSI

This river rises from 'Gosaithan' of the Great Himalayas and crosses
Nepal and enters Supaul district of Bihar. The main channel of Kosi is called
'Arun' near its source. its other important tributaries are Milachi, Bhotia,
Sapt Kosi Tamba, likhu, Dugdh and and Tambur. In addition to

these, it joins other channels

also and inally meets Ganga DO YOU KNOW?
near Kursela (Saharsa). The The flood plain formed by the new
alluvium brought by river Ganga is also
length of this river is about 230
kms. called 'Tal'.
- FIND OUT –
This river is also famous for
frequent change of its course
Where is Tal spread in Bihar?
and erosion.

Drainage Pattern:: 36
nwjh r; djrs gq, ç;kxjkt ds fudV xaxk esa fey tkrh gSA bldh çeq• lgk;d
ufn;k¡ pEcy] csrok] dsu vkfn gSa tks blds nkfgus rV ls vkdj feyrh gSA
?kk?kjk unh
;g unh Vªk¡l&fgeky;u {ks=k ds djukyh fLFkr ekipkpqax fgeun ls fudyrh
gSA ;g unh nf{k.k&iwoZ fn'kk esa cgdj fgeky; dks ikj djrh gSA bls ioZrh; {ks=k esa
djukyh ,oa eSnkuh {ks=k esa ?kk?kjk ds uke ls tkurs gSaA ;g unh usiky ls çokfgr gksdj
Nijk ds ikl 'kkjnk unh dk tyxzg.k dj xaxk ls fey tkrh gSA bls mÙkj çns'k esa
lj;w ds uke ls Hkh iqdkjk tkrk gSA
xaMd unh
;g unh egku fgeky; ls fudydj usiky gksrs gq, fcgkj ds paikj.k esa ços'k
djrh gSA bl unh ds ifjogu ekxZ esa rhoz ifjorZu vkSj volkn ls vR;f/d fu{ksi.k
ls ;gk¡ ck<+ dh vk'kadk cuh jgrh gSA bl unh ds lkFk dbZ ikSjkf.kd dFkk,¡ tqM+h gqbZ
gSaA
dkslh unh
;g unh egku fgeky; ds xkslkbZFkku ls fudy dj usiky gksrs gq, fcgkj ds
lqikSy ftyk esa ços'k djrh gSA mn~xe LFky ds lehi dkslh dh eq[;/kjk v#.k
dgykrh gSA bldh vU; lgk;d /kjkvksa esa feykph] HkksfV;k] lIrdks'kh] rkEck]
fyD•w] nqX/ rFkk rEcwj çeq• gSaA ;g blds vfrfjÙkQ Hkh dbZ vU; /kjkvksa dks
lekfgr dj dqjlsyk (lgjlk) ds D;k vki tkurs gSa \ f
udV xaxk ls tkdj fey tkrh gSA xaxk }kjk yk;h x;h uohu tyks<+ ls fufeZr
bl unh dh yackbZ yxHkx 230 ck<+ eSnku ^Vky* ds uke ls iqdkjh tkrh gSA f
d0eh0 gSA
;g unh Hkh rhoz ekxZ Kkr dhft, &
ifjorZu ,oa dVko ds fy, fcgkj esa Vky dk foLrkj dgk¡ gS \

viokg Lo:i %% 36
Kosi, on the one hand, forms fertile plain by its alluvium whereas on the
other hands, it brings curse through its disastrous loods. Embankments
have been built on its both banks for the protection from lood.

DO YOU KNOW?
Large scale destruction is caused by river Kosi
through its loods in Bihar. That’s why this river is
also called the 'Sorrow of Bihar'.

RIVER NARMADA
River Narmada originates from the Maikal hills near Amarkantak in
Madhya Pradesh and moves towards west in a fault valley. Before draining
in to Gulf of Cambay near Bharoch, it forms several admirable tourist places.
Near Jabalpur in Bheraghat, this river lows in a deep gorge in marble rocks
rocks and forms 'Dhuandhar Fall' (Kapildhara). Most of the tributaries of
Narmada are small and meets the main stream at right angle. The length of
this river is 1312 km. which drains the states of Madhya Pradesh and Gujarat.
It is the second longest river of the Peninsular India.

RIVER TAPTI/RIVER TAPI

River Tapi originates from the Satpura hills situated in Baitul district of
Madhya Pradesh. Like river Narmada, it emerges from the fault valley and
runs parallel to river Narmada and drains through states of Madhya
Pradesh, Gujarat and Maharashtra and inally drain itself in the Gulf of
Cambay. Purna is its only tributary near Surat..
Other than this, river Sabarmati and Mahi of Gujarat are important
amongst west lowing rivers. Other than these, there as many rivers that
originates from western Ghat and drains into Arabian Sea. They include
Mandavi and Zuari of Goa, Kalindi, Gangaveli, Sharvati and Netravati of
Karnataka and Periyar, Pamba and Manimala of Kerala. They are small but
rapid lowing rivers. River Luni is very important amongst the rivers of
Rajasthan that drains the desert parts.

Drainage Pattern :: 37
fo[;kr gSA dkslh] tks ,d rjiQ vius tyks<+ ls ÅitkÅ eSnku dk fuekZ.k djrh gS]
ogha nwljh rjiQ vius ck<+ dh foHkhf"kdk ls bls vfHk'kIr Hkh djrh gSA ck<+ ls j{kk
ds fy, blds nksuksa rVksa ij rVca/ cuk;k x;k gSA
D;k vki tkurs gSa \
fcgkj jkT; dks dkslh unh esa ck<+ vkus ls vikj {kfr
gksrh gSA bl dkj.k bl unh dks ^fcgkj dk 'kksd* Hkh
dgk tkrk gSA
ueZnk unh
eè; çns'k esa vejdaVd ds fudV eSdky dh igkM+h ls fudyus okyh ueZnk
unh if'pe dh vksj ,d Hkza'k ?kkVh esa cgrh gSA •EHkkr dh •kM+h Hk:p ds fudV esa
fxjus ls iwoZ fofo/ n'kZuh; LFkyksa dk fuekZ.k djrh gSA tcyiqj ds fudV Hksjk?kkV esa
laxejej ds 'kSy•aMksa esa ;g unh xgjs xkWtZ ls cgrh gS rFkk /qvk¡/kj çikr
(dfiy/kjk) dk fuekZ.k djrh gSA ueZnk dh vf/dka'k lgk;d ufn;k¡ NksVh&NksVh gSa
tks ledks.k ij eq[; /kjk ls feyrh gSaA bl unh dh yackbZ 1312 fd0eh0 gS tks
eè; çns'k vkSj xqtjkr jkT;ksa esa çokfgr gksrh gSA ;g çk;}hih; Hkkjr dh nwljh lcls
yEch unh gSA
rkIrh unh@rkIkh unh
rkIrh@rkih unh eè;çns'k ds cSrwy ftyk esa fLFkr lriqM+k dh igkM+h ls
fudyrh gSA ;g ueZnk dh Hkk¡fr Hkza'k ?kkVh ls fudydj ueZnk ds lekukUrj eè;çns'k]
xqtjkr ,oa egkjk"Vª jkT;ksa ls gksrs gq, •EHkkr dh •kM+h esa fxjrh gSA lwjr ds fudV
iw.kkZ bldh ,dek=k unh gSA
blds vfrfjÙkQ] if'pe dh vksj cgus okyh ufn;ksa esa xqtjkr dh lkcjerh
rFkk ekgh çeq• gSaA buds vfrfjÙkQ if'peh ?kkV ls fudydj vusd ufn;k¡ vjc
lkxj esa fxjrh gSaA buesa xksok dk ekaMoh vkSj tqvkjh] dukZVd dh dkfyUnh] xaxkosyh]
'koZrh rFkk us=korh rFkk dsjy dh isfj;kj] iEck rFkk efuekyk dqN çeq•] NksVh ij
rhozxkeh ufn;k¡ gSaA jktLFkku ds e#LFkyh; Hkkx ls gksdj cgus okyh ufn;ksa esa ywuh
ç/ku unh gSA

viokg Lo:i %% 37
 DO YOU KNOW
Hot water spring of Rajgir and Cold water spring
of Kakolat are examples of waterfalls located in
Bihar.

RIVER MAHANADI
This is the third longest river in Peninsular India lowing into the Bay
of Bengal. It is 890 km. long. This river originates near Raipur in Chhattisgarh
and lows through Odisha and inally joins
DO YOU KNOW?
the Bay of Bengal. Its drainage system
extends in Chhattisgarh, Jharkhand and Which are the states that are
Odisha. Its important tributaries are drained by river Sabarmati
Shivnath, Hansdev, Mand, Jonk and Tel. and Mahi?

RIVER GODAVRI

This river orginates from western Ghat near Nasik in Maharashtra. Its
basin is spread over in Maharashtra, Madhya Pradesh, Odisha, Andhra
Pradesh andKarnatka. It is the longest amongst the Peninsular rivers. Its
length of about 1450 km. 50% of the drainage basin of this river is
developed in Maharashtra. Its important tributaries are Pranhit wardha,
Manjira, Wanganga and Penganga. Due to its large size and extension, this
river has been given names like South Ganga of Vriddha Ganga.

RIVER KRISHNA

It orginates from a source near Mahabaleshwar (Maharashtra), in the

Western Ghat and lows over an area of 1290 km. and inally falls into the
Bay of Bengal. Its drainage basin extends in the states of Maharashtra,
Karnataka, Telangana and Andhra Pradesh. Its important tributaries are
Dudhganga, Panchganga, Tungbhadra, Koyana, Ghatprabha, Malprabha,
Musi and Bhima.

Drainage Patterne :: 38
 D;k vki tkurs gSa \
jktxhj esa xeZ ikuh dk >juk rFkk ddksyr dk Ba<k
ikuh dk >juk fcgkj jkT; fLFkr ty çikr ds mnkgj.k
gSaA
egkunh
;g çk;}hih; Hkkjr esa caxky dh •kM+h esa
D;k vki tkurs gSa \
çokfgr gksus okyh rhljh lcls yEch unh gSA
lkcjerh vkSj ekgh ufn;k¡
bldh yackbZ 890 fd0eh0 gSA ;g unh
fdu&fdu jkT;ksa ls çokfgr
NÙkhlx<+ fLFkr jk;iqj ds fudV ls fudydj
gksrh gS \
vksfM'kk ls cgrh gqbZ caxky dh •kM+h esa feyrh
gSA bldh viokg ç.kkyh dk foLrkj NÙkhlx<+]
>kj•aM rFkk vksfM'kk esa gSA bldh çeq• lgk;d ufn;k¡ f'koukFk] galnso] ekan] tksad
vkSj rsy gSA
xksnkojh unh
;g unh egkjk"Vª ds ukfld ds fudV if'peh ?kkV ls fudyrh gSA bldh æks.kh
(csflu) egkjk"Vª] eè;çns'k] vksfM'kk] vka/zçns'k rFkk dukZVd esa iQSyh gqbZ gSA ;g
çk;}hih; ufn;ksa esa lcls yEch gSA bldh yackbZ yxHkx 1450 fd0eh0 gSA blh unh
dk 50 çfr'kr viokg csflu egkjk"Vª esa fodflr gSaA çk.kfgr o/kZ] eathjk] csuxaxk
rFkk isuxaxk bldh çeq• lgk;d ufn;k¡ gSA cM+s vkdkj ,oa foLrkj ds dkj.k nf{k.k
Hkkjr esa bl unh dks nf{k.k dh xaxk ;k o`¼ xaxk tSls ukeksa ls foHkwf"kr fd;k x;k gSA
Ñ".kk unh
if'peh ?kkV fLFkr egkckys'oj (egkjk"Vª) ds fudV ,d lzksr ls fudydj
yxHkx 1290 fd0eh0 {ks=k esa çokfgr gksdj caxky dh •kM+h esa fxjrh gSA bldh
viokg csflu dk foLrkj egkjk"Vª] dukZVd] rsyaxkuk] vka/zçns'k jkT;ksa esa gSA bldh
çeq• lgk;d ufn;ksa esa nw/xaxk] iapxaxk] rqaxHkæk] dks;uk] ?kkVçHkk] ekyçHkk] ewlh
rFkk Hkhek gSA

viokg Lo:i %% 38
RIVER KAVERI

Kaveri originates from the Brahamagiri hills in the Western Ghats. Its
length is about 760 km. The drainage basin of this river is spread over
Tamil Nadu, Kerala and Karnataka states. Its important tributaries are
Amaravati, Bhavani, Hemavati, Logpawani, Akavli, Lakshman Tirth and
Kabini. Finally, this river joins the Bay of Bengal from south of Cuddalore in
Tamil Nadu.

Apart from above mentioned rivers, there are number of small rivers
which low in the east direction. Damodar, Brahmani, Baitarani and
Subarnarekha are important among them.

DO YOU KNOW?
Shiva – Samudram waterfall, on Kaveri river, is
the second largest waterfall of India. The power
station of this water fall provides electricity to
Mysore and Kolar gold ield region.
FIND OUT
Which is the largest waterfall of India? Where is
it situated?

LAKES
You are acquainted with Dal and Wular Lakes situated in Kashmir,
Nainital, Sambhar Lake of Rajasthan, Kanwar Bird sanctuary of Begusarai,
Saraiyamaan of Bettiah, Lakshmisagar of Darbhanga . They are a source of
human use and a centre of attraction for the tourists as well.
Have you ever tried to know the importance of Lakes? Think, if there
had been no Lakes on these places then could these places have attracted so
many tourists as they are doing today? Generally, a large depression illed
with water is known as Lake but there is difference in the size and type as
well as the nature of Lakes. Lakes are formed by the accumulation of rain
water and melting of the glaciers and ice sheets. Mainly Lakes are formed
because of the Natural causes.

Drainage Pattern :: 39
dkosjh unh
dkosjh dh mRifr if'peh ?kkV fLFkr czãfxfj igkM+h ls gqbZ gSA bldh yackbZ
yxHkx 760 fdúehú gSA bl unh dk viokg csflu rfeyukMq] dsjy ,oa dukZVd
jkT;ksa esa iQSyk gqvk gSA bldh çeq• lgk;d ufn;ksa esa vejkorh] Hkokuh] gsekorh]
yksxikouh] vdkoyh] y{e.k rhFkZ rFkk dkfcuh gSA varr% ;g unh rfeyukMq fLFkr
dqMyqj ls nf{k.k caxky dh •kM+h esa fey tkrh gSA
mijksÙkQ ufn;ksa ds vfrfjÙkQ Hkh dbZ NksVh&NksVh ufn;k¡ gSa tks iwoZ dh vksj
cgrh gSa] ftuesa nkeksnj] czkã.kh] oSrj.kh ,oa lqo.kZjs•k çeq• gSaA
D;k vki tkurs gSa \
f'ko&leqæe~ tyçikr Hkkjr dk nwljk lcls cM+k çikr gS
tks dkosjh unh ij gSA bl tyçikr ds fctyh?kj ls eSlwj
rFkk dksykj Lo.kZ&{ks=k dks fo|qr çnku gksrk gSA
Kkr dhft,%
Hkkjr dk lcls cM+k tyçikr dkSu lk gS \ ;g dgk¡
vofLFkr gS \
tyk'k; (>hy)
d'ehj fLFkr My rFkk owyj >hy] uSuhrky] jktLFkku dk lkaHkj >hy
csxwljk; dk dkaoj i{kh fogkj] csfr;k dk ljS;keku] njHkaxk dk y{ehlkxj tSls
tyk'k;ksa ls vki ifjfpr gSaA ;s ekuoh; mi;ksx ds lk/u ds lkFk&lkFk i;ZVdksa ds
fy, vkd"kZ.k dk dsUæ gSaA
D;k] vkius >hyksa ds egRo dks tkuus dk ç;kl fd;k gS\ tjk lksfp;s] ;fn
mu LFkyksa ij >hy ugha gksrk rc os mrus i;ZVdksa dks vkdf"kZr dj ikrs] ftruk vkt
djrs gSa\ çk;% ty Hkjs fo'kky x<~<s dks >hy ds :i esa tkuk tkrk gSA ij >hyksa ds
vkdkj&çdkj ds lkFk&lkFk buds çÑfr esa Hkh fHkUurk ik;h tkrh gSA o"kkZ ds ty ds
teko rFkk fgekfu;ksa ,oa fge pknjksa ds fi?kyus ls >hy dk fuekZ.k gksrk gSA >hy
eq[;r% çkÑfrd dkj.kksa ls fufeZr gksrh gSA

viokg Lo:i%% 39
Following are the types of Lakes from the formation perspective -

1. Rift Valley Lakes : When water is accumulated in the Rift valley then
this type of lake is formed. The number of such Lakes is more in Africa.
Victoria, Rudolf, Nyasa are examples of such Lakes. In India an arti icial Lake
has been created in the rift valley by Tilaiya Dam.

2. Oxbow Lake : When amount of sediments increases in rivers or slope

of the land becomes less, then meanders are created in its course. Finally,
the meander part is separated from the main channel which looks like hoof
of a cow and this is called oxbow Lake. A number of such Lakes are found in
the north Bihar. Saraiyamaan of Bettiah or Kanwar Lake of Begusarai are its
examples.

3. Crater Lake: When emission of ash and lava stops from the crater of
the Volcano, then rain water begins to accumulate in the crater and this
turns crater into a Lake. Lake Titicaca of Bolivia and Lake Von of Turkey are
its examples. Lonar Lake of India has been formed in a similar way.

4. Lagoon Lake: Through spit and Barriers (Bars), in coastal areas, when
sea water is separated from Sea then this type of Lakes are called Lagoon.
Chilka Lake and Pulikat Lake situated in India are examples of Lagoon.

5. Barrier Lake: At times in mountainous region, due to land slide, the

rocks fall in the river and stop the low of the river water resulting in to
formation of Lake. This is called Barrier Lake.

6. Glacial Lake: Nainital, Bhimtal, Sat Tal etc. are beautiful examples of
the glacial created Lakes in the Himalayan region.

7. Lakes created by Geological activities: Wular Lake in Jammu and

Kashmir is the largest fresh water Lake of India. Lakes are also created
when Dams are constructed on rivers for the production of hydro electricity
e.g. Govind Sagar Lake was created when Bhakhra Nangal Project was
developed. Fresh water lakes like Loktak and Badyani along with Saline
water Sambhar Lake of Rajasthan are examples of this type of Lakes.

Drainage Pattern :: 40
fuekZ.k dh n`f"V ls >hyksa ds fuEukafdr çdkj gSa&
1- /¡lku ?kkVh >hy & /¡lku ?kkVh esa tc ty teko gksrk gS rc bl çdkj dk
>hy cu tkrk gSA vÚhdk esa bl çdkj ds >hyksa dh la[;k vf/d gSaA foDVksfj;k]
:MksYiQ] U;klk blds mnkgj.k gSaA Hkkjr esa fryS;k ck¡/ }kjk /¡lku ?kkVh esa Ñf=ke
>hy cuk;k x;k gSA
2- xks•qj >hy & ufn;ksa esa tc volkn dh ek=kk c<+ tkrh gS ;k Hkwfe dh <ky
de gks tkrh gS] rc mlds ekxZ esa foliZ.k iSnk gksus yxrk gSA varr% folfiZr Hkkx
dVdj eq[;/kjk ls vyx gks tkrh gS] ftldk vkdkj xk; ds ^•qj* ds leku gksrk
gSA bls xks•qj ;k ifjR;ÙkQ >hy Hkh dgk tkrk gSA mÙkjh fcgkj esa bl çdkj ds >hy
ik;s tkrs gSaA csfr;k dk ljS;keku vkSj csxwljk; dk dkaoj>hy blds mnkgj.k gSA
3- ØsVj >hy & tc Tokykeq•h ds ØsVj ls jk• vkSj ykok dk vkuk cUn gks
tkrk gS rc ØsVj esa o"kkZ dk ty tek gksdj >hy esa ifj.kr gks tkrk gSA cksfyfo;k
dk fVVhdkdk vkSj VdhZ dk okWu >hy blds mnkgj.k gSaA Hkkjr esa yksukj >hy blh
çdkj ls fufeZr gqvk gSA
4- ySxwu >hy & fLiV rFkk jksf/dk ds }kjk leqæ rVh; çns'kksa esa tc leqæh
ty leqæ ls vyx dj fy;s tkrs gSa rc ,sls >hy ySxwu dgykrs gSaA ySxwu dk mnkgj.k
Hkkjr fLFkr fpYdk ,oa iqyhdr >hy gSA
5- vojks/d >hy & dHkh&dHkh ioZrh; çns'kksa esa Hkw&L•yu ds dkj.k pêðkusa
fxjdj ufn;ksa ds çokg dks jksd nsrs gSa rks blls Hkh >hy cu tkrs gSaA bls vojks/d
>hy dgrs gSaA
6- fgekuh >hy & fgeky; {ks=k esa fgekuh }kjk fufeZr >hyksa esa uSuhrky]
Hkherky] lkrrky vkfn lqUnj mnkgj.k gSaA
7- HkwxHkhZ; fØ;k ls fufeZr >hy & tEew d'ehj esa owyj >hy ehBs ikuh dh
Hkkjr dh lcls cM+h >hy gSA ty fo|qr iSnk djus ds fy, ufn;ksa ij cka/ yxk;s
tkus ls Hkh >hy dk fuekZ.k gqvk gSA tSls& Hkk¡•M+k ukaxy ifj;kstuk ds fodkl ls
xksfoUn lkxj >hy dk fuekZ.k gqvk gSA yksdrd ,oa cM+;kuh tSls dbZ ehBs ikuh ds
>hy ds lkFk&lkFk jktLFkku dk yo.k;qÙkQ lkaHkj >hy blh çdkj ds >hy gSaA

viokg Lo:i %% 40
 Generally, it is seen that in deserts and semi dry regions saline water
lakes are found where as in cold and mountainous regions fresh water lakes
are found.

Lakes are very useful to mankind. During excess of rainfall or loods,

lakes stabilises the low of rivers in both the situation. During dry periods
the utility of stored water increases. Lakes are also useful in the production
of hydro electricity. It also normalises the climatic conditions of nearby
areas. Lakes help in the strengthening of water cycle along with making the
natural setting beautiful, attractive and enjoyable.

RIVERS AS LIFE LINE OF HUMAN CIVILIZATION

River valleys are known as 'mother of civilization' since ancient times.

Harappa - Mohanjodaro civilization in Indus valley, Chinese civilization in
Hawang ho valley and Greek civilization in river Nile valley developed due
to rivers.

Today at Prayag near Allahabad, the con luence of Ganga, Yamuna,

Saraswati is the center of religious belief for the devotees. Large towns and
cities also developed in the river valleys. Today rivers play an important role
in the development of Industries, agriculture and means of transportation.
Though, the over exploitation of river water and dumping of waste into
these water bodies is badly polluting the rivers. It is a matter of great
concern at the global level.

Drainage Pattern :: 41
 çk;% ;g ns•k x;k gS fd e#LFkyh; vFkok v¼Z 'kq"d {ks=kksa ds >hy •kjs
ikuh ds gksrs gSa tcfd B.Ms çns'kksa ds rFkk ioZrh; çns'kksa ds >hyksa dk ty ehBk gksrk
gSA
>hy ekuo ds fy, vR;f/d mi;ksxh gksrs gSaA ;s ufn;ksa ds cgko {ks=k dks
lqpk# cukus esa lgk;d gSA vR;f/d o"kkZ ;k ck<+ nksuksa fLFkfr esa >hy] ufn;ksa ds
cgko dks larqfyr j•rh gSA lw•s ds fnuksa esa lafpr ty dh mi;ksfxrk c<+ tkrk gSA
>hy] ty fo|qr mRiknu esa Hkh mi;ksxh gSA ;s vkl&ikl ds tyok;qfod ifjfLFkfr;ksa
dks Hkh lkekU; djrh gSA tyh;&ifjra=k ds lqn`<+hdj.k ds lkFk&lkFk çkÑfrd NVk
dks lqanj] yqHkkouk rFkk euksjatd cukus esa >hy enn djrk gSA

ekuo lH;rk dh thou&js•k ds :i esa ufn;k¡

^lH;rk dh tuuh* ds :i esa unh ?kkVh {ks=k dks çkphu dky ls gh tkuk tkrk
jgk gSA flU/q ?kkVh esa gM+Iik&eksgutksnM+ks] Þokax gks dh ?kkVh esa phu dh rFkk uhy unh
dh ?kkVh esa felz dh lH;rk dk fodkl ufn;ksa ds dkj.k gh gqvk gSA

vkt ç;kx esa xaxk] ;equk] ljLorh dk laxe J¼kyqvksa ds fy, /kfeZd
vkLFkk dk dsUæ cuk gqvk gSA cM+s&cM+s uxjksa rFkk egkuxjksa dk fodkl Hkh unh ?kkVh
{ks=k esa gh gqvk gSA vkt m|ksxksa] Ñf"k dk;ks± rFkk ifjogu lk/uksa dks fodflr djus esa
ufn;ksa dh egRoiw.kZ Hkwfedk gSA ;|fi unh ty dk vR;f/d nksgu ,oa bu
tyjkf'k;ksa esa dpjksa dk mRltZu unh dks vR;f/d çnwf"kr dj jgk gSA vkt oSf'od
Lrj ij ;g fparu dk ,d fo"k; gSA

viokg Lo:i %% 41
 DO YOU KNOW?
Gandhi Setu, situated in Patna is a 5.75 km long
bridge, which was built in 1982.

FIND OUT
On which river is Gandhi setu situated?

POLLUTION – With the increase in population, the misuse of water

increased at a rapid rate. Right from the domestic work to industrial work
water is a very useful resource. Today water resource is being utilised for
the crops of humid agriculture.

During loods the rivers become ominous, as they neutralise all the
waste (Domestic waste, Industrial waste and other solid wastes) which
badly affects the quality of water. Fertilizers used in agriculture, insecticides,
pesticides, washing soap, soda, detergents dissolves in water and pollute it.
Human activities such as draining of excreta, cleaning of animals increase
the pollution of water. In ig. 3.4 disaster, induced by human activity is
shown.

The unmindful cutting of forest has resulted into rapid increase in soil
erosion, which has caused rapid siltation in the course of the rivers. Due to
increase in the amount of solid silt, mud and chemical waste, the aquatic life

DO YOU KNOW? threatened and also threat of lood has

also increased.
Lakes of large size is also called
Sea e.g. Caspian Sea, Dead
Sea, Aral Sea etc.

DO YOU KNOW?
In 1987, 2004, 2007, 2008, the Kosi loods
in licted large scale loss of life and property in
Bihar.

Drainage Pattern :: 42
 D;k vki tkurs gSa \
iVuk fLFkr xk¡/h lsrq 5.75 fd-eh- yack lM+d iqy gS
ftldk fuekZ.k 1982 bZú esa gqvk Fkk A
Kkr dhft,
xk¡/h lsrq fdl unh ij gS \
çnw"k.k & c<+rh vkcknh ds lkFk ty dk vuqç;ksx Hkh rhoz xfr ls c<+r x;kA
;g gekjs ?kjsyw dk;Z ls ysdj vkS|ksfxd dk;Z rd ds fy, Hkh vR;f/d mi;ksxh
lalk/u gSA vkt ty lalk/u dk mi;ksx vkæZ Ñf"k ds iQlyksa ds fy, gks jgk gSA
ck<+ ds le; ufn;k¡ fodjky :i /kj.k dj ysrh gSA bl le; og /jkry ij
ds lHkh dpjs (vf/okl tfur dpjs] vkS|ksfxd dpjs ,oa vU; Bksl dpjs) dks
vkRelkr~ dj ysrh gS] ftlls ty dh xq.koÙkk cqjh rjg çHkkfor gqbZ gSA Ñf"k dk;Z esa
ç;qÙkQ moZjd] dhVuk'kd] ihM+duk'kh] oL=k /ksus esa ç;qÙkQ lkcqu] lksMk] viektZd
rÙo ?kqydj ty dks çnwf"kr djrs gSaA ey&ty çokg] eosf'k;ksa dh liQkbZ tSls
ekuoh; vuqfØ;k,¡ ty çnw"k.k dks c<+kok nsrh gSaA fp=k la[;k 3.4 es ekuoh; dk;ks±
ds dkj.k mRiUu vkink dks fn•k;k x;k gSA

D;k vki tkurs gSa \ ouksa dh va/k/qa/ dVkbZ ls e`nk vijnu dh xfr
cM+s vkdkj dh >hy dks leqæ Hkh esa rhoz o`f¼ gqbZ gS] ftlls ufn;ksa ds çokg ekxZ
dgk tkrk gS] tSls&dSfLi;u esa rhoz volknhdj.k gqvk gSA bu Bksl volkn]
lkxj] e`r lkxj] vjy lkxj dhpM+] jklk;fud dpM+s ds c<+ tkus ls tyh;
vkfn A thoksa dk ladV c<+ x;k gS lkFk gh ck<+ dk
•rjk Hkh c<+ x;k gSA
D;k vki tkurs gSa \
o"kZ 1987, 2004, 2007, 2008 esa dkslh unh ds ck<+ ls
fcgkj jkT; dks vikj /u&tu dh {kfr gqbZ gSA

viokg Lo:i %% 42
CONSERVATION – The pollution of rivers has adverse effect on the
environment. Presently, several nations of the world are facing this problem.
To overcome this dif icult situation, it is essential to concentrate on
conservation works. The implementation of conservation is unavoidable for
persons, society and in national interest.

INCREASE IN VEGETATION COVER - Vegetation helps us to survive in

pollutionless environment. It provides us fresh air alongwith fruits,
Medicine, precious woods. Their roots hold the soil together which makes
the erosion process of rivers and wind ineffective. This not only controls the
denudation of soil by rivers but also reduces the silt content in the rivers.
Vegetation absorbs carbon dioxide present in the atmosphere and gives us
life saving oxygen and balances the environment. Thus, from the
environment perspective, 33 percent of the total area of any nation should
have forest cover. According to Forest Cover Report (2021), presently, only
24.62 percent of the total area of India is under forest cover which is not
suitable for environment. The reduction in the area of the forest affects the
wild life also; so, their habitat is getting smaller day by day.

NATIONAL RIVER CONSERVATION PLAN – 90 percent of the river water is

received from the Monsoon rainfall and melting of ice in the Himalayan
region. But their uncertainty and uneven distribution creates devastating
situations, like loods and drought. To overcome such situations or disasters,
awakening among the people and planned efforts by the government
machinery are essential.

The government of India did start 'Ganga Karya Pariyojna' in 1985 but it
got stoppedst on 31 March, 2000. In this backdrop, executive committee of
National River Conservation Authority, after the observation of irst stage,
made a few suggestions. These suggestions and plans have been
implemented under the National River Conservation Plan for the important
polluted rivers.

Drainage Pattern :: 43
 laj{k.k & unh çnw"k.k us i;kZoj.k ij çfrdwy çHkko Mkyk gSA vkt fo'o ds
vusd ns'k bl leL;k ls tw> jgs gSaA bl ladV dh fLFkfr ls fucVus ds fy, laj{k.k
dk;Z ij è;ku nsus dh vko';drk gSA laj{k.k dk fØ;kUo;u O;fÙkQ] lekt rFkk
jk"Vªfgr esa vifjgk;Z gSA
ouLifr dk fodkl& ouLifr gesa çnw"k.k eqÙkQ i;kZoj.k esa thus esa enn djrh
gSA 'kq¼ ok;q ds lkFk&lkFk ;g gesa iQy] vkS"kf/] dherh ydfM+;k¡ Hkh çnku djrh gSaA
budh tM+sa e`nk dks laxfBr j•rh gSa tks ufn;ksa ,oa ok;q }kjk vijnu dh çfØ;k dks
fu"çHkkoh cuk nsrk gSA blls u dsoy ufn;ksa ds dVko fu;af=kr gks tkrs gSa cfYd]
ufn;ksa esa volkn ds çokg ij Hkh vadq'k yx tkrk gSA ouLifr;ka ok;qeaMy esa
fo|eku dkcZu Mk;vkDlkbM dks vo'kksf"kr dj gesa vkDlhtu tSls thounkf;uh
xSl ykSVk nsrs gSa rFkk i;kZoj.k dks larqfyr j•rs gSaA vr% i;kZoj.kh; n`f"V ls fdlh
jk"Vª ds dqy HkwHkkx dk 33 çfr'kr Hkkx oukPNkfnr gksuk pkfg,A orZeku le; esa
Hkkjr oufLFkfr fjiksVZ& 2021 ds vuqlkj Hkkjr ds ek=k 24.62 çfr'kr Hkw&Hkkx gh
oukPNkfnr gS] tks i;kZoj.k ds fy, vuqdwy ugha gSA ouksa ds {ks=kiQy esa deh dk
çHkko oU;çkf.k;ksa ij Hkh iM+k gS rFkk mudk vkokl fnuks&fnu NksVk gksus yxk gSA
jk"Vªh; unh laj{k.k ;kstuk & ufn;ksa esa 90 çfr'kr ty dk la/kj.k ekWulwuh
o"kkZ vkSj fgeky;h {ks=k esa fge ds fi?kyus ds dkj.k gksrh gSA fdUrq budk vfuf'pr
vkSj vifjfer forj.k ck<+ vkSj lq•kM+ tSlh çy;adkjh ifjfLFkfr;k¡ iSnk djrh gSaA
bu ifjfLFkfr;ksa ;k vkinkvksa ls fucVus ds fy, ukxfjdksa ds tkx:d gksus vkSj
ljdkjh ra=k dks ;kstuko¼ rjhds ls dk;Z djus dh vko';drk gSA
;|fi Hkkjr ljdkj us ^xaxk dk;Z ifj;kstuk* dks 1985 esa çkjaHk fd;k FkkA
fdUrq] bls 31 ekpZ 2000 dks can dj fn;k x;kA bl lanHkZ esa jk"Vªh; unh laj{k.k
çkf/dj.k dh dk;Zdkfj.kh lfefr us çFke pj.k dh leh{kk ds mijkar dqN lq>ko
Hkh ikfjr fd;sA bu lq>koksa ,oa ;kstukvksa dks ns'k ds çeq• çnwf"kr ufn;ksa esa jk"Vªh;
unh laj{k.k ;kstukUrxZr ykxw fd;k x;k gSA

viokg Lo:i %% 43
 Fig. 3.4 River water being polluted by the human activity.

Lake Conservation work has also been included under this plan.
Initially, two Lakes – Pawai (Maharashtra) and Ooty (TamilNadu) have been
included. Presently, such conservation programmes are in progress on
Ganga, Yamuna, Gomti and many other rivers.

The use of chemicals (insecticides, pesticides, fungicide) in agricultural

activities is increasing rapidly. These chemicals get dissolved in lood water
along with rain water and pollute the river water. This can be prevented by
making bunds in plains or agricultural regions; it can also help in stopping
solid waste.

Drainage Pattern :: 44
 fp=k 3.4 ekuoh; vuqfØ;kvksa ls çnwf"kr gksrk unh ty

bl ;kstuk ds vUrxZr >hy laj{k.k dk;Z dks Hkh lfEefyr fd;k x;k gSA
çkjEHk esa nks >hy iobZ (egkjk"Vª) vkSj ÅVh (rfeyukMq) dks 'kkfey fd;k x;k FkkA
vkt xaxk] ;equk] xkserh lfgr vusd ufn;ksa ij bl rjg ds laj{k.k dk;ZØe py jgs
gSaA

Ñf"k dk;ks± esa jlk;uksa (dhVuk'kh] ihM+duk'kh] doduk'kh) dk ç;ksx rhoz

xfr ls c<+ jgk gSA ;s jlk;u o"kkZ ty ds lkFk ;k ck<+ ty esa ?kqydj unh ds ty dks
çnwf"kr dj jgs gSaA bls eSnkuh {ks=k ;k vU; Ñf"k {ks=k esa esM+ yxkdj fu;af=kr fd;k tk
ldrk gSA blls Bksl vif'k"Vksa dks jksdus esa enn fey ldrh gSA

viokg Lo:i%% 44
 FORMATION OF WATER COLLECTION CENTER
As we know that source of river water is rain, snowfall or glacier. The
distribution of water is not even in whole country and so the need of all
states can't be ful illed. In reference to some rivers, one state establishes
monopoly over the water sources and its neighbouring state is denied of the
essential water supply. In such situations dispute erupts between the states
for the distribution of water.

Therefore, the central government should establish National Water

Collection Center and supply water to the states as per their requirement. It
will not only solve the dispute of the states but also control lood and
drought. Planning of interstate linking of the rivers could be an effective
policy in this direction but uncertainty prevails about its implementation.

EFFECT OF DRAINAGE PATTERN ON HUMAN LIFE

As said earlier, drainage region of rivers is the mother of civilisation
and culture. The position of rivers has been very signi icant in the economic
development of India. Since ancient
DO YOU KNOW? times, rivers have been the source and
control of human activities. Rivers have
Chemical waste materials
dissolved in water, been the birth place of diff erent
produce acid rainfall. civilizations and cultures. It is here that
human development has lourished. The
river waterfalls are center for hydro
electricity and point of attraction for tourism. During ancient times, in
absences of roads and airways, rivers were the most suitable means of
transportation. Today, National water ways are also being developed.
Rivers have become useful today from the strategic point of view as
well.Due to the effect of the rivers 40 percent of the agricultural land is
covered with alluvial soil which is spread in river valleys, delta and
coastal regions. There is suf icient amount of alluvium in the deltas of
Ganga, Indus, Ganga – Brahmaputra and plain regions. In North Bihar,
sediments are being deposited every year by the rivers such as Kosi,
Bagmati, Gandak etc. This maintains the fertility of the soil.

Drainage Pattern :: 45
jk"Vªh; ty&laxzg.k dsUæ dk fuekZ.k
tSlk fd vki tkurs gSa ufn;ksa esa ty dk lzksr o"kkZ] fgeikr ;k fgekuh gSA ty
dk forj.k lewps çns'k esa ,d leku ugha gSA blls lHkh jkT;ksa dh vko';drk dh
iwfrZ ugha gks ikrh gSA dbZ ufn;ksa ds lanHkZ esa ,d fdlh jkT; dk tylzksr ij
,dkf/dkj Hkh LFkkfir gks tkrk gSA ogha iM+kslh jkT; vko';d tykiwfrZ ls oafpr jg
tkrk gSA ,slh ifjfLFkfr esa ty forj.k dks ysdj jkT;ksa ds chp fookn mRiUu gks tkrk
gSA
vr% dsUæ ljdkj dks pkfg, fd og jk"Vªh; ty laxzg.k dsUæ dh LFkkiuk djs
vkSj jkT;ksa dks vko';drkuqlkj tykiwfrZ djsA blls u dsoy jkT;ksa ds fookn dks gy
fd;k tk ldsxkA cfYd] ck<+ ,oa lq•kM+ ij Hkh dkcw ik;k tk ldsxkA vUrj&jkT;
Lrj ij ufn;ksa dks tksM+us dh ;kstuk bl fn'kk esa ,d çHkko'kkyh uhfr gks ldrh gSA
ysfdu blds dk;kZUo;u dks ysdj vfuf'prrk dk ekgkSy gSA
ekuo thou ij viokg ra=k dk çHkko%
D;k vki tkurs gSa\
tSlk fd iwoZ esa Hkh dgk tk pqdk gS fd unh
ty esa ?kqys jklk;fud vif'k"V viokg {ks=k ekuoh; lH;rk ,oa laLÑfr dh
inkFkZ vEy o"kkZ dks tUe nsrs gSaA tuuh gSA Hkkjr ds vkfFkZd fodkl esa ufn;ksa dk
LFkku egRoiw.kZ jgk gSA ufn;k¡ vkfn dky ls gh]
ekuo xfrfof/;ksa dk lk/u jgh gSaA ufn;k¡
fofHkUu lH;rkvksa vkSj laLÑfr;ksa dh tUeLFkyh ds lkFk ekuo lH;rk dk ikyuk Hkh
gSA ufn;ksa ds tyçikr ty&fo|qr 'kfÙkQ mRiknu dsUæ ds lkFk&lkFk i;ZVu ds
vkd"kZd dsUæ Hkh gSA çkphu dky esa ;g ifjogu dk lokZf/d izpfyr lk/u FkkA
vkt ;gk¡ jk"Vªh; tyekxZ dk Hkh fodkl gks jgk gSA lkefjd n`f"V ls Hkh ufn;k¡ vkt
mi;ksxh gks x;h gSaA
ufn;ksa ds çHkko dh otg ls gh Ñf"k Hkwfe dk 40 çfr'kr HkwHkkx tyks<+ feêðh
ls <adk gqvk gS] tks unh ?kkVh] MsYVk vkSj rVh; çns'kksa esa iQSys gq, gSaA xaxk] fla/q]
xaxk&czãiq=k ds MsYVk ,oa eSnkuh {ks=k esa tyks<+ dh çpqjrk gSA mÙkj fcgkj esa dkslh]
ckxerh vkSj xaMd vkfn ufn;k¡ çfr o"kZ cM+h ek=kk esa tyks<+ dk fu{ksi djrh gS
ftlls feêðh dh moZjrk cuh gqbZ gSA

viokg Lo:i %% 45
 Multipurpose projects have been designed and developed for rivers.
Some of them have been completed and others are still being constructed.
For achieving these objectives, many Dams have been built on the rivers
which have led to the development of manmade canals and Lakes. These
canals and Lakes are ideal for aquatic life. These are centre of sports and
place of tourist interest as well. By the completion of these Dams ambitious
plans like lood control, development of water ways, breeding of aquatic
animals, protection of soil erosion, Production of hydro electricity,
development of forest have received impetus. Bhakhra Nangal, which is a
project of river Sutlej, produces 1200 Megawatt of electricity and irrigates
about 20 lakh hectares of land. Tehri project has been developed on river
Bhagirathi which produces 2400 Megawatt of electricity.

Many projects have been proposed in Bihar. Except Sone Project, all river
valley projects are under construction. Pandit Nehru (First Prime Minister)
had remarked about river valley projects as 'Temples of modern India'.

DO YOU KNOW?
The Tehri project situated on river Bhagirathi is
the ifth largest in the world and largest river
valley project in Asia.

Rivers deposit sediments, brought by them, in plains and valleys.

These sediments have fossils along with fertile soil.

These fossils are source of mineral and mineral oil. Damodar valley is
famous all over the world for its coal deposits. Other than this, important
minerals like iron ore, gold, quartz etc. Exists in the river valley regions.
Apart from this the climate around rivers
DO YOU KNOW?
get recti ied which attracts human
settlements. All the facts given above Among the most polluted rivers
in India Sabarmati, Mahi and
shows positive impact of rivers on
Yamuna are prominent one.
human life. With the support of these
facilities man has reached at the peak of
development but

Drainage Pattern :: 46
 orZeku ifjos'k esa ufn;ksa ij cgqmís'kh; ifj;kstuk dk fodkl gqvk gSA buesa ls
dqN rks iw.kZ gks x;s gSa vkSj dqN vkt Hkh fuekZ.kk/hu gSaA bu mís';ksa dh iwfrZ ds fy,
ufn;ksa ij dbZ ck¡/ cuk, x, gSa ftlls ekuo fufeZr ugj ,oa >hyksa dk fodkl gqvk
gSA ,sls ugj ,oa >hy tyh; thoksa ds fy, mÙke gSA ;s ØhM+k LFkyh gksus ds lkFk&lkFk
i;ZVu ds lqjE; LFky Hkh gSaA bu cka/ksa ds cu tkus ls ck<+ ij fu;a=k.k djus] ukSdk;ku
ds ekxZ fodflr djus] tyh; tho ds çtuu djus] e`nk vijnu dks jksdus] ty
fo|qr mRiUu djus] ouksa ds fodkl djus tSlh egRokdka{kh ;kstukvksa dks cy feyk
gSA Hkk•M+k ukaxy tks lryqt unh dh ,d ifj;kstuk gS] 1200 esxkokV fo|qr mRiknu
ds lkFk yxHkx 20 yk• gsDVs;j HkwHkkx dks flafpr djrk gSA fVgjh ifj;kstuk dk
fodkl HkkxhjFkh unh ij gqvk gS tks 2400 esxkokV fo|qr mRiknu djrh gSA
fcgkj esa vusd ifj;kstuk,a çLrkfor gSA lksu ifj;kstuk dks NksM+ 'ks"k lHkh
unh ?kkVh ifj;kstuk,a vHkh fuekZ.kk/hu gSaA iafMr usg: (çFke ç/kuea=kh) us unh
?kkVh ifj;kstuk dks vk/qfud Hkkjr dk eafnj dgk FkkA
D;k vki tkurs gSa \
HkkxhjFkh unh ij fLFkr fVgjh ifj;kstuk fo'o dh
ik¡poha vkSj ,f'k;k dh lcls cM+h unh ?kkVh
ifj;kstuk gSA
ufn;k¡ vius lkFk yk;s x;s volkn dk fu{ksi.k eSnku ,oa ?kkVh esa djrh gSa
ftlesa mitkÅ feêðh ds lkFk&lkFk thok'e Hkh ik;s tkrs gSaA
;s thok'e •fut ,oa •fut rsy ds lzksr gksrs gSaA nkeksnj ?kkVh {ks=k dks;yk
fu{ksi ds fy, fo'o fo[;kr gSA blds vykok unh ?kkVh {ks=k ls egRoiw.kZ
xSj&/kfRod •fut tSls ykSg v;Ld] lksuk] DokV~tZ vkfn izkIr gksrk gSA blds
vfrfjÙkQ] ufn;ksa ds vklikl dh tyok;q
D;k vki tkurs gSa\
la'kksf/r gks tkrh gS tks ekuo clko dks çsfjr
Hkkjr dh lokZf/d çnwf"kr
djrk gSA mijksÙkQ lHkh igyw ekuo&thou ij
ufn;ksa ds ldkjkRed fLFkfr;ksa dks n'kkZrk gSA ufn;ksa esa lkcjerh] ekgh ,oa
bu lqfo/kvksa dks ikdj ekuo us mUufr ds ;equk çeq• gSaA f
'k•j ij igq¡pdj vkt bu ufn;ksa ds vfLrRo
dks gh •rjs esa Mky fn;k gSA vk/qfud çxfr
ds ufn;ksa ds vfLrRro

viokg Lo:i %% 46
they have jeopardized the existence of these rivers. The danger in licted at
the existence of the rivers shows its negative aspect. The pollution of river
and lake water inally, creates an atmosphere of destruction of human
civilisation.

EXERCISE QUESTIONS

(I) OBJECTIVE TYPE QUESTIONS

1.In which state is Laxmi Sagar Lake situated?

(a) Madhya Pradesh (b) Uttar Pradesh
(c) Bihar (d) Jharkhand
2. Which of the following is a saline lake?
(a) Wular (b) Dal
(c) Sambhar (d) Govind Sagar
3. Near which city is Gandhi Setu located on river Ganga?
(a) Bhagalpur (b) Katihar
(c) Patna (d) Gaya
4. Which river lows through fault valley?
(a) Mahanadi (b) Krishna
(c) Tapi (d) Tungbhadra
5. Which river is the longest river of Peninsular India?
(a) Narmada (b) Godavri
(c) Krishna (d) Mahanadi
6. When was the Indus water treaty signed?
(a) 1950 (b) 1955
(c) 1960 (d) 1965
7. Tsang Po is the nick name of which river?
(a) Ganga (b) Brahmaputra
(c) Satluj (d) Godavari
8. Which among the following is a hot water fall?
(a) Kakolat (b) Garsoppa
(c) Brahmkund (d) Shiv Samudram
9. Origin place of Kosi river –
(a) Gangotri (b) Mansarovar
(c) Gosai Dham (d) Satpura Range

Drainage Pattern :: 47
ij gh ladV vkuk udkjkRed i{k dks n'kkZrk gSA unh ,oa >hy ds ty dk
çnwf"kr gksuk varr% ekuo lH;rk ds fouk'k dk gh okrkoj.k cukrk gSA
vH;kl iz'u

(i) oLrqfu"B ç'u%

1- y{ehlkxj >hy fdl jkT; esa fLFkr gS \
(d) eè; çns'k (•) mÙkj çns'k (x) fcgkj (?k) >kj•aM
2- fuEu esa ls dkSu yo.kh; >hy gS \
(d) owyj (•) My (x) lkaHkj (?k) xksfoUnlkxj
3- xaxk unh ij xka/h lsrq fdl 'kgj ds fudV vofLFkr gS \
(d) Hkkxyiqj (•) dfVgkj (x) iVuk (?k) x;k
4- dkSu&lh unh Hkza'k ?kkVh ls gksdj cgrh gS \
(d) egkunh (•) Ñ".kk (x) rkih (?k) rqaxHkæk
5- dkSu&lh unh çk;}hih; Hkkjr dh lcls yEch unh gS \
(d) ueZnk (•) xksnkojh (x) Ñ".kk (?k) egkunh
6- flU/q ty le>kSrk dc gqvk Fkk \
(d) 1950 (•) 1955 (x) 1960 (?k) 1965
7- 'kkax&iks fdl unh dk miuke gS \
(d) xaxk (•) czãiq=k (x) lryqt (?k) xksnkojh
8- buesa xeZ ty okyk ty&çikr dkSu gS \
(d) ddksyr (•) xjlksIik (x) czãdqaM (?k) f'koleqæe
9- dkslh unh dk mn~xe LFky gS&
(d) xaxks=kh (•) ekuljksoj (x) xkslkbZ/ke (?k) lriqM+k Js.kh

viokg Lo:i %% 47
(I) SHORT ANSWER TYPE QUESTION
1. What is the function of water divide? Give one example.
2. Which is the largest river basin in India?
3. Where do the Indus and Ganga rivers originate?
4. Write the names of two primary streams of River Ganga? Where
do they meet each other to form River Ganga?
5. Why is there less silt in Brahmaputra in Tibet region despite being
a long stream ?
6. Which two peninsular rivers low through rift valley? Which type
of land forms they formed before draining into the Sea?

(ii) LONG ANSWER TYPE QUESTION

1. Describe the important features of Himalayan and Peninsular
rivers?
2. Compare the east and west lowing rivers of Peninsular India?
3. Throw light on the importance of rivers in Indian economy?
4. Describe the types of Lakes in India with examples?

(iv) MAP WORK

(A) Locate the following rivers on the map of India and write their
names - Ganga, Sutlej, Damodar, Krishna, Narmada, Tapi, Mahanadi,
Dihang
(B) On the outline map of India locate the following Lakes:
Chilka, Sambhar, Wular, Pulikat and Koleru.

Drainage Pattern :: 48
(ii) y?kq mÙkjh; ç'u%
1- ty foHkktd dk D;k dk;Z gS \ ,d mnkgj.k nhft, A
2- Hkkjr esa lcls fo'kky unh æks.kh dkSu&lh gS \
3- flU/q ,oa xaxk ufn;k¡ dgk¡ ls fudyrh gSa \
4- xaxk dh nks çkjafHkd /kjkvksa ds uke fyf•, \ ;s dgk¡ ij ,d&nwljs ls
feydj xaxk unh dk fuekZ.k djrh gSa \
5- yEch /kjk gksus ds ckotwn frCcr ds {ks=kksa esa czãiq=k esa de xkn (flYV) D;ksa
gS\
6- dkSu&lh nks çk;}hih; ufn;k¡ /¡lku ?kkVh ls gksdj cgrh gSa \ leqæ esa ços'k
djus ds igys os fdl çdkj dh vkÑfr;ksa dk fuekZ.k djrh gSa \
(iii) nh?kZ mÙkjh; ç'u%
1- fgeky; rFkk çk;}hih; Hkkjr dh ufn;ksa dh eq[; fo'ks"krkvksa dk o.kZu
dhft,A
2- çk;}hih; iBkj ds iwoZ ,oa if'pe dh vksj çokfgr gksus okyh ufn;ksa dh
rqyuk dhft, A
3- Hkkjr dh vFkZO;oLFkk esa ufn;ksa ds egRo ij çdk'k Mkfy, A
4- Hkkjr esa >hyksa ds çdkj dk o.kZu mnkgj.k lfgr dhft, A
(iv) ekufp=k dkS'ky
(d) Hkkjr ds ekufp=k ij fuEufyf•r ufn;ksa dks fpfÉr dhft, rFkk muds uke
fyf•,&
xaxk] lryqt] nkeksnj] Ñ".kk] ueZnk] rkih] egkunh] fngkax A
(•) Hkkjr ds js•k ekufp=k ij fuEufyf•r >hyksa dks fpfÉr dhft, %
fpYdk] lkaHkj] oqyj] iqyhdV rFkk dksys: A

Hkkjrviokg ,oa %%yksx48%% 30

% HkwfeLo:i
 CHAPTER- 4

CLIMATE
It is very essential to know Indian climate to understand the
physical environment and the Geographical components that affect
the Indian life style. Almost half of the land mass of the country lies
south of the Tropic of Cancer which is a tropical region and half of its
area is in North which, from the point of view of extension, is in sub -
tropical region. The presence of the Great Himalayas on the Northern
boundary and location of Indian Ocean, Arabian Sea and Bay of
Bengal on South- Eastern and South- Western boundaries
respectively has affected the climate of India a great deal. The vast
size and location of the country has created climate related
diversities. Thus; it is said, that all the type of climate of the world is
found in India.

In layman’s term we consider weather and climate as one but

students of geography must understand the difference between the
two. Climate is almost permanent but weather is temporary. The
average sum total of weather or atmospheric specialties of a very
large region for more than 30 years is called climate. The
Atmospheric condition of a place or area for a particular time is
called weather. Weather can change a number of times in a day but
climate of a place remains the same for years together. The main
components of weather and climate are – Temperature, Air pressure,
Wind, Humidity and Precipitation. They keep on changing by the
Insolation of the Sun. The atmospheric condition remains the same
for a few months in a year like – Hot or Cold, Windy or Calm, Sky full
of clouds or clean and Dry or humid, etc. On the basis of the average
atmospheric conditions in these months, the year is divided into
Summer, Winter and Rainy seasons and studied accordingly.

Monsoon type of climate is found in our country. The word

Monsoon is derived from Arabic word “Mausim” which means
weather or season. Slowly the word Monsoon began to be used for
that wind which blows from sea
Climate :: 49
 vè;k;&4

tyok;q

Hkkjrh; tuthou dks çHkkfor djus okys HkkSxksfyd rÙoksa rFkk çkÑfrd i;kZoj.k
dks le>us ds fy, Hkkjr dh tyok;q dks le>uk vfr vko';d gSA bl ns'k dk yxHkx
vk/k Hkw&Hkkx ddZ js•k ls nf{k.k esa gS tks m".k dfVca/ esa gS rFkk vk/k Hkkx mÙkj esa gSA tks
foLrkj dh n`f"V ls miks".k dfVca/ esa gSA mÙkjh lhek ij egku~ fgeky; rFkk nf{k.k&iwohZ o
nf{k.k&if'peh lhekvksa ij fgUn egklkxj] vjc lkxj rFkk caxky dh •kM+h dh mifLFkfr
us ;gk¡ dh tyok;q dks dkiQh çHkkfor fd;k gSA ns'k dh fo'kkyrk ,oa mldh fLFkfr us ;gka
tyok;q laca/h fofHkUurk,a iSnk dj nh gSA iQyr% dgk tkrk gS fd fo'o dh lHkh çdkj
dh tyok;q Hkkjr esa ikbZ tkrh gSA
cksypky dh Hkk"kk esa yksx ekSle ,oa tyok;q dks ,d gh ekurs gSa ij Hkwxksy ds
fo|kfFkZ;ksa dks nksuksa esa vUrj le> ysuk pkfg,A tyok;q yxHkx LFkk;h gksrh gS ij ekSle
lkef;dA ,d foLr`r {ks=k esa 30 o"kks± ls vf/d le;kof/ ds ekSleh ;k ok;qe.Myh;
fo'ks"krkvksa ds dqy ;ksx ds vkSlr dks tyok;q dgrs gSaA fdlh {ks=k ;k LFkku ds •kl le;
esa ok;qe.Myh; n'kkvksa dks ekSle dgk tkrk gSA ekSle ,d fnu esa dbZ ckj cny ldrs gSa
fdUrq tyok;q lkyksa&lky ,d {ks=k esa ,d gh jgrh gSA ekSle rFkk tyok;q ds eq[;
rÙo&rkieku] ok;qnkc] iou] vkæZrk rFkk o"kZ.k gS tks lw;kZri (Insolation) ls çHkkfor
gksdj cnyrs jgrs gSaA lky ds dqN eghuksa esa ok;qe.Myh; voLFkk ,d leku jgrh gS
tSls&xeZ ;k Ba<k] goknkj ;k 'kkar] vkdk'k cknyksa ls f?kjk ;k lkiQ rFkk 'kq"d ;k vkæZ
vkfnA bu eghuksa ds vkSlr ok;qe.Myh; n'kkvksa ds vk/kj ij o"kZ dks xzh"e] 'khr ;k o"kkZ
½rqvksa esa foHkÙkQ dj vè;;u fd;k tkrk gSA
gekjs ns'k esa ekWulwuh tyok;q ik;h tkrh gSA ekWulwu 'kCn dh mRifr vjc Hkk"kk ds
¶ekSfle¸ 'kCn ls gqbZ gS ftldk vFkZ ekSle ;k ½rq gksrk gSA /hjs&/hjs ekWulwu 'kCn

tyok;q %% 49
towards land during summer and from land towards sea in winters. The
Asian regions affected by these winds are named as Monsoon Asia, in
which our country India has an important position. In Monsoon climate
of India there is distinct unity along with regional diversity.
In Barmer area of Rajasthan, the temperature of a day in June
0 0
soars to 48 – 50 c while the temperature of Pahalgam or Gulmarg of
Kashmir remains less than 200c where as the remperature of Khilanmarg
north of Gulmarg is less than 00c on the same day. At the same time
(June) whole north India remains under the effect of hot and dry wind
whereas Assam receives so heavy rainfall that the Brahamputra river
experiences heavy loods. In India the temperature found in the coastal
areas are moderate but in the land part it is extreme. All these differences
are durinal. These differences can be seen annually as well. During
December nights the minimum temperature goes down upto – 400c at
places like Kargil. In Thiruvananthapuram or Chenai the temperature
0 0
ranges between 25 –30 c during June . At this time in western
Rajasthan it rises up to 500c. From the point of view rainfall the average
annual rainfall of Mawsynram is 1180 Centimeter whereas in Jaisalmer it
is not more than 12 Centimeters. In October – November the eastern part
of South India receives good rainfall due to retreating Monsoon whereas
in North India Temperate Cyclones cause rainfall. When the farmers of
Kashmir and Ladakh keep shivering due to cold in December-January, at
the same time the Moplas (Local Tribe) of Kerala Coast only wear Lungi
and open body keeps cultivating paddy. The amount of rainfall decreases
from East to West in North India and so the diversity in food, clothing and
habitat of the people is found.

One word LANDFORMS is used for the factors controlling the climate,
which affect the climate.

L – La tude
A – Al tude
N – Nearness from Sea
D – Direc on of wind
F – Forest
O – Ocean Current
R – Rainfall
M – Mountain
S – Soil

Climate :: 50
dk ç;ksx mu gokvksa ds fy, fd;k tkus yxk tks xzh"edky esa leqæ ls LFky dh vksj ,oa
'khrdky esa LFky ls leqæ dh vksj pyk djrh gSaA ,f'k;k esa bl çdkj dh gokvksa ls
çHkkfor {ks=k dks ekWulwu ,f'k;k dk uke fn;k x;k] ftlesa viuk ns'k Hkkjr dk eq[;
LFkku gSA Hkkjr dh ekWulwuh tyok;q esa ,drk ds lkFk Li"V çknsf'kd fofo/rk Hkh gSA
jktLFkku ds ckM+esj bykds esa twu ds fdlh fnu dk rkieku 48°-50° lsaVhxzsM
gksrk gS rks mlh fnu d'ehj ds igyxke ;k xqyexZ dk rkieku 20° lsa0 ls de jgrk gSA
;gka rd fd xqyexZ ds mÙkj esa f•yuexZ dk rkieku 0° lsa0 ls Hkh de jgrk gSA bl
le; (twu) lEiw.kZ mÙkj Hkkjr xeZ ,oa 'kq"d gokvksa ds pisV esa jgrk gS tcfd vle
esa bruh o"kkZ gksrh gS fd czãiq=k unh esa Hk;adj ck<+ vkus yxrh gSA Hkkjr ds leqæ rVh;
{ks=k esa rkieku le ,oa LFky ds eè; esa fo"ke ik;k tkrk gSA ;s lHkh nSfud fofHkUurk,a
gSaA ;s fofHkUurk,a okf"kZd n`f"V ls Hkh fn•k;h nsrh gSA fnlEcj dh jkr esa dkjfxy tSls
LFkkuksa esa U;wure rkieku &40° lsa0 rd gks tkrk gSA twu ekg esa fr:ouUriqje ;k psUubZ
esa rkieku 25°-30° lsa0 gksrk gSA mlh le; if'peh jktLFkku esa ;g 50° lsaú rd pyk
tkrk gSA o"kkZ dh n`f"V ls ekflujke esa vkSlr okf"kZd o"kkZ 1180 lsaVhehVj gksrh gS
tcfd tSlyesj esa 12 lsa0eh0 ls vf/d ugha gksrh gSA vDVwcj&uoEcj esa nf{k.k Hkkjr
ds iwohZ Hkkx esa ykSVrs ekWulwu ls vPNh o"kkZ gksrh gS tcfd mÙkj Hkkjr esa 'khrks".k
pØokr ls o"kkZ gksrh gSA fnlEcj&tuojh esa d'ehj vkSj y¼k[k ds fdlku Ba< ls
dkairs gksrs gSa] mlh le; dsjy rV ds eksiyk (LFkkuh; tutkfr) dsoy ,d yqaxh igu
•qys cnu /ku dh •srh djrk feyrk gSA mÙkj Hkkjr esa o"kkZ dh ek=kk iwoZ ls if'pe esa
?kVrh tkrh gS ftlls yksxksa ds Hkkstu] oL=k ,oa vkokl esa fHkUurk,a ikbZ tkrh gSaA
tyok;q dks fu;af=kr djus okys dkjdksa ds fy, ,d 'kCn LANDORMS dk
ç;ksx fd;k tkrk gS] ;s tyok;q dks çHkkfor djrs gSaA

L– Latitude – v{kka'k
A– Altitude – Å¡pkbZ
N– Nearness From Sea – leqæ ls fudVrk
D– Direction of wind – iou dh fn'kk
F– Forest – ou
O– Ocean Current – leqæh ty/kjk
R– Rainfall – o"kkZ
M– Mountain – ioZr
S– Soil – e`nk

tyok;q %% 50
 If the sun rays are ver cal or inclined then there is difference in the
amount of solar energy. The Sun rays fall ver cally on lower la tudes and fall
slan ng on higher la tudes. This is the reason for the fall in temperature
when we move from Equator towards Pole. As al tude of the surface rises
from sea level the atmosphere becomes rarer and there is fall in
temperature. This is the reason why in Utakmund or Ooty (Tamil Nadu),
which lies in lower la tude, temperature is low and during summer tourists
in large number visit this place. In any place if the temperature rises, the air
pressure becomes low and when the temperature decreases the air pressure
rises. The wind begins to blow from high pressure towards low pressure and
if the wind is coming from water body then it carries sufficient moisture
which causes rainfall but wind coming from land part is dry. Climate is
certainly affected by Sea. Water takes me to get hot and cold. Therefore,
the Coastal areas do not become much cooler during winter and also it does
not become much warmer during summers but the land part quickly
becomes warm and cold. Therefore, the central part of the con nent
becomes extremely cold during winter and extremely warm during summers.
The climate nearer to sea is found to be moderate and the climate away
from the sea is found to be extreme. Cold or warm Oceanic currents affect
those coastal areas through which they pass. High mountains stop the
moisture laden wind that creates rainfall which causes heavy rainfall in
windward parts of the mountains but leeward side of the mountain remains
devoid of rainfall which is called Rain Shadow region. The forest a racts
clouds and prevents from hot sun rays. The type of soil also affects
temperature. Sandy soil or coarse soil becomes warm quickly and increases
the temperature but alluvial soil does not become warm quickly.

The Factors Affec ng the Indian Climate

0
La tude – The Tropic of Cancer (23.5 N) crosses from the centre of India. In
India North of Tropic of Cancer Sub tropical and South of it Tropical climate is
found. Therefore, South India remains Hot and the North India remains
compara vely cool.

Al tude – There is decrease in temperature as the height increases. In the

North of India lies the Himalayan Range which has an average height (Great
Himalaya) of about 6000 Meters. The height of Indian Plains and Coastal
areas is 30 to 150 Meters. As a result the mountainous areas remain cooler
and Plains or Coastal areas remains compara vely warmer. The icy

Climate :: 51
 lkSj fdj.kksa ds lh/k ;k frjNk gksus ij lkSj ÅtkZ dh ek=kk esa varj gks tkrk
gSA lw;Z dh fdj.ksa fuEu v{kka'kksa ij lh/h rFkk mPp v{kka'kksa ij frjNh iM+rh gSA
;gh dkj.k gS fd fo"kqor js•k ls èkzqoksa dh vksj c<+us ij rkieku ?kVrk tkrk gSA
tSls&tSls leqæry ls /jkry dh Å¡pkbZ c<+rh tkrh gS] ok;qe.My fojy gksrk
tkrk gS rFkk rkieku ?kVrk tkrk gSA ;gh dkj.k gS fd fuEu v{kka'k esa fLFkr ÅVh
(rfeyukMq) esa rkieku dkiQh de jgrk gS vkSj xehZ esa dkiQh la[;k esa i;ZVd
;gka vkrs gSaA dgha Hkh rkieku c<+us ij ok;qnkc ?kVrk gS rFkk rkieku ?kVus ij
ok;qnkc c<+rk gSA iou mPp ok;qnkc ls fuEu ok;q nkc dh vksj cgus yxrs gSaA ,sls
esa ;fn ty Hkkx ls iou vkrs gSa rks mlesa i;kZIr ueh gksrh gS ftlls o"kkZ gksrh gS
fdUrq LFkyHkkx ls vkusokys iou 'kq"d gksrs gSaA tyok;q dks leqæ fuf'pr :i ls
çHkkfor djrk gSA ty nsj ls xeZ ,oa nsj ls Ba<k gksrk gSA vr% leqæ rVh; Hkkx
tkM+s esa T;knk Ba<k ugha gksrk vkSj xehZ esa T;knk xeZ Hkh ugha gksrkA fdUrq LFky Hkkx
tYn xeZ ,oa tYn Ba<k gks tkrk gSA vr% egk}hi dk eè; Hkkx tkM+s esa vfr Ba<k
rFkk xehZ esa vfr xeZ gks tkrk gSA leqæ ds utnhd okys HkwHkkx esa le rFkk leqæ ls
nwj ds HkwHkkx esa fo"ke tyok;q ik;h tkrh gSA xeZ ;k Ba<h lkeqfæd ty/kjk,¡ ftl
rVh; {ks=k ls xqtjrh gSa] mls çHkkfor djrh gSA Å¡ps ioZr ok"i;qÙkQ iou dks
jksddj o"kkZ djkrk gSA ftlls iouksfHkeq• Hkkx esa ewlyk/kj ioZrh; o"kkZ gksrh gS
ij ioZr ds ihNs okyk iouksfoeq• Hkkx o"kkZ ls oafpr jg tkrk gSA ftls o`f"V
Nk;k çns'k dgk tkrk gSA ou ckny dks vkdf"kZr djrk gS rFkk lw;Z ds ç•j
fdj.kksa ls cpkrk gSA feêðh ds çdkj Hkh rkieku dks çHkkfor djrs gSaA cyqbZ ;k
dadM+hyh feêðh tYn xeZ gks dj rkieku esa o`f¼ djrs gSa ij fpduh ;k tyks<+
feêðh tYn xeZ ugha gks ikrh gSA
Hkkjrh; tyok;q dks çHkkfor djus okys dkjd
v{kka'k& ddZ js•k (23-5° m0) Hkkjr ds eè; ls xqtjrh gSA Hkkjr esa ddZ
js•k ds mÙkj miks".k rFkk nf{k.k m".k dfVca/h; tyok;q ik;h tkrh gSA vr%
nf{k.k Hkkjr xeZ ,oa mÙkj Hkkjr vis{kkÑr Ba<k jgrk gSA
Å¡pkbZ& Å¡pkbZ c<+us ds lkFk&lkFk rkieku ?kVrk tkrk gSA Hkkjr ds mÙkj esa
fgeky; ioZrekyk fLFkr gS ftldh vkSlr Å¡pkbZ (egku fgeky;) yxHkx 6000
ehú gSA Hkkjr ds rVh; rFkk eSnkuh {ks=k dh Å¡pkbZ 30 ls 150 ehVj gSA iQyr%
ioZrh; {ks=k Ba<k rFkk eSnkuh ;k rVh; {ks=k vis{kkÑr xeZ jgrk gSA

tyok;q %% 51
winds coming from central Asia during winter fail to cross the Himalayas as a
result of which there is not much fall in temperature but in Summers the
Himalayas stops the Monsoon winds and brings good rainfall in India.

Air Pressure and Wind – Air Pressure and direc on of wind has given
dis nctness to Indian Climate. In India the North – Eastern monsoon winds
blow from the Tropic of Cancer region towards the equatorial region. They
blow from sub tropical high pressure belt towards tropical low pressure belt.
In other words, they blow from land towards Sea as a result they do not
cause any rainfall. In summers this situa on gets reversed because the
presence of Sun in the Northern Hemisphere a low pressure belt is created in
Rajasthan Desert area and high pressure belt is created in Tropic of Capricorn
region. Therefore, in summer, winds from the Tropic of Capricorn region of
Southern hemisphere quickly cross the Indian Ocean and begin to reach
India. A er crossing the Equator, according to the Ferrel's law, it turns right
and begins to blow in South - West direc on and this is called South - West
Monsoon. Through this wind there is wide spread rainfall in whole India.

The upper air circula on is dominated by westerly flow in India. Jet

stream is the important component of this flow. Jet streams flow in the
upper por on of atmosphere between 270 and 300 north La tudes.
Therefore, they are known as Sub Tropical Westerly Jet Stream. They shi to
southern fringe of Himalayas from September to March and at mes bring
heavy rainfall in the North and North – Western part of the country in the
form of Western Cyclonic disturbances. During summer, the Sun shines over
Tropic of Cancer. Therefore, the Westerly jet stream shi s towards the
northern fringe of the Himalayas. At this me another Easterly Jet stream
which is called Tropical Easterly Jet Stream blows over Southern India on
0
approximately 14 North La tude during summer (April to August) and brings
rainfall with stormy winds in the coastal areas of Bengal, Odisha, Andhra
Pradesh etc. To bring about this type of condi on, the difference in air
pressure and direc on of wind is a major factor.

Distribu on of Water and Land Mass – The Climate of India has been
affected by the distribu on of Water and land mass. In the coastal areas
there is not much difference of temperature in winter and summer because
the water bodies take me to get warm and cold. The climate remains
moderate there because of less range of temperature. The coastal areas of
south India

Climate :: 52
tkM+s esa eè; ,f'k;k ls vkusokyh ciQhZyh gok,¡ fgeky; dks ikj ugha tk ikrh ftlls ;gk¡
rkieku cgqr T;knk ugha fxj ikrkA ijUrq xehZ esa fgeky; ekWulwuh gokvksa dks jksd dj Hkkjr esa
vPNh o"kkZ djkrh gSA
ok;qnkc ,oa iou& ok;qnkc ,oa iouksa dh fn'kk us Hkkjr dh tyok;q dks fof'k"V cuk
fn;k gSA Hkkjr esa ddZ js•k {ks=k ls fo"kqor js•k {ks=k dh vksj mÙkjh&iwohZ ekWulwu iousa pyrh
gSaA ;s miks".k dfVca/h; mPp nkc isVh ls m".k dfVca/h; fuEunkc vFkkZr~ LFky ls leqæ dh
vksj pyrh gSa] iQyr% buls o"kkZ ugha gksrh gSA xehZ esa ;g fLFkfr myV tkrh gSA D;ksafd lw;Z ds
mÙkjh xksyk¼Z esa gksus ds dkj.k jktLFkku ds e#LFkyh; {ks=k esa fuEu nkc dk dsUæ cu tkrk gS
rFkk edj js•k {ks=k esa mPp nkc jgrk gSA vr% xehZ esa nf{k.kh xksyk¼Z ds edj js•k {ks=k dh
gok;sa rsth ls fgUn egklkxj dks ikj dj Hkkjr esa igq¡pus yxrh gSA fo"kqor js•k dks ikj djus
ds ckn iQsjy ds fu;e ds vuqlkj ;g nkfguh vksj eqM+ tkrh gS rFkk nf{k.k&if'pe ls pyus
yxrh gSA bUgsa nf{k.k&if'pe ekWulwu dgk tkrk gSA bl gok ls iwjs Hkkjr esa O;kid o"kkZ gksrh
gSA
Åijh ok;q ifjlapj.k Hkkjr esa if'peh çokg ls çHkkfor jgrk gSA tsV /kjk,a blh
çokg dk eq[; va'k gSA tsV /kjk,a yxHkx 27° ls 30° mÙkjh v{kka'kksa ds chp ok;qeaMy ds
Åijh Hkkx esa pyrs gSaA vr% bUgsa miks".k dfVca/h; if'peh tsV /kjk,a dgk tkrk gSA ;s
flrEcj ls ekpZ rd fgeky; ds nf{k.k Nksj ij pyk djrs gSa rFkk ns'k ds mÙkj ,oa
mÙkj&if'pe Hkkx esa if'peh pØokrh; fo{kksHk ds :i esa vkdj dHkh&dHkh o"kkZ dh >M+h
yxk nsrh gSaA xehZ ds fnuksa esa lw;Z ddZ js•k ds Åij pedrk gS vr% if'peh tsV /kjk
fgeky; ds mÙkjh Nksj ij f•ld tkrh gSA rc ,d vU; iwohZ tsV /kjk tks m".k dfVca/h;
iwohZ tsV /kjk dgykrk gS] xehZ esa (vçSy ls vxLr) nf{k.k Hkkjr ds Åij yxHkx 14° mÙkjh
v{kka'k ds vkl&ikl cgrh gS rFkk caxky] vksfM'kk] vkU/zçns'k vkfn ds rVh; Hkkx esa
dHkh&dHkh rwiQkuh gok ds lkFk o"kkZ djrh gSA ,slh fLFkr dks cukus esa ok;qnkc esa vUrj rFkk
iou dh fn'kk eq[; dkjd gSA

ty ,oa LFky dk forj.k& Hkkjr dh tyok;q dks ;gk¡ ds ty rFkk LFky ds

forj.k us Hkh çHkkfor fd;k gSA leqæ rVh; {ks=k esa tkM+k rFkk xehZ ds rkieku esa T;knk
vUrj ugha gksrk D;ksafd ty Hkkx nsj ls xeZ ,oa nsj ls Ba<k gksrk gSA ogk¡ rkikUrj de gksus ds
dkj.k tyok;q le cuk jgrk gSA nf{k.k Hkkjr ds rVh; {ks=k

tyok;q %% 52
remains in its effect but as the North India is far distant from the sea, so
there is no sea effect here. As a result there is extreme cold in winter and
extreme warm in summers. The range of temperature is very high here and
so the climate becomes extreme and this is the reason why, in Delhi, warm
clothes in winter and Ice during summers, both are sold in large amount.

EL NINO
El Nino is a Spanish word which means “Child“. In fact El, Nino is a
warm Ocean current that evolves after an interval of three to seven
years on the coasts of Peru and Ecuador. Due to this warm current,
o o
there is sudden rise of water temperature upto 5 to 10 C. When this
current reaches the Eastern Archipelago region a low pressure belt is
created there and because of this some part of South – West
monsoon is attracted towards this low pressure belt as a result of
which in North India the rainfall is less than the average and drought
like condition is created. As the meteorologists say the drought of
,
1987 was due to El Nino effect. On the other hand when this warm
ocean current does not appear in any year, the Monsoon remains
normal in India and there is goon rainfall creating lood like situation
at times. The forecast of Monsoon can be made by studying El nino.
LA NINA
It is also evolved, at times, on the Peru coast. This cold current
increases the air pressure as it reaches the Eastern Archipelago
region. From this high pressure humid air blows in all directions.
Some amount of this reaches India and increases water content in
Monsoon winds that causes more than average rainfall which creates
lood problem in many parts of the country. Because of this,
Australia, South East Asia and China also receive heavy rainfall.
THE INDIAN MONSOON
The word Monsoon has been derived from the Arabic word Mausim
(Season). This word was, at irst, used for those winds which used to blow in
Arabian Sea by the Arabian sailors which used to change their direction with
the change of the season. In India in common language the meaning of

Climate :: 53
blds çHkko esa jgrs gSa ij mÙkj Hkkjr ds leqæ ls nwj gksus ds dkj.k leqæ dk çHkko
ugha iM+rk gSA iQyr% ogk¡ tkM+s esa •wc tkM+k rFkk xehZ esa •wc xehZ iM+rh gSA okf"kZd
rkikUrj cgqr T;knk gksrk gS rFkk tyok;q fo"ke cu tkrh gSA ;gh dkj.k gS fd
fnYyh esa tkM+s esa Åuh diM+s rFkk xehZ esa oiQZ nksuksa dh •wc fcØh gksrh gSA
,y fuuks
,y fuuks Lisfu'k 'kCn gS ftldk vFkZ f'k'kq (Child) gksrk gSA okLro esa] ,y
fuuks ,d xeZ ty/kjk gS] tks nf{k.k vesfjdk ds is: ,oa bDosMksj ns'kksa ds
ç'kkar rVh; Hkkx esa rhu ls lkr o"kZ ds varjky ij mRiUu gksrh gSA bl xeZ
ty/kjk ds dkj.k ty dk rkieku vpkud 5 lsa0 10 lsa0 rd c<+ tkrk gSA
tc ;g /kjk iwohZ }hi lewg {ks=k esa igq¡prh gS rks ogk¡ fuEunkc dk {ks=k cu
tkrk gSA blds dkj.k nf{k.k if'pe ekWulwu iou dk dqN va'k bl fuEu
nkc dh vksj vkdf"kZr gks tkrk gSA ifj.kkeLo:i] mÙkjh Hkkjr esa lkekU; ls
de o"kkZ gksrh gS rFkk lw•s dh leL;k mRiUu gks tkrh gSA 1987 dk lw•k ,y
fuuks ds dkj.k gh iM+k FkkA ,slk ekSle oSKkfudksa dk dguk gSA nwljh vksj]
ftl o"kZ ;g xeZ ty /kjk çdV ugha gksrh ml o"kZ Hkkjr esa ekWulwu lkekU;
jgrk gS rFkk vPNh o"kkZ gksrh gS vkSj dHkh&dHkh ck<+ dk n`'; mRiUu gks
tkrk gSA ,y fuuks ds vè;;u ls ekWulwu dk iwokZuqeku yxk;k tk ldrk gSA

yk fuuk
bldh mRifr Hkh dHkh&dHkh is: rV ij gksrh gSA ;g B.Mh ty/kjk Hkh iwohZ }hi
lewg {ks=k esa igq¡pdj ok;qnkc dks c<+k nsrh gSA bl mPp ok;qnkc ls pkjksa vksj
vkæZ gok,a pyrh gSaA bldh dqN ek=kk Hkkjr igq¡pdj nf{k.k&if'pe ekWulwu gok
esa ty dh ek=kk c<+k nsrh gS ftlls lkekU; ls vf/d o"kkZ gksrh gSA ftlds dkj.k
vusd Hkkxksa esa ck<+ dh leL;k mRiUu gks tkrh gSA blds dkj.k vkLVªsfy;k] nf{k.k
iwoZ ,f'k;k rFkk phu esa Hkh Hkkjh o"kkZ gksrh gSA

Hkkjrh; ekWulwu
vjch 'kCn ekSfle (½rq) ls ekWulwu 'kCn dh mRifr gqbZ gSA bl 'kCn dk
mi;ksx loZçFke vjc ds ukfod vjc lkxj esa pyus okyh mu gokvksa ds fy;s
fd;k djrs Fks] tks ½rq ds cnyrs gh viuh fn'kk Hkh cny ysrs FksA Hkkjr esa
cksy&pky dh

tyok;q %% 53
Monsoon is rainfall. Meaning of good monsoon is good rainfall. In India
the direction of these winds remains in South – West direction for 6
months and for another 6 months it remains in North – East direction.
Therefore, they are called south – west and north – east monsoon
respectively.

During summer when Sun shines vertically near the Tropic of

,Cancer the north – western part of India becomes very warm. As a result

of which there develops a large and intense low pressure belt but due to
inclined sun rays near Tropic of Capricorn, the Thermal effect is less
which from comparison point of view becomes a high pressure belt.
When the air mass from here is attracted towards Indian low pressure
belt and crosses the Equator then due to coriolis force (Ferrell's law) it
turns towards right and blows in North – East direction and reaches
Kerala coast. This wind is known as South – West Monsoon which, in fact,
is an extension of south – eastern circulating winds. They travel
thousands of Kilometers over sea and carry moisture in large quantity.
South – West monsoon reaches Kerala coast by 1st June and by mid July
through Mumbai and Kolkata covers the whole India (Fig. – 4.1). If any
mountain comes on the way of Monsoon wind they rise and get
condensed there to give very heavy rainfall. This is the main reason for
very heavy rainfall on western slope of the Western Ghats (Sahyadri) and
southern slope of the Himalayas. Normally, the windward slope of the
mountains receives heavy rainfall but leeward slope of the mountain falls
in rain shadow area and receives very less rainfall. The eastern portion of
Western Ghats falls in rain shadow area and therefore receives less
rainfall.
In November – December, the Sun shines vertically over Tropic of
Capricorn. As a result of which a low pressure belt develops here. At this
time our country experiences extreme cold conditions which begin to
develop high pressure belt.
The areas which the South – West Monsoon vacates, there the
North – East monsoon takes its effect. As such the duration of North –
East monsoon remains effective from mid November upto mid March. It
brings rainfall at some places of Southern Coastal parts of India. At this
time, there is a shift in westerly wind belt towards south which creates
westerly wind depression and it brings rainfall in the Northern Plains of
India which bene its the Rabbi crop. As a result, the progress of the
South – West Monsoon slowly becomes less.

Climate :: 54
Hkk"kk esa ekWulwu dk vFkZ o"kkZ ls gSA vPNk ekWulwu dk vFkZ vPNh o"kkZ ls gSA Hkkjr esa bu
gokvksa dh fn'kk 6 ekg nf{k.k&if'pe vkSj 6 ekg mÙkj iwoZ jgrh gSA vr% bUgsa Øe'k%
nf{k.k if'pe ekWulwu rFkk mÙkj&iwoZ ekWulwu dgk tkrk gSA

xehZ ds eghus esa tc lw;Z ddZ js•k ds vkl&ikl yEcor pedrk gS rc Hkkjr
dk mÙkjh&if'peh Hkkx vR;f/d xeZ gks tkrk gSA iQyr% ogk¡ ,d o`gn~ rFkk xgu U;wu
ok;qnkc dk {ks=k fodflr gks tkrk gS fdUrq edj js•k ds ikl lw;Z dh frjNh fdj.kksa ds
dkj.k rkih; çHkko de jgrk gSA blls rqyukRed n`f"V ls mPp nkc {ks=k cu tkrk gSA
;gka dh ok;q jkf'k Hkkjr esa fodflr fuEunkc {ks=k dh vksj vkdf"kZr gksdj tc fo"kqor
js•k dks ikj djrh gS rc dksfjvkfyl cy (iQsjsy ds fu;e) ds dkj.k viuh nkfguh
vksj eqM+dj mÙkj&iwoZ fn'kk esa pyrh gqbZ Hkkjr ds dsjy rV ij igq¡prh gSA ;g iou
nf{k.k&if'pe ekWulwu ds uke ls tkuh tkrh gS tks ewyr% nf{k.k iwohZ lUekxhZ iou dk
foLrkj gSA ;s gtkjksa fd0eh0 leqæh ekxZ ls vkus ds dkj.k çpqj tyok"i ykrh gSaA
nf{k.k&if'pe ekWulwu dsjy rV ij 1 twu dks igq¡prk gS vkSj 'kh?kz gh 13 ls 15 twu
rd eqEcbZ ,oa dksydkrk gksrs gq, eè; tqykbZ rd lEiw.kZ Hkkjr ij tkrk gS (fp=k&4-
1)A ekWulwuh gokvksa ds ekxZ esa ;fn dksbZ ioZr vojks/d curk gS rc ogk¡ ;s Åij mB
dj ?kuhHkwr gks tkrs gSa ftlls Hkkjh o"kkZ gksrh gSA if'peh ?kkV (lákfæ) dk if'peh
<ky rFkk fgeky; ds nf{k.kh <yku ij Hkkjh o"kkZ dk ;gh dkj.k gSA lkekU;r% ioZr ds
iou vfHkeq• <ky ij Hkkjh o"kkZ rks gksrh gS fdUrq ioZr dk iou foeq• <ky o`f"V
Nk;k esa iM+ tkrk gS ftlls cgqr de o"kkZ gksrh gSA if'pe ?kkV dk iwohZ Hkkx o`f"V Nk;k
çns'k esa iM+rk gS blfy, de o"kkZ dk {ks=k gSA
uoEcj&fnlEcj esa lw;Z edj js•k {ks=k ij yEcor pedus yxrk gSA iQyr% ogk¡
fuEunkc dk {ks=k mRiUu gks tkrk gSA mlh le; Hkkjr esa dM+kds dh lnhZ iM+rh gSA ftlls
mPp nkc {ks=k cuus yxrk gSA
nf{k.k&if'pe ekWulwu ftu {ks=kksa dks •kyh djrk gS ogk¡ mÙkj&iwohZ ekWulwu mls
vius çHkko esa ys ysrh gSA mÙkj&iwohZ ekWulwu dk dky bl çdkj eè; uoEcj ls eè;
ekpZ rd çHkkoh jgrk gSA blls Hkkjr ds nf{k.kh rVh; Hkkx esa dgha&dgha o"kkZ gksrh gSA
bl vof/ esa iNqok iou dh isVh ds nf{k.k dh vksj f•ld tkus ls iNqok iou fo{kksHk
ds dkj.k Hkkjr ds mÙkjh eSnku esa o"kkZ gksrh gS] tks jch iQlyksa dks ykHk nsrh gSA
ifj.kkeLo:i] vc nf{k.k&if'pe ekWulwu dk vkxs c<+uk /hjs&/hjs de gksus

tyok;q %% 54
 st th
By 1 September it fails to reach Rajasthan Desert and by 15 September
it stops near Delhi, Chandigarh and Srinagar. By 1st October it vacates
th
Mumbai, Bhopal and Lucknow. By 10 October it vacates North India and
th
by 15 November it vacates whole India. This is called ‘Retreating
monsoon’.

NATURE OF MONSOON

Uncertainty is found in the nature of the Monsoon, still following are his

INDIA
Arrival of Monsoon

Fig. 4.1 - Expected dates of Arrival of Monsoon

Climate :: 55
yxrk gSA 1 flrEcj dks ;g jktLFkku e#LFky rd ugha igq¡p ikrk] 15 flrEcj rd
;g p.Mhx<+] fnYyh rFkk Jhuxj rd #d tkrk gSA 1 vDVwcj rd ;g eqEcbZ]
Hkksiky rFkk y•uÅ dks NksM+ nsrk gSA 10 vDVwcj rd ;g mÙkjh Hkkjr dks NksM+ nsrk
gS rFkk 15 uoEcj rd ;g iwjs Hkkjr dks NksM+ nsrk gSA bls ykSVrh ekWulwu dgrs gSaA
ekWulwu dk LoHkko
ekWulwu ds LoHkko esa vfuf'prrk ikbZ tkrh gS fiQj Hkh blds lkekU; LoHkko
fuEufyf•r gSa&

Hkkjr
ekulwu dh okilh
m0

ckaXykns'k

fp=k 4.1&ekWulwu vkxeu dh laHkkfor frfFk

tyok;q %% 55
Fig. 4.1 - Average date of retreating Monsoon

Climate :: 56
 Hkkjr
ekulwu dh okilh
m0

ckaXykns'k

fp=k 4.1&ihNs gVrs ekWulwu dh vkSlr frfFk

tyok;q %% 56
 normal behavior:
1. The rainfall of the South – West monsoon is seasonal which occurs
from June to September.
2. The amount of rainfall decreases as the distance from the Sea
increases. In Kolkata 162.5 cm, in Patna 135 cm, in Prayagraj 100 cm
and in Delhi only 67 cm rainfall occurs.
3. The Monsoon rains are controlled by the Geomorphology.
4. During summer the rainfall is very heavy which increases the water
low and the rate of soil erosion increases. Many areas are affected by
the loods.
5. Monsoon has a signi icant contribution in the agriculture dominated
economy of India.
6. The distribution of Monsoon rainfall, in India, is also uneven which on
the average ranges from 12 cm to 1180 cm.
7. The arrival of Monsoon at times is earlier and at times it is very late; at
times it brings very heavy and at times scanty rainfall. As a result the
crops are effected causing disasters like drought and loods.
RAINFALL AND ITS TYPES
India receives both summer and winter rainfall.

THE SUMMER RAINFALL: - In India the summer rainfall occurs through

south – west Monsoon winds. Because of the triangular shape of the
south India the south – west monsoon progresses ahead after getting
divided into two branches. One branch is Arabian Sea branch which
brings heavy rainfall on the western coastal parts and western slope of
the Western Ghats. The second branch is Bay of Bengal branch. Andaman
and Nicobar Islands receive very heavy rainfall through this branch.
Moving further the monsoon reaches between Poorvanchal and
Meghalaya and turns towards west andbrings rainfall to the Eastern India
and Ganga – Brahmaputra Plains. As it moves towards west, due to
continuous rainfall, the amount of moisture keeps on decreasing. As a
result the amount of rainfall keeps on decreasing from east to west. In
Eastern India it is more than 250 cm (in Mawsynram 1187 cm) whereas
in western part of Rajasthan the total rainfall is less than 25 cm.

THE WINTER RAINFALL

India has limited area of winter rainfall. The Eastern Coastal parts
of India, Tamil Nadu and Kerala receive rainfall through retreating
Monsoon and North – East Monsoon.

Climate :: 57
 1- nf{k.k&if'pe ekWulwu dh o"kkZ ekSleh gS tks twu ls flrEcj rd gksrh
gSA
2- leqæ ls nwjh c<+us ij o"kkZ dh ek=kk ?kVrh gSA dksydkrk esa 162.5 lsa-eh-]
iVuk esa 135 lsa-eh-] iz;kxjkt esa 100 lsa-eh- rFkk fnYyh esa dsoy 67 lsa-
eh- o"kkZ gksrh gSA
3- ekWulwuh o"kkZ Hkw&vkÑfr }kjk fu;af=kr gksrh gSA
4- xehZ esa o"kkZ ewlyk/kj gksrh gS ftlls ikuh dk cgko c<+ tkrk gS vkSj e`nk
vijnu dh xfr rst gks tkrh gSA dbZ {ks=k ck<+ ds pisV esa vk tkrs gSaA
5- Hkkjr dh Ñf"k ç/ku vFkZO;oLFkk esa ekWulwu dk egRoiw.kZ ;ksxnku gSA
6- ekWulwuh o"kkZ dk Hkkjr esa forj.k Hkh vleku gS tks vkSlr 12 ls-eh- ls
1180 lsa-eh- ds chp ik;k tkrk gSA
7- ekWulwu dHkh igys vkSj dHkh nsj ls vkrh gS] dHkh vfro`f"V ,oa dHkh
vuko`f"V ykrh gSA iQyr% iQlysa çHkkfor gksrh gS rFkk ck<+ ,oa lw•k tSlh
vkink,¡ ykrh gSaA
o"kkZ ,oa mlds çdkj
Hkkjr esa xzh"edkyhu vkSj 'khrdkyhu nksuksa o"kkZ gksrh gSA
xzh"edkyhu o"kkZ % Hkkjr esa xzh"edkyhu o"kkZ nf{k.k if'pe ekWulwu gok ls gksrh
gSA nf{k.k Hkkjr f=kHkqtkdkj gksus ds dkj.k nf{k.k&if'pe ekWulwu gok nks 'kk•kvksa esa
c¡Vdj vkxs c<+rh gSA ,d 'kk•k vjc lkxj dh 'kk•k gS ftlls Hkkjr ds if'peh rVh;
Hkkx rFkk if'peh ?kkV ds if'peh <ky ij Hkkjh o"kkZ gksrh gSA nwljh 'kk•k caxky dh
•kM+h 'kk•k gSA bl 'kk•k ls v.Meku&fudksckj }hiksa esa Hkkjh o"kkZ gksrh gSA vkxs c<+us ij
ekWulwu iwokZapy ,oa es?kky; ds chp igq¡pdj if'pe dh vksj eqM+ tkrh gS rFkk iwokZsÙkj
Hkkjr ,oa xaxk&czãiq=k ds eSnku esa o"kkZ djrh gSA T;ksa&T;ksa ;g if'pe dh vksj c<+rh gS]
o"kkZ gksus ds dkj.k ueh dh ek=kk ?kVus yxrh gSA iQyLo:i] iwjc ls if'pe o"kkZ dh ek=kk
de gksrh tkrh gSA iwokZsÙkj Hkkjr esa 250 ls-eh- ls vf/d (ekflujke esa 1187 lsa-eh-)
o"kkZ gksrh gS ogha jktLFkku ds if'peh Hkkx esa 25 lsa-eh- ls Hkh de o"kkZ gksrh gSA
'khrdkyhu o"kkZ % Hkkjr esa 'khrdkyhu o"kkZ ds lhfer {ks=k gSA ykSVrh ekWulwu
rFkk mÙkjh iwohZ ekWulwu ls Hkkjr ds iwohZ rVh; Hkkx] rfeyukMq rFkk dsjy esa o"kkZ gksrh

tyok;q %% 57
 The land breeze while passing through Bay of Bengal gathers moisture and
causes this rainfall.
In winter season when the wind belts shift towards south then the
western part of India comes under the effect of the westerly wind. This wind
entering India from south – west direction brings rainfall in Rajasthan,
Punjab, Haryana, Uttar Pradesh and Bihar. This is due to the western
Disturbance. This Rainfall keeps on decreasing from west to east.
Whereas the summer rainfall is useful to Kharif crops similarly the
winter rainfall is useful to Rabbi Crops.
SEASONS
In India total six seasons are found which is a remote possibility in any
other country of the world – they are Basant, Grishm, Versha, Sharad,
Hemant and Shishir but from the Geographical point of view and according to
Metrological department , In India there are mainly four seasons:
1. Winter Season – From mid November to mid March.
2. Summer Season – From mid March to mid June.
3. Rainy Season – From mid June to mid September and
4. Retreating monsoon season – From mid September to mid November
THE WINTER SEASON
During winter season, the Sun remains in Southern hemisphere,
therefore the Northern Hemisphere remains cold. In January the average
temperature of South and Central India ranges from 210c to 270c and in
0 0
the Ganga plains it ranges between 12 & 18 c (Fig. 4.3). At this time the
average temperature found at Chennai is 250c, Kolkata 200c, Patna 170c
and Delhi 140c. The maximum cold remains in North-Western parts and
so a high pressure area develops there. At this time the breeze blows
from land towards sea which is dry and does not cause rainfall.
The sky remains clean and due to cloudless sky the thermal
radiation is very quick during night and because of this there is fall in
temperature. Jammu and Kashmir, Himachal Pradesh

Climate :: 58
 gSA LFky ls pyus okyh ;g gok tc caxky dh •kM+h ls gksdj xqtjrh gS rks ueh
/kj.k dj ysrh gS ftlls ;g o"kkZ gksrh gSA
'khr ½rq esa tc iou isfV;k¡ nf{k.k dh vksj f•ld tkrh gS rks Hkkjr dk
if'peksÙkj Hkkx iNqvk iou ds çHkko esa vk tkrk gSA nf{k.k if'pe ls pyus
okyh ;g gok Hkkjr esa ços'k dj jktLFkku] iatkc] gfj;k.kk] mÙkj&çns'k rFkk
fcgkj esa o"kkZ djrh gSA ;g if'peh fo{kksHk ds dkj.k gksrk gSA o"kkZ if'pe ls iwjc
dh vksj ?kVrh tkrh gSA
xzh"edkyhu o"kkZ tgk¡ •jhiQ iQlyksa dks ykHk igq¡pkrh gS ogha 'khrdkyhu
o"kkZ jch iQlyksa ds fy, mi;ksxh gSA
½rq,¡
Hkkjr ns'k esa dqy N% ½rq,¡ ik;h tkrh gSa tks vU; fdlh ns'k esa nqyZHk gSA ;s
½rq,¡ gSa&olar] xzh"e] o"kkZ] 'kjn] gsear ,oa f'kf'kjA fdUrq HkkSxksfyd n`f"V ls rFkk
ekSle foHkkx ds vuqlkj Hkkjr esa eq[;r% fuEukafdr pkj ½rq,¡ gh gSa%
1- 'khr ½rq&eè; uoEcj ls eè; ekpZ rdA
2- xzh"e ½rq&eè; ekpZ ls eè; twu rd A
3- o"kkZ ½rq&eè; twu ls eè; flrEcj rd rFkk
4- ykSVrh ekWulwu ½rq eè; flrEcj ls eè; uoEcj rd
'khr ½rq
'khr ½rq esa lw;Z nf{k.kh xksyk¼Z esa gksrk gSA vr% mÙkjh xksyk¼Z Ba<k jgrk
gSA tuojh esa nf{k.k rFkk eè; Hkkjr esa vkSlr rkieku 21° ls 27° lsaVhxzsM ds chp
vkSj xaxk ds eSnkuh Hkkx esa 12° ls 18° lsaú ds chp ik;k tkrk gSA (fp=k 4.3) bl
le; psUubZ dk vkSlr rkieku 25° lsa0] dksydkrk dk 20° lsaú] iVuk dk 17°
lsa0 rFkk fnYyh dk 14° lsa0 jgrk gSA lcls vf/d Ba<d mÙkj&if'peh Hkkx esa
jgrh gSA vr% ogk¡ ,d mPp ok;q nkc {ks=k cu tkrk gSA bl le; gok,a LFky ls
leqæ dh vksj cgrh gS tks 'kq"d gksrh gS rFkk o"kkZ ugha djrhA
vkdk'k LoPN jgrk gSA ckny jfgr vkdk'k ds dkj.k jkr esa rki
fofdj.k rsth ls gks tkrh gS ftlls ikjk uhps fxj tkrk gSA fgeky; {ks=k ds
yík[k] tEew ,oa d'ehj] fgekpy çns'k

tyok;q %% 58
 Fig. 4.3 – Atmospheric Condition over Indian Sub – Continent in the month of January.

Fig. 4.4 – Atmospheric Condition over Indian Sub – Continent in the month of June.
experiences snowfall at this time. In this season two areas of India
experience rainfall. They are North – Western portion and South –
Eastern Coastal parts. North – Western India experiences cyclonic rainfall
which reaches India from Eastern Mediterranean Sea through Iraq, Iran
and Pakistan from December to March. The total rainfall is only up to 3 to
6 cm but

Climate :: 59
 fp=k 4.3&Hkkjrh; miegk}hi esa tuojh eghus ds nkSjku ekSle dh fLFkfr

fp=k 4.4&Hkkjrh; miegk}hi esa twu eghus ds nkSjku ekSle dh fLFkfr

vkSj mÙkjk•.M esa bu fnuksa fgeikr gksrk gSA bl ½rq esa Hkkjr ds nks {ks=kksa esa o"kkZ
gksrh gS&,d mÙkjh if'peh Hkkx rFkk nwljk nf{k.kiwohZ rVh; Hkkx esaA mÙkj if'pe Hkkjr
esa pØokrh; o"kkZ gksrh gS tks fnlEcj ls ekpZ rd iwohZ Hkweè; lkxj ls bjkd] bZjku rFkk
ikfdLrku ds jkLrs Hkkjr igq¡prh gSaA ;g o"kkZ ek=k 3 ls 6 lsaVhehVj gh gksrh gS ij

tyok;q %% 59
it is highly useful for Rabbi Crops. The North – Eastern dry winds, in
January February, pass through the Bay of Bengal and absorb moisture
and bring rainfall in the South – Eastern parts (Tamil Nadu) of India. This
rainfall is useful for Paddy cultivation in winter season.

THE SUMMER SEASON

As the sun rays begin to become vertical towards north, heat begins
to rise in India. By June the Sun becomes vertical over Tropic of Cancer as
a result of which extreme hot condition grips India. In South India due to
the height of the plateau and nearness from the Sea the temperature
remains low but in North India average temperature in the month of May
0 0
remains more than 38 c. The Day temperature rises up to 40 c (Fig.
4.4).The wind becomes very dry. The sky becomes totally cloudless. The
vegetation, Ponds, Wells, etc. all becomes dry. The rivers of South India
remains only like a line of water. Generally, the North India remains
cooler in winters and hotter in summers in comparison to South India.
Thiruvanthapuram has only 2.80c as annual range of temperature where
as Delhi's annual range of temperature rises up to 300c. The wind comes
from Arabian Sea in the South – Western coast of India which brings
rainfall but weather in other parts of the country remains dry. At this
time the westerly winds that blow in Northern India are very hot and dry.
They are called 'Loo'. During this time dusty storm blows in Bihar and
west Bengal. In west Bengal it is called 'Norwester' or 'Kaal
Baisakhi'.Generally this wind strikes round about 3 in the afternoon and
brings some rains with them. This rainfall is highly useful for the Tea crop
of Assam but it causes huge damage to the Mango crop. As such, this
storm is called 'Mango showers' in Karnataka.

THE RAINY SEASON

By the beginning of June the summer heat rises. Most of the animals
take shelter under tree to escape from the scorching heat but by mid June
there is sudden change in the weather conditions. Stiff wind begins to
blow in the South – West direction. The clouds ill the sky and heavy
rainfall begins to occur with thunderstorm. This is also known as
'Monsoon Burst'. By irst week of July, Monsoon covers the whole country
and brings heavy rainfall at number of places. In fact,

Climate :: 60
jch iQlyksa ds fy, dkiQh ykHknk;d gksrh gSA tuojh&iQjojh esa mÙkjh&iwohZ 'kq"d
gok;sa caxky dh •kM+h ls xqtjrh gqbZ tyok"i xzg.k dj Hkkjr ds nf{k.k iwohZ Hkkx
esa (rfeyukMq) o"kkZ djrh gSA bl o"kkZ ls ogk¡ tkM+s esa pkoy dh Ñf"k gksrh gSA
xzh"e ½rq
tSls&tSls lw;Z dh fdj.ksa mÙkj dh vksj yEcor~ gksrs tkrh gS] Hkkjr esa xehZ
c<+rh tkrh gSA twu rd lw;Z ddZ js•k ds Åij yEcor~ gks tkrh gS ftlls Hkkjr esa
çpaM xehZ iM+us yxrh gSaA nf{k.k Hkkjr ds iBkjksa dh Å¡pkbZ rFkk leqæ dh fudVrk
ds dkj.k rkieku de jgrk gS fdUrq mÙkj Hkkjr esa vkSlr rkieku ebZ esa 38° lsa0
ls vf/d jgrk gSA fnu dk rkieku 40° lsa0 rd pyk tkrk gS (fp=k&4.4)A gok
vR;ar 'kq"d gks tkrh gSA vkdk'k esa cknyksa dk ukeksfu'kku ugha jgrkA ouLifr]
rkykc] dqvk¡ vkfn lw• tkrs gSaA nf{k.kh Hkkjr dh vf/drj ufn;k¡ ty dh ,d
js•k ek=k jg tkrh gSaA lkekU;r% mÙkj Hkkjr] nf{k.k Hkkjr dh vis{kk tkM+s esa T;knk
Ba<k rFkk xehZ esa T;knk xeZ jgrk gSA fr:ouariqje dk okf"kZd rkikUrj dsoy 2.8°
lsaú gS tcfd fnYyh dk rkikUrj 30° lsa0 gks tkrk gSA
Hkkjr ds nf{k.k if'pe rVh; Hkkx esa gok vjc lkxj dh vksj ls vkrh gS
ftlls o"kkZ gksrh gS fdUrq ns'k ds vU; Hkkxksa dk ekSle 'kq"d jgrk gSA bl le;
mÙkj Hkkjr esa pyus okyh iNqvk gok vR;ar xeZ ,oa 'kq"d gksrh gSA ftls yw dgrs
gSaA blh le; fcgkj rFkk if'pe caxky ds vkl&ikl /wy Hkjh vk¡/h pyrh gSA
if'pe caxky esa bls ukWjosLVj ;k dky oS'kk•h dgk tkrk gSA ;s çk;% 'kke ds 3
cts ds vkl&ikl vkrh gS rFkk FkksM+h o"kkZ Hkh djrh gSA bl o"kkZ ls vle ds pk;
dh iQly dks dkiQh ykHk feyrk gSA blls vke dh iQly dks dkiQh uqdlku
igq¡prk gSA vr% bu vkaf/;ksa dks dukZVd esa ^^vke dh ckSNkj** dgk tkrk gSA
o"kkZ ½rq
ns'k esa twu ds çkjEHk rd xehZ c<+us yxrh gSA vf/drj tho&tUrq rki ls
=kLr gksdj ?kjksa esa ;k isM+ksa ds uhps 'kj.k ys ysrs gSaA fdUrq vk/s twu ls ekSle esa
vpkud cnyko vkus yxrk gSA rsth ls gok nf{k.k if'pe ls vkus yxrh gSA
vkdk'k cknyksa ls vkPNkfnr gks tkrk gS rFkk xtZu&rtZu ds lkFk Hkkjh o"kkZ gksus
yxrh gSA bls gh ekWulwu dk iQVuk (Monsoon Burst) dgk tkrk gSA tqykbZ ds
çFke lIrkg rd ekWulwu iwjs Hkkjr esa O;kIr gksdj txg&txg ewlyk/kj o"kkZ 'kq:
dj nsrh gSA vly esa

tyok;q %% 60
 the South – East trade winds cross the Equator and in accordance with
the Ferrel's law they turn towards right and they change into South –
st
West monsoon and strike Kerala coast by 1 June bring rainfall in this
area.
Because of the triangular shape of southern peninsula of India the
monsoon winds are divided into two branches. One branch is Arabian Sea
branch and the other one is Bay of Bengal branch. Rainfall occurs in
North India through Bay of Bengal branch and South – West part receives
rainfall from Arabian Sea branch. The amount and distribution of rainfall
is affected by the Geomorphology and relief of a place. The Arabian Sea
branch rises along the slopes of Western Ghats (Sahyadris) and brings
very heavy rainfall in the western parts but as they cross over the
Mountain, on the leeward side, the rainfall is less because winds, while
climbing down, becomes warm and their moisture retaining capacity
increases.

Fig. 4.5 - Seasonal Rainfall (June - September)

Climate :: 61
nf{k.kh&iwohZ lUekxhZ iou Hkweè;js•k dks ikj dj iQsjsy ds fu;e ds vuqlkj
viuh nkfguh vksj eqM+ tkrh gS rFkk nf{k.k if'pe ekWulwu cudj 1 twu rd
dsjy rV ij igq¡p dj o"kkZ 'kq: dj nsrh gSA
ekWulwuh gok,¡ Hkkjr ds nf{k.kh çk;}hi ds f=kHkqtkdkj gksus ds dkj.k nks
'kk•kvksa esa caV tkrh gSA igyk vjclkxj 'kk•k rFkk nwljk caxky dh •kM+h
'kk•kA mÙkj Hkkjr dh o"kkZ caxky dh •kM+h 'kk•k ls gksrh gS rFkk nf{k.k if'pe
Hkkx esa vjc lkxj 'kk•k lsA o"kkZ dh ek=kk ,oa forj.k ogk¡ dh LFkykÑfr ,oa
mPpkopu (Relief) ls çHkkfor gksrh gSA vjc lkxj 'kk•k if'pe ?kkV (lákfæ)
dh <ky ds lgkjs Åij mBdj if'peh Hkkx esa Hkkjh o"kkZ djrh gSA tc ;s igkM+
dks ikj dj tkrh gS] rc blds foijhr <ky ij de o"kkZ djrh gSa D;ksafd <ky ds
lgkjs uhps mrjus ls gok xeZ gks tkrh gS rFkk mlesa ueh /kj.k {kerk c<+ tkrh gSA

fp=k 4-5 & ekSleh o"kkZ (twu&flracj)

tyok;q %% 61
 INDIA
Annual Rainfall

N
Pakistan China
(Tibet)

Ne
pa
l Bhutan

Bangladesh
Hkk j r
cancer
Tropic of

Myanmar
Ara

Bay of Bengal
bia
ns

o"kkZ ls0eh0 esa

ea

Above 400
200 - 400
100 - 200
60 - 100
40 - 60
20 - 40
0 - 20

Andman & Nicobar Islands

y{k}hi
Lakshdweep (India)
(India)
(Hkkjr)
0 200 400 600 km
Sr
Jilah nyadk

INDIAN OCEAN
ka

Fig.4.6 – Annual Rainfall

Climate :: 62
 ckaXykns'k

fp=k 4.6 & okf"kZd o"kkZ

tyok;q %% 62
 The Bay of Bengal Monsoon branch, while advancing towards North,
strikes with the Poovanchal and Garo, Khasi and Jaiantia Mountains after
reaching Assam – Meghalaya and brings very heavy rainfall in Meghalaya
and Assam Valley.
These winds start advancing towards low pressure belt of North-
West India and as they advance towards west the amount of rainfall
begins to become less. From June to September in Kolkata 118 cm, in
Patna 100 cm, in Allahabad 90 cm and in Delhi 55 cm of rainfall is
recorded. As we move away from Himalayas towards south the amount of
rainfall begins to become less. In Nainital 202 cm, Bareilly 90 cm and
Agra 58 cm of rainfall is received. The maximum rainfall occurs in Assam
and Meghalaya Hills. Here in Cherrapunji and Mawsynram, from June to
September 823 cm (Fig. 4.5) rainfall is received whereas the annual
rainfall is 1187 cm (Fig. 4.6). The winds of Bay of Bengal branch
completely dry out before reaching low pressure belt of North – West.
The Arabian Sea branch after reaching there, begins to advance further
moving parallel to the Aravallis and so in both the cases this area remains
dry. This is the reason why the western part of Rajasthan has become a
desert. In India 85 percent of the rainfall occurs through South – West
monsoon (Fig. 4.5). The farmers sow seeds in their ields expecting good
rainfall but at times due to uncertainty of the Monsoons their crops get
damaged and at times very good crop is received. Therefore, it is said that
“Indian Agriculture is gambling with Monsoon’.

During rainy season the temperature remains little lower than the
dry summer season. After irst rainfall the temperature becomes low. In
Patna, the average temperature in May is 350c, in June 320c and in July
0
temperature comes down to 30 c. The dry vegetation becomes green
during rainy season. Widespread greenery can be seen everywhere.
Rivers, Ponds get illed up with water and farmers began their
agriculture work.

RETREATING MONSOON SEASON

In the end of September with the apparent movement of the Sun
towards south, the low pressure trough over the North West parts ends
and it shifts towards south. As a result the South West monsoon
weakens. In September Monsoon withdraws from Rajasthan, Gujrat, west
Gangetic plains and central India. In October it is located at North of Bay
of Bengal. By November

Climate :: 63
caxky dh •kM+h 'kk•k dk ekWulwu mÙkj dh vksj c<+rs gq, vle&es?kky; esa igq¡p
dj iwokZapy rFkk xkjks] •klh o t;afr;k igkM+ ls Vdjkdj es?kky; rFkk vle
dh ?kkVh esa Hkkjh o"kkZ djrh gSA
;s gok,a ns'k ds mÙkj if'pe esa fLFkr fuEu nkc {ks=k dh vksj c<+us yxrh gS rFkk
tSls&tSls ;s if'pe dh vksj tkrh gS o"kkZ dh ek=kk de gksus yxrh gSA twu ls
flrEcj ds chp dksydkrk esa 118 lsa-eh-] iVuk esa 100 lsa-eh-] iz;kxjkt esa 90 lsa-
eh- rFkk fnYyh esa 55 lsa-eh- o"kkZ gksrh gSA tSls&tSls fgeky; ls nwj nf{k.k esa c<+rs
gSa o"kkZ dh ek=kk Hkh ?kVus yxrh gSA uSuhrky esa 202 lsa-eh-] cjsyh esa 90 lsa-eh- rFkk
vkxjk esa 58 lsa-eh- o"kkZ gksrh gSA lcls T;knk o"kkZ vle rFkk es?kky; dh igkfM+;ksa
esa gksrh gSA ;gha psjkiwath rFkk ekWflujke gS tgk¡ twu ls flrEcj rd 823 lsa-eh-
(fp=k 4.5) rFkk okf"kZd o"kkZ 1187 lsa-eh- (fp=k 4.6) gksrh gSA caxky dh •kM+h
'kk•k dh gok,a mÙkj&if'pe ds fuEure nkc okys {ks=k esa igq¡pus ds igys gh lw•
tkrh gSA vjc lkxj 'kk•k dh gok,a Hkh ogka tkdj vjkoyh ds lekukUrj cgrs
gq, vkxs c<+ tkrh gS rFkk nksuksa gkyr esa og {ks=k lw•k jg tkrk gSA ;gh dkj.k gS
fd jktLFkku dk if'peh Hkkx ,d e#LFky cu x;k gSA Hkkjr esa vf/drj o"kkZ
(85») nf{k.k&if'pe ekWulwu ls gksrh gS (fp=k&4.5)A vPNh o"kkZ dh çR;k'kk esa
;gk¡ ds fdlku •srksa esa cht cks nsrs gSa ij ekWulwu ds vfuf'pr gksus ds dkj.k
dHkh iQly ekjh tkrh gS rks dHkh cgqr vPNh iQly gksrh gSA vr% dgk tkrk gS
fd Hkkjrh; Ñf"k ekWulwu ds lkFk tqvk gSA
o"kkZ ½rq esa vkSlr rkieku 'kq"d xzh"e ½rq ls FkksM+k de jgrk gSA igyh
o"kkZ ds ckn rkieku de gks tkrk gSA iVuk esa ebZ dk vkSlr rkieku 35° lsa0] twu
dk rkieku 32° lsa0 rFkk tqykbZ dk rkieku ?kVdj 30° lsa0 pyk vkrk gSA o"kkZ
½rq esa 'kq"d ouLifr ygygk mBrh gSA pkjksa rjiQ gfj;kyh Nk tkrh gSA unh]
rkykc ikuh ls Hkj tkrs gSa rFkk Ñ"kd •srh dk dke çkjEHk dj nsrs gSaA
ykSVrs ekWulwu dk ekSle
flrEcj ds var esa lw;Z ds nf{k.kk;u gksus ls mÙkjh&if'peh Hkkx dk
fuEunkc lekIr gks dj nf{k.k esa f•ld tkrk gSA iQyr% nf{k.k&if'pe ekWulwu
detksj iM+us yxrk gSA flrEcj esa ekWulwu jktLFkku] xqtjkr] if'pe xaxk ds
eSnku rFkk eè; Hkkjr ls ykSV tkrk gSA vDVwcj esa ;g caxky dh •kM+h ds mÙkj esa
fLFkr gks tkrk gSA uoEcj esa

tyok;q %% 63
it advances only up to Tamil Nadu and Karnataka and by mid November
the monsoon totally withdraws from whole India. This is called the
retreat of the Monsoon. At this time there is fall in temperature in India.
Because the wind blows from the land the weather becomes dry, but at
this time on the coastal areas of peninsular India good amount of rainfall
is received through North East monsoon.

EFFECT ON HUMAN LIFE

Monsoon is synonym to Indian climate. Form North to South and
from East to West, the Indian farmers await eagerly for the arrival of the
Monsoon. It affects the economy system of the country. The regional
diversity of Monsoon Climate helps in the cultivation of different crops.
The arrival of Monsoon on time or its late arrival or its early departure or
its absence for longer period of time etc. affects the life of the people of
whole India. The distribution of Monsoon rainfall has been affecting the
food habits, clothing and habitat of the people of India. The devastating
loods and drought brought by Monsoon affect lakhs of people every year.
The fast current caused by rains of Monsoon has given birth to the
problem of soil erosion. The Mountainous regions are affected by
landslides due to heavy rain. Thus, it can be said that Indian Monsoon
Climate is gift on one hand and curse on the other.

EXERCISE QUESTIONS
1. Objective Questions
(i) What is the reason of rainfall in winter in the coastal areas of Tamil Nadu?
(a) South – West Monsoon
(b) North – East Monsoon
(c) Temperate Cyclones
(d) Local wind low
(ii) Which fact is wrong in reference to South India?
(a) Daily range of temperature is less.
(b) Annual range of temperature is less.

Climate :: 64
;g dukZVd ,oa rfeyukMq rd gh c<+ ikrk gS rFkk uoEcj ds eè; rd ekWulwu iwjs
Hkkjr ls ykSV tkrk gSA bls gh ekWulwu dk fuorZu ;k ykSVuk dgk tkrk gSA bl le;
Hkkjr esa rkieku fxjus yxrk gSA LFky ls pyus okyh gok ds dkj.k ekSle 'kq"d
gksus yxrk gSA fdUrq bl le; çk;}hi ds iwohZ rV ij mÙkjh&iwohZ ekWulwu ls vPNh
o"kkZ gksrh gSA
ekuo thou ij çHkko
Hkkjrh; tyok;q ekWulwu dk ,d i;kZ; cu x;k gSA mÙkj ls nf{k.k rFkk iwoZ
ls if'pe rd ds Hkkjrh; Ñ"kd ekWulwu dk cslczh ls bartkj djrs gSaA ;g ns'k dh
vFkZO;oLFkk dks çHkkfor djrk gSA ekWulwuh tyok;q dh {ks=kh; fofHkUurk,a ukuk
çdkj dh iQlyksa dks mxkus esa lgk;rk djrh gSaA ekWulwu dk le; ij vkuk ;k nsj
ls vkuk ;k tYn pys tkuk ;k ,d yEch vof/ ds fy, xk;c gks tkuk vkfn
lEiw.kZ Hkkjrh; tuthou dks çHkkfor djrk gSA ekWulwuh o"kkZ dk forj.k ns'k eas
yksxksa ds •ku&iku] oL=k ,oa vkokl vkfn dks çHkkfor djrk jgk gSA blls dkj.k
fouk'kdkjh ck<+ ,oa lw•k ds çHkko ls çfro"kZ yk•ksa yksx çHkkfor gksrs gSaA
ekWulwu ls gksus okyh o"kkZ dh rst /kj us e`nk vijnu dh leL;k dks mRiUu fd;k
gSA ioZrh; {ks=k vf/d o"kkZ vkSj HkwL•yu ls çHkkfor jgrk gSA vr% dg ldrs gSa
fd Hkkjrh; ekWulwuh tyok;q ,d vksj ojnku gS rks nwljh vksj vfHk'kki Hkh gSA
vH;kl iz'u
(1) oLrqfu"B ç'u%
(i) tkM+s esa rfeyukMq ds rVh; Hkkxksa esa o"kkZ dk D;k dkj.k gS \
(d) nf{k.k&if'peh ekWulwu
(•) mÙkj&iwohZ ekWulwu
(x) 'khrks".k dfVca/h; pØokr
(?k) LFkkuh; ok;q ifjlapj.k
(ii) nf{k.k Hkkjr ds lanHkZ esa dkSu&lk rF; xyr gS \
(d) nSfud rkikarj de gksrk gS
(•) okf"kZd rkikarj de gksrk gS

tyok;q %% 64
 (c) Range of temperature remains high for whole year.
(d) Extreme climate is found.
(iii) When the Sun shines vertically over the Tropic of Cancer, then what is its
effect?
(a) High pressure exists in North – West India.
(b) Low pressure exists in North – West India.
(c) No change occurs in temperature and air pressure in North – West
India.
(d) Monsoon begins to retreat from North – West India.
(iv) In which place of the World maximum rainfall occurs?
(a) Silchar
(b) Cherrapunjee
(c) Mawsynram
(d) Guwahati
(v) What name is given to dusty storm blowing in west Bengal in the month of
May?
(a) Loo
(b) Trade wind
(c) Kaal Baisakhi
(d) None of these
(vi) When does the South – West Monsoon arrive in India?
(a) 1stst May
(b) 1st June
(c) 1st July
(d) 1 August
(vii) Which is the coolest place in winter?
(a) Gulmarg
(b) Pahalgam
(c) Khilanmarg
(d) Jammu
(viii) What is the reason for winter rainfall in north – West India?
(a) North – East Monsoon
(b) South – West Monsoon
(c) Western Disturbance
(d) Tropical cyclone

Climate :: 65
 (x) rkikarj o"kZ Hkj vf/d jgrk gS
(?k) fo"ke tyok;q ik;h tkrh gS
(iii) tc lw;Z ddZ js•k ij lh/k pedrk gS] mldk D;k çHkko gksrk gS \
(d) mÙkjh if'peh Hkkjr esa mPp ok;qnkc jgrk gS
(•) mÙkjh if'peh Hkkjr esa fuEuok;qnkc jgrk gS
(x) mÙkjh if'peh Hkkjr esa rkieku ,oa ok;qnkc esa dksbZ ifjorZu ugha
gksrk gS
(?k) mÙkjh&if'peh Hkkjr ls ekWulwu ykSVus yxrk gS
(iv) fo'o esa lcls vf/d o"kkZ fdl LFkku ij gksrh gS \
(d) flypj (•) psjkiw¡th
(x) ekuflujke (?k) xqokgkVh
(v) ebZ eghus esa if'pe caxky esa pyus okyh /wy Hkjh vk¡/h dks D;k dgrs gSa\
(d) yw (•) O;kikfjd iou
(x) dky oS'kk•h (?k) buesa ls dksbZ ugha
(vi) Hkkjr esa nf{k.k&if'pe ekWulwu dk vkxeu dc ls gksrk gS \
(d) 1 ebZ ls (•) 1 twu ls
(x) 1 tqykbZ ls (?k) 1 vxLr ls
(vii) tkM+s esa lcls T;knk Ba<k buesa dgka iM+rk gS \
(d) xqyexZ (•) igyxk¡o
(x) f•yuexZ (?k) tEew
(viii) mÙkj&if'peh Hkkjr esa 'khrdkyhu o"kkZ dk D;k dkj.k gS \
(d) mÙkj&iwohZ ekWulwu
(•) nf{k.k&if'peh ekWulwu
(x) if'peh fo{kksHk
(?k) m".kdfVca/h; pØokr

tyok;q %% 65
(ix) Which local storm of summer season is useful for Coffee cultivation?
(a) Mango shower
(b) Shower of Flowers
(c) Kaal Baisakhi
(d) Loo
2. Fill in the blanks selecting right word from the bracket ?
(A) The temperature of Chennai is ………………….. from Kolkata. (Less/More)
(B) The rainfall in North India is……………. towards west in comparison to East.
(More/Less)
(C) The word Monsoon was at irst used by………… sailors. (Arab/Indian)
(D) Western part of Western Ghats receives……………. rainfall.(Less/More)
(E) …………. side of Mountain is called rain shadow area.(Windward/Leeward)
3. Give Geographical reasons of the following –
(A) Western Rajasthan is a desert.
(B) In Tamil Nadu rainfall occurs in winter.
(C) Indian agriculture is a gamble with Monsoon.
(D) Mawsynram receives highest rainfall in the world.
(E) The temperature in Ooty remains low throughout the year.
SHORT ANSWER QUESTIONS
4. Answer Following questions.
(a) Which places of India does receives winter rainfall ?
(b) What is Ferrel's law?
(c) What is Jet stream?

Climate :: 66
(ix) xzh"e ½rq dk dkSu LFkkuh; rwiQku gS tks dgok dh •srh ds fy, mi;ksxh
gksrk gS\
(d) vkez o"kkZ (•) iQwyksa okyh ckSNkj
(x) dky oS'kk•h (?k) yw
(2) dks"Bd esa ls lgh 'kCn pqudj fjÙkQ LFkkuksa dks Hkfj,&
(d) tuojh esa psUubZ dk rkieku dksydkrk ---------------------- ls jgrk gSA
(de@vf/d)
(•) mÙkj Hkkjr esa o"kkZ iwjc dh vis{kk if'pe dh ---------------------- vksj gksrh gSA
(vf/d@de)
(x) ekWulwu 'kCn dk ç;ksx loZçFke ---------------------- ds ukfodksa us fd;k FkkA
(vjc@Hkkjr)
(?k) if'pe ?kkV igkM+ ds if'peh Hkkx esa ---------------------- o"kkZ gksrh gSA
(de@vf/d)
(Ä) ioZr dk --------------------- Hkkx o`f"V Nk;k dk çns'k gksrk gSA
(iou foeq•@iou
vfHkeq•)
(3) fuEufyf•r ds HkkSxksfyd dkj.k crykb,&
(d) if'peh jktLFkku ,d e#LFky gSA
(•) rfeyukMq esa tkM+s esa o"kkZ gksrh gSA
(x) Hkkjrh; Ñf"k ekWulwu ds lkFk tqvk gSA
(?k) ekflujke esa fo'o dh lokZf/d o"kkZ gksrh gSA
(Ä) ÅVh esa lkyksHkj rkieku dkiQh uhps jgrk gSA
y?kq mÙkjh; ç'u%
(4) fuEufyf•r ç'uksa ds mÙkj nhft,A
(d) tkM+s ds fnuksa esa Hkkjr esa dgk¡ dgk¡ o"kkZ gksrh gS \
(•) iQsjsy dk D;k fu;e gS \
(x) tsV LVªhe D;k gS \

tyok;q %% 66
 (d) Men on three important special es of Indian monsoon.
(e) What do you understand by 'Loo'?
(f) What is Monsoon burst?
(g) Name the ho est and coldest areas of India?

5. LONG ANSWER QUESTIONS

(a) Explain regional diversity of Monsoon climate of India with
examples?
(b) How many seasons are found in India? Give geographical descrip on
of any one of them?
(c) Explain the important factors of Indian Climate?
(d) What is jet Stream and what is its effect on Indian climate?
(e) Explain the Monsoon rainfall in India and its characteris cs?
(f) Differen ate between El Nino and La Nina?
6. MAP WORK
(a) Area of more than 400 cm rainfall.
(b) Area of less than 20 cm rainfall.
(c) Direc on of South – West monsoon in India.
(d) Areas of winter rainfall.
(e) Cherrapunjee, Mawsynram, Jodhpur, Mangalore, Ooty, Nainital.

7. PROJECT WORK
Construct a Table and make an index of song and dance, important items
and ingredients of food according to the weather or season.

Climate :: 67
 (?k) Hkkjrh; ekWulwu dh rhu çeq• fo'ks"krk,¡ fyf[k,A
(Ä) yw ls vki D;k le>rs gSa \
(p) ekWulwu dk foLiQksV D;k gS \
(N) Hkkjr ds vR;f/d xeZ ,oa Ba<s {ks=kksa ds uke fyf[k,A
(5) nh?kZ mÙkjh; ç'u
(d) Hkkjr dh ekWulwuh tyok;q ds {ks=kh; fofHkUurkvksa dks lksnkgj.k
le>kb,A
(•) Hkkjr esa fdruh ½rq,¡ ik;h tkrh gS\ fdlh ,d dk HkkSxksfyd
fooj.k nhft,A
(x) Hkkjr dh tyok;q ds eq[; dkjdksa dks Li"V dhft,A
(?k) tsV /kjk,¡ D;k gSa rFkk Hkkjrh; tyok;q ij mldk D;k çHkko iM+rk
gS\
(Ä) Hkkjr esa gksus okyh ekWulwuh o"kkZ ,oa mldh fo'ks"krkvksa dks Li"V
dhft,A
(p) ,y fuuks ,oa yk fuuk esa vUrj Li"V dhft,A
(6) ekufp=k dyk
iw.kZ i`"B ij Hkkjr dk ekufp=k cukdj fuEufyf•r dks n'kkZb,&
(d) 400 lsa-eh- ls vf/d o"kkZ dk {ks=kA
(•) 20 lsa-eh- ls de o"kkZ dk {ks=kA
(x) Hkkjr esa nf{k.k&if'peh ekWulwu dh fn'kkA
(?k) 'khrdkyhu o"kkZ okys {ks=kA
(Ä) psjkiw¡th] ekflujke] tks/iqj] eaxyksj] ÅVh] uSuhrkyA
(7) ifj;kstuk dk;Z
vki ,d rkfydk cukb, ftlesa ekSle vFkok ½rq ds vuqlkj xhr ,oa
u`R;] Hkkstu ds fo'ks"k lkeku rFkk oLrqvksa dks lwphc¼ dhft,A

tyok;q %% 67
 CHAPTER- 5

NATURAL VEGETATION & WILD ANIMALS

Natural vegetation refers to those trees The vegetation is divided in
and plants which grow completely in to two categories on the
their natural environment. Human basis of their origin –
beings have no role in their growth and endemic or indigenous
development. As such different crops species and exotic species.
orchards, etc. will be called vegetation Local vegetation are called
but they cannot be termed as natural
indigenous and vegetation
vegetation because agricultural crops,
which comes from outside is
orchards etc. are planted and
called exotic.
nourished by human beings.
In our country about 47,000 of
different plant species are found. As such,
India occupies 10th place in the World and 4th in Asia as far as plant bio-
diversity is concerned. India has 15,000 varieties of lowering plants which
account for 6 percent of the world's total lowering plants. In this country
there are many non lowering plants such as Fern, Algae and Fungi, etc. In
India about 89,000 species of animals and different types of fresh and marine
water ishes are found.
Large areas covered with big trees and bushes are termed as Forest.
Forests have occupied very signi icant place in India since ancient times.
Dandkaranaya, Virindavan, Nandanvan, Kananvan, etc. Have remained
famous forests since ancient times. They have also been meditation place for
Rishis – Munis and here many important religious incidents of Indian history
took place. In Indian culture, tradition of worshiping trees has remained in
practice. The forests are considered to be the source of all comforts in Vedas.
In many religious epics trees are considered to be at par with son.

Natural Vegeta on & Wild Animals :: 68

 vè;k;&5

çkÑfrd ouLifr ,oa oU; çk.kh

çkÑfrd ouLifr ls rkRi;Z oSls isM+&ikS/ksa

ls gS tks iwjh rjg vius çkÑfrd okrkoj.k ds ouLifr dks tUe ds vk/kj ij nks
vuqdwy mxrs gSa vkSj c<+rs gSaA buds mxus ,oa c<+us Hkkxksa esa ck¡Vk tkrk gS ns'kt ,oa
esa euq"; dk fdlh Hkh çdkj dk gkFk ugha jgrk gSA fons'ktA LFkkuh; ouLifr ns'kt
bl rjg Ñf"k dh fofHkUu iQlysa] iQyksa ds cxhps dgykrh gSA ckgj ls vkbZ gqbZ
ouLifr dgyk,¡xs fdarq çkÑfrd ouLifr ughaA
D;ksafd Ñf"kxr iQlysa] iQyksa ds cxhps vkfn euq";ksa ouLifr fons'kt dgykrh gSA
}kjk yxk, tkrs gSaA
gekjs ns'k esa yxHkx 47,000 fofHkUu
çtkfr;ksa ds ikS/s ik, tkrs gSaA bl rjg Hkkjr tSo fofo/rk ds ekeys esa fo'o esa nlosa
LFkku ij ,oa ,f'k;k esa pkSFks LFkku ij gSA Hkkjr esa yxHkx 15,000 iQwyksa ds ikS/s gSa tks
fo'o esa iQwyksa ds ikS/ksa dk 6» gSA bl ns'k esa cgqr ls fcuk iQwyksa okys ikS/s gSa tSls iQuZ]
'kSoky vkfnA Hkkjr esa yxHkx 89,000 çtkfr;ksa ds tkuoj rFkk fofHkUu çdkj dh rkts
ikuh dh rFkk leqæh eNfy;k¡ ikbZ tkrh gSaA
cM+s&cM+s o`{kksa ,oa >kfM+;ksa }kjk <¡ds gq, fo'kky {ks=k dks ou dgrs gSaA Hkkjr esa
çkphu le; ls ouksa dk Hkkjh egÙo jgk gSA n.Mdkj.;] o`Unkou] uanuou] dkuuou vkfn
çkphu dky ls gh çfl¼ ou gSa tks ½f"k&eqfu;ksa dh riksHkwfe jgs gSa tgk¡ Hkkjrh; bfrgkl
dh vusd egÙoiw.kZ /kfeZd ?kVuk,¡ gqbZ gSaA gekjh Hkkjrh; laLÑfr esa o`{kksa dks iwtus dh
ijEijk jgh gSA osnksa esa ouksa dks leLr lq•ksa dk vk/kj ekuk x;k gSA vusd /eZxzaFkksa esa o`{k
dks iq=k rqY; ekuk x;k gSA

çkÑfrd ouLifr ,oa oU; çk.kh %% 68

 In the beginning years of the century the rapid growth of the
popula on, the increasing demand of cul vable land for agriculture, increase
in demand for fuel, necessity of excess of land for urbaniza on and
industrializa on, floods, forest fire etc. caused excess damage to the forest.
Very li le forest is now le in the plain areas because of very dense
popula on there.
This huge diversity in flora and fauna is found in India due to following
factors –
(1) Land Features: Land features greatly affect the types of vegeta on.
Same type of vegeta on is not found in Mountains, Plateau and Plain
areas. The surfaces of the Mountains are uneven, high and
inaccessible. That’s why the vegeta on that grows here is different.
The Plateaus are compara vely less high but its surface is not
completely even like plains and so the types of vegeta on found here
are different.
As the surfaces of plains are even, therefore, it is highly conducive for
human se lement. Here the human se lement is maximum. Human
being have cleared trees and cleaned areas for agriculture and
for their se lements, and so there is dearth of natural vegeta on
in plain areas.
(2) Soil:The different types of soils also affect the natural vegeta on. In
the sandy soil of Rajasthan we find unique type of thorny bushes
whereas, in the Ganga delta region where the land is marshy unique
types of tree Sundari, in the higher Mountainous region tree forests
are found. In the areas where the soil is full stones conical forest are
found. That is why they are called Sunderban.

(3) CLIMATE
(i) Temperature Clim : ate is a very important factor that affects the
diversity of the vegeta on. Himalayan Mountain is a very good
example of this. With the increase in height in the Himalayan
Mountains the temperature decreases and the type of vegeta on
also changes. Where the temperature is very low, there is no growth
of vegeta on at all. There is no growth of vegeta ons at all where
the temperature is very low.

Natural Vegeta on & Wild Animals :: 69

 'krkCnh ds çkjafHkd o"kks± esa tula[;k dh rhoz o`f¼] Ñf"k ds fy;s •srksa dh
c<+rh gqbZ ek¡x] bZa/u dh c<+rh ek¡x] 'kgjhdj.k ,oa vkS|ksxhdj.k ds fy;s
vf/dkf/d Hkwfe dh vko';drk] ck<+ksa dk çdksi] nkokuy dk çdksi vkfn ds
dkj.k ouksa dh dkiQh {kfr gqbZ gSA eSnkuh {ks=k esa ?kuh tula[;k ds dkj.k ou vc
uke ek=k ds jg x, gSaA
Hkkjr esa ouLifr ,oa oU; çkf.k;ksa esa bruh fofo/rk fuEufyf•r
HkkSxksfyd dkj.kksa ls ik;h tkrh gS &
(1) Hkw&Hkkx dk Lo:i % bldk ouLifr ds çdkj ij cgqr çHkko iM+rk
gSA igkM+] iBkj ,oa eSnkuh Hkkxksa esa ,d gh çdkj dh ouLifr ugha ik;h tkrh gSA
igkM+ dk /jkry dkiQh mcM+&•kcM+] Å¡pk rFkk nqxZe gksrk gSA blfy;s bl ij
vyx rjg dh ouLifr;k¡ mxrh gSA
iBkj vis{kkÑr de Å¡ps gksrs gSa fdUrq budk Hkh /jkry eSnkuh Hkkxksa dh
rjg ,dne lery ugha gksrk gSA vr% ;gk¡ dh ouLifr vyx fdLe dh gksrh gSA
pw¡fd eSnkuh Hkkx dk /jkry lery gksrk gS] vr% ekuo clko ds fy;s
lcls lqxe gSA ;gk¡ euq";ksa dk clko lcls vf/d gSA yksx Ñf"k dk;Z ,oa cfLr;ksa
ds fy;s çkÑfrd ouLifr dks dkV dj lkiQ dj fn;s gSa] blfy;s eSnkuh Hkkxksa esa
çkÑfrd ouLifr dk loZFkk vHkko ik;k tkrk gSA
2- feêðh & feêðh dh vyx&vyx fdLesa Hkh ouLifr dks çHkkfor djrh gSaA
jktLFkku dh cyqvkgh feêðh esa fo'ks"k çdkj dh dkaVsnkj >kfM+;k¡ feyrh gSaA ogha
xaxk ds MsYVk çns'k esa tgk¡ nyny gS] ogk¡ ,d •kl fdLe ds o`{k lqanjh blfy;s
mls lqanjou dgrs gSaA ioZrh; Hkkxksa esa vf/d Å¡pkbZ ij 'kadq/kjh o`{k ds ou ik,
tkrs gSaA iFkjhyh feêðh ds {ks=k esa ladqy ou ik, tkrs gSaA
3- tyok;q
(i) rkieku & rkieku Hkh ,d cgqr gh egÙoiw.kZ dkjd gS ftlls ouLifr
dh fofo/rk çHkkfor gksrh gSA fgeky; ioZr bldk cgqr gh vPNk mnkgj.k gSA
fgeky; ioZr ij c<+rh Å¡pkbZ ds lkFk rkieku ?kVrk tkrk gS vkSj mlh ds
lkFk&lkFk isM+&ikS/ksa dh fdLe Hkh cnyrh tkrh gSA tgk¡ rkieku vR;ar de gksrk
gS ogk¡ ikS/s mx gh ugha ikrs gSaA

çkÑfrd ouLifr ,oa oU; çk.kh %% 69

 Vegeta on Mean annual Mean Temperature
Zone average Temp in January Remarks
(in degree C) (in degree C)
Tropical Above 24 Above 18 No Frost
Sub - Tropical 17 to 24 10 to 18 Frost is rare
Temperate 7 to 17 -1 to (-10 ) Some frost some snow

Alpine Below 7 - -
- -
(ii) Sunlight : The sunlight is an important factor affec ng the
diversity of vegeta on. The factors like, dura on of sunlight, its
inclina on and al tude from the sea level directly affect
vegeta on. Due to longer dura on of sunlight, trees grow
faster in summer.
(iii) Precipita on: The amount of rainfall provides moisture to the
vegeta on. We know it very well, how important moisture is
for the growth of the vegeta on. There is change in vegeta on
as the amount of rainfall decreases or increases. For example
in Eastern most states where the rainfall is very high, the
vegeta on is dense and evergreen trees are found. On the
other hand on the eastern slope of western Ghat mountains
which lie in rain shadow area, the density of vegeta on, its
types and its height, all are affected. Similarly, in the Ganga
plains as we move from East to West, the amount of rainfall
and its dura on lessens. Its effect can be seen on the
denseness of the vegeta on, height of the trees and its types.

Children, have you ever thought why the forests are so important to
us? They have number of uses for human beings. They determine the
quality of environment, for example - they stabilize the amount of
carbon dioxide, a ract the rainfall, control soil erosion, increase the
fer lity of the soil through the manure of the leaves etc. Apart from
these they make us available number of forest produce like – precious
wood, fire wood, animal fodder, honey, Katha, medicinal herbs, etc.
Also the forest provides shelter for the different wild life.

Natural Vegeta on & Wild Animals :: 70

 ouLifr izns'k vkSlr okf"kZd tuojh esa vkSlr fVIi.kh
rkieku (fMxzh lsú) rkieku (fMxzh lsú)
m".k 24 ls vf/d 18 ls vf/d dksbZ ikyk ugha
miks".k 7 ls 24 10 ls 18 ikyk dHkh&dHkh
'khrks".k 7 ls 17 -1 ls (-10) dHkh ikyk dHkh ciQZ
vYikbu 7 ls de & &
(ii) lw;Z dk çdk'k & lw;Z dk çdk'k Hkh ouLifr dh fofo/rk dks çHkkfor
djus okyk egÙoiw.kZ dkjd gSA lw;Z çdk'k dh vof/] mldk frjNkiu rFkk leqæ
ry ls Å¡pkbZ tSls dkjdksa dk ou fodkl ij lh/k çHkko iM+rk gSA xehZ ds ekSle
esa vf/d lw;Z çdk'k feyus ds dkj.k isM+&ikS/s vf/d c<+rs gSaA
(iii) o"kZ.k & o"kkZ dh ek=kk ouLifr dks ueh miyC/ djkrh gSA ge vPNh
rjg tkurs gSa fd ouLifr ds mxus esa ueh dk D;k egÙo gSA tSls&tSls o"kkZ dh
ek=kk ?kVrh ;k c<+rh gS oSls&oSls ouLifr esa ifjorZu gksrk gSA tSls& iwokZsÙkj jkT;ksa
esa tgk¡ cgqr vf/d o"kkZ gksrh gS] ogk¡ vR;Ur l?ku ouLifr ,oa lnkcgkj o`{k
ik, tkrs gSaA blds foijhr] if'peh ?kkV dh iwohZ <yku] tks o`f"V Nk;k esa iM+rk
gS] ogk¡ ouLifr dh l?kurk] mldk çdkj ,oa mldh Å¡pkbZ lHkh çHkkfor gSaA blh
rjg xaxk ds eSnku esa tSls&tSls ge iwjc ls if'pe dh vksj c<+rs gSa] o"kkZ dh ek=kk
,oa mldh vof/ ?kVrh tkrh gSA bldk çHkko ouLifr dh l?kurk] o`{kksa dh
Å¡pkbZ ,oa mlds fdLe ij ns•us dks feyrh gSA
cPpksa] vkius dHkh lkspk gS fd ou gekjs fy, brus egÙoiw.kZ D;ksa gSa \
ekuo&thou ds fy;s budh vusd mi;ksfxrk,¡ gSaA ;s okrkoj.k dh xq.koÙkk dks
fu/kZfjr djrs gSa tSls dkcZu&MkbvkWDlkbM dh ek=kk dks larqfyr djuk] o"kkZ dks
vkdf"kZr djuk] feêðh vijnu dks jksduk] ifÙk;ksa dh •kn }kjk feêðh dh moZjrk dks
c<+kuk vkfn vusd egÙoiw.kZ dk;Z gSaA blds lkFk&lkFk ;s gesa vusd çdkj ds ou
mRikn Hkh miyC/ djkrs gSaA tSls& dherh ydfM+;k¡] tykou] i'kqvksa dk pkjk] 'kgn]
dRFkk] tM+h&cwfV;k¡ bR;kfnA blds lkFk&lkFk ou fofHkUu çdkj ds oU;&çkf.k;ksa ds
fy;s fuokl LFkku Hkh çnku djrs gSaA

çkÑfrd ouLifr ,oa oU; çk.kh %% 70

 PROJECT WORK
Celebrate Van Mahotsav in your locality and village in
rainy season and plant trees useful to mankind like
Arjun, Kachnaar, Neem, Kadamb etc. and teach people
living there how to protect them from animals.

ECOSYSTEM
The distribution of plant and animals, to some extent, is affected by
physical condition and climate. Forests provide shelter to particular
vegetation and particular animal life. When the vegetation of a particular
place is altered, it also affects the animals living there, their number and type
also change. The plants and animals of any place are interrelated to their
physical environment and are also related to each other. Thus, these three
combine each other to form an ecosystem. Human beings are also an
integral part of this ecosystem. When human beings cut forests for their
bene it, they bring change in the ecosystem and degrade the quality of
physical environment. Because of the many varieties of plants, medicinal
herbs and animals have reached the verge of ex nc on.

Find out, how the Human life is

threatened by the extinction of
different plant and animals?

A very large ecosystem on the Earth having distinct types of vegetation

and animal life is called Biome, like- Monsoon biome, Desert biome,
Equatorial biome etc. In all these biomes a particular type of vegetation and
a particular type of animal kingdom are interrelated to each other. They are
found in an extended area of the earth.

Natural Vegetation & Wild Animals :: 71

 ifj;kstuk dk;Z
o"kkZ ½rq esa vius eqgYys ,oe~ xk¡o esa ou egksRlo dk
vk;kstu dj blesa euq"; ds fy;s mi;ksxh o`{kksa tSls vtZqu]
dpukj] uhe] dnEc vkfn dks yxkvks rFkk ogk¡ jgusokys
yksxksa dks i'kqvksa ls budh j{kk ds fo"k; esa crkvksA
ikfjfLFkfrd ra=k
i`Foh ij isM+&ikS/s rFkk thoksa dk forj.k dkiQh gn rd HkkSfrd n'kk,¡ ,oa
tyok;q ls çHkkfor gksrk gSA ou •kl fdLe dh ouLifr] •kl fdLe ds çk.kh
txr~ dks laj{k.k nsrs gSaA tc fdlh txg dh ouLifr cny tkrh gS rks ogk¡ ds jgus
okys tho&tarqvksa dks çHkkfor djrh gS vkSj mudh Hkh la[;k rFkk fdLe cny
tkrh gSA fdlh Hkh txg ds isM+&ikS/s rFkk tho&tarq vius HkkSfrd okrkoj.k ls
varlZacaf/r gksrs gSa rFkk ,d&nwljs ls Hkh lacaf/r gksrs gSaA vr% ;s rhuksa vkil esa
feydj ,d ikfjfLFkfrd ra=k dk fuekZ.k djrs gSaA euq"; Hkh bl ikfjfLFkfrd ra=k
dk ,d vfHkUu vax gSA euq"; ouksa dks tc vius ykHk ds fy, dkVrk gS] rc og
ikfjfLFkfrd ra=k esa cnyko ykrk gS rFkk vius HkkSfrd okrkoj.k dh xq.koÙkk esa
fxjkoV ykrk gSA blls isM+&ikS/ksa] tM+h&cwfV;ksa ,oa tho&tarqvksa dh dbZ çtkfr;k¡
yqIr gks xbZ gSa ;k yqIr gksus ds dxkj ij igq¡p x, gSaA
fofHkUu isM+&ikS/ksa ,oa çkf.k;ksa ds yqIr gksus ls
ekuo&thou fdl çdkj •rjs esa gS \ bls irk
dhft,A
i`Foh ij ,d •kl fdLe okys ouLifr&txr~ ,oa çk.kh&txr~ okys
fo'kky ikfjfLFkfrd ra=k dks thokse dgrs gSa] tSls ekWulwu thokse] e#LFkyh;
thokse] fo"kqor~ js•h; thokse vkfnA bu lHkh çdkj ds thokse esa ,d •kl fdLe
dh ouLifr ,oa ,d •kl fdLe ds çk.kh&txr~ ,d&nwljs ls varjlacaf/r gSaA ;s
lHkh i`Foh ds ,d foLr`r {ks=k esa ik, tkrs gSaA

çkÑfrd ouLifr ,oa oU; çk.kh %% 71

TYPES OF VEGETATION
Due to variation in temperature, rainfall and land surface in our country,
diversity in vegetation is also found –
(1) Tropical Evergreen Forests
(2) Tropical Deciduous Forests
(3) Tropical Thorn Forest and scrubs
(4) Montane Forests
(5) Mangrove or Deltaic Forests

Tropical Evergreen Forest:

These Forests are found in heavy rainfall areas of Western Ghats,
Andaman Nicobar Islands and upper part of Assam. Here, average rainfall
is above 200 cm and dry season is for very short period. In this area there
is very rich growth of trees due to very heavy rainfall and high
temperature. The height of the trees is generally 60 meters or more and
they grow in the form of dense Forest. Because of these trees the sun rays
fail to reach the surface. In the quest to gain sun light the trees become
denser and higher. Here different types of creepers are found embracing
the trees and surface is covered with shrubs. In this type of forests, it is
very dif icult to travel from one place to another. The trees don't shed
their leaves together at a time rather they shed their leaves in small
amounts all the time and so the trees look full of leaves all the time. Thus,
these forests are called Ever Green Forests.

In these forests trees of very precious wood are found such as –

Rosewood, Cinchona, Ebony, Bamboo etc.

As the trees are dense and high in this forest, we ind here animals
jumping from one tree to another – Langoor, Monkeys and their other
species.

Natural Vegeta on & Wild Animals :: 72

ouLifr ds çdkj
gekjs ns'k esa rkieku] o"kkZ ,oa /jkry dh fofo/rk ikbZ tkrh gS] blfy;s
gekjs ;gk¡ çkÑfrd ouLifr esa Hkh fofHkUurk ik;h tkrh gS&
(1) m".k dfVca/h; lnkcgkj ou
(2) m".k dfVca/h; i.kZikrh ou
(3) m".k dfVca/h; d¡Vhys ou rFkk >kfM+;k¡
(4) ioZrh; ou
(5) eSaxzkso ;k MsYVkbZ ou
m".k&dfVca/h; lnkcgkj ou %
;s ou if'peh ?kkV ds vf/d o"kkZ okys {ks=k] vaMeku fudksckj }hilewg
rFkk vle ds Åijh Hkkx esa ik, tkrs gSaA ;gk¡ vkSlru 200 lsa-eh- ls vf/d o"kkZ
gksrh gS rFkk cgqr FkksM+s le; ds fy;s ½rq 'kq"d gksrh gSA bl {ks=k esa vR;f/d o"kkZ
rFkk Å¡ps rkieku ds dkj.k o`{k dkiQh vf/d c<+rs gSaA budh Å¡pkbZ çk;% 60
ehVj ;k mlls vf/d gksrh gS rFkk ;s l?ku ou ds :i esa fodflr gksrs gSaA blds
dkj.k ;gk¡ lw;Z&çdk'k /jkry ij ugha igq¡p ikrk gSA lw;Z çdk'k ikus dh gksM+ esa
o`{kksa dh l?kurk budh Å¡pkbZ c<+rh tkrh gSA ;gk¡ fofHkUu çdkj dh yrk,¡ o`{kksa ls
fyiVh jgrh gSa rFkk /jkry fofHkUu çdkj dh >kfM+;ksa ls vkPNkfnr jgrk gSA bl
çdkj ds ou esa ,d txg ls nwljs txg tkus esa dkiQh dfBukbZ gksrh gSA o`{k Hkh
vius iÙks ,d gh ckj vkSj ,d gh le; ij ugha fxjkrs gSaA cfYd FkksM+k&FkksM+k vkSj
gj le; fxjkrs gSa blfy, o`{k gj le; ifÙk;ksa ls yns gq, utj vkrs gSaA vr%
budk uke lnkcgkj ou Hkh gSA
bl ou esa vusd cgqewY; ydfM+;ksa ds o`{k ik, tkrs gSaA tSls& jkstoqM]
fladksuk] vkcuwl (,cksuh) ckal bR;kfnA
bl taxy esa pw¡fd o`{k l?ku ,oa Å¡ps gksrs gSaA vr% ,d o`{k ls nwljs o`{k ij
iQk¡nus okys tkuoj yaxwj] canj ,oa budh vU; çtkfr;k¡ ik;h tkrh gSaA

çkÑfrd ouLifr ,oa oU; çk.kh %% 72

Fig. 5.1 : Natural Vegeta on

Natural Vegeta on & Wild Animals :: 73

 fp=k 5.1 izkÑfrd ouLifr

çkÑfrd ouLifr ,oa oU; çk.kh %% 73

 The Elephants and one horned Rhinoceros that are found in the
marshy areas of Assam are the animals of these forests. Apart from these,
here different types of birds, rep les and insects are found.

Tropical Deciduous Forests:

These forests are most widespread and cover maximum forested area
of India. Here the rainfall is between 50 - 200 cm. Trees of this type of forest
shed their leaves for 1– 2 months. Thus, the trees remain without leaves
for longer me and therefore they are called deciduous forests.

PROJECT WORK
Make an Index of all those trees of your locality which shed their
leaves together and look stark naked. Also iden fy those trees
which shed their leaves slowly and so look green all the year
round.

On the basis of availability of moisture, these forests are divided

into moist and dry deciduous forest. The moist deciduous forest is found
where the rainfall is between 100 – 200 cm . These forests are distributed
in Eastern part of the country, North – Eastern states, Himalayan foot
hills, Jharkhand, Odisha, Chhattisgarh, Eastern slope of Western Ghats,
etc. Teak and Sandalwood are the most dominant species of this forest.
Other species like Bamboo, Sal, Shisam, Khair, Kusum, Arjun and
Mulberry trees are also found here.

The dry deciduous forests are found in those areas where the
rainfall is between 50 - 100 cm. These forests are found in inner parts of
peninsular Plateau and Uttar Pradesh. Here the density of trees is very
less. In this region large scale cutting of trees and clearing of grass lands
have taken place for agriculture and other purposes. Neem, Peepal, Teak
and Sal trees are usually found here.

In deciduous forests unique animals are found among which

important ones are Lion, Tiger, Boars, Deer and Elephants. A varied
variety of

Natural Vegeta on & Wild Animals :: 74

 gkFkh rFkk vle ds nynyh Hkkxksa esa ik;k tkus okyk ,d lhax okyk xSaMk
blh ou dk tarq gSA blds vykok ;gk¡ fofHkUu çdkj ds i{kh ,oa jsaxusokys tho
,oa dhM+s ik, tkrs gSaA
m".k dfVca/h; i.kZikrh ou %
bu ouksa dk foLrkj Hkkjr esa lcls vf/d {ks=k esa gSA ;gk¡ 50 lsa-eh- ls 200 lsa-
eh- o"kkZ gksrh gSA blesa o`{k viuh ifÙk;ksa dks ,d lkFk 1 ls 2 eghus rd ds fy;s
fxjk nsrs gSaA vr% o`{k dkiQh le; rd iÙkkjfgr jgrs gSa] blfy, bUgsa ir>M+ ou
dgrs gSaA
ifj;kstuk dk;Z
vius ifjos'k esa ik, tkus okys mu lHkh o`{kksa dks lwphc¼ dhft, tks
viuh ifÙk;ksa dks ,d lkFk fxjk nsrs gSa vkSj ns•us esa ,dne uXu çrhr
gksrs gSaA oSls o`{kksa dh Hkh igpku dhft, tks FkksM+k&FkksM+k dj ifÙk;k¡
fxjkrs gSaA vr% ns•us esa lkyksaHkj gjk&Hkjk çrhr gksrs gSaA
ueh dh miyfC/ ds vk/kj ij bu ouksa dks vkæZ rFkk 'kq"d i.kZikrh ouksa esa
ck¡Vk x;k gSA tgk¡ 100&200 lsa-eh- o"kkZ gksrh gSA ogk¡ vkæZ i.kZikrh ou ik, tkrs
gSaA budk forj.k ns'k ds iwohZ Hkkx] mÙkj&iwohZ jkT;ksa] fgeky; ds ioZrh; çns'k]
>kj•aM] vksfM'kk] NÙkhlx<+] if'peh ?kkV dh iwohZ <ky vkfn gSA bl ou dh
çeq• fo'ks"krk panu rFkk lkxoku dk o`{k gSA ck¡l] lky] 'kh'ke] •Sj] dqlqe]
vtZqu rFkk 'kgrwr ;gk¡ ik, tkus okys vU; o`{k gSaA
'kq"d i.kZikrh ou mu {ks=kksa esa ik, tkrs gSa] tgk¡ o"kkZ 50 lsa-eh- ls 100 lsa-
eh- ds chp gksrh gSA ;s ou çk;}hih; iBkj ds vkUrfjd Hkkx rFkk mÙkj çns'k esa
ik, tkrs gSaA ;gk¡ o`{kksa dh l?kurk vR;ar de gSA bl {ks=k dks yksxksa us cM+s iSekus ij
•srh ,oa vU; dk;ks± ds fy;s ou vkSj ?kkl ds eSnku dks lkiQ dj fn;k gSA ;gk¡
eksVs rkSj ij uhe] ihiy] lkxoku rFkk lky ds o`{k feyrs gSaA
i.kZikrh taxyksa esa gh •kl i'kq&i{kh ik, tkrs gSa ftlesa flag] 'ksj] taxyh
lwvj]

çkÑfrd ouLifr ,oa oU; çk.kh %% 74

Birds, Lizards, Snakes, Tortoises, etc. are found. In this region Peacock is
found in large number.

Tropical Thorn Forest and scrubs:

Thorny forest and bushes are found where the rainfall is less than
50cm. This type of vegetation is found in the north – western part of the
country which includes Gujarat, Rajasthan, semi - arid region of Haryana,
south – western region of Uttar Pradesh, north – western region of
Madhya Pradesh, etc. Palm, Euphorbia, Acacias and Cactus are the main
plant species. The demand of water is most important for such vegetation
types. Thus, the trees have long roots and penetrate deep into the soil to
get moisture. For the maximum conservation of water, the plants have
thick stems or their leaves are thick, hairy or succulent to conserve water.
This is a unique example of adjustment of vegetation with physical
environment. In these forests, generally, animals like - Rats, Rabbits, Fox,
Wolf, wild Ass and Camels - are found.

Montane Forests:

In the plains, there is difference in temperature due to latitude.

Similarly, in mountainous regions increasing altitude affect the
temperature. So, the type of vegetation changes with the change of
latitude in plain areas, similarly, in the Mountainous region type of
vegetation changes with increasing altitude.
In the lower parts of Himalayas Tropical evergreen forests and
Tropical deciduous forests are found. The wet temperate type of forest
is found between a height of 1000 – 2000 meters, in which broad – leaf
trees like Oak, Larel and Chestnut dominate. Between a height of 1500 –
3000 meters coniferous trees like – Pine, Deodar, Silver ir, Spruce etc. are
found. At more high altitudes (around 3600 meters) Alpine vegetation is
found among which Silver ir, junior pines are important between Snow
line and Forest line lie the grass and lower lands. Valley of lowers in the
Garhwal Himalayas is an example of this type of vegetation.
The height of the trees decreases as the Snow - line approaches,
and the wind causes the trees to take on a way form. Eventually the trees
becomes negligible.

Natural Vegeta on & Wild Animals :: 75

fgj.k vkSj gkFkh dh ç/kurk gSA ;gk¡ fofo/ çdkj ds i{kh] fNidyh] lk¡i]
dNqvk vkfn ik, tkrs gSaA bl çns'k esa eksj cgqrk;r esa ik, tkrs gSaA
m".k dfVca/h; d¡Vhys ou rFkk >kfM+;k¡
tgk¡ o"kkZ 50 lsa-eh- ls de gksrh gS ogk¡ vusd çdkj ds d¡Vhys ou rFkk
>kfM+;k¡ ik, tkrs gSaA bl çdkj dh ouLifr mÙkj&if'pe {ks=k esa ikbZ tkrh gSA
blds varxZr xqtjkr] jktLFkku] gfj;k.kk ds vkæZ'kq"d {ks=k] mÙkj&çns'k dk
nf{k.k if'pe {ks=k] eè; çns'k dk mÙkj&if'pe {ks=k vkfn lfEefyr gSaA blds
varxZr& •twj] ;wiQksfcZ;k] ,dsfl;k (ccwy) rFkk ukxiQuh (dSDVl) çtkfr;k¡
vkrh gSaA bu ouLifr;ksa ds fy;s ikuh dh ek¡x lcls egÙoiw.kZ gSA vr% bls çkIr
djus ds fy;s budh tM+sa vR;ar xgjh gksrh gSaA ikuh dks vf/d ls vf/d cpk dj
j•k tk ldsA blfy;s buds rus eksVs gksrs gSa ;k ifÙk;k¡ eksVh] jks,¡nkj ;k xwnsnkj
gksrh gSaA HkkSfrd okrkoj.k ds lkFk çkÑfrd ouLifr ds lek;kstu dk ;g vuwBk
mnkgj.k gSA bu taxyksa esa çk;% pwgs] •jxks'k] ykseM+h] HksfM+;k] taxyh x/k vkSj
Å¡V tSls tkuoj ik;s tkrs gSaA
ioZrh; ou
/jkry ij v{kka'k ds dkj.k rkieku esa varj vkrk gS] mlh çdkj ioZrh;
{ks=k esa c<+rh Å¡pkbZ ls rkieku çHkkfor gksrk gSA bl rjg /jkry ij ftl çdkj
v{kka'k ds ifjorZu ls ouLifr dk çdkj cnyrk gS mlh çdkj ioZr ij c<+rh
Å¡pkbZ ds lkFk ouLifr dk çdkj cnyrk gSA
fgeky; ds fupys Hkkxksa esa m".k dfVca/h; lnkcgkj ou rFkk m".k
dfVca/h; i.kZikrh ou ik, tkrs gSaA 1000 ehVj ls 2000 ehVj rd dh Å¡pkbZ okys
{ks=kksa esa vkæZ 'khrks".k dfVca/h; ou ik, tkrs gSaA buesa pkSM+h iÙkh okys vksd] ykjsy
rFkk psLVuV o`{kksa dh ç/kurk gSA 1500-3000 ehVj dh Å¡pkbZ ds chp 'kadq/kjh o`{k
tSls& phM+] nsonkj] flYoj iQj] Liwl vkfn o`{k ik, tkrs gSaA blls vf/d Å¡pkbZ
yxHkx (3600 ehVj ls vf/d) ij vYikbu ouLifr ikbZ tkrh gSA buesa flYoj iQj]
twfu;j ikbu eq[; gSaA fge js•k vkSj ou js•k ds chp esa ?kkl vkSj iQwy ds eSnku
vofLFkr gSaA x<+oky fgeky; esa iQwyksa dh ?kkVh bldk mnkgj.k gSA
tSls&tSls fgejs•k ls fudVrk c<+rh tkrh gS o`{kksa dk dn ?kVrk tkrk
gSA rst gok ds dkj.k o`{kksa dk vkdkj Vs<+k&es<+k gksrk tkrk gSA varr% budh
la[;k ux.;

çkÑfrd ouLifr ,oa oU; çk.kh %% 75

After this, Alpine Grassland is found. These are used for grazing by
Gujjars and the Bakarwals tribes. When the temperature becomes very
low in winters then they climb down to lower valleys. In these forests,
generally, Kashmir stag, spotted deer, Rabbits, wild Sheep, Tibetan
Antelope, Yak, Snow Leopard, Squirrels, Bear, Goats and Sheep etc. are
found.

Children! Do you know ? Due to change in temperature people

residing in Mountaineous region, migrate with their animals for
grazing activity, towards higher reaches during summer and
climbing down to valley sin winter, this is called Transhumance'.

MANGROVE FORESTS
This is a unique type of vegetation which is found in the Deltaic and
marshy regions of coastal areas. Here, Marsh which is formed by the Mud
and silt brought by saline water of sea and fresh water of rivers give birth to a
unique type of ecosystem in which Sundari trees are found in abundance.
The roots of these trees rise above water. It seems as if the claws of the birds
are submerged in the water. This vegetation is found in the Deltaic regions of
Ganga, Brahamaputra, Mahanadi, Godavari, krishana, Kaveri etc. and in the
internal coastal areas of Andaman and Nicobar Islands.
Royal Bengal Tiger is the most famous animal found in Sunderbans.
Other than this Crocodiles, Ghariyals, Turtles, Snakes etc. are also found in
large numbers.

MEDICINAL PLANTS
India, since ancient times, is known for its spices and herbs. In
the ancient Medical system of India, in Ayurveda, different
medicinal Herbs are included. Through domestic prescription
also these Medicinal herbs are used to cure common diseases
in Indian culture. In Ayurveda, some 2000 plants have been

Natural Vegeta on & Wild Animals :: 76

gks tkrh gSA blds ckn vYikbu ?kkl ik;k tkrk gSA bldk mi;ksx xqTtj ,oa
cDdjoky tSlh tutkfr;k¡ xehZ esa i'kqpkj.k ds fy;s djrh gSaA tkM+s esa tc
rkieku ,dne de gks tkrk gS rc ;s fupyh ?kkfV;ksa esa mrj tkrs gSaA bu ouksa esa
çk;% d'ehjh egke`x] fprjk] fgj.k] •jxks'k] taxyh HksM+] frCcrh ckjgflaxk]
;kd] fge rsanqvk] fxygjh] jhN] ?kus ckyksa okyh cdfj;k¡ vkSj HksM+ vkfn ik, tkrs
gSaA
cPpksa] D;k vki tkurs gks fd ioZrh; {ks=kksa esa rkieku ifjorZu ds lkFk vius
i'kqvksa ds pkj.k gsrq xehZ&½rq esa vf/d Å¡pkbZ ij p<+dj rFkk tkM+s esa ?kkVh
esa mrjdj i'kq pkj.k dh fØ;k dks Vªkaláweu dgk tkrk gSA
eSaxzkso ou
;g ,d fo'ks"k çdkj dh ouLifr gS tks leqæ rVh; {ks=kksa esa MsYVkbZ ,oa
nyny çns'kksa esa ik;s tkrs gSaA ;gk¡ leqæ dk uedhu ty rFkk ufn;ksa ds ehBs ty
}kjk yk, x, eghu iad ,oa ckyw }kjk fufeZr nyny ,d fo'ks"k ikfjfLFkfrd ra=k
dks tUe nsrs gSa ftlesa lqanjh uked o`{k cgqyrk ls ik;k tkrk gSA bu o`{kksa dh tM+sa
ikuh ds Åij rd fudyh gksrh gSaA ,slk yxrk gS ekuksa if{k;ksa ds iats ikuh esa /¡ls
gq, gSaA ;g ouLifr xaxk] czãiq=k] egkunh] xksnkojh] Ñ".kk] dkosjh vkfn ufn;ksa
ds MsYVkbZ Hkkxksa esa rFkk vaMeku fudksckj }hilewg ds van:uh rVh; Hkkxksa esa ik;h
tkrh gSA
lqUnjou çns'k esa jkW;y caxky Vkbxj lcls çfl¼ tkuoj ik;k tkrk gSA
blds vykok exjePN] ?kfM+;ky] dNqvk] lk¡i vkfn Hkh cM+h la[;k esa ik, tkrs
gSaA
vkS"k/h; ikni
Hkkjr çkphu le; ls gh vius elkyksa ,oa tM+h&cwfV;ksa ds fy;s çfl¼
jgk gSA vk;qoZsn Hkkjr dh çkphu fpfdRlk i¼fr esa fofHkUu
tM+h&cwfV;ksa dk lekos'k jgk gSA gekjh Hkkjrh; laLÑfr esa ?kjsyw uqL•s
}kjk Hkh bu tM+h&cwfV;ksa dk ç;ksx dj vke chekfj;ksa dks nwj djus dk
çpyu gSA vk;qoZsn esa yxHkx 2000 ikniksa dk o.kZu gS vkSj de ls
de 500 rks fujarj ç;ksx esa vkrs jgs gSaA fo'o laj{k.k la?k us yky
lwph ds varxZr 352 ikniksa

çkÑfrd ouLifr ,oa oU; çk.kh %% 76

 described and at least 500 are in regular use. The World
Conservation Union's Red list has named 352 medicinal plants
of which 52 plants are critically threatened and 49 endangered.

Identify medicinal plants of your area. Make a list of them and

write their uses. To do this work, take the help of elderly
persons also.

WILD LIFE
Like vegetation, India is also rich in its wild life. Here 89,000 of animal
species are found. The country has more than 1200 species of Birds. This is 13
percent of the total wild life species. Here 2500 species of ish is also found
which is, about 12 percent of the world's total. In India World's 5 – 8 percent
of mammals, amphibians and reptiles are found.
The Elephant is most signi icant amongst mammals. They are found in
hot wet forests of India. One – horned Rhinoceroses is another important
animal, which lives in the marshy areas of Assam. In the Rann of Kutch and
Thar desert, wild Asses and Camels are found respectively. Indian Bison,
Nilgai (Blue Bull), Gazel and Deer of different species etc. are some other
animals found in Indian forests. Here several species of monkeys are also
found.
Do you know that Wildlife Protection Act, was
implemented in 1972 in India.

India is the only country in the World where Lion and Tiger both are
found. Gir forest of Gujarat is the natural habitat of the Indian lion. The
habitat of Indian Tiger is in the forest region of Sunderbans of West Bengal,
Madhya Pradesh, Jharkhand and the Himalayan region. In the freezing region
of Ladakh Yak is found which is shaggy horned, weight carrying Ox like animal.
In the rivers, lakes and coastal areas Turtles, Crocodiles and Gharials are

Natural Vegetation & Wild Animals :: 77

 dks 'kkfey fd;k gS ftuesa 52 ikni vfr ladVxzLr gS vkSj 49
fdLesa rks u"V gksus ds dxkj ij gSaA
vius {ks=k ds vkS"k/h; ikS/ksa dh igpku dhft,A muds ukeksa dks
lwphc¼ dj mlds mi;ksx dks fy•saA bl dk;Z esa xk¡o ds
cM+s&cw<+ksa dh Hkh enn ysaA
oU; çk.kh
ouLifr dh gh Hkk¡fr Hkkjr oU; çkf.k;ksa esa Hkh /uh gSA ;gk¡ thoksa dh
89,000 çtkfr;k¡ feyrh gSaA ns'k esa 1200 ls vf/d if{k;ksa dh çtkfr;k¡ ikbZ
tkrh gSaA ;g fo'o dh dqy oU; çk.kh çtkfr;ksa dk 13» gSA eNfy;ksa dh Hkh ;gk¡
2,500 çtkfr;k¡ ik;h tkrh gSa tks fo'o dh yxHkx 12» gSA Hkkjr esa fo'o ds 5»
ls 8» rd Lru/kjh tkuoj mHk;pjh rFkk jsaxus okys tho ik, tkrs gSaA
Lru/kjh thoksa esa gkFkh lokZf/d egÙoiw.kZ gSA ;s Hkkjr ds m".kkæZ ouksa esa
ik, tkrs gSaA ,d lhax okyk xSaMk vU; egÙoiw.kZ tkuoj gS] tks vle ds nynyh
{ks=kksa esa jgrk gSA dPN ds j.k rFkk Fkkj ds e#LFky esa Øe'k% taxyh x/s rFkk Å¡V
ik, tkrs gSaA Hkkjrh; HkSalk] uhyxk;] NksVk e`x (xSty) rFkk fofHkUu çtkfr;ksa
okys fgj.k vkfn dqN vU; tkuoj gSa tks Hkkjr ds taxyksa esa ik, tkrs gSaA ;gk¡ canjksa
dh vusd çtkfr;k¡ Hkh ikbZ tkrh gSaA
D;k vki tkurs gSa fd Hkkjr esa oU;tho laj{k.k
vf/fu;e 1972 esa ykxw fd;k x;k gS \
Hkkjr fo'o dk vdsyk ns'k gS tgk¡ 'ksj vkSj ck?k nksuksa gh ik, tkrs gSaA
xqtjkr ds fxj taxy esa Hkkjrh; flag dk çkÑfrd fuokl LFkku gSA Hkkjrh; ck?k
dk fuokl LFkku if'pe caxky dk lqanjou] eè; çns'k] >kj•aM rFkk fgeky;h
{ks=kksa ds ou çns'k gSaA yík• ds Ba<s çns'kksa esa ;kd ik;k tkrk gS] tks xqPNsnkj lhaxksa
okyk rFkk cks> <ksus okyk] cSy dh rjg dk i'kq gSA

çkÑfrd ouLifr ,oa oU; çk.kh %% 77

found. On the Digha coast in Kharagpur of West Bengal world famous large
Crocodiles are found. India has several species of birds. Peacocks, Parrots,
Maina, Cranes, Ducks, Pigeons, etc. inhabit the forest and wetlands of the
country.

Fig. 5.1 : Wild Life Reserves

Natural Vegeta on & Wild Animals :: 78

ufn;k¡] >hy rFkk leqæh {ks=kksa esa dNq,] exjePN rFkk ?kfM+;ky ik, tkrs gSaA iwjs
fo'o esa Hkkjr gh ,slk ns'k gS tgk¡ ?kfM+;ky ik;k tkrk gSA if'pe caxky ds
•M+xiqj esa nh?kk leqæh rV ij fo'o çfl¼ cM+s&cM+s dNq, ik, tkrs gSaA Hkkjr esa
if{k;ksa dh vusdkusd çtkfr;k¡ gSaA eksj] rksrk] eSuk] lkjl] cÙk•] dcwrj vkfn
ns'k ds ouksa ,oa vkæZ {ks=k esa jgrs gSaA

fp=k 5.2 oU; çk.kh fup;

çkÑfrd ouLifr ,oa oU; çk.kh %% 78

 MIGRATORY BIRDS

Few wetlands of India are famous for migratory

birds. Siberian Cranes come to India in large
numbers during winter season. Rann of Kutch in
Gujarat, Bird sanctuary of Bharatpur situated in
Rajasthan and areas on the banks of river Ganga
near Kanwar lake in Begusarai are some of their
favorite places.
Mokama Tal area in Patna is also the home and
play ground for several species of birds.

We have selected our crops in reference to bio – diverse environment.

Similarly, we have selected Medicinal plants from the naturally available store
of medicinal herbs. The animals were selected from large stock provided by
nature as milch animals. We get support from the animals in the form of food,
transport, agriculture, etc. Many insects support us in the pollination of crops
and lowers and kill harmful insects and so they exert biological control on
them. Every species contributes in the successful working of the ecosystem.
Hence, their conservation is very essential. We all know that due to excessive
exploitation of the nature several plants and animals are endangered and
imbalance in the ecosystem has been created. About 1300 species of plants
are endangered and 20 species are extinct. Several wild animal species are
endangered and some are on the verge of extinction.

PROJECT WORK
Collect information about endangered species of
wild animals and plants from Newspaper, Magazines
and other sources.

Natural Vegetation & Wild Animals :: 79

 çoklh i{kh

Hkkjr ds dqN nynyh Hkkx çoklh if{k;ksa ds fy;s çfl¼ gSaA 'khr
½rq esa lkbcsfj;u lkjl cgqr cM+h la[;k esa Hkkjr vkrs gSaA buds dqN
euilan LFkku xqtjkr esa dPN] jktLFkku fLFkr Hkjriqj i{kh fogkj
rFkk csxwljk; esa dkWoj >hy ds ikl xaxk unh ds fdukjs dk {ks=k gSA
iVuk esa eksdkek dk Vky {ks=k Hkh dbZ çdkj ds if{k;ksa dk fuokl
LFkku ,oa ØhM+k LFky gSA

geus viuh iQlyksa dk p;u tSo fofo/ okrkoj.k ds lanHkZ esa fd;k gSA
blh rjg vkS"kf/ ikniksa dk pquko Hkh çÑfr esa miyC/ vkS"k/h; tM+h&cwVh ds
HkaMkj ls fd;k gSA nw/ nsus okys i'kq Hkh çÑfr esa orZeku vusd i'kqvksa esa ls pqus
x, gSaA i'kqvksa ls gesa fofHkUu çdkj ds vkgkj] ifjogu] Ñf"k dk;Z esa enn çkIr
gksrk gSA cgqr ls dhM+s&edksM+s gesa iQlyksa ,oa iQwyksa ds ijkx.k esa enn djrs gSa rFkk
gkfudkjd dhM+ksa dk Hk{k.k djrs gSa vkSj bl rjg mu ij tSfod fu;a=k.k djrs gSaA
çR;sd çtkfr dk ikfjfLFkfrd ra=k ds liQy lapkyu esa ;ksxnku gSA vr% mudk
laj{k.k vR;ar vko';d gSA ge lHkh tkurs gSa fd çÑfr ds vR;f/d nksgu ds
dkj.k dbZ ikni rFkk tho ladVxzLr gks x, gSa vkSj ikfjfLFkfrd ra=k esa vlarqyu
iSnk gks x;k gSA yxHkx 1,300 ikni çtkfr;k¡ ladV esa gSa rFkk 20 çtkfr;k¡ fou"V
gks pqdh gSaA dbZ oU; thou çtkfr;k¡ Hkh ladVxzLr gSa rFkk dbZ foyqIr gksus ds
dxkj ij gSaA

ifj;kstuk dk;Z
oU; thoksa ,oa ikniksa dh ladVxzLr çtkfr;ksa ds fo"k; esa
lwpuk,¡ i=k] if=kdkvksa ,oa vU; ekè;eksa ls bdêòk dhft,A

çkÑfrd ouLifr ,oa oU; çk.kh %% 79

 The main cause of imbalance in the ecosystem is the pressure of
growing population, reckless cutting of forest for agriculture and habitat,
Pollution due to chemical and industrial waste and acid deposits, excess of
hunting by greedy businessmen for their business etc.
To protect the lora and fauna of the country, the government has
taken several steps:-
(I) Eighteen Biosphere reserves (Sancturies) have been established. Four
out of them are included in the world network of Biosphere reseves.
They are – (i) Sunderbans (West Bengal) (ii) Nanda Devi (Uttarakhand)
(iii) Gulf of Mannar (Tamil Nadu) (iv) Nilgiris (Kerala, Karnataka and
Tamil Nadu).

EIGHTEEN BIO – RESERVES (SANCTURIES)

(1) Sunderbans (West Bangal) (10) Dibru Saikhoba (Assam)
(2) Gulf of Mannar (Tamil Nadu) (11) Agasthyamalai (Kerla, Tamil Nadu)
(3) The Nilgiris (Near Tamil Nadu, Karnataka) (12) Kanchenjunga (Sikkim)
(4) Nanda Devi (Uttarakhand) (13) Pachmari (Madhya Pradesh)
(5) Nokrek (Meghalaya) (14) Achanakmar – Amarkantak
(Madhya Pradesh and Chhattisgarh)
(6) Great Nicobar (15) Kutch Ka Ran (Gujrat)
(Group of Andman & Nikobar Island)
(7) Manas (Assam) (16) Cold Desert (Himachal Pradesh)
(8) Simlipal (Odisha) (17) Sheshachalam Hills (Andhra Pradesh)
(9) Dihang Dibang (Arunachal Pradesh) (18) Panna National Park (Madhya Pradesh)

(ii) From 1992 planning was made by the government to provide

inancial and technical support to Botanical gardens.
(iii) Many plans such as - Lion Sanctuary, Rhino Sanctuary, Bison
Sanctuary, Crocodile Sanctuary etc. were made and are being
implemented.
(iv) As on October 2019, there are a total of 551 wild life sanctuaries in
India. There are a total of 106 National Parks and 53 Tiger Reserves
in India. There are also 72 bird sanctuaries. Jim Corbett National Park
is the oldest national Park in the country, established in 1936.

Natural Vegeta on & Wild Animals :: 80

 ikfjfLFkfrd ra=k ds vlarqyu dk çeq• dkj.k c<+rh gqbZ tula[;k dk ncko]
Ñf"k rFkk fuokl ds fy;s ouksa dh va/k/qa/ dVkbZ] jklk;fud rFkk vkS|ksfxd
vof'k"V rFkk vEyh; teko ds dkj.k çnw"k.k] ykyph O;olkf;;ksa dk vius
O;olk; ds fy;s vR;f/d f'kdkj djuk vkfn gSA
ns'k esa ljdkj us ikniksa ,oa thoksa dks lqjf{kr j•us ds fy;s dbZ dne mBk, gSa%&
(i) ns'k esa vBkjg thoeaMy fup; (vkjf{kr {ks=k) LFkkfir fd;s x, gSaA buesa ls
pkj dh x.kuk fo'o ds tho eaMy fup;ksa esa dh xbZ gSA buds uke bl çdkj
gSa &
(i) lqanjou (if'pe caxky)] (ii) uank nsoh (mÙkjk[k.M)] (iii) eUukj dh
•kM+h (rfeyukMq)] (iv) uhyfxfj (dsjy] dukZVd rFkk rfeyukMq)A
vBkjg tSoeaMy fup; (vkjf{kr {ks=k)
(1) lqanjou (if'pe caxky) (10) fMcwz&ls[kksck (vle)
(2) eUukj dh •kM+h (rfeyukMq) (11) vxLR; eykbZ (dsjy] rfeyukMq)
(3) uhyfxfj (rfeyukMq ds ikl] dukZVd) (12) daputa?kk (flfDde)
(4) uank nsoh (mÙkjk[kaM) (13) iape<+h (eè; izns'k)
(5) uksdjsd (es?kky;) (14) vpudekj&vejdaVd
(eè; izns'k ,oa NÙkhlx<+)
(6) xzsV fudksckj (vaMeku fudksckj }hi lewg) (15) dPN dk j.k (xqtjkr)
(7) ekul (vle) (16) dksYM MstVZ (fgekpy izns'k)
(8) fleyhiky (vksfM'kk) (17) 'ks"kkpye igkfM+;k¡ (vka/z izns'k)
(9) fngkax fnckax (v:.kkpy izns'k) (18) iUuk jk"Vªh; m|ku (eè; izns'k)
(ii) 1992 ls ljdkj }kjk ikni m|kuksa dks foÙkh; rFkk rduhdh lgk;rk nsus
dh ;kstuk cukbZ xbZ gSA
(iii) 'ksj laj{k.k] xSaMk laj{k.k] HkSalk laj{k.k] ?kfM+;ky laj{k.k vkfn vusd
;kstuk,¡ cukbZ xbZ gSa ,oa mudk fØ;kUo;u gks jgk gSA
(iv) vDVwcj 2019 rd Hkkjr esa dqy 551 oU;&tho vH;kj.; gSaA Hkkjr esa
dqy 106 jk"Vªh; m|ku gSa rFkk 53 Vkbxj fjt+oZ gSaA lkFk gh] 72 i{kh
vH;kj.; gSaA buesa fte dkWcsZV jk"Vªh; m|ku (mÙkjk[kaM) 1936 esa LFkkfir
ns'k dk lcls iqjkuk jk"Vªh; m|ku gSA

çkÑfrd ouLifr ,oa oU; çk.kh %% 80

 EXERCISE QUESTIONS

(I) Objective questions

(1) When was the Wildlife Protection Act implemented in India?
(a) 1982 (b) 1972
(c) 1992 (d) 1985

(2) Where is the Bharatpur Bird sanctuary situated?

(a) Assam (b) Gujarat
(c) Rajasthan (d) Patna

(3) How many types of Plant species are found in India?

(a) 9000 (b) 90000
(c) 95000 (d) 85000

(ii) Fill In The blanks –

(1) In India, because the temperature is suf icient everywhere, therefore
amount of ………………. determines the type of vegetation here.
(2) An ecosystem of unique type of species of plant or animal on the
surface is called…………
(3) Human beings are an………………….part of ecosystem.
(4) Ghariyal is a species of Crocodile found only in………………. (Country).

(5) The total number of biosphere reserve (Sanctuary) in the country

is…………………..out of which ………………. are included in the Biosphere
reserves of the world.
(iii) Give Reasons-
(1) On the Southern slopes of Himalayas the vegetation is denser in
comparison to Northern slopes.
(2) In the Tropical rain forest the surface is covered with creepers.
(3) India is rich in Bio – diversity.
(4) In the Scrub and thorny forests the leaves of the plants are shaggy,
waxy, leshy and small.

Natural Vegetation & Wild Animals :: 81

 vH;kl iz'u

(i) oLrqfu"B ç'u%

1- Hkkjr esa tho laj{k.k vf/fu;e dc ykxw gqvk \
(d) 1982 (•) 1972
(x) 1992 (?k) 1985
2- Hkjriqj i{kh fogkj dgk¡ fLFkr gS \
(d) vle (•) xqtjkr
(x) jktLFkku (?k) iVuk
3- Hkkjr esa fdrus çdkj dh ouLifr çtkfr;k¡ ik;h tkrh gS \
(d) 89000 (•) 90000
(x) 95000 (?k) 85000
(ii) fjÙkQ LFkkuksa dh iwfÙkZ dhft,&
(1) Hkkjr esa rkieku pw¡fd loZ=k i;kZIr gS vr% ----------------------- dh ek=kk
ouLifr ds çdkj dks ;gk¡ fu/kZfjr djrh gSA
(2) /jkry ij ,d fof'k"V çdkj dh ouLifr ;k çk.kh thou okys
ikfjfLFkfrd ra=k dks ----------------------- dgrs gSaA
(3) euq"; Hkh ikfjfLFkfrd ra=k dk ,d ----------------------- vax gSA
(4) ?kfM+;ky exjePN dh ,d çtkfr tks dsoy ----------------------- (ns'k) esa
ik;k tkrk gSA
(5) ns'k esa tho eaMy fup; (vkjf{kr {ks=k) dh dqy la[;k ----------------------- gS
ftlesa] ----------------------- dks fo'o ds thoeaMy fup;ksa esa lfEefyr fd;k
x;k gSA
(iii) dkj.k crkvks&
(1) fgeky; ds nf{k.kh <yku ij mÙkjh <yku dh vis{kk l?ku ou ik, tkrs gSaA
(2) m".k dfVca/h; o"kkZ ou esa /jkry yrk forkuksa ls <¡dk gqvk gSA
(3) tSo fofo/rk esa Hkkjr cgqr /uh gSA
(4) >kM+h ,oa d¡Vhys ou esa ikS/ksa dh ifÙk;k¡ jks,¡nkj ekseh] xqísnkj ,oa NksVh
gksrh gSaA

çkÑfrd ouLifr ,oa oU; çk.kh %% 81

 (iv) Short Answer Questions-
(1) Where is Simlipal Biosphere reserve situated?
(2) In which type of vegetation region is Bihar situated?
(3) In which vegetation region is Elephant found?
(4) Name some endangered lora and fauna found in India.
(5) To protect which wild animal in Bihar, a project is being run in Valmiki Nagar, Bihar ?
(v) Long Answer Questions-
(1) What is ecosystem?
(2) What are the factors that affect the distribution of lora and fauna in
India?
(3) Why are Plant life and animal life important for our existence?

(vi) Map Skills

On the outline map of India label the following –
(1) Vegetation regions of India
(2) Eighteen Biosphere reserves

(vii) PROJECT WORK-

(1) Search the name of any ten professions which receive raw material
from forest and wild animals.
(2) Make sure that you plant at least one tree on the occasion of birthday
of your family members.
(3) Plantation in your school campus: plants with medicinal value fruit (Jamun),
Vegetable (Sahjan, Bora) Flower (Desi Gulab, Sadabahar) etc. and
nourish them.
(4) Plant trees in your Mohalla and village in suitable season along with
nourish them.

Natural Vegeta on & Wild Animals :: 82

(iv) y?kq mÙkjh; ç'u&
(1) fleyhiky thoeaMy fup; dgk¡ gS \
(2) fcgkj fdl çdkj ds ouLifr çns'k esa vkrk gS \
(3) gkFkh fdl ouLifr çns'k esa ik;k tkrk gS \
(4) Hkkjr esa ik, tkus okys dqN ladVxzLr ouLifr ,oe~ çk.kh ds uke fyf[k,A
(5) fcgkj esa fdl oU; çk.kh dks lqjf{kr j•us ds fy;s okYehfd uxj esa
çkstsDV pyk;k tk jgk gSA
(v) nh?kZ mÙkjh; ç'u&
(1) ikfjfLFkfrd ra=k fdls dgrs gSa \
(2) Hkkjr esa ikniksa rFkk thoksa dk forj.k fdu dkjdksa }kjk çHkkfor gksrk gS \
(3) ouLifr txr~ ,oa çk.kh txr~ gekjs vfLrRo ds fy;s D;ksa vko';d gSa\
(vi)ekufp=k dkS'ky&
Hkkjr esa ekufp=k ij fuEufyf•r dks çnf'kZr djsa &
(1) Hkkjr ds ouLifr çns'k
(2) Hkkjr ds vBkjg thoeaMy fup;
(vii) ifj;kstuk dk;Z&
(1) fdUgha nl O;olk;ksa dk uke irk dhft, ftUgsa taxy ,oa taxyh tkuojksa
ls dPpk eky çkIr gksrk gSA
(2) ifjokj ds lnL;ksa ds tUe&fnu ds volj ij de ls de ,d ikS/k vo';
yxk,¡A
(3) vius Ldwy ifjlj esa vkS"k/h; xq.kksa ls ;qÙkQ iQy (tkequ)] lCth (ltgu]
cksjk)] iQwy (ns'kh xqykc] lnkcgkj) vkfn dks yxk,¡ vkSj mudh ns•Hkky
dhft,A
( 4) vius eqgYys ,oa xk¡o esa Hkh cM+ksa ds lkFk feydj mi;qÙkQ ½rq esa o`{k yxk,a
,oa mudh ns•Hkky dhft,A

çkÑfrd ouLifr ,oa oU; çk.kh %% 82

 CHAPTER – 6

POPULATION

The economic development of any country depend mainly on two

things–Natural resources and human resources. In fact, it is seen that the
human resources or population contributes most signi icantly in the
economic development; because population is not only the means of
economic development but it is also the main resource. Human beings make
and use resources and are themselves resources with different qualities. In
absence of population or human efforts it is not possible to produce
economic materials and services. Thus, it can be said that real feature of any
country is not in the land or reservoir or mines, animals or wealth but in the
healthy and happy male, children and females.

Children, you are the part of this growing population. Today we will
discuss on three important points related to population –
1. Population size and distribution.
2. Population growth and process of population change.
3. Characteristics or Qualities of the Population.

Population size and distribution

On 1st March, 2011, the population of India was 1210 million which is

Population :: 83
 vè;k;&6

tula[;k
fdlh Hkh ns'k dk vkfFkZd fodkl eq[;r% nks ckrksa ij fuHkZj djrk
gS&çkÑfrd lalk/u rFkk ekuoh; lalk/u A okLro esa ns•k tk, rks vkfFkZd fodkl
esa lcls egÙoiw.kZ ;ksxnku ekuoh; lalk/uksa vFkkZr~ tula[;k dk gS] D;ksafd
tula[;k vkfFkZd fodkl dk lk/u gh ugha] lkè; Hkh gSA tula[;k vFkok ekuoh;
ç;Ruksa ds vHkko esa fdlh Hkh çdkj dh vkfFkZd oLrqvksa rFkk lsokvksa dk mRiknu
laHko ugha gSA bl çdkj dgk tk ldrk gS fd fdlh ns'k dk okLrfod Lo:i ml
ns'k dh Hkwfe vFkok tyk'k;ksa ;k •knkuksa esa] i'kqvksa vFkok /u&nkSyr esa ugha oju
ml ns'k ds LoLFk ,oa lq•h iq#"kksa] cPpksa ,oa fL=k;ksa esa fufgr gSA

cPpksa] vki Hkh c<+rh tula[;k ds vax gksA vkt ge tula[;k ls tqM+s rhu
egÙo fcUnqvksa ij fopkj djrs gSa&
1- tula[;k dk vkdkj ,oa forj.k A
2- tula[;k o`f¼ ,oa tula[;k ifjorZu dh çfØ;k A
3- tula[;k ds xq.k ;k fo'ks"krk,¡ A
tula[;k vkdkj ,oa forj.k
1 ekpZ 2011 bZú rd Hkkjr dh tula[;k 121.06 djksM+ Fkh tks fd fo'o

tula[;k %% 83
17.50 per cent of the world's population. These 1210 million people are unevenly
distributed in the India's vast area of 32.8 lakh square km. (2.4 percent land
area of the world) (Fig. 6.1).
CENSUS

Of icial counting of Population after a certain interval of time is called

Census. In India the irst Census was conducted in 1872. The irst
complete Census was conducted in 1881. Since then Census is being
held after an interval of ten years. The Census of India is the most
comprehensive source of demographic, current facts and economic

According to the 2011 census, Uttar Pradesh is the most populous

state in the country, where the total population is 199 millions. 16 percent
of total population of India resides in Uttar Pradesh. The second position
hold by Maharashtra where the total population is 112 millions (9.28)

Fig. 6.1 Population density of India (2011)

Population :: 84
dh dqy tula[;k dk 17.50 çfr'kr FkhA ;s djhc 121 djksM+ yksx Hkkjr ds 32-
8 yk• oxZ fdúehú (fo'o ds LFkyh; Hkw&Hkkx dk 2.4 çfr'kr) ds fo'kky {ks=k
esa vleku :i ls forfjr gq, gSa (fp=k 6.1)A
tux.kuk
,d fuf'pr le;karjky dh vkf/dkfjd x.kuk dks tux.kuk dgrs gSaA
Hkkjr esa lcls igys 1872 bZú esa tux.kuk dh xbZ FkhA lu~ 1881 esa igyh
ckj lEiw.kZ tux.kuk dh x;h FkhA mlh le; ls çR;sd nl o"kZ ij
tux.kuk gksrh gSA
Hkkjrh; tux.kuk tulkaf[;dh] lelkef;d rF;ksa rFkk vkfFkZd vk¡dM+ksa
dk lcls c`gn lzksr gSA
2011 dh tux.kuk ds vuqlkj ns'k esa lcls vf/d tula[;k okyk
jkT; mÙkj çns'k gS tgk¡ dqy vkcknh 19.98 djksM+ gSA mÙkj çns'k esa ns'k dh
dqy tula[;k dk 16 çfr'kr fgLlk fuokl djrk gSA nwljs LFkku ij
egkjk"Vª gSA tgk¡ 11.23 djksM+

fp=k 6.1 Hkkjr&tula[;k ?kuRo (2011)

tula[;k %% 84
percent of the total population). Third position hold by Bihar with a
population of 104 millions (8.60 percent of the total population of the
country).On the contrary to these large states, the Himalayan state Sikkim
has a population of only 6 lakh and only 64473 thousand people live in
Lakshadweep.
About half of the Indian population lives in only ive states of India.
These states are – Uttar Pradesh, Maharashtra, Bihar, West Bengal and
Andhra Pradesh. Rajasthan is the largest state in terms of area, which has
5.6 percent of the total population of India.
FIND OUT
What is the cause of uneven distribution of population
in India?

Distribution of population in India on the basis of Density

Density of population means population living in per unit area of

land. Per square Kilometer has been accepted as a unit for standard
measurement by the Census Department of India. From this point of view,
the average population density of India, according to the 2011 census of
India, is 382 persons per square Km. but it has huge diversity in it. The
states in plain areas have maximum population density, Coastal states too
have suf icient density but in Mountainous states density is less due to
inadequate facility of economic structure. In Plateau states the situation
of density is normal.

Amongst Indian states the maximum density is in Bihar. On an

average 1106 persons per square Km. lives here, followed by West
Bangal (1030), and Kerala (859). The least density is that of Arunachal
Pradesh, hilly state, where the average density is only 17 persons per
square km. If we look at Union Territories collectively then we ind that
the density in Delhi is maximum. Here, the density is 11297 persons per
square km. but least density is in Arunachal Pradesh. Among Union
Territories the density of Andaman and Nicobar Islands is only 46
persons per square km.

Because of the fast rate of population growth, there has been quick rise in
average population density of India as well. It was only 17 persons per
square km. in 1901 which grew to 382 persons per square km in 2011.

Popula on:: 85
vkcknh (dqy tula[;k dk 9.28 çfr'kr) gSA rhljs LFkku ij fcgkj dh vkcknh
10.40 djksM+ (dqy ns'k dh tula[;k dk 8.60 çfr'kr) gSA bu cM+s jkT;ksa ds
foijhr fgeky; {ks=k ds jkT; flfDde dh vkcknh dsoy 6 yk• gh gS rFkk
y{k}hi esa dsoy 64473 (2011) gtkj yksx fuokl djrs gSaA
Hkkjr dh yxHkx vk/h vkcknh dsoy ik¡p jkT;ksa esa fuokl djrh gSA ;s
jkT; gSa& mÙkj çns'k] egkjk"Vª] fcgkj] if'pe caxky ,oa vkU/z çns'kA {ks=kiQy dh
n`f"V ls jktLFkku lcls cM+k jkT; gS ftldh vkcknh Hkkjr dh dqy tula[;k dk
dsoy 5.66 çfr'kr gSA
tkudkjh çkIr dhft, & Hkkjr esa tula[;k ds vleku forj.k
dk D;k dkj.k gS \
?kuRo ds vk/kj ij Hkkjr esa tula[;k forj.k
tula[;k ?kuRo dk rkRi;Z Hkwfe ds çfr bdkbZ ij vf/okflr gksusokyh
tula[;k gSA Hkkjrh; tux.kuk foHkkx }kjk Lrjh; ekid ds :i esa çfroxZ
fd0eh0 dks ,d bdkbZ ekuk x;k gSA bl n`f"V ls] Hkkjr dh tux.kuk 2011 ds
vuqlkj] Hkkjr dk vkSlr tula[;k ?kuRo 382 O;fÙkQ çfr oxZ fd0eh0 gS ysfdu
blesa Hkkjh fo"kerk gSA eSnkuh jkT;ksa esa lokZf/d ?kuRo gS] rVh; jkT;ksa esa Hkh dkiQh
?kuRo gS ysfdu ioZrh; jkT;ksa esa] vkfFkZd lajpukRed lqfo/k dh deh ds dkj.k]
de ?kuRo ik;k tkrk gSA iBkjh jkT;ksa esa lkekU; ?kuRo dh fLFkfr gSA
Hkkjrh; jkT;ksa esa lokZf/d ?kuRo fcgkj dk gSA ;gk¡ vkSlru çfroxZ
fd0eh0 1106 O;fÙkQ jgrs gSaA blds ckn Øe'k% i0 caxky (1030)] dsjy
(859) dk LFkku vkrk gSA lcls de ?kuRo v#.kkpy çns'k vFkkZr~ ioZrh; jkT;
dk gS tgk¡ vkSlr ?kuRo ek=k 17 O;fÙkQ çfr oxZ fd0eh0 gSA dsaæ 'kkflr çns'kksa dks
lfEefyr dj ns•k tk; rks lokZf/d ?kuRo fnYyh esa gSA ;g 11,297 O;fÙkQ çfr
oxZ fd0eh0 gSA ysfdu lcls de ?kuRo v#.kkpy çns'k esa gh gSA dsaæ 'kkflr
çns'kksa esa vaMeku fudksckj }hi lewg dk ?kuRo ek=k 46 O;fÙkQ çfr oxZ fd0eh0
gSA tula[;k o`f¼ nj rhoz gksus ds dkj.k Hkkjr ds vkSlr ?kuRo esa Hkh rsth ls o`f¼
gqbZ gSA ;g 1901 bZú esa ek=k 37 O;fÙkQ oxZ fd0eh0 Fkk tks 2011 esa c<+dj 382
O;fÙkQ çfroxZ fdúehú gks pqdk gSA

tula[;k %% 85
 FIND OUT
Make a table in which write the name of all the states
of India, their total population and density. With the
help of this compare the states with low density and
high density.
POPULATION GROWTH

The meaning of population growth is the change in the number of

residents of a country or state over a speci ic period of time, such as 10
years.

The growth of population every year or in a decade is the magnitude

of growth in total number. It can be obtained by subtracting earlier
population (e.g. population of 2001) from the later population (e.g.
population of 2011). It is known as 'Absolute Growth'.

The second aspect of population growth can be expressed in percent

per year, for example the meaning of rate of percentage increase per year
is the increase of 2 persons on every 100 person in the base population of
a given year. It is also called as annual growth rate. The Indian population
has increased from 3,610 lakhs in 1951 to 12,100 lakhs in 2011. Only in
1921, there has been negative population growth.
Table 6.1

Total Population Relative increase in a Annual growth rate

Year
(in lakh) decade (in lakh) (%)

1951 361.0 42.43 1.25

1961 439.2 78.15 1.96

1971 548.2 108.92 2.20

1981 683.3 135.17 2.22

1991 846.4 163.09 2.16

2001 1028.7 182.32 1.97
2011 1210.8 182.45 1.64

Population :: 86
 tkudkjh çkIr dhft,
,d rkfydk cuk;sa ftlesa Hkkjr ds lHkh jkT;ksa ds uke]
dqy tula[;k rFkk ?kuRo dks fyf[k,A bldh enn ls de
?kuRo vkSj vf/d ?kuRo ds jkT;ksa dh rqyuk dhft,A

tula[;k o`f¼&
tula[;k o`f¼ dk vFkZ gksrk gS] fdlh fo'ks"k leku varjky esa tSls 10 o"kks±
ds Hkhrj] fdlh ns'k&jkT; ds fuokfl;ksa dh la[;k esa ifjorZuA bl çdkj ds
ifjorZu dks nks çdkj ls O;ÙkQ fd;k tk ldrk gSA igyk] lkis{k o`f¼ rFkk nwljk]
çfr o"kZ gksus okys çfr'kr ifjorZu ds }kjkA
çR;sd o"kZ ;k ,d n'kd esa c<+h tula[;k dqy la[;k esa o`f¼ dk ifj.kke
gSA igys dh tula[;k (tSls& 2001 dh tula[;k) ds ckn dh tula[;k (tSls
2011 dh tula[;k) ls ?kVk dj bls çkIr fd;k tkrk gSA bls ^fujis{k o`f¼* dgk
tkrk gSA
tula[;k o`f¼ dk nwljk igyw çfro"kZ çfr'kr esa O;ÙkQ fd;k tkrk gS] tSls
çfr o"kZ çfr'kr o`f¼ dh nj dk vFkZ gS fd fn, gq, fdlh o"kZ dh ewy tula[;k
esa çR;sd 100 O;fÙkQ;ksa ij 2 O;fÙkQ;ksa dh o`f¼A bls okf"kZd o`f¼ nj dgk tkrk gSA
Hkkjr dh vkcknh 1951 esa 3,610 yk• ls c<+ dj 2011 esa 12,10 yk• gks xbZ gSA
fliQZ 1921 esa ½.kkRed tula[;k o`f¼ gqbZ gSA

lkj.kh 6.1 Hkkjr dh tula[;k o`f¼ % ,d >yd

o"kZ

tula[;k %% 86
Table 6.1 and Fig. 6.2 show that from 1951 to 1981 there has been regular
increase in annual population growth rate. This explains the rapid increase in
population which reached from 361 million in 1951 to 1210 million in 2011.

FIND OUT

From Table 6.1 it is revealed that in spite of decline in

growth rate there has been increase in number of
persons in every decade regularly. Why is it
happening?

Since 1981, the growth rate is steadily declining. During this period,
there has been rapid decline in birth rate, still in 2001 there was a increase of
182 lakh people in total population. Decadal increase of this proportion never
happened before.

13 3

12 2.5
Population (in lakh)

10

Annual growth rate ( in %)

2

8
1.5
6

1
4

2 0.5

0 1
1951 1961 1971 1981 1991 2001 2011

Year Total Population

Annual growth

Fig. 6.2 – Total population and population growth 1951 – 2001

It is important to consider that the population of India is very
large. The low annual growth rate in large population, yields very high
relative growth. Even when in a population of 100 million the increase
is at a very low rate even then the total number of persons added
becomes very large. The annual growth rate of present Indian
population is 15 million which is suf icient to neutralize resources and
environment protection.

Popula on:: 87
 1981 683.3 135.17 2.22
1991 846.4 163.09 2.16
2001 1028.7 182.32 1.97
2011 1210.1 182.45 1.64
lkj.kh 6.1 ,oa fp=k 6.2 n'kkZrk gS fd 1951 ls 1981 rd tula[;k dh
okf"kZd o`f¼ nj fu;fer :i ls c<+ jgh FkhA ;s tula[;k esa rhoz o`f¼ dh O;k[;k
djrk gS tks 1951 esa 3610 yk• ls 2011 esa 121.01 djksM+ gks xbZ gSA
tkudkjh çkIr dhft, & lkj.kh 6.1 ls irk pyrk gS fd o`f¼
nj esa deh ds ckotwn çR;sd n'kd esa yksxksa dh la[;k esa fu;fer :i
ls o`f¼ gks jgh gSA ,slk D;ksa gks jgk gS \
lu~ 1981 ls o`f¼ nj /hjs&/hjs de gksus yxhA bl nkSjku tUe nj esa rsth ls deh vkbZ
fiQj Hkh dsoy 2001 esa dqy tula[;k esa 182 yk• dh o`f¼ gqbZ FkhA bruh cM+h n'kdh;
o`f¼ blls igys dHkh ugha gqbZ gSA

13 3

okf"kZd o`f¼ nj (izfr'kr esa)

12 2.5

10
2

8
1.5
6

1
4

2 0.5

0 1
1951 1961 1971 1981 1991 2001 2011

fp=k 6.2 & dqy tula[;k ,oa tula[;k o`f¼ 1951-2001

blij è;ku nsuk vko';d gS fd Hkkjr dh vkcknh cgqr vf/d gSA fo'kky
vkdkj dh tula[;k esa de okf"kZd o`f¼ nj lkis{k o`f¼ cgqr vf/d gksrh gSA
tc 10 djksM+ tula[;k esa U;wure nj ls Hkh o`f¼ gksrh gS rc Hkh tqM+us okys yksxksa
dh dqy la[;k cgqr vf/d gksrh gSA Hkkjr dh orZeku tula[;k esa okf"kZd o`f¼
155 yk[k gS tks lalk/uksa ,oa i;kZoj.kh; laj{k.k dks fuf"Ø; djus ds fy, i;kZIr
gSA

tula[;k %% 87
 Decline in growth rate is an indicator of success of the efforts being
taken to control birth rate. Despite these, the growth in population
continues and by 2024 India has leave China behind to become the most
populous country of the world.

There are three main causes of change in population – Birth rate,

Death rate and Migration. The difference between death rate and birth
rate is the real natural growth of population.

The number of live births of children on every thousand persons in

one year is called Birth rate. It is a major component of growth because,
in India, the birth rate has always remained higher than the death rate.
The number of deaths per thousand persons in a year is called Death
rate. The rapid decline in death rate has been the main cause of growth
rate of the Indian population.

Because of the high birth rate and low death rate, by 1980, there was
a huge difference between birth rate and death rate and because of this
the population growth became explosive. From 1981, there was a gradual
decline in birth rate, as a result of which there was also a decline in
population growth rate. The main reasons for this change have been the
awakening at family, political, administrative and religious levels towards
planned family.

Migration is the third component of population growth. The

movement of people from one area to another area is called Migration.
Migration could be internal (from one place to another place e.g. in lood
displaced regions in North Bihar) or inter state (from one state to
another state) or international (from one country to another country).

THINGS TO REMEBER
1. In the present World, in every 6 persons there is an Indian.
2. In the last ten years (1991 – 2011), there has been an increase of
1.81 crores every year in the population of India.
3. Presently the population of Mumbai metropolis is more than the
total population of Australia. Every minute there is an increase of 29
persons in the total population of India.

Population :: 88
 o`f¼ nj esa deh tUe nj fu;a=k.k ds fy, fd, tk jgs ç;klksa dh liQyrk
dks çnf'kZr djrk gSA blds ckotwn tula[;k dh o`f¼ tkjh gS rFkk 2024 rd
Hkkjr] phu dks ihNs NksM+rs gq, fo'o dk lcls vf/d vkcknh okyk ns'k cu x;kA
tula[;k esa gksus okys ifjorZu ds rhu eq[; dkj.k gSa& tUe nj] e`R;q nj
,oa çoklA tUe nj ,oa e`R;q nj ds chp dk varj tula[;k dh okLrfod
çkÑfrd o`f¼ gSA
,d o"kZ esa çfr gtkj O;fÙkQ;ksa esa ftrus thfor cPpksa dk tUe gksrk gS] mls
^tUe nj* dgrs gSaA ;g o`f¼ dk ,d çeq• ?kVd gS D;ksafd Hkkjr esa ges'kk tUe
nj] e`R;q nj ls vf/d jgk gSA
,d o"kZ esa çfr gtkj O;fÙkQ;ksa ds ejus okys dh la[;k dks ^e`R;q nj* dgk
tkrk gSA e`R;q nj esa rst fxjkoV Hkkjr dh tula[;k esa o`f¼ dh nj dk çeq•
dkj.k gSA
1980 rd mPp tUe nj esa /heh xfr ls ,oa e`R;q nj esa rhoz xfr ls fxjkoV
ds dkj.k tUe nj rFkk e`R;q nj esa dkiQh cM+k vUrj vk x;k ,oa blds dkj.k
tula[;k o`f¼ foLiQksVd gks xbZA 1981 ls /hjs&/hjs tUe nj esa Hkh fxjkoV vkuh
'kq: gqbZ ftlds ifj.kkeLo:i tula[;k o`f¼ nj esa Hkh fxjkoV vkbZA bl ifjorZu
dk çeq• dkj.k ikfjokfjd] jktuSfrd] ç'kklfud ,oa /kfeZd Lrj ij fu;ksftr
ifjokj ds çfr tkx:drk gSA
tula[;k o`f¼ dk rhljk ?kVd gS çoklA yksxksa dk ,d {ks=k ls nwljs {ks=k esa
pys tkus dks çokl dgrs gSaA çokl vkUrfjd (,d txg ls nwljs txg tSls mÙkjh
fcgkj esa ck<+] foLFkkfir {ks=kksa esa ;k varjjkT; (,d jkT; ls nwljs jkT; esa) ;k
vUrjkZ"Vªh; (,d ns'k ls nwljs ns'k esa) gks ldrk gSA
;kn j•sa&
1- orZeku fo'o esa çR;sd 6 O;fÙkQ;ksa esa ,d Hkkjrh; gSA
2- fiNys nl o"kks± (2001-2011) esa Hkkjr dh tula[;k esa çfro"kZ
1.81 djksM+ dh o`f¼ gqbZA
3- oÙkZeku le; esa eqEcbZ egkuxj dh tula[;k vkLVªsfy;k ds dqy
tula[;k ls vf/d gSA
4- Hkkjr dh dqy tula[;k esa çfr feuV 29 O;fÙkQ;ksa dh o`f¼ gks
jgh gSA

tula[;k %% 88
 Internal migration does not bring any change in the size of the
population but it in luences the distribution of population within the country.
Migration plays an important role in changing the distribution of population
and its components.
ACTIVITY
Prepare a table and trace the migration in your family, of
your grandparents and parents since their birth. Trace
the reasons for each migration.
Most of the internal migration, in India, occurs from rural to urban areas
because of the effect of 'push' factor in rural areas. These are adverse
conditions, in rural areas, of poverty and unemployment and the 'pull'
effect of the urban centers presents increase in employment
opportunities and better living standards.

Migration not only affects the size of the population but also changes
the composition of urban and rural population in terms of age and
gender. Due to rural – urban migration in India, the population of towns
and cities has been increasing regularly. In 1951, out of the total
population, the percentage of urban population was 17.29 percent which
increased to 31.80 percent in 2011. Within a decade (2001-2011), the
number of cities having population more than ten lakh has increased from
35 to 53.

CHARACTERISTICS OF POPULATION:
(i) AGE COMPOSITION
In terms of age structure, the Indian population is divided into three
groups. They are –
1. Children and Youth Group - Age below 15 years
2. Working Group - Age between 15 – 64 years
3. Aged Group - 65 years or more

We call the adult population group as labourer or working age group

and the irst and last groups are called dependent population.

India has 34.5 percent population under children group. Under adult
group 58.7 percent and the aged group has 6.9 percent population. Due to
rapid improvement in the health facilities, rapid growth in the aged

Population:: 89
 vkUrfjd çokl tula[;k ds vkdkj esa dksbZ ifjorZu ugha ykrk gS_ ysfdu
;g ,d ns'k ds Hkhrj tula[;k ds forj.k ,oa lajpuk dks çHkkfor djrk gSA
tula[;k forj.k ,oa mlds ?kVdksa dks ifjofrZr djus esa çokl dh egRoiw.kZ
Hkwfedk gksrh gSA
fØ;kdyki & vius nknk&nknh] ukuk&ukuh vkSj ekrk&firk
ds tUe ds le; ls vki vius ifjokj esa çokl dh lwph
cukb,A çR;sd çokl ds dkj.kksa dks Kkr dhft,A
Hkkjr esa vf/drj vkUrfjd çokl xzkeh.k ls 'kgjh {ks=kksa dh vksj gksrk gS]
D;ksafd xzkeh.k {ks=kksa esa ^vid"kZ.k* dkjd çHkkoh gksrs gSaA ;s xzkeh.k {ks=kksa esa xjhcksa
,oa csjkstxkjh dh çfrdwy voLFkk,¡ gSa rFkk uxj dk ^d"kZ.k* (PULL) çHkko
jkstxkj esa o`f¼ ,oa vPNs thou Lrj dks n'kkZrk gSA
çokl dsoy tula[;k ds vkdkj dks gh çHkkfor ugha djrk] cfYd mez
,oa fyax ds n`f"Vdks.k ls uxjh; ,oa xzkeh.k tula[;k dh lajpuk dks Hkh
ifjofrZr djrk gSA Hkkjr esa xzkeh.k uxjh; çokl ds dkj.k 'kgjksa rFkk uxjksa dh
tula[;k esa fu;fer o`f¼ gks jgh gSA 1951 esa dqy tula[;k dh 17.29 çfr'kr
uxjh; tula[;k Fkh] tks 2011 esa c<+dj 31.80 çfr'kr gks xbZA ,d n'kd
(2001 ls 2011) ds Hkhrj nl yk• ls vf/d tula[;k okys uxjksa dh la[;k 35
ls c<+dj 53 gks x;h gSA
tula[;k dh fo'ks"krk,¡%
(v) vk;q lajpuk
(i) vk;q lajpuk dh n`f"V ls Hkkjrh; tula[;k dks rhu oxks± esa foHkkftr
fd;k x;k gSA ;s gSa&
1- cPps vkSj ;qok oxZ & 15 o"kZ ls de vk;q
2- dk;Z'khy oxZ & 64 o"kZ dh vk;q
3- o`¼ oxZ & 65 o"kZ ;k blls vf/d
çkS<+ oxZ dh tula[;k dks Jethoh vFkok dk;Zjr vk;qoxZ (Working
Population) dgk x;k gSA çFke vkSj vafre oxZ dks vkfJr tula[;k
(Dependent population) dgk x;k gSA

tula[;k %% 89
 population group is expected. On the country the increasing
awakening for population control and due to favourable measures
of management the children group of population is expected to
decline.

(B) SEX - RATIO

Number of females on every 1000 males is called Sex ratio. This

information is an important social indicator to measure the limit of
equality between male and female in the society at a given time.
The sex ratio, in the country, is not in favour of females. The sex
ratio from 1951 to 2011is shown in Table 6.2.

CENSUS YEAR SEX RATIO

1951 946
1961 941
1971 930
1981 934
1991 929
2001 933
2011 943

Table 6.2: Sex ratio in India 1951 - 2011

Population :: 90
Hkkjr esa cPps ,oa ;qok oxZ ds varxZr 34.4 çfr'kr tula[;k gSA o;Ld oxZ ds
varxZr 58.7 çfr'kr rFkk o`¼ oxZ esa 6.9 çfr'kr tula[;k gSA LokLF; lqfo/kvksa
esa rsth ls gks jgs lq/kj ds dkj.k o`¼ oxZ dh tula[;k esa rhoz o`f¼ dh laHkkouk
gSA blds foijhr] tula[;k fu;a=k.k ds çfr c<+rh tkx:drk vkSj çca/u ds
vuqdwy mik;ksa ds dkj.k fd'kksj oxZ esa Hkh deh vkus dh iwjh laHkkouk gSA

(c) fyax vuqikr

çfr 1000 iq#"kksa ij efgykvksa dh la[;k dks fyax vuqikr dgk tkrk gSA
;g tkudkjh fdlh fn, x, le; esa] lekt esa iq#"kksa ,oa efgykvksa ds chp
lekurk dh lhek ekius ds fy, ,d egRoiw.kZ lkekftd lwpd gSA ns'k esa fyax
vuqikr efgykvksa ds i{k esa ugha gSA lu~ 1951 ls 2011 ds chp ds fyax vuqikr
dh lkj.kh 6.2 esa n'kkZ;k x;k gSA

tux.kuk o"kZ fyax vuqikr

1951 946
1961 941
1971 930
1981 934
1991 929
2001 933
2011 943
lkj.kh 6.2 % Hkkjr esa fyax vuqikr 1951-2011

tula[;k%% 90
 DO YOU KNOW
In Kerala there are 1084 females on per 1000 males. In
Pondicherry 1038 females on every 1000 males where as
in Delhi 866 on every 1000 males and in Haryana 866
females on every 1000 males.

(C) LITERACY RATES

Literacy is a very significant resourceful quality of popula on. It is
obvious that only an educated and aware ci zen can take intelligent/wise
decisions and can accomplish research and developmental works. Decline
in literacy level is a serious obstacle to economic development.

According to the 2011 census, a person whose age is 7 years

and above, and who can write or read with comprehension
in any language is treated in literate category.

The literacy level of India is improving steadily. According to 2011

census the literacy rate of India is 73 percent. It is 80.9 percent for males
and 64.6 percent for females. Due to traditional beliefs the literacy rate
of females is low, but it is improving very fast.

(D) OCCUPATIONAL STRUCTURE

The percentage of economically active population is an important

indicator of development. The distribution of population according to
the different occupations is called occupational structure. The
occupations are generally classi ied as primary, secondary and tertiary.
The primary occupation includes agriculture, animal husbandry, tree
Find Out plantation, ishing and mining. In
secondary activities manufacturing,
List the name of five States building and other construction works
are included. In tertiary activities
having highest and lower t r a n s p o r t , c o m m u n i c a t i o n s,
literacy. commerce, administra on and
different types of services are included.

Population:: 91
 D;k vki tkurs gSa \ & dsjy esa çfr 1000 iq#"kksa ij efgykvksa
dh la[;k 1084 gSA iqMqpsjh esa çfr 1000 ij 1038 gS tcfd
fnYyh esa çfr 1000 ij 866 rFkk gfj;k.kk esa çfr 1000 ij
dsoy 877 efgyk,¡ gSaA
(l) lk{kjrk nj
lk{kjrk tula[;k dk cgqr gh egRoiw.kZ lalk/ukRed xq.k gksrk gSA Li"Vr%
dsoy ,d f'kf{kr vkSj tkx#d ukxfjd gh cqf¼eÙkkiw.kZ fu.kZ; ys ldrk gS rFkk
'kks/ fodkl ds dk;ks± dks dj ldrk gSA lk{kjrk Lrj esa deh vkfFkZd çxfr esa ,d
xaHkhj ck/d gksrk gSA
2011 bZú dh tux.kuk ds vuqlkj ,d O;fÙkQ ftldh vk;q 7
o"kZ ;k mlls vf/d gS tks fdlh Hkh Hkk"kk dks le> dj fy•
;k i<+ ldrk gS mls lk{kj dh Js.kh esa j•k tkrk gSA
Hkkjr dh lk{kjrk ds Lrj esa /hjs&/hjs lq/kj gks jgk gSA 2011 bZú dh
tux.kuk ds vuqlkj ns'k dh lk{kjrk nj 73 çfr'kr iq#"kksa dk 80.9 çfr'kr ,oa
efgykvksa dh 64.6 çfr'kr gSA ijEijkxr ekU;rkvksa ds dkj.k efgykvksa dh
lk{kjrk nj de gS] ysfdu blesa rsth ls lq/kj gks jgk gSA
(n) O;kolkf;d lajpuk& vkfFkZd :i ls fØ;k'khy tula[;k dk
çfr'kr fodkl dk ,d egRoiw.kZ lwpd gksrk gSA fofHkUu çdkj ds O;olk;ksa ds
vuqlkj fd, x, tula[;k ds dkf;Zd forj.k dks O;kolkf;d lajpuk dgrs gSaA
O;olk;ksa dks lkekU;r% çkFkfed] f}rh;d ,oa r`rh;d Jsf.k;ksa esa oxhZÑr fd;k
x;k gSA
çkFkfed O;olk; ds vUrxZr Ñf"k] i'kqikyu] o`{kkjksi.k ,oa eNyh ikyu
tkudkjh çkIr dhft, & rFkk •uu tSlh fØ;k,¡ 'kkfey gSA f}rh;d fØ;k
dykiksa esa mRiknu djus okys m|ksx] Hkou ,oa vU;
Hkkjr ds ik¡p lokZf/d
fuekZ.k dk;Z vkrs gSaA r`rh;d fØ;kdykiksa esa
lk{kj ,oa ik¡p lcls de
ifjogu] lapkj] okf.kT;] ç'kklu rFkk fofo/
lk{kj jkT;ksa ds ukeA çdkj dh lsok,¡ vkrh gSaA

tula[;k %% 91
(E) HEALTH – Health accounts for the process of population
development being, healthy and effective. In the present condition there
has been constant improvement in health indicators. Death rate which
accounts 25 (per thousand) in 1951, reduced to 7.2 (per thousand) in
2011. The life expectancy which was 36.7 years in 1951, increased to 67.9
years in 2011.
Most of the infectious diseases have, almost, been brought under
control. Safe drinking water and basic health saving facilities is available
to only one - third of the rural population of India.
Any nation can change population into resources by bringing
improvement in education and health.

ILL EFFECTS OF POPULATION GROWTH

The explosive growth of population has multi faceted ill effects.

There was a huge increase in food grain – production, employment
opportunities and industrial structure of India. But despite all these, due
to growing population, India could not translate heights of these
developments into developed nation. Even today more than half of the
children are victim of malnutrition in India. Still the per day food
availability is less than 450 grams.

The maximum number of illiterate and unemployed persons in the

world is in India. This bunch of illiterates and unemployed is the outcome
of explosive population growth of Independent India.

Population :: 92
 (;) LokLF; & LokLF; vkcknh fodkl dh çfØ;k dks Hkh LoLFk ,oa
çHkkodkjh cukrk gSA orZeku fLFkfr esa LokLF; lwpdksa esa yxkrkj lq/kj gqvk gSA
e`R;q nj] tks 1951 esa (çfr gtkj) 25 Fkh] 2011 esa ?kVdj (çfrgtkj) 7.2 jg
x;h gSA vkSlr vk;q tks 1951 esa 36.7 o"kZ Fkh] 2011 esa 67.9 o"kZ gks x;h gSA

vf/drj laØked chekfj;ksa ij yxHkx fu;a=k.k dj fy;k x;k gSA 'kq¼

ikuh ihus ds fy, rFkk ewy LokLF; j{kk lqfo/k,¡ Hkkjr dh xzkeh.k tula[;k ds
dsoy ,d frgkbZ Hkkjrh;ksa dks gh miyC/ gSA
f'k{kk vkSj LokLF; esa lq/kj ykdj gh dksbZ Hkh ns'k viuh tula[;k dks
lalk/u esa cny ldrk gSA

tula[;k o`f¼ ds nq"çHkko

foLiQksVd tula[;k o`f¼ ds nq"çHkko cgqvk;keh gSA Lora=krk ds ckn Hkkjr
ds •k|&mRiknu] jkstxkj ds voljksa vkSj vkS|ksfxd lajpuk esa Hkkjh o`f¼ gqbZ gSA
ysfdu blds ckotwn c<+rh tula[;k ds dkj.k Hkkjr fodkl dh bu Å¡pkb;ksa dks
fodflr jk"Vª esa rCnhy ugha dj ldkA vkt Hkh Hkkjr esa vk/s ls vf/d cPps
dqiks"k.k ds f'kdkj gSaA vHkh Hkh çfr O;fÙkQ •k| miyC/rk 450 xzke çfrfnu ls
de gSA
fo'o esa lokZf/d fuj{kj vkSj lokZf/d csjkstxkj Hkkjr esa gh gSA fuj{kj
vkSj csjkstxkjksa dk ;g lewg Lora=k Hkkjr dh foLiQksVd tula[;k o`f¼ dk
ifj.kke gSA

tula[;k %% 92
 Now a days, the pressure of population is constantly increasing on
agricultural land because maximum population lives in villages. The land
is limited but the size of its exploiters has become huge. As a result the
pressure of agriculture, pasture and houses can be felt on those lands
also which, according to the laws of the nature, were a part of ecological
balance. There has been constant reduction in the forest areas, desert
regions and wet lands of India. Himalayan Mountainous region remains a
store house of bio – diversity. Today less than 40 percent land has forest
cover due to fast growing population, development of tourism, increase in
religious travels and increasing development of industries and towns, in
the states like Jammu and Kashmir, Himachal Pradesh and Sikkim less
than 40 percent land has forest cover. However 60 percent of land should
have forest cover, here.

Similarly, due to huge increase in rural population the process of

rural – urban migration has become fast. Again due to increasing crowd
of rural poor in cities, the development of unof icial system, slums and
encroached settlements have spoiled the urban ecosystem. Presently,
Mumbai has become the second largest city of the world. Here, on an
average 3 – 4 lakh people immigrate from outside and settle here.

Poverty, unemployment, illiteracy and malnutrition are four such

pillars which is the biggest challenge for developing India and its root is
based upon the basic structure of population explosion.

NATIONAL POPULATION POLICY

Keeping in mind the problems arising from the population explosion,

the policy of population control has been adopted since the irst ive year
plan. India is the irst country of the world which initiated and declared
the irst ive year plan, family planning as the government programme.
Even today maximum family welfare centre are in India but because of
the policy of self

Population:: 93
 vkt Hkh Ñf"k Hkwfe ij tula[;k dk ncko yxkrkj c<+ jgk gS D;ksafd
vf/drj tula[;k xk¡oksa esa jgrh gSA Hkwfe lhfer gS vkSj blds mi;ksx djus okyksa
dk vkdkj o`gn gks x;k gSA ifj.kkeLo:i] oSls Hkwfe ij Hkh Ñf"k] i'kqpkj.k vkSj
vf/okl dk ncko iM+us yxk gS tks çÑfr ds fu;eksa ds vuq:i ikfjfLFkfrd
larqyu ds vax FksA Hkkjr ds ouh; {ks=k] e#LFkyh; {ks=k vkSj ue Hkwfe esa yxkrkj
deh vk jgh gSA fgeky; ioZrh; {ks=k tSfod fofo/rk dk HkaMkjx`g jgk gSA vkt
fgeky; ds jkT;ksa esa rhoz tula[;k o`f¼] i;ZVu fodkl] /kfeZd ;k=kkvksa esa o`f¼
rFkk m|ksx vkSj uxjksa ds c<+rs fodkl ds dkj.k tEew ,oa d'ehj] yík[k]
fgekpy çns'k vkSj flfDde tSls jkT;ksa esa 40 çfr'kr ls Hkh de Hkwfe ij ou gSA
tcfd ;gk¡ 60 çfr'kr Hkwfe ij ou gksus pkfg,A

blh çdkj] xzkeh.k tula[;k esa Hkkjh o`f¼ ds dkj.k xzkeh.k uxjh;
LFkkukarj.k dh çfØ;k rhoz gks xbZ gSA uxjksa esa xzkeh.k xjhcksa dh c<+rh HkhM+ ls
vukSipkfjd O;oLFkk] efyu cLrh] >qXxh&>ksiM+h vkSj vfrØfer cfLr;ksa ds
fodkl us uxjh; ikfjLFkSfrdh dks cokZn dj fn;k gSA oÙkZeku le; esa eqacbZ fo'o
dk nwljk lcls cM+k uxj cu pqdk gSA ;gk¡ çfro"kZ vkSlru 3.4 yk• yksx ckgj
ls vkdj clrs gSaA
xjhch] csjkstxkjh] fuj{kjrk vkSj dqiks"k.k pkj ,sls LraHk gSa tks fodkl'khy
Hkkjr ds fy, lcls cM+h pqukSrh gS vkSj budh tM+sa tula[;k foLiQksV ds
vk/kjHkwr lajpuk ij vk/kfjr gSA
jk"Vªh; tula[;k uhfr
tula[;k foLiQksV ls mRiUu gks jgh leL;k dks è;ku esa j•dj çFke
iapo"khZ; ;kstukdky ls gh tula[;k fu;a=k.k dh uhfr viukbZ tk jgh gSA Hkkjr
fo'o dk igyk ns'k gS ftlus çFke iapo"khZ; ;kstuk ds nkSjku ifjokj fu;kstu
dk;ZØe dks ljdkjh dk;ZØe ?kksf"kr fd;kA vkt Hkh fo'o esa lokZf/d ifjokj
dY;k.k dsaæ Hkkjr esa gS]

tula[;k %% 93
desire of family planning, there has not been much success in the
direction of population control.

In 1976 population policy was declared at national level according to

which, the minimum marriageable age for boys and girls were ixed at 21
and 18 years respectively. In states like Kerala, indirect efforts were made
to control population growth by giving priority to literacy, and this
achieved a huge success. Keeping this achievement as base, greater
importance is being given to indirect programmes from eight ive year
plan. Under this effort women empowerment, creation of employment
opportunities, poverty eradication, policy of encouragement for the
people engaged in secondary and tertiary activities and decision of not
increasing the seats of Loksabha, Rajyasabha and Vidhansabha on the
basis of population till 2026 are proving very effective. It has been made
clear in the population policy of 2002 that by 2045 the population of
India will become stagnant. The population policy of India, however, is
based on the policy of 'Small Family, Happy Family'

EXERCISE QUESTIONS

(I) OBJECTIVE TYPE QUESTIONS

1. Which state has maximum literacy rate in India?
(a) West Beng (b) Maharashtra
(c ) Bihar (d) Kerala

2. What is the average age structure of India?

(a) 64.6 years (b) 64.9 years
(c) 81.6 years (b) 70.2 years

3. What is the situation of proportion of women on per 1000 male in 2011

Census?
(a) 927 women (b) 990 women
(c) 933 women (d) 1010 women

Population :: 94
ysfdu ifjokj fu;kstu dh LoSfPNd uhfr ds dkj.k tula[;k fu;a=k.k dh fn'kk esa dksbZ
fo'ks"k liQyrk ugha feyh gSA
vr% 1976 bZú esa jk"Vªh; Lrj ij tula[;k uhfr dh ?kks"k.kk dh xbZ ftlesa
yM+ds vkSj yM+fd;ksa ds fookg dh vk;q U;wure Øe'k% 21 vkSj 18 o"kZ j•k x;kA
dsjy tSls jkT; esa lk{kjrk dks çkFkfedrk nsdj tula[;k fu;a=k.k dk vçR;{k ç;kl
çkjaHk fd;k x;kA blesa Hkkjh liQyrk Hkh feyhA bl liQyrk dks vk/kj ekudj vkBoha
iapo"khZ; ;kstuk ls vçR;{k dk;ZØeksa dks vf/d egRo fn;k tk jgk gSA blesa efgykvksa
ds l'kfÙkQdj.k] jkstxkj dh laHkkoukvksa dk l`tu] xjhch fuokj.k] f}rh;d vkSj
r`rh;d jkstxkj esa yxs gq, yksxksa ds fy, çksRlkgu vkSj grksRlkgu dh uhfr;k¡ rFkk
tula[;k ds vk/kj ij 2026 bZú rd yksdlHkk] jkT;lHkk vkSj fo/kulHkk ds lhVksa esa
o`f¼ u djus dk fu.kZ; vf/d dkjxj lkfcr gks jgk gSA 2002 bZú dh tula[;k uhfr esa
Li"V fd;k x;k gS fd 2045 rd Hkkjr dh tula[;k fLFkj gks tk;sxhA oLrqr% Hkkjr dh
tula[;k uhfr NksVk ifjokj lq•h ifjokj ds uhfr ij vk/kfjr gSA

vH;kl iz'u
(i) oLrqfu"B ç'u%
1- Hkkjr esa lokZf/d lk{kjrk nj fdl jkT; dh gS \
(v) if'pe caxky (l) egkjk"Vª
(c) fcgkj (n) dsjy
2- Hkkjr dh vkSlr vk;q lajpuk D;k gS \
(v) 67 o"kZ (l) 67.9 o"kZ
(c) 81.6 o"kZ (n) 70.2 o"kZ
3- 2011 bZú dh tux.kuk esa çfr 1000 iq#"kksa ij efgykvksa ds vuqikr dh D;k
fLFkfr gS \
(v) 927 efgyk;sa (l) 990 efgyk;sa
(x) 943 efgyk;sa (n) 1010 efgyk;sa

tula[;k %% 94
4. What is the average per square km density of population of India?
(a) 318 persons (b) 325 persons
(a) 302 persons (b) 288 persons

(ii) SHORT ANSWER QUESTIONS

1. What was the population of India in 1951?

2. What was the percentage of urban population of India in 2011?
3. What is the number of females per 1000 male in Kerala?
4. Describe the literacy rate of India?
5. Explain the features of sex ratio of India?
6. What do you mean by Census?

(iii) LONG ANSWER QUESTIONS

1. Explain the features of population growth in India?

2. Describe the uneven density of population of India?
3. Describe the features of population of India?

Population:: 95
4- Hkkjr dk vkSlr tula[;k ?kuRo çfroxZ fdú ehú D;k gS \
(d) 318 O;fÙkQ (x) 382 O;fÙkQ
(•) 382 O;fÙkQ (?k) 288 O;fÙkQ
(ii) y?kq mÙkjh; ç'u%
1- 1951 bZ- esa Hkkjr dh tula[;k fdruh Fkh\
2- Hkkjr esa 2011 bZ- esa uxjh; tula[;k dk çfr'kr D;k Fkk\
3- dsjy esa çfr 1000 iq#"k ij efgykvksa dh la[;k D;k gS\
4- Hkkjr dh lk{kjrk nj dk o.kZu dhft,A
5- Hkkjr ds fyax vuqikr dh fo'ks"krkvksa dks crkb,A
6- tux.kuk ls vki D;k le>rs gSa\
(iii) nh?kZ mÙkjh; ç'u%
1- Hkkjr dh tula[;k o`f¼ dh fo'ks"krkvksa dks crkb,A
2- Hkkjr ds fo"ke tula[;k ?kuRo dk o.kZu dhft,A
3. Hkkjr dh tula[;k dh o'ks"krkvksa dk o.kZu dhft,A

tula[;k %% 95
 CHAPTER – 7

NEIGHBOURING COUNTRIES OF INDIA

(A) NEPAL
INTRODUCTION

Nepal is a neighbouring country of India. We don't need a visa

(International order for communication) to travel here like other
countries. This neighbouring country is situated to north of India.
0 0 0
Nepal can be seen from 26 20' to 30 10' North latitudes and 80 15'
to 880 10' East longitudes on the globe. It is a land locked country and
therefore, it is called a buffer nation. To the north of Nepal, Tibet
(China) is situated and between which Himalayas stand like a wall.
From other three sides, it is surrounded by Indian states. Sikkim and
West Bengal are situated in the east of Nepal, Uttrakhand in the west
and Bihar and Uttar Pradesh states in the south. Lumbini, the main
center of Buddhist culture during Mauryan rule is located in Nepal.
(Birth place of Gautam Buddha is also here. The temple of Lord
Pashupatinath in Kathmandu, the capital of Nepal, is great pilgrimage
site for Hindus. A large fair is organised here on the day of Shivratri.
The total area of Nepal is 140797 squares Km. and total population is
2.91 crores (2011).

STRUCTURE AND LANDFORMS

The structure of Nepal is associated with the origin of

Himalayas. The land form created by the folding of the sedimentary
rocks due to geo - compressive force is the specialty of the land forms
Nepal. Here soft rocks are found near the surface and hard rocks are
found before the surface. Most of the mountain peaks are made of
Igneous and metamorphic rocks.

Neighboring countries of India :: 96

 vè;k;&7

Hkkjr ds iM+kslh ns'k

(v) usiky
ifjp;
usiky Hkkjr dk ,d iM+kslh ns'k gSA ;gk¡ gesa vkus&tkus esa vU; ns'kksa dh rjg ohtk
(varjjk"Vªh; vkokxeu vkns'k) ysus dh t:jr ugha iM+rh gSA ;g iM+kslh ns'k Hkkjr ds
mÙkj esa vofLFkr gSA Xyksc ij usiky 26°20' ls 30°10' mÙkjh v{kka'k rFkk 80°15' ls
88°10' iwohZ ns'kkUrj js•kvksa ds chp ns•k tk ldrk gSA ;g ns'k pkjks rjiQ LFky ls f?kjk
gSA vr% bls eè;LFk ns'k Hkh dgrs gSaA usiky ds mÙkj esa frCcr (phu) fLFkr gS ftlds
chp egku fgeky; nhokj tSlk •M+k gSA vU; rhu rjiQ ls Hkkjr ds jkT; iM+rs gSaA usiky
ds iwoZ esa flfDde ,oa if'pe caxky] if'pe esa mÙkjk•.M rFkk nf{k.k esa fcgkj ,oa mÙkj
çns'k jkT; fLFkr gSaA ekS;Z 'kklu dky esa ckS¼ laLÑfr dk eq[; dsUæ yqfEcuh usiky esa gh
fLFkr gSA ;gk¡ ij xkSre cq¼ dk tUe LFky Hkh gSA usiky dh jkt/kuh dkBekaMw esa Hkxoku
i'kqifrukFk dk eafnj fgUnqvksa dk egku rhFkZLFky gSA ;gk¡ f'kojkf=k ds fnu fo'kky esyk dk
vk;kstu gksrk gSA usiky dk dqy {ks=kiQy 140797 oxZ fd0eh0 rFkk tula[;k 2.91
djksM+ (2011 bZ-) gSA

lajpuk ,oa LFkykÑfr

fgeky; dh mRifr ds lkFk gh usiky dh lajpuk dk laca/ gSA volknh pêðkuksa ds
Hkw&nkc ds dkj.k oyu ls cus HkwvkÑfr usiky dh fo'ks"krk gSA ;gk¡ /jkry ds ikl eqyk;e
pêðkusa rFkk /jkry ds uhps dBksj pêðkusa ikbZ tkrh gSaA vf/drj ioZr f'k•j vkXus; rFkk
ifjofrZr pêðkuksa ls cuh gSaA

Hkkjr ds iM+kslh ns'k %% 96

 Nepal

Fig. 7.1 Nepal – Political and Physical

On the basis of Landforms, Nepal has been divided into three

parts. First, the fertile Tarai region of the south, which is adjacent to the
Indian border, in the southern part of the country. The average height of
this part is 300 meters. Dense forest and tall grasses are the specialty of
this region. Second, central hilly region in which Mahabharat Lekh and
hills of Chure are included. The height of this region is between 500 to
1500 meters from sea level. It has a number of small hills which are full
of coniferous trees. Shiwalik hills are situated to the North of this region.
Several valleys are here among which Kathmandu valley is famous for its
beauty. The third part is Himalayan range region. This region extends in
the northern part of Nepal. This region has several high mountain peaks
which attract the mountaineers. The highest peak of the world, Mt.
Everest whose height is 8848 meters is situated on the Nepal Tibet
border. Local people call this peak by the name of 'Sagar Matha'. All the
Mountain peaks situated in this region, remain covered with snow
throughout the year and are the origin place of a number of perennial
rivers. Makau (8463 meters), Mejune (7139 meters) and Gaurishankar
(7134 meters) are other important peaks amongst the highest peaks of
the world. Mt. Everest along with other Himalayan ranges has remained
center for adventure and is famous for Mountaineering in the world.
Annapurna, Dhaulagiri and Nepeu are main peak among other peaks of
Nepal.

Neighboring countries of India :: 97

 usiky

fp=k 7.1 usiky&jktuhfrd ,oa HkkSfrd

LFkykÑfr ds vk/kj ij usiky dks rhu Hkkxksa esa foHkÙkQ fd;k x;k gSA
igyk nf{k.k dk mitkÅ rjkbZ çns'k] tks ns'k ds nf{k.k Hkkx esa Hkkjr dh lhek ls
lVk gSA bl Hkkx dh vkSlr Å¡pkbZ 300 ehVj gSA ?kus ou ,oa yEch ?kklsa bl {ks=k
dh fo'ks"krk gSA nwljk] eè; dk igkM+h çns'k ftlesa egkHkkjr ys• rFkk pqjs dh
igkfM+;ka lfEefyr gSaA bl Hkkx dh mQ¡pkbZ leqæry ls 500 ls 1500 ehVj ds chp
Å¡pk gSA blesa vusd NksVh&NksVh igkfM+;k¡ gSa tks 'kadq/kjh o`{kksa ls Hkjs gSaA bl {ks=k
ds mÙkjh Hkkx esa f'kokfyd dh igkM+h gSA ;gk¡ vusd ?kkfV;k¡ gSa ftlesa dkBek.Mw
dh ?kkVh vius lkSUn;Z ds fy, çfl¼ gSA rhljk Hkkx fgeky; Js.kh çns'k gSA ;g
çns'k usiky ds mÙkjh Hkkx ij iQSyk gSA bl {ks=k esa vusd Å¡ps&Å¡ps ioZr f'k•j gSa
tks ioZrkjksfg;ksa dks vkdf"kZr djrs gSaA fo'o dk lokZsPp f'k•j ekm.V ,ojsLV
ftldh Å¡pkbZ 8848 ehú gS_ usiky&frCcr lhek ij vofLFkr gSA LFkkuh; yksx bl
pksVh dks ^lkxj ekFkk* ds uke ls iqdkjrs gSaA ;gk¡ fLFkr lHkh ioZr f'k•j lkyksaHkj
fgekPNkfnr jgrs gSa rFkk vusd lnkokfgr ufn;ksa dk ;g tUe LFky gSA ;gk¡ dh
vU; eq[; f'k•jksa esa edkÅ (8463 ehú)] estwu (7139 ehú) rFkk xkSjh'kadj
(7134 ehú) lalkj ds Å¡ps ioZrksa esa viuk LFkku j•rs gSaA ekm.V ,ojsLV lfgr
fgeky; Js.kh lkgfld vfHk;kuksa dk dsUæ jgk gS rFkk ioZrkjksg.k ds fy, fo'o
çfl¼ gSA usiky ds vU; f'k•jksa esa vUuiw.kkZ] /kSykfxjh vkSj usI;w eq[; gSaA

Hkkjr ds iM+kslh ns'k %% 97

CLIMATE
Nepal’s climate is cold dominated. The climate here is in luenced by
the land forms. Temperature remains low everywhere except the tarai
part of the south because the height of 75% of the land area is much
higher the Sea level. The temperature in Kathmandu drops below 20 C in
winters while it reaches up to 300 C in summers. The annual average
0
temperature here is 10 C. Nepal experiences summer season from March
to August and winter season from September to February. In summer,
Monsoon winds cause annual rainfall of 200 cm in the eastern part of
Nepal and 100 cm. in the western part. During winter, there is snowfall in
the northern part of the country and there are also winter cyclone rains.

DRAINAGE
In Nepal, the Kosi, Gandak and Ghaghra river systems are in the
order from east to west. The longest river, here, is Karnali which is a
tributary of Ghaghra and it lows in the western Nepal and enters India.
River Gandak is called Narayani in Central Nepal and river Kosi is called
Saptkosi in the eastern Nepal. All the rivers low from north to south and
enters into Indian territory. Due to sloping land, these rivers have fast
low due to which there is problem of erosion but provide the great
potential for Hydro Power production.

SOIL AND VEGETATION

Alluvial soil is fouund in the tarai and valleys of Nepal. On the lower
mountain slopes lateritic and unfertile brown podzol soil is formed in
central mountainous region. The soils of mountainous region is suffers
from soil erosion.
Forests and Pastures are spread over 25.4 percent and 13 percent of
land respectively in Nepal. Tropical evergreen and Monsoon forests are
found in tarai region. Evergreen broad leaved forests is found upto the
height between 1200 to 2400 meters. Above this evergreen coniferous
forests is found in between 2400 - 4000 meters. Above this mountainous
pastures are found where due to rise

Neighboring countries of India :: 98

tyok;q fo'ks"krk,¡
usiky dh tyok;q 'khr ç/ku gSA ;gk¡ dh tyok;q ;gk¡ dh HkwvkÑfr;ksa ls
çHkkfor gSA nf{k.k ds rjkbZ okys Hkkx dks NksM+dj lHkh LFkkuksa ij rkieku de
jgrk gSA D;ksafd 75 çfr'kr Hkw Hkkx dh Å¡pkbZ leqæry ls dkiQh Å¡pk gSA
dkBek.Mw dk rkieku tkM+s esa 2° lsa0 ls Hkh uhps pyk tkrk gS tcfd xehZ esa 30°
lsa0 rd igq¡p tkrk gSA ;gk¡ dk okf"kZd vkSlr rkieku 10° lsa0 gSA usiky ekpZ ls
vxLr rd xzh"e ½rq rFkk flrEcj ls iQjojh rd 'khr ½rq dk vuqHko djrk gSA
xehZ esa ekWulwuh gokvksa ls usiky ds iwohZ Hkkx esa 200 lsa0eh0 rFkk if'pe Hkkx esa
100 lsa0eh0 okf"kZd o"kkZ gksrh gSA tkM+s ds fnuksa esa ns'k ds mÙkjh Hkkx esa fgeikr
gksrk gS rFkk 'khrdkyhu pØokrh; o"kkZ Hkh gksrh gSA
ty çokg
usiky esa iwoZ ls if'pe Øe'k% dkslh] x.Md rFkk ?kk?kjk ufn;ksa dk ra=k
Øe ls gSA ;gk¡ dh lcls yEch unh djukyh gS tks ?kk?kjk dh lgk;d unh rFkk
if'peh usiky esa cgrh gqbZ Hkkjr esa ços'k djrh gSA eè; usiky esa x.Md dks
ukjk;.kh unh dgrs gSa rFkk iwohZ usiky esa dkslh dks lIrdkslh dgrs gSaA lHkh ufn;k¡
mÙkj ls nf{k.k dh vksj cgrh gS vkSj Hkkjrh; {ks=k esa ços'k djrh gSA <kyqvk¡ Hkwfe
gksus ds dkj.k bu ufn;ksa esa rhoz çokg gksrh gS ftlls vijnu dh leL;k cuh gqbZ
gS] fdUrq ty fo|qr mRiknu dh Hkkjh laHkkouk çnku djrh gSaA
e`nk ,oa ouLifr
usiky dh rjkbZ ,oa ?kkfV;ksa esa tyks<+ feêðh ikbZ tkrh gSA ioZrh; <kyksa ij
ySVsjkbV rFkk eè; ioZrh; çns'k esa vumitkÅ Hkwjh ikWMtksy feêðh ikbZ tkrh gSA
ioZrh; çns'k dh fefêð;k¡ Hkw{kj.k dh leL;k ls xzLr gSaA
usiky ds 25.4 çfr'kr Hkwfe ij ou rFkk 13 çfr'kr ij pkjkxkg iQSyk gSA
rjkbZ {ks=k esa m".k dfVca/h; phj gfjr ou ,oa ekWulwuh ou ik;s tkrs gSaA lnkcgkj
pkSM+h iÙkh ds ou 1200 ls 2400 eh0 dh Å¡pkbZ rd ik;s tkrs gSaA blds Åij
lnkcgkj 'kadq/kjh

Hkkjr ds iM+kslh ns'k %% 98

in population, cutting of forests has created environmental problems.
Wild animals like Elephants, Tiger, Bear, Monkey, Deer, Rabbits etc. are
found in the forests here. Virtually, Nepal is a store house of bio diversity.

AGRICULTURE
Along with subsistence agriculture, animal husbandry is also the
main occupation in Nepal. Here on 18 percent land area, agriculture is
practiced. Important food grains here are rice, maize, wheat, millets etc.
In commercial crops Jute, sugarcane, fruits, tobacco, tea and cotton are
important. 70 percent of the country’s total agricultural production
comes from Eastern Tarai region alone. Intensive agriculture is practised
in the Kathmandu valley in which cultivation of rice, fruits and vegetables
are important.

EFFECT OF MINING AND INDUSTRIES ON ECONOMY

There is scarcity of minerals in Nepal. Mica is the important
minerals here. Lignite, Copper, Cobalt etc. are also found here in small
quantity. Devi Ghat Hydro Electric Project has been started with the
collaboration of India as a source of power. There is immense
possibilities for the development of Hydro Electric projects but its
development has been negligible.
Nepal is a Backward country from industrial point of view. There is
lack of factors required for the establishment of the large industries here.
Industries based on Agriculture and forest are being developed here.
Cotton textiles, sugar, leather, vegetable oil, tobacco, match box, paper
and pulp etc. are manufactured here. Cement and Agricultural
equipments are also being manufactured here. The natural beauty,
religious places and mountaineering attract tourists here. Tourism
industry is developing rapidly here.

TRADE
Nepal’s foreign trade and economic situation is improving due to
growth in mining and industry. Nepal has trade relations mainly with
India, Bangladesh, China and Bhutan. Cotton and woolen textiles, food
items and herbs are exported from here and heavy

Neighboring countries of India :: 99

ou 2400 ls 4000 ehú rd ikbZ tkrh gSA blds Åij ioZrh; pkjkxkg feyrs gSa
tgk¡ tula[;k dh o`f¼ ds dkj.k ouksa dh dVkbZ us i;kZoj.kh; leL;k mRiUu dj
fn;k gSA ;gk¡ ds ouksa esa gkFkh] ck?k] Hkkyw] canj] fgj.k] •jxks'k vkfn oU; tho
ik;sa tkrs gSaA oLrqr% usiky tSfod fofo/rk dk HkaMkj x`g gSA
Ñf"k
usiky esa thou&fuokZg Ñf"k ds lkFk&lkFk i'kqikyu Hkh eq[; O;olk; gSA
;gk¡ 18 çfr'kr Hkw&Hkkx ij •srh gksrh gSA eq[; •k|kUuksa esa ;gk¡ pkoy] eDdk]
xsgw¡] Tokj&cktjk vkfn gSaA O;kikfjd iQlyksa esa&twV] xUuk] iQy] rEckdw] pk;
rFkk dikl eq[; gSaA ns'k ds dqy Ñf"k mRiknu dk 70 çfr'kr Hkkx vdsys iwohZ
rjkbZ çns'k ls vkrk gSA dkBek.Mw ?kkVh esa l?ku Ñf"k gksrh gS ftlesa pkoy rFkk
iQy vkSj lCth dh Ñf"k eq[; gSA
•uu ,oa m|ksx rFkk vFkZ O;oLFkk ij çHkko
usiky esa •futksa dk vHkko gSA vHkzd ;gk¡ dk eq[; •fut gSA vYi ek=kk
esa fyXukbV] rk¡ck] dksckYV vkfn Hkh feyrs gSaA 'kfÙkQ ds lk/u ds :i esa Hkkjr ds
lg;ksx ls nsoh ?kkV ty fo|qr ifj;kstuk pkyw fd;k x;k gSA ;gk¡ ty fo|qr
fodkl dh vlhe laHkkouk,¡ gSa fdUrq bldk fodkl ugha ds cjkcj gqvk gSA
vkS|ksfxd n`f"V ls usiky ,d fiNM+k ns'k gSA ;gk¡ cM+s m|ksxksa ds LFkkfir
gksus okys dkjdksa dk vHkko gSA ;gk¡ Ñf"k ,oa ou vk/kfjr m|ksxksa dk fodkl
fd;k tk jgk gSA ;gk¡ lwrh oL=k] phuh] twV] peM+k] ouLifr rsy] rEckdw]
fn;klykbZ] dkxt rFkk yqXnh bR;kfn dk fuekZ.k gksrk gSA lhesaV rFkk Ñf"k
midj.k Hkh cuk;s tk jgs gSaA ;gk¡ dk çkÑfrd lkSUn;Z] /kfeZd LFky rFkk
ioZrkjksg.k] lSykfu;ksa dks vkdf"kZr djrk gSaA ;gk¡ i;ZVu m|ksx dk rsth ls
fodkl gks jgk gSA
O;kikj
usiky dk O;kikj •uu~ ,oa m|ksx esa gks jgh o`f¼ ds dkj.k usiky ds fons'k

Hkkjr ds iM+kslh ns'k %% 99

machinery, Electrical goods and Vehicles are imported. Being a land
locked nation, it has to rely on Kolkata port for the trade with other
nations.

Kathmandu is the capital of Nepal and is connected with India and

China through roadways. A road has been constructed with the help of
China which runs across Himalayas and goes up to Tibet border.
Kathmandu is connected to all continents by air route and all modern
luxuries are available here. Pokhara is the second largest city. The lake
here attracts tourists. Birganj and Janakpur are another important trade
cities. All the cities here are connected with one another by the means of
transport and communication.
There is a lot of potential for development here. Hydro Electricity,
Mineral and Agriculture can be developed with modern techniques and
with the support of neighbouring countries. If Nepal achieves potential
level of development then it can become Switzerland of the east. For the
last 240 years there was the rule of Monarchy system of administration.
The citizen of this country voted for the end of Monarchy and laid the
foundation of democracy in 2008. Today's Nepal has emerged as a new
republic. The people of Nepal hope that now Nepal’s all round
development will be possible.

EXERCISE QUESTIONS

OBJECTIVE TYPE QUESTIONS

1 The border of Nepal touches which of the state of India?
(a) Arunachal Pradesh (b) Manipur
(c) Sikkim (d) Punjab

2. What is Mahabharat Lekha?

(a) Mountain Range (b Accounts office
(c) Plain (d) Palace

Neighboring countries of India :: 100

O;kikj vkSj vkfFkZd fLFkfr esa Hkh lq/kj gks jgh gSA usiky dk O;kikfjd laca/
eq[;r% Hkkjr] cakXykns'k] phu rFkk HkwVku ds lkFk gSA ;gk¡ ls lwrh ,oa Åuh oL=k]
•k| inkFkZ rFkk tM+h&cwVh dk fu;kZr fd;k tkrk gS rFkk Hkkjh e'khusa] fctyh ds
leku rFkk okguksa dk vk;kr fd;k tkrk gSA eè;LFk ns'k gksus ds dkj.k iM+kslh ns'k
dks NksM+dj vU; ns'kksa ds lkFk O;kikj gsrq bls Hkkjr ds dydÙkk cUnjxkg ij
fuHkZj jguk iM+rk gSA
dkBek.Mw usiky dh jkt/kuh gS rFkk lM+d ekxZ }kjk phu vkSj Hkkjr ls
tqM+k gSA phu ds lg;ksx ls ,d lM+d mÙkj esa fgeky; ikj frCcr dh lhek rd
tkrh gSA dkBek.Mw ok;q ekxZ }kjk lHkh egkns'kksa ls tqM+k gS rFkk ;gk¡ lHkh vk/qfud
lq•&lqfo/k dh oLrq,¡ miyC/ gSaA iks•jk nwljk cM+k uxj gSA ogk¡ dk >hy
i;ZVdksa dks vkdf"kZr djrk gSA chjxat ,oa tudiqj vU; çeq• O;kikfjd uxj gSA
;gk¡ ds lHkh uxj ;krk;kr ,oa lapkj ekè;eksa }kjk vkil esa tqM+s gq, gSaA
;gk¡ fodkl dh Hkjiwj laHkkouk,¡ gSaA ty fo|qr] •fut rFkk Ñf"k dk
fodkl vk/qfud rduhd rFkk iM+kslh ns'kksa ds lg;ksx ls fd;k tk ldrk gSA ;fn
usiky esa laHkkfor fodkl Lrj çkIr gks tk; rc ;g ns'k iwoZ dk LohV~tjyS.M cu
ldrk gSA fiNys 240 o"kks± ls usiky esa jktra=k 'kklu O;oLFkk pyh vk jgh FkhA
ogk¡ dh turk us o"kZ 2008 esa ernku ds }kjk jktra=k dks lekIr dj vk/qfud
yksdra=k dh uhao j•h gSA vkt ds usiky dk mn; ,d uohu x.kjkT; ds :i esa gks
pqdk gSA usiky ds yksxksa dks vk'kk gS fd vc usiky dk prqfnZd fodkl laHko gks
ik,xkA
vH;kl iz'u

(i) oLrqfu"B ç'u%

1- usiky dh lhek buesa Hkkjr ds fdl jkT; dks Nwrh gS\
(d) v#.kkpy çns'k (•) ef.kiqj
(x) flfDde (?k) iatkc
2- egkHkkjr ys• D;k gS\
(d) ioZr J`a•yk (•) ys•kxkj
(x) eSnku (?k) jktegy

Hkkjr ds iM+kslh ns'k %% 100

3. By which name river Gandak is known in Nepal?
(a) River Kali Gandak (b) River Narayani
(c) River Trishul (d) River Krishna

(ii) SHORT ANSWER TYPE QUESTION

1. Mention the name and height of the highest peak of Nepal.
2. Write the name of three important rivers of Nepal.
3. Write the names of neighbouring countries and bordering
Indian states of Nepal.

(iii) LONG ANSWER TYPE QUESTION

1. Describe the economy of Nepal.
2. Describe the Climate, Soil and Drainage of Nepal.
3. Describe the impact of Industries on the economy of Nepal.

(iv) MAP WORK (PROJECT WORK)

With the help of Atlas make a map of Nepal and locate important
Mountain peaks and Industrial centers.

Neighboring countries of India :: 101

3- xaMd unh dks usiky esa fdl uke ls tkuk tkrk gS \
(d) dkyh xaMd unh (•) ukjk;.kh unh
(x) f=k'kwy unh (?k) Ñ".kk unh
(ii) y?kq mÙkjh; ç'u%
1- usiky ds lokZsPp f'k•j dk uke ,oa Å¡pkbZ fyf[k,A
2- usiky dh rhu çeq• ufn;ksa ds uke fyf[k,A
3- usiky ds iM+kslh ns'k vkSj lhekorhZ Hkkjrh; jkT;ksa ds uke fyf[k,A
(iii) nh?kZ mÙkjh; ç'u%
1- usiky dh vFkZO;oLFkk dk o.kZu fyf[k,A
2- usiky dh tyok;q] e`nk vkSj tyçokg dk o.kZu dhft,A
3- usiky dh vFkZO;oLFkk ij m|ksxksa ds çHkko dk o.kZu dhft,A
(iv) ekufp=k dk;Z (ifj;kstuk dk;Z)%
1- ,Vyl dh lgk;rk ls usiky dk ekufp=k cukb, rFkk mlij usiky
ds çeq• ioZr f'k•jksa vkSj vkS|ksfxd dsUæksa dks fn•kb,A

Hkkjr ds iM+kslh ns'k %% 101

 (B) BHUTAN
INTRODUCTION
Bhutan is an important neighbouring country of India. It is a
Mountainous country which is situated in the central part of the Eastern
0 0
Himalayas. Bhutan extends between 26 45' and 28 20' North latitudes
0 0
and 89 45' and 92 05' East longitudes. The total area of Bhutan is
46,500 square Km. Bhutan is bordered by China to the north (country),
Arunachal Pradesh to the east, Assam to the south and Sikkim to the
west. These are all states of India except China. Bhutan is a land locked
country. The capital of Bhutan is Thimphu.

Fig. 7.2 Bhutan

STRUCTURE
On the southern fringe of Bhutan there is a 16 Km. wide strip of
plain area known as 'Duars'. Duar region, which is up to 600 meters in
height is a narrow strip of land. To the north of the plains are the lower
Himalayan mountains whose height ranges between is 1500 to 3000
meters. The North of these mountain ranges is the Greater Himalayas,
whose maximum height in Bhutan is 7,574 meters.
CLIMATE AND VEGETATION
The climate of Bhutan is Mountainous Monsoon. Altitude has a
clear effect on temperature here. Severe cold condition prevails all the
year round. The average temperature of the January month is 40 C and of
July it is 170 C. More than 185 cm of rainfall is received in May to
September. The average annual rainfall is 250 cm.

Neighboring countries of India :: 102

 (c) HkwVku
ifjp;
HkwVku Hkkjr dk çeq• iM+kslh ns'k gSA ;g ,d ioZrh; ns'k gS tks iwohZ
fgeky; ds eè; vofLFkr gSA HkwVku 26° 45' ,oa 28° 20' mÙkjh v{kka'k rFkk 89°
45' ,oa 92° 05' iwohZ ns'kkUrj ds eè; foLr`r gSA HkwVku dk dqy {ks=kiQy 46,500
oxZ fdyksehVj gSA HkwVku ds mÙkj esa phu (ns'k)] iwoZ esa v#.kkpy çns'k] nf{k.k
esa vle rFkk if'pe esa flfDde fLFkr gSA phu dks NksM+dj ;s lHkh Hkkjr ds jkT;
gSaA HkwVku pkjksa vksj Fky ls f?kjk gqvk gSA HkwVku dh jkt/kuh fFkEiQw gSA

fp=k 7.2 HkwVku

LFkykÑfr& HkwVku ds nf{k.kh fdukjs ij yxHkx 16 fdyksehVj pkSM+h
eSnkuh iêðh gS] ftldks }kj dgrs gSaA }kj çns'k tks 600 ehVj rd Å¡ph ,d ladjh
iêðh gSA eSnku ds mÙkj esa fupys fgeky; ioZr gSa] ftudh Å¡pkbZ 1500 ls 3000
ehVj ds chp gSA bu ioZrekykvksa ds mÙkj esa xzsVj fgeky; gSA ftldh HkwVku esa
lokZf/d Å¡pkbZ 7574 ehVj gSA
tyok;q ,oa ouLifr& HkwVku dh tyok;q ioZrh; ekWulwuh gSA ;gk¡ rkieku
ij Å¡pkbZ dk Li"V çHkko iM+rk gSA o"kZ Hkj dBksj lnhZ iM+rh gSA tuojh dk vkSlr
rkieku 4° lsa0 rFkk tqykbZ dk 17° lsa0 jgrk gSA o"kkZ 185 lsa0eh0 ls vf/d ebZ
ls flracj ds eè; gksrh gSA okf"kZd o"kkZ dk vkSlr 250 lsa-eh- gksrk gSA

Hkkjr ds iM+kslh ns'k %% 102

 DO YOU KNOW ?
Which type of climate is found in Tropical climate is found in Duar
Bhutan? If somebody from your plain areas. Here, the month of
family and neighbour has visited January remains cold. Temperate
Bhutan then apart from your book climate is found in the mountainous
collect information from them. region approximately 1050-2250
meters of height. Most of the area
country’s population resides in this only. The areas having greater
altitude than this have very cold climate and generally, they remain
covered with snow. Very few people inhabit in these high plateau areas
and natural vegetation is almost negligible.

The southern slopes of the mountains receive more rainfall

whichrecords 500 to 750 cm. The vegetation zones are found in
accordance with the climatic conditions. Duars have broad leaved
tropical forest, Chir forest in 1200 – 2200 meters altitudes, in 1500 –
3000 meters altitude Chir, Oak, Maple, Popular, Walnut etc. and at further
higher altitude Fir, Birch etc. vegetation like are found. About 68 percent
of the total area of Bhutan is covered with forests.
AGRICULTURE
DO YOU KNOW The agriculture is prac ced on less than
10% of the land here. Agriculture is done,
What is shifting cultivation? on the inner valleys and on gentle slopes
Collect information in this of the rivers. The agriculture is more
regard. developed in south – western parts.
Shi ing cul va on is done in the eastern
parts. The produc on of crops is based on the slopes and al tude. Rice,
Wheat, Barley, Potato, Maize, vegetables are mainly grown here.

POPULATION
The total population of Bhutan is 23.28 lakhs (2007). The average
density of population is 42 persons per square Km. In 2005 the annual
growth rate of population was 1.9%. The percentage of urban population
was 11% and rate of literacy was 42%. The people here are poor because
they are economically backward. Thimphu and Punakha are Bhutan's
rd
important towns. Bhutan ranked 133 in the 2008 Human Development
index.

Neighboring countries of India :: 103

 eSnkuh Hkkx }kj dh tyok;q m".k
D;k vki tkurs gSa \
dfVca/h; gS] ftlesa tuojh dk eghuk
HkwVku dh tyok;q fdl çdkj dh gS \
BaMk gksrk gSA yxHkx 1050 ehVj ls
;fn vkids ifjokj ls vFkok iM+ksl ls
2250 ehVj Å¡ps ioZrh; çns'k esa
dksbZ O;fÙkQ HkwVku x;s gksa rks vius
'khrks".k tyok;q ik;k tkrk gSA ns'k dh
iqLrd ds vykos muls Hkh tkudkjh
vf/drj tula[;k blh çns'k esa fuokl
,df=kr dhft,A
djrh gSA blls vf/d Å¡pkbZokys Hkkxksa
dh tyok;q cgqr BaMh gS vkSj os çk;%
ciQZ ls <¡ds jgrs gSaA bu Å¡ps iBkjh Hkkxksa esa cgqr de yksx fuokl djrs gSa rFkk
çkÑfrd ouLifr Hkh ukeek=k dk gSA
ioZrksa ds nf{k.kh <ykuksa ij vf/d o"kkZ gksrh gS tks 500 ls 750 lsa0 eh0
rd fjdkMZ dh tkrh gSA tyok;q ds vuq:i gh ouLifr dk dfVca/h; forj.k
ik;k tkrk gSA }kj çns'k esa pkSM+h iÙkh ds m".k dfVca/h; ou] 1200-2200 ehVj
ds eè; phM+ ds ou] 1500-3000 ehVj ds eè; phM+] vksd] esiy] iksiyj]
okyuV vkfn rFkk blls vf/d Å¡pkbZ ij iQj] cpZ vkfn fdLe dh ouLifr
feyrh gSaA HkwVku ds dqy {ks=kiQy dk yxHkx 68 çfr'kr Hkkx ouksa ls <Wdk gSA
Ñf"k & ;gk¡ dh 10% ls Hkh de Hkwfe ij Ñf"k
D;k vki tkurs gSa&
dk;Z dh tkrh gSA Ñf"k dk;Z ufn;ksa dh vkarfjd
LFkkukUrj.k Ñf"k D;k gS \
?kkfV;ksa ,oa eè;e <kyksa ij gksrh gSA
bl lEcU/ esa tkudkjh
nf{k.kh&if'peh Hkkx esa Ñf"k vf/d fodflr
,df=kr dhft, A gSA iwohZ Hkkx esa LFkkukarj.k Ñf"k gksrh gSA iQlyksa
dk mRiknu <ky o Å¡pkbZ ds vuqlkj gksrk gS A
pkoy] xsgw¡] tkS] vkyw] eDdk] lfCt;k¡ ;gk¡ çeq• :i ls mitkbZ tkrh gSA
tula[;k & HkwVku dh dqy tula[;k 23.28 yk• (2007) gSA HkwVku dk
vkSlr tu?kuRo 42 O;fÙkQ çfroxZ fd0 eh0 gSA 2005 bZú esa tula[;k dk okf"kZd
o`f¼ nj 1.9» gSaA uxjh; tula[;k 11» rFkk lk{kjrk nj 42» gSA ;gk¡ ds yksx
vkfFkZd :i ls fiNM+s gksus ds dkj.k fu/Zu gSaA fFkEiQw rFkk iquk•k HkwVku ds çeq•
uxj gSaA 2008 ds ekuo fodkl lwpdkad esa HkwVku dk LFkku 133 jgk gSA

Hkkjr ds iM+kslh ns'k %% 103

INDUSTRY

Industrially, Bhutan is very backward country. The development of

the resources have been very dif icult here due to dif icult terrain, harsh
climatic conditions and lack of transportation facilities. Some small and
cottage industries have developed here. Plywood, packing, distillery,
resin and turpentine oil industry have been established. Tourism
industry is developing very rapidly here.

EFFECT OF INDUSTRY ON THE ECONOMY

Due to Bhutan’s geographical location and physical structure all

means of transportation have been developed here. Apart from this, there
is scarcity of minerals here. Even if some minerals are found here but
other resources to mixed with them are not available. This is the reason
why there is a complete absence of large industries here. Industries in
the form of Cottage and small scale have been developed, to some extent,
which are based on animal husbandry and agriculture. Tourism industry
is contributing signi icantly to the economy here. Basically, it depends on
India for its economic development. In recent years, many hydro electric
power centres have been developed here with the help of India.
Electricity is also supplied to India from these centres.

EXERCISE QUESTIONS
(I) OBJECTIVE TYPE QUESTIONS
1. Where is the capital of Bhutan?
(a) Kathmandu (b) Dhaka
(c) Thimphu (d) Yangon

2. The maximum height of Bhutanese Himalaya is -

(a) 8848 meter (b 7554 meters
(c) 7115 meters (d) 8850 meters

3. The average rainfall of Bhutan is -

(a) 350 cm (b) 300 cm
(c) 250 cm (d) 380 cm

Neighboring countries of India :: 104

 m|ksx /a/s & vkS|ksfxd n`f"V ls HkwVku cgqr fiNM+k ns'k gSA fo"ke /jkry]
dBksj tyok;q rFkk ifjogu ds lk/uksa dh deh ds dkj.k ;gk¡ lalk/uksa ds
fodkl esa Hkkjh dfBukb;k¡ gSaA dqN y?kq rFkk dqVhj m|ksxksa dk fodkl ;gk¡ gqvk gSA
;gk¡ IykboqM] iSfdax] fMfLVyjh] jsftu o rkjihu ds rsy ds m|ksx LFkkfir gSaA
;gk¡ i;ZVu m|ksx dk fodkl rsth ls gks jgk gSA
m|ksx /a/ksa dk vFkZO;oLFkk ij çHkko& HkwVku dh HkkSxksfyd fLFkfr ,oa
HkkSfrd lajpuk ds dkj.k ;gk¡ ;krk;kr ds lHkh lk/uksa dk fodkl ugha gks ik;k
gSA blds vfrfjÙkQ] ;gk¡ •futksa dk Hkh vHkko gSA dqN •futsa feyrh Hkh gSa rks
mlds fy, vU; feJ.k ds lalk/u dh miyC/rk ugha gSA ;gh dkj.k gS fd ;gk¡
cM+s m|ksxksa dk iw.kZr% vHkko gSA dqVhj m|ksx ,oa y?kq m|ksx ds :i esa dsoy
i'kqikyu vk/kfjr vkSj Ñf"k ij vk/kfjr m|ksxksa dk dqN gn rd fodkl gqvk gSA
i;ZVu m|ksx ;gk¡ dh vFkZO;oLFkk esa egRoiw.kZ ;ksxnku ns jgk gSA vius vkfFkZd
fodkl ds fy, ;g ewyr% Hkkjr ij fuHkZj djrk gSA gky ds o"kks± esa Hkkjr dh enn
ls ;gk¡ ty fo|qr ds dbZ dsUæ fodflr fd, x, gSaA bu dsUæksa ls Hkkjr dks Hkh
fo|qr dh vkiwfrZ dh tkrh gS A

vH;kl iz'u

(I). oLrqfu"B ç'u

(1) HkwVku dh jkt/kuh dgk¡ gS \
(d) dkBekaMw (•) <kdk
(x) fFkEiQw (?k) ;axwu
(2) HkwVku fgeky; dh lokZf/d Å¡pkbZ gS &
(d) 8848 ehVj (•) 7554 ehVj
(x) 7115 ehVj (?k) 8850 ehVj
(3) HkwVku esa vkSlr okf"kZd o"kkZ gksrh gS &
(d) 350 lsa0 eh0 (•) 300 lsa0 eh0
(x) 250 lsa0 eh0 (?k) 380 lsa0 eh0

Hkkjr ds iM+kslh ns'k%% 104

4. What percent of Bhutan’s area is covered with forest ?
(a) 20% (b) 50%
(c) 70% (d) 21%

5. What is the literacy rate of Bhutan ?

(a) 30% (b) 40%
(c) 42% (d) 50%

(ii) SHORT ANSWER TYPE QUESTIONS

1. Describe the surface area of Bhutan.
2. Brie ly describe the economic resources of Bhutan.

(iii) LONG ANSWER TYPE QUESTIONS

1. Give a brief introduction of Bhutan.
2. Describe the Climatic features of Bhutan.

3. of Bhutan.the agriculture features and Industrial development

Describe

(iv) PROJECT WORK

1. Find out the latitudinal and longitudinal extent of Bhutan.
2. Locate the Bhutan on the world map.

Neighboring countries of India :: 105

 (iv) HkwVku ds fdrus çfr'kr {ks=k ij ouksa dk foLrkj gS \
(d) 20» (•) 50»
(x) 70» (?k) 21»
(v) HkwVku dh lk{kjrk nj fdruk çfr'kr gS \
(d) 30» (•) 40»
(x) 42» (?k) 50»
II. y?kq mÙkjh; ç'u &
1- HkwVku ds /jkry dk fooj.k nhft, A
2- HkwVku ds vkfFkZd lalk/uksa dk la{ksi esa o.kZu dhft,A
III. nh?kZ mÙkjh; ç'u &
1- HkwVku dk laf{kIr ifjp; nhft,A
2- HkwVku dh tyok;q fo'ks"krkvksa dh O;k[;k dhft,A
3- HkwVku dh Ñf"k fo'ks"krk rFkk vkS|ksfxd fodkl dk o.kZu
dhft,A
IV. ifj;kstuk dk;Z &
1- HkwVku dk v{kka'kh; ,oa ns'kkUrjh; foLrkj irk dhft, A
2- fo'o ekufp=k ij HkwVku dh fLFkfr dks n'kkZb, A

Hkkjr ds iM+kslh ns'k %% 105

INTRODUCTION (C) BANGLADESH
In 1947, as a result of the partition of the country Bangladesh was
declared a part of Pakistan in the form of 'East Pakistan'. But on 17
December, 1971 it was declared a sovereign independent nation by the
name of Bangladesh. Its boundary touches the Indian border from west,
north and east direction, which is 4,096 km. in length. To its east lies
Myanmar (Burma) and the bay of Bengal in the south. To the north of it
India's Assam and Meghalaya, and in the east Tripura, Mizoram and in
the west, west Bengal states is situated. The total area of Bangladesh is
147570 square km. This country extends from 200 north to 260 north
latitudes and 880 East to 920 East longitudes.

Bangladesh is ifth largest nation in Asia in terms of population. The

population of Bangladesh is about 150 million (2011). The density of
population 880 persons per square km.

98 percent of the country’s population

belongs to the Bengali community. The rest
of the population is tribal. About 83 percent
of the population is Muslim.

STRUCTURE AND LANDFORMS

Bangladesh is a Deltaic region which
is situated in the middle of the world's
largest Delta i.e. Ganga - Brahamputra
delta. The height of most of the parts of Fig.7.3 Bangladesh
this plain country is less than 25 meters from the Sea level.
In delta region the slope of these rivers is very low due to which
surrounding area got looded. The plains DO YOU KNOW?
is made up of layers of soil brought by the Which is the largest Delta of
rivers every years as a result of which the the world and where it is
land is very fertile. The coastal areas is a situated?
marshy regions. In the delta area region,
many small islands have been formed due to soil deposited by the rivers
near the coast.

Neighboring countries of India :: 106

 (l) ckaXykns'k
ifjp;
1947 bZú esa Hkkjr&foHkktu ds iQyLo:i ckaXykns'k ^iwohZ ikfdLrku* ds
:i esa ikfdLrku dk ,d vax ?kksf"kr fd;k x;kA ysfdu 17 fnlEcj] 1971 bZú
dks ckaXykns'k ds uke ls ;g ,d lkoZHkkSe Lora=k ns'k ?kksf"kr gqvkA bldh lhek
if'pe] mÙkj vkSj iwoZ dh vksj Hkkjr dh lhek ls lVh gqbZ gSA ftldh yEckbZ
djhc 4,096 fdyksehVj gSA blds iwoZ esa E;kaekj (cekZ) rFkk nf{k.k esa caxky dh
•kM+h fLFkr gSA mÙkj esa Hkkjr ds vle rFkk es?kky;] iwoZ esa f=kiqjk rFkk fetksje
,oa if'pe esa if'pe caxky jkT; fLFkr gSaA ckaXykns'k dk dqy {ks=kiQy 147] 570
oxZ fdyksehVj gSA ;g ns'k 20° mÙkjh va{kk'k ls 26° mÙkjh v{kka'k rFkk 88° iwohZ
ns'kkUrj ls 92° iwohZ ns'kkUrj rd iQSyk gqvk gSA
tula[;k ds n`f"Vdks.k ls ckaXykns'k
,f'k;k dk ik¡pok¡ lcls cM+k jk"Vª gSA ckaXykns'k
dh tula[;k djhc 15 djksM+ (2011) gSA ;gk¡
880 O;fÙkQ çfr oxZ fdyksehVj ?kuRo gSA ns'k dh
ckaXykns'k
98 çfr'kr tula[;k caxkyh leqnk; dh gSA 'ks"k
yksx tutkrh; gSaA yxHkx 83 çfr'kr tula[;k
eqlyekuksa dh gSA
lajpuk ,oa LFkykÑfr & ckaXykns'k fp=k 7.3 ckaXykns'k
MsYVkbZ çns'k gS] tks fo'o ds lcls cM+s MsYVk vFkkZr~ xaxk&czãiq=k] MsYVk ds
eè; fLFkr gSA bl eSnkuh ns'k ds vf/drj Hkkx dh Å¡pkbZ leqæ ry ls 25
ehVj ls Hkh de gSA MsYVk {ks=k esa bu ufn;ksa dh <ky cgqr de gS ftlds
dkj.k vkl&ikl ds Hkkxksa esa ikuh Hkj tkrk
D;k vki tkurs gSa\
gSA eSnku çfro"kZ ufn;ksa }kjk ykbZ xbZ feêðh
dh ijrksa ls cuh gSaA ftlds ifj.kkeLo:i fo'o dk lcls cM+k MsYVk
Hkwfe vR;ar moZj gSA rVorhZ {ks=k nynyh {ks=k dkSu gS vkSj dgk gS\
gSA MsYVk {ks=k esa rV ds ikl ufn;ksa }kjk
tek dh xbZ feêðh ds dkj.k vusd NksVs&NksVs Vkiw cu x, gSaA

Hkkjr ds iM+kslh ns'k %% 106

Cox's Bazar located on the eastern coast of Bangladesh, is the world
largest sandy beach.
The hilly regions includes only the the eastern and south - eastern
parts. In Extension of low altitude ranges is found in Chittgong and Sylhat
region. These hills are 200 to 300 meters in height from the sea level.
Mountainous passes are found in these hills.

DRAINAGE
There is a network of rivers in Bangladesh. On one hand these rivers
help in transportation but on the other hand they bring destruction
through loods. The rivers have a deep impact on the life of people here.
Therefore, these rivers are like life line for Bangladesh.
Almost all the rivers lowing in Bangladesh inally drain into the Bay
of Bengal. The important rivers are – Ganga, Padma, Meghna, Surma,
Brahamputra, etc. Ganga, Meghna and Brahampura frequently experience
loods. Brahamputra is called 'Jamuna' in Bangladesh. The combined
current of Ganga and Brahamputra is called Padma. Due to too much of
sedimentation and less slope the rivers frequently change their direction.

CLIMATE SPECIALTIES -
Bangladesh has Monsoon climate.
Normal cold is experienced during the
winter season and the average
0
0temperature remains at 18.5 C. Summers

are very hot. The average summer

0
temperature remains at 38 C Because of
the situation of Himalayan in the north
the climate remains moderate here.
Bangladesh receives enough amount of
rainfall. The average annual rainfall is 200
Fig. 7.4 Rivers of Bangladesh to 500 cm. Rainfall occurs from the south
– west Monsoon

Neighboring countries of India :: 107

ckaXykns'k ds iwohZ rV ij fLFkr dkWDl cktkj fo'o dk lcls cM+k ckyqbZ ^chp*
gSA
ioZrh; {ks=k esa fliQZ iwohZ rFkk nf{k.kh&iwohZ Hkkx vkrs gSaA pVxk¡o rFkk
flygV {ks=k esa de Å¡pkbZ ds J`a•ykvksa dk foLrkj ik;k tkrk gSA ;s igkfM+;k¡
leqæry ls vkSlru 200 ls 300 ehú dh Å¡pkbZ okyh gSaA bu igkfM+;ksa esa ioZrh;
njZsa ik;s tkrs gSaA
tyçokg & ckaXykns'k esa ufn;ksa dk tky fcNk gSA ;s ufn;k¡ ,d vksj
ifjogu esa enn djrh gSa rks nwljh vksj ck<+ ls rckgh Hkh ykrh gSaA ;gk¡ ds
tu&thou ij ufn;ksa dh xgjh Nki iM+h gSA blfy, ;s ufn;k¡ ckaXykns'k ds fy,
thou js•k dh Hkkafr gSaA
ckaXykns'k esa cgus okyh çk;% lHkh ufn;k¡ caxky dh •kM+h esa fxjrh gSaA ;gk¡
dh eq[; ufn;k¡ xaxk] iÁk] es?kuk] lwjek] czãiq=k bR;kfn gSaA xaxk] es?kuk rFkk
czãiq=k esa çk;% ck<+ vk;k djrh gSA czãiq=k dks ckaXykns'k esa ^tequk* dgk tkrk gSA
xaxk vkSj czãiq=k dh la;qÙkQ /kjk dks iÁk dgrs gSaA fu{ksi.k dh vf/drk vkSj eUn
<ky ds dkj.k ufn;k¡ vDlj viuh fn'kk,¡ cny ysrh gSA
tyok;q fo'ks"krk,¡ &
ckaXykns'k dh tyok;q ekWulwuh gSA ;gk¡ tkM+s esa lk/kj.k BaMk ekSle gksrk gS
rFkk vkSlr rkieku 18.5° lsa-eh- jgrk gSA xehZ
esa cgqr xehZ iM+rh gSA xehZ ½rq dk vkSlr
rkieku 38° lsa- jgrk gSA fgeky; ioZrh;
f'k•jksa ds mÙkj esa fLFkr gksus ds dkj.k ;gk¡
tyok;q le jgrh gSA
ckaXykns'k esa o"kkZ vf/d gksrh gSA o"kkZ
dk okf"kZd vkSlr 200 ls 500 lsaVhehVj rd
fp=k 7.4 caxykns'k & ufn;k¡ gSA o"kkZ caxky dh •kM+h ls vkusokyh n0i0
ekWulwuh

Hkkjr ds iM+kslh ns'k %% 107

 DO YOU KNOW
winds coming from the Bay of Bengal. By which name Brahamputra
Weather uncertainty prevails in the is known in Bangladesh?
southern part as it remains under the effect
of cyclones from October to December. In
this period the tidal currents enter the inner parts after crossing the
coastal areas and cause immense damage to life and property. These
storms are also known as 'Kal – Baishakhi'. The average of rainfall is not
even everywhere. The maximum rainfall occurs in the eastern parts.
SOIL AND VEGETATION
Bangladesh is mainly dominated by plains where every year a fresh
layer of soil is laid down after the lood. That is why fertile Loamy soil is
found on a very large area which is its most important resource. Forests
are found on 6.7% of the total area of Bangladesh. Due to excess of
rainfall the trees grow faster. Evergreen forests are found in the
Mountainous parts of Chittagong and Sylhat. Bamboos dominate in these
evergreen forests. In the southern deltaic regions marshy forests are
found. These forests are also known as 'Sundarban'. World famous
Bengal tiger is found in this forest. Grass is found at some places in the
plain.
AGRICULTURE
Agriculture is the mainstay of the Bangladesh economy. 80% of the
total population is engaged in agricultural works. Agriculture contributes
one third in the Gross Domestic Product (G.D.P). Agriculture is done in
about 63% land of the country. Here crop production, animal husbandry,
ishing and forestry are the main economic activity. 81% of the total
business, 80% of the total income from foreign trade and more than 50%
of the National product comes from agriculture. Rice is cultivated on 80%
of the total agricultural land of the country, Jute on 6%, wheat on 4% and
vegetables , fruits and cash crops are sown on the other’s 10%. Here, the
three varieties of rice – Aman (67%), Aus (25%) and Boro (3.5%) is
grown. Here more than 6% of the world's raw Jute is grown. Country's
7% Jute is grown in Maimansingh district. Tea is grown on the slopes of
the Chittagong and Sylhat hills. Sugarcane, Tobacco and wheat are other
crops. Animal husbandry is

Neighboring countries of India :: 108

ekWulwu iouksa ls gksrh gSA vDVwcj ls fnlacj
D;k vki tkurs gSa \
rd nf{k.kh Hkkx pØokrksa dh pisV esa jgus ds
czãiq=k unh dks ckaXykns'k esa
dkj.k ekSleh vfuf'prrk cuh jgrh gSA mu
fdl uke ls tkuk tkrk gS \
fnuksa Tokjh; ygjsa rVh; Hkkx ls gksdj Hkhrj
ços'k dj tkrh gSa vkSj tkueky dh vikj {kfr
igq¡pkrh gSA bu rwiQkuksa dks ^dky&oS'kk•h* dgrs gSaA o"kkZ dk vkSlr çR;sd LFkku
ij cjkcj ugha gSA lcls vf/d o"kkZ iwohZ Hkkx esa gksrh gSA
e`nk ,oa ouLifr & ckaXykns'k eq[;r;k eSnkuh ns'k gS] tgk¡ çfr o"kZ ck<+ ds
ckn ubZ feêðh dh ijr fcNrh jgrh gSA ftlds dkj.k blds ,d cM+s Hkkx ij
ÅitkÅ nkseV feêðh feyrh gS tks bldk lcls egRoiw.kZ lalk/u gSA ckaXykns'k ds
dqy {ks=k ds 6.7» Hkkx ij ou ik;s tkrs gSaA o"kkZ dh vf/drk ds dkj.k o`{kksa dh
o`f¼ rsth ls gksrh gSA pVxk¡o vkSj flygV ds ioZrh; Hkkxksa esa lnkcgkj ou ik;s
tkrs gSaA bu lnkcgkj ouksa esa ck¡l dh ç/kurk gSA nf{k.kh MsYVkbZ çns'k esa nynyh
ou feyrs gSa ftlesa lqUnjh o`{kksa dh ç/kurk gS A bu ouksa dks ^lqUnjou* Hkh dgrs
gSaA blh ou esa fo'o çfl¼ caxky Vkbxj ik;s tkrs gSaA eSnkuh Hkkxksa esa dgha&dgha
?kkl Hkh ikbZ tkrh gSA
Ñf"k & ckaXykns'k dk vFkZrU=k Ñf"k ij fVdk gSA ns'k dh 80» tula[;k
Ñf"k dk;Z esa yxh gqbZ gSA Ñf"k dk ldy ?kjsyq mRikn (G.D.P.) esa yxHkx
,d&frgkbZ ;ksxnku gSA ns'k ds yxHkx 63» Hkwfe ij Ñf"k dk;Z fd;k tkrk gSA ;gk¡
iQlyksRiknu] i'kqikyu] eNyh idM+uk rFkk okfudh çeq• vkfFkZd fØ;k gS A
leLr jkstxkj dk 81»] fons'kh O;kikj ls çkIr vk; dk 80» rFkk jk"Vªh; mRikn
dk 50» ls vf/d Hkkx Ñf"k ls gh çkIr gksrk gSA ns'k dh 80» Ñf"k Hkwfe ij
pkoy] 6» ij twV] 4» ij xsgw¡ rFkk vU; 10» ij lCth] iQy o udnh iQlysa
cks;h tkrh gSA ;gk¡ /ku dh rhu iQlysa veu (67»)] vkSl (25») rFkk cksjks
(3.5») gksrh gSA ;gk¡ fo'o dk 6» ls vf/d dPpk twV
mxk;k tkrk gSA ns'k dk 7» twV eSeu flag ftys esa iSnk gksrk gSA pk;&flygV rFkk
pVxk¡o dh igkfM+;ksa ds <ykuksa ij iSnk gksrh gSA xUuk] rEckdw rFkk

Hkkjr ds iM+kslh ns'k %% 108

 Popular as a supplementary to
FIND OUT agriculture. Generally, every family
(a) Where is Sundari tree found? domesticates hen or duck for meat
(b) What do you understand by and cattles for milk and fuel.
Mangrove forest? S h e e p a n d g o a t s a re a l s o
domesticated.
Because of the greater number of internal ponds, fresh water ishing
is developed. The Sea ishing resource is also there in abundance.
Enough Mangrove forests are found here. The wood of Sundari tree is useful
for manufacture of railway sleepers, fuel, pulp and items of industrial works.
Bamboo is also a useful tree.
Bangladesh
Agriculture
Rice Sugercane EFFECT OF MINING AND INDUSTRY ON
Jute Tea THE ECONOMY

Bangladesh is quite poor in mineral

wealth. There is scarcity of mineral
reservoirs here. The important minerals
found in this country are coal, lime
stone, salt, iron and natural gas. Low
quality coal is found in Jamalpur and
Bay of Bengal Faridpur regions.
Fig. 7.5 Bangladesh - Agriculture
Natural gas is found in Sylhat, Tipra and Rashidpur regions. Natural gas
is produced in Titas which is transported to Dhaka through pipe line. An
important oil re inery is situated in Chittagong.
The development of modern industries has been almost nil in
Bangladesh. That is why, majority of its population is dependent on
agriculture. Only 10% of the national product comes from industries and less
than 10% of the total population is engaged in industrial works. The major
Industries of Bangladesh is agro based. Mainly Jute, Cotton textiles, Paper,
Sugar and Fishing industries have developed. World's 50 percent Jute and
goods made of Jute are exported from Bangladesh. Apart from these, a
few factories of Cement, glass, fertilizer, steel, Oil re inery and Ship
manufacturing are also there. Small engineering, metal, chemical, electrical
goods, industries related to transportation are based on raw materials

Neighboring countries of India :: 109

 Kkr dhft, xsgw¡ vU; iQlysa gSaA i'kqikyu O;olk;
(d) lqUnjh o`{k dgk¡ ik;k tkrk gS \ Ñf"k ds iwjd ds :i esa çpfyr gSaA
([k) eSaxzkso ou ls D;k le>rs gks \ çk;% çR;sd ifjokj vius miHkksx ds
fy, eqxhZ ;k cÙk•] ek¡l ds fy, rFkk
nw/ o bZa/u ds fy, eos'kh ikyrk gSA HksM+ o cdfj;k¡ Hkh ikyh tkrh gSaA
ckaXykns'k esa vkUrfjd tyk'k;ksa dh la[;k vf/d gksus ds dkj.k LoPN
ty eNyh ikyu fodflr gSA lkxjh; eNyh lalk/u Hkh çpqj gSA ;gk¡ eSaxzkso ou
vf/d ik;s tkrs gSaA lqUnjh o`{k dh ydM+h jsy Lyhij] bZa/u] yqXnh o vkS|ksfxd
dk;ks± ds fy, ç;qÙkQ gksrh gSA ck¡l Hkh mi;ksxh o`{k gSA
ckaXykns'k •uu ,oa m|ksx dk vFkZO;oLFkk ij çHkko &
Ñf"k
ckaXykns'k •fut lalk/u esa fu/Zu gSA ;gk¡ ij
•fut Hk.Mkjksa dh deh gSA bl ns'k esa feyus
okys çeq• •fut dks;yk] pwuk iRFkj]
ued] yksgk rFkk çkÑfrd xSl gSaA tekyiqj
rFkk iQjhniqj {ks=k esa fuEu fdLe dk dks;yk
feyrk gSA çkÑfrd xSl flygV] frijk rFkk
fp=k 7.5 ckaXykns'k & Ñf"k jlhniqj {ks=k ls çkIr dh tkrh gSA frrkl esa
çkÑfrd xSl dk mRiknu gksrk gS tks ikbZi ykbZu }kjk <kdk Hksth tkrh gSA pVxk¡o
esa rsy 'kks/u dk ,d çeq• dkj•kuk gSA
ckaXykns'k esa vk/qfud m|ksx&/U/ksa dk vf/d fodkl ugha ds cjkcj gqvk
gSA blfy, ;gk¡ dh vf/dka'k tula[;k Ñf"k ij fuHkZj gSA jk"Vªh; mRikn dk dsoy
10» m|ksxksa ls çkIr gksrk gS rFkk 10» ls de vkcknh vkS|ksfxd dk;ks± esa yxh gSA
ckaXykns'k ds çeq• m|ksx Ñf"k ij vk/kfjr gSaA eq[;r% twV] lwrhoL=k] dkxt]
phuh vkSj eNyh m|ksx dk fodkl gqvk gSA lalkj dk 50 çfr'kr twV vkSj twV dk
leku ckaXykns'k ls fu;kZr gksrk gSA blds vfrfjÙkQ lhesUV] dk¡p] moZjd] bLikr]
isVªksy&'kks/u rFkk

Hkkjr ds iM+kslh ns'k %% 109

imported from foreign countries.
The major imports items of Bangladesh are food materials, oil, cloth,
coal, goods of iron and steel and motor cars. Similarly the major exports are
Jute and goods made of jute, ish, leather, herbs, electric equipments and
engineering goods. Dhaka, Chandpur, Barilal and Khulna are inland river
ports.
EXERCISE QUESTIONS

(I) OBJECTIVE TYPE QUESTIONS

(i). What was the former name of Bangladesh?
(a) East Pakistan (b) East Bengal
(c) Pakistan (d) Mujib Nagar

(ii). What is the length of land boundary of Bangladesh with India?

(a) 4018 km (b 4096 km
(c) 4180 km (d) 4009 km

(iii). When Bangladesh got Independence?

(a) 17th December, 1970 th
(b) 18 October, 1971
th th
(c) 17 December, 1971 (d) 18 March, 1981

(iv). In which part of Asian continent is Bangladesh ?

(a) Western Part (b) Southern Part
(c) Northern Part (d) Eastern Part

(v). By what name is Brahamputra river known in Bangladesh?

(a) Meghna (b) Jamuna
(c) Surma (d) Karnfuli

Neighboring countries of India :: 110

ty;ku fuekZ.k ds ,dkf/d dkj•kus gh gSaA NksVs bUthfu;fjax] /krq] jlk;u]
fo|qr midj.k] ifjogu lEcU/h m|ksx fons'kksa ls vk;kfrr dPps eky ij fuHkZj
gSA
ckaXykns'k ftu oLrqvksa dk vk;kr djrk gS muesa •k|kUu] rsy] diM+k]
dks;yk] yksgk bLikr ds lkeku vkSj eksVjxkfM+;k¡ çeq• gSaA blds çeq• fu;kZr dh
tkusokyh oLrq,¡ gSa& twV vkSj twV ls cus lkeku] eNyh] •ky] tM+h&cwfV;k¡]
fo|qr midj.k ,oa bUthfu;fjax ds lkeku gSaA <kdk] pk¡niqj] okjhyky vkSj
•qyuk vkUrfjd unh cUnjxkg gSA

vH;kl iz'u
(i). oLrqfu"B ç'u%
(1) ckaXykns'k dk iwoZ dk uke D;k Fkk \
(d) iwohZ ikfdLrku (•) iwohZ caxky
(x) ikfdLrku (?k) eqthcuxj
(2) Hkkjr ds lkFk ckaXykns'k dh LFkyh; lhek dh yEckbZ fdruh gS \
(d) 4018 fd0eh0 (•) 4096 fd0eh0
(x) 4180 fd0eh0 (?k) 4009 fd0eh0
(3) ckaXykns'k dc Lora=k gqvk \
(d) 17 fnlEcj] 1970 (•) 18 vDVwcj] 1971
(x) 17 fnlEcj] 1971 (?k) 18 ekpZ] 1981
(4) ckaXykns'k ,f'k;k egk}hi ds fdl Hkkx esa gSa \
(d) if'peh Hkkx (•) nf{k.kh Hkkx
(x) mÙkjh Hkkx (?k) iwohZ Hkkx
(5) czãiq=k unh dks ckaXykns'k esa fdl uke ls tkuk tkrk gS \
(d) es?kuk (•) tequk
(x) lwjek (?k) d.kZiQwyh

Hkkjr ds iM+kslh ns'k %% 110

(ii) SHORT ANSWER TYPE QUESTION
1. Throw light on location and importance of Dhaka City.
2. Describe the land surface of Bangladesh.
3. Describe brie ly the economic resources of Bangladesh.

(iii) LONG ANSWER TYPE QUESTION

1. Present a detailed geographical account of Bangladesh.
2. Explain the economic importance of agriculture of Bangladesh
alognwith the important commercial crops .

(iv) MAP WORK

1. Locate the important rivers on the map of Bangladesh.
2. Locate the Chittagong, Sylhat, Jamalpur, Titas, Khulana on the map
of Bangladesh.

Neighboring countries of India :: 111

(ii). y?kq mÙkjh; ç'u
1- <kdk uxj dh fLFkfr ,oa egÙo ij çdk'k Mkfy,A
2- ckaXykns'k ds /jkry dk fooj.k nhft, A
3- ckaXykns'k ds vkfFkZd lalk/uksa dk la{ksi esa o.kZu dhft,A
(iii). nh?kZ mÙkjh; ç'u
1- ckaXykns'k dk HkkSxksfyd o.kZu foLrkj ls dhft,A
2- ckaXykns'k dh Ñf"k dk vkfFkZd egÙo crkrs gq, çeq• O;kikfjd
iQlyksa dk o.kZu dhft,A
(iv). ekufp=k dk;Z
1. ckaXykns'k ds ekufp=k ij çeq• ufn;ksa ,oa uxjksa dks çnf'kZr
dhft,A
2. ckaXykns'k ds ekufp=k ij pVxk¡o] flygV, tekyiqj] frrkl]
[kqyuk dks iznf'kr dhft,A

Hkkjr ds iM+kslh ns'k %% 111

 (D) SRI LANKA

INTRODUCTION
Sri Lanka (Asia) is a large island country situated in the Indian Ocean south
of India Due to the abundance of the
'Sinhalese Caste', this island has also Srilanka
named as 'Sinhal Island'. The Britishers Physical Area
Northern
popularised the Sinhal Island by the Parts

name of Ceylon. Due to the abundance

of diamonds, pearls and other gem
stones, it has been known as the Island Central
of Pearls. The Britishers colonised the Plateau

island in 1802. After India’s Parts

independence, Sri Lanka also became

th
an independent nation on 4 January,
1948. In 1956, Democratic rule was Lower Coaster Plain
established in this country.

Fig.7.6 Sri Lanka Physical

This country is situated at a distance of about 52 km. from India. Its slope is
similar to an Oval or closed ist. This country is spread over in a area of 66
thousand square km. and is separated by Palk Strait from India. Several
coral islands are found here which is called 'Adam's Bridge'.
The population of Sri Lanka is more than 20 million (2022). The
average density of population here is 333 (2022)/km². The main language
here are Sinhala and Tamil. 70 percent of the population here is Buddhist.
Apart from these, Hindus, Muslims and Christians are live here in
substantial number. The number of Tamils is large in northern Sri Lanka.
Colombo is the capital and the largest city of the country.

Neighboring countries of India :: 112

 (n) Jhyadk

ifjp;
Jhyadk (,f'k;k egk}hi) esa Hkkjr ds nf{k.k esa fLFkr fgUn egklkxj dk ,d
cM+k }hi; ns'k gSA ^flagy* tkfr dh cgqyrk ds dkj.k bl }hi dks ^flagy }hi*
dk Hkh uke fn;k x;k gSA vaxzstksa us flagy
}hi dks lhyksu uke ls çpfyr fd;kA ghjs
eksrh] tokgjkr ,oa vU; jRuksa ds HkaMkj
gksus ds dkj.k bls ^eksfr;ksa ds }hi* ds uke
ls Hkh foHkwf"kr fd;k x;k gSA vaxzstksa us bl
}hi dks 1802 bZú esa fczfV'k lkezkT; dk
mifuos'k cuk fy;k FkkA Hkkjr ds Lora=krk
ds i'pkr~ 4 tuojh 1948 bZú dks
Jhyadk Hkh mifuos'keqÙkQ gksdj ,d Lora=k
jk"Vª cu x;kA 1956 bZú ls bl ns'k esa
yksdrkaf=kd 'kklu dh LFkkiuk dh x;h gSA
Hkkjr ls ;g ns'k yxHkx 52 fd-eh- fp=k 7.6 Jhyadk izkÑfrd
dh nwjh ij vofLFkr gSA bldk vkdkj vaMkdkj ;k caneqêòh ds leku gSA 66 gtkj
oxZ fd-eh- {ks=kiQy esa iQSyk ;g ns'k ^ikd&tylaf/* }kjk Hkkjr ls vyx gksrk gSA
;gk¡ vusd çoky }hi ik;s tkrs gSa] ftls ^vkne iqy* ds uke ls Hkh tkuk tkrk gSA
;gk¡ dh tula[;k 2 djksM+ (2022) ls vf/d gSA tula[;k dk vkSlr
?kuRo 333 (2022) O;fÙkQ çfr oxZ fd-eh- gSA budh eq[; Hkk"kk flagyh vkSj
rfey gSA ;gk¡ 70 çfr'kr vkcknh ckS¼ /ekZoyEch gSA blds vfrfjÙkQ fgUnw]
eqfLye vkSj bZlkbZ /ekZoyEch i;kZIr la[;k esa ;gk¡ jgrs gSaA mÙkjh Jhyadk esa
rfeyksa dh la[;k vf/d gSA dksyEcks ns'k dh jkt/kuh gS rFkk lcls cM+k uxj gSA
Jhyadk fgUn egklkxj ds 'kh"kZ ij fLFkr ,d ,slk ns'k gS] tks fgUn
egklkxj ds

Hkkjr ds iM+kslh ns'k %% 112

Due to its location on the sea-route, this country is also important from geo
strategic point of view.
STRUCTURE AND LAND FORMS:
Like peninsular India, this island is also made of Gondwana (per
Cambrian) rocks. Plains of Sri Lanka is extended in coastal areas. Layers of
hard rocks are found below this layer. Plains of Jaffna is Northern parts
where lime dominates. It is not more than 100 meters. The central part is
plateau in nature, around which the coastal plain extends. The highest peak
here is Piduruta Laga (Mount Pedro) whose height is 2527 meters. The land
forms can be seen in ig. 7.6. In other Peaks Kirigalpotta, Rampad, Budhpad,
Aadam are important.

CLIMATE SPECIALTIES
The climate of Sri Lanka is Monsoon. Due to nearness to the equator,
it remains hot all the year round here and it keeps raining also. There is no
winter season here. In coastal areas up to 200 cm and in mountainous
regions more than 500 cm of rainfall occurs. There is almost negligible
annual range of temperature (5° C- 7° C) in winter and summer seasons.
During winter season the average temperature remains 22° C. In
mountainous parts the temperature remains 20° C.

DO YOU KNOW?
The equatorial vegetation are quite tall. They become
taller than each other in the competition to get light.
FIND OUT-
With the help of Atlas ind out the name of Asian countries
which are near to the equator.

DRAINAGE
Amongst the major rivers Mahaweli Ganga, Aruvi and Kala Oye are
important. In the mountainous regions of Rampad and Budhpad, beautiful
waterfalls Dyaluma, Luxpana and Perawala are situated.

Neighboring countries of India :: 113

leqæh ekxZ ij fLFkr gksus ds dkj.k ;g ns'k Hkw&lkefjd n`f"V ls Hkh egRoiw.kZ gSA
lajpuk ,oa LFkykÑfr
;g }hi çk;}hih; Hkkjr dh rjg xksaMokuk (çh dsfEcz;u) pêðkuksa ls
fufeZr gSA Jhyadk dk eSnkuh foLrkj rVh; {ks=kksa esa gSA bl Lrj ds uhps dBksj
pêðkuksa ds Lrj ik;s tkrs gSaA mÙkjh Hkkx esa tkiQuk dk eSnku gS] tgk¡ pwuk dh
ç/kurk gSA ;g 100 ehú ls vf/d Å¡pk ugha gSA eè;orhZ Hkkx iBkjh gS] ftlds
pkjksa vksj rVorhZ eSnkuh çns'k iQSys gq, gSaA ;gk¡ lcls Å¡ph pksVh finq:ryk'kkyk
gS] ftldh Å¡pkbZ 2527 eh0 gSA fp=k 7.6 ls /jkÑfr dk voyksdu fd;k tk
ldrk gSA vU; f'k•jksa esa fdjhxyiksVkð] jein] cq¼in] vkne çeq• gSaA
tyok;q dh fo'ks"krk,¡
Jhyadk dh tyok;q ekWulwuh gSA fo"kqor js•k ds utnhd gksus ds dkj.k
;gk¡ lky Hkj xehZ iM+rh gS vkSj o"kkZ Hkh gksrh jgrh gSA tkM+s dh ½rq ;gk¡ ugha gksrh
gSA ;gk¡ rVh; Hkkx esa o"kkZ 200 lsa-eh- rd vkSj ioZrh; {ks=kksa esa 500 lsa-eh- ls Hkh
vf/d (o"kkZ) gksrh gSA ;gk¡ tkM+s ,oa xehZ dh ½rqvksa esa okf"kZd rkikUrj (5° lsa-
-7° lsa-) ugha ds cjkcj gksrk gSA tkM+s dh ½rq esa vkSlr rkieku 22° lsa- jgrk gSA
ioZrh; Hkkx esa rkieku 20° lsa- jgrk gSA
D;k vki tkurs gSa
fo"kqor js•h; ouLifr dkiQh yacs gksrs gSaA ;s lw;Z dh jks'kuh ikus dh gksM+
esa ,d&nwljs ls yacs gksrs pys tkrs gSaA
Kkr dhft,&
,Vyl dh lgk;rk ls mu ,f'k;kbZ ns'kksa ds uke irk dhft, tks fo"kqor~
js•k ds lehi gSaA
ty çokg %
;gk¡ dh çeq• ufn;ksa esa egkoyh xaxk] iku vkSj v:ch gSaA jein vkSj
cq¼in tSls ioZrh; {ks=kksa esa fn;kyqek] yDlikuk vkSj isjkokyk lqUnj tyçikr Hkh
gSaA

Hkkjr ds iM+kslh ns'k %% 113

SOIL AND VEGETATION
Here, in the northern plains lime dominated soil is found. Generally,
in the alluvial plains, formed by the rivers; Lateritic soil is found.
Here, in the forests, Rubber, Cinchona, Gataparcha and Cheru woods
are found. Forests are found on approx 30 percent of land area. Dense
forests are found in central highlands. Mainly equatorial vegetation is
found here.

AGRICULTURE
The agriculture of Sri Lanka is more famous for commercial crops
than food crops. Important commercial crops like - Tea, Black Pepper,
Cinnamon, Coffee, Tobacco, Banana, Pine apple, Beatle leaves, Beatle nuts,
Sugarcane, Coco and Cashew nut etc. are grown here. Paddy is mainly
cultivated in the plain and coconut in the costal areas. Fishing is popular in
rivers and ponds. Being surrounded by water from all sides, ish production
has taken the form of an industry and has become an important part of
economy here.

EFFECT OF MINING AND INDUSTRY ON THE ECONOMY

Here, in the name of minerals Graphite, Monazite, Mica and Iron ore
are found. Gems like Nilam, Raktamani, Pukhraj are found in abundance.
Here extraction of pearls from sea is also popular. That is why this island is
also called 'Pearl of the East'.
Agriculture based industry is the main stay of the economy
here. Here Tea, food processing industries like Sugar industry, Rubber
industry, Fishing

Neighboring countries of India ::114

e`nk ,oa ouLifr %
;gk¡ mÙkjh eSnku esa pwuk ç/ku feêðh ik;h tkrh gSA lkekU;r% ufn;ksa }kjk
fufeZr tyks<+ eSnku esa ySVsjkbV feêðh ik;h tkrh gSA
;gk¡ ouksa esa jcj] fludksuk] xVkikpkZ vkSj ps: dh ydfM+;k¡ feyrh gSaA
djhc 30 çfr'kr Hkwfe ij ou ik;s tkrs gSaA eè;orhZ iBkjh Hkkx esa l?ku ou ik;s
tkrs gSaA ;gk¡ eq[;r% fo"kqorh; ouLifr ik;h tkrh gSA

Ñf"k
;gk¡ dh Ñf"k •k|kUu Ñf"k ls dgha vf/d O;kolkf;d Ñf"k ds fy,
çfl¼ gSA pk;] dkyhfepZ] nkyphuh] dgok] rackdw] dsyk] vukukl] iku]
lqikjh] xUuk] dksdks ,oa dktw tSlh egRoiw.kZ O;olkf;d iQlysa ;gk¡ mxk;h tkrh
gSaA eSnkuh {ks=kksa esa /ku rFkk rVh; {ks=k esa ukfj;y dh Ñf"k eq[; :Ik ls dh tkrh
gSA ufn;ksa vkSj rkykcksa esa eNyh ikyu dk dk;Z tksjksa ij gSA pkjksa rjiQ ls ty ls
f?kjs gksus ds dkj.k eNyh mRiknu ,d vkS|ksfxd :i ys pqdk gS rFkk ;gk¡ dh
vFkZO;oLFkk dk ,d egRoiw.kZ vax cu pqdk gSA

•uu ,oa m|ksx dk vFkZO;oLFkk ij çHkko

;gk¡ •fut ds uke ij xzsiQkbV] eksuktkbV] vcj• ,oa ykSg v;Ld feyrs
gSaA uhye] jÙkQef.k ,oa iq•jkt tSls jRu dh çpqjrk gSA ;gk¡ leqæ ls eksrh
fudkyus dk Hkh O;olk; çpfyr gSA bl dkj.k bl }hi dks ^iwoZ dk eksrh*
(Pearl of the East) Hkh dgk tkrk gSA

Hkkjr ds iM+kslh ns'k %% 114

industry and spices industries have been developed. These industries have
been developed mainly, in the form of small and cottage industries.
The majority of the population, here, is engaged in agriculture to
agro based industries. Here, Coconut oil, ropes, mats and carpets are being
manufactured from the Coconut. Sri Lanka is the largest exporter of tea in
the world. Some important materials like mineral oil, machinery goods,
Sugar, Salt, Cement etc. are imported here.
Trincomalee, Colombo and Hambantota are important ports here.
There is also a naval base in Trincomalee. Jaffna, in the North, is one of the
large towns. Apart from this Ratanpur, Anuradhapur and Galle are also
important towns.
To a large extent, the economy of Sri Lanka is based on mining, agro
based industries, tourism and ishing. There are immense potential for the
development of small scale industries.

EXERCISE QUESTIONS

(i) OBJECTIVE TYPE QUESTIONS

1. What is the shape of Sri Lanka?
(a) Square (b) Oval
(c) Triangular (d) Circular
2. Pidurtalgaala is an important land form of Sri Lanka -
(a) River (b) Lake
(c) Peak (d) Depression
3. Capital of Sri Lanka is -
(a) Kandy (b) Colombo
(c) Jaffna (d) Anuradha Nagar
4. What separates India from Sri Lanka -
(a)Palk Strait (b) Sri Lanka Strait
(c)Harmuj Strait (d) None of these

Neighboring countries of India :: 115

 Ñf"k vk/kfjr m|ksx gh ;gk¡ dh vFkZO;oLFkk dk vk/kj gSA ;gk¡ pk;]
•k|&laLdj.k m|ksx tSls&phuh m|ksx] jcj m|ksx] eNyh m|ksx rFkk elkyk
m|ksx dk fodkl gqvk gSA ;s m|ksx eq[;r% y?kq ,oa dqVhj m|ksx ds :i esa gh
fodflr gks ik;s gSaA
;gk¡ dh vf/dka'k vkcknh Ñf"k ls ysdj Ñf"k vk/kfjr m|ksxksa esa layXu gSA
;gk¡ ukfj;y ls rsy] jfLl;k¡] pVkbZ ,oa dkyhu cuk;s tkrs gSaA Jhyadk fo'o dk
lcls cM+k pk; fu;kZrd ns'k gSA •fut rsy] e'khuh lkeku] phuh] ued] lhesUV
vkfn ,sls egRoiw.kZ lkexzh gSa ftls ;gk¡ vk;kr fd;k tkrk gSA
;gk¡ ds çeq• cUnjxkgksa esa f=kdksaekyh] dksyacks ,oa gacuVksVk gSA f=kdksaekyh
esa ,d ukS&lSfud vîók Hkh gSA mÙkj esa tkiQuk cM+s uxjksa esa ls ,d gSA blds
vfrfjÙkQ jRuiqj] vuqjk/kiqj rFkk xky Hkh çeq• uxj gSaA
Jhyadk dh vFkZO;oLFkk cgqr gn rd •uu] Ñf"k vk/kfjr m|ksx] i;ZVu
m|ksx ,oa eRL; O;olk; ij vk/kfjr gSA ;gk¡ y?kq m|ksxksa ds fodkl dh vlhe
laHkkouk,¡ gSaA

vH;kl iz'u

(I) oLrqfu"B ç'u%

1- Jhyadk dh vkÑfr dSlh gS \
(d) vk;rkdkj (•) vaMkdkj (x) f=kHkqtkdkj (?k) o`Ùkkdkj
2- finqjrkyxkyk Jhyadk dk ,d çeq• LFkykÑfr gS&
(d) unh (•) >hy (x) f'k•j (?k) xrZ
3- Jhyadk dh jkt/kuh gS&
(d) dSaMh (•) dksyacks (x) tkiQuk (?k) vuqjk/kuxj
4- Hkkjr ls Jhyadk dks vyx dkSu djrk gS \
(d) ikd tylaf/ (•) Jhyadk tylaf/
(x) gjeqt tylaf/ (?k) buesa ls dksbZ ugha

Hkkjr ds iM+kslh ns'k %% 115

 5. When was democracy established in Sri Lanka ?
(a) 1948 (b) 1949
(c) 1955 (d) 1956

(ii) SHORT ANSWER TYPE QUESTION

1. What type of climate is found in Sri Lanka?
2. Why is Sri Lanka called as the 'Pearl of the East'?
3. What type of vegetation is found in Sri Lanka?

(iii) LONG ANSWER TYPE QUESTION

1. Describe the climate of Sri Lanka.
2. Write a note on the economy of Sri Lanka.

(iv) MAP WORK

1. With the help of Atlas, show important Cities on the map of Sri
Lanka.

Neighboring countries of India :: 116

5- Jhyadk esa yksdra=k dh LFkkiuk dc gqbZ \
(d) 1948 esa (•) 1949 esa (x) 1955 esa (?k) 1956 esaA
(ii) y?kq mÙkjh; ç'u%
1- Jhyadk esa fdl izdkj dh tyok;q ik;h tkrh gS \
2- ^iwoZ dh eksrh* Jhyadk dks D;ksa dgrs gSa \
3- Jhyadk esa fdl çdkj dh ouLifr ik;h tkrh gS\
(iii) nh?kZ mÙkjh; ç'u%
1- Jhyadk dh tyok;q dk o.kZu dhft,A
2- Jhyadk dh vFkZO;oLFkk ij fVIi.kh fyf•,A
(iv) ekufp=k dk;Z%
1. ,Vyl dh lgk;rk ls Jhyadk ds ekufp=k ij egRoiw.kZ uxjksa dks
fn•k;saA

Hkkjr ds iM+kslh ns'k %% 116

 (E) PAKISTAN
Introduction
Pakistan is a neighbouring country of India. It has largest area and
popula on amongst our nearest neighbouring countries. Few decades ago it
was a part of India. On 14th August, 1947 it
separated from India and became a
an separate independent na on. It had two
k ist
Pa parts which were called west and East
Pakistan but in 1971 its eastern part

i
India s e p a ra t e d f ro m i t a n d b e c a m e a n
ndependent country. Now only West
Pakistan is called Pakistan. It is situated in
the north west of India. Afghanistan is in the
north-west of Pakistan, Iran in west and
Arabian Sea is in the south.
Fig 7.7 Loca on of Pakistan

Geographically, Pakistan extends from 23° 30' North to 36° 45' North
la tudes and 61° East to 76° East longitudes. Its total area is 8, 03, 943 square
km. Its na onal language is Urdu. Apart from this Punjabi, Sindhi, Pashto and
Baluchi languages are also spoken. Apart from Sindh, Baluchistan, Punjab,
North West fron er province, Pakistan is a union of ten other small Princely
States.
POPULATION AND CITIES
The total popula on of Pakistan is more than 240 million (in 2023) and the
density of popula on is 312 persons per square km (in 2023). Majority of
popula on, here are followers of the Islam religion. The important ci es of
Pakistan are Islamabad, Rawalpindi, Karachi, Lahore and Hyderabad. Islamabad
is the capital of Pakistan. Karachi is the largest city and Lahore is the second
famous city of Pakistan.

Neighboring countries of India :: 117

 (;) ikfdLrku

ifjp;
ikfdLrku Hkkjr dk ,d iM+kslh ns'k
gSA fudVre iM+kslh ns'kksa esa ;g {ks=kiQy ,oa
Hkkjr tula[;k dh n`f"V ls lcls cM+k gSA vkt ls
dqN n'kd iwoZ ;g Hkkjr dk gh vax FkkA 14
vxLr] 1947 bZú dks Hkkjr ls foHkkftr gksdj
,d i`Fkd Lora=k jk"Vª cu x;kA blds nks vax
fp=k 7-7 ikfdLrku dh fLFkfr Fks tks if'peh vkSj iwohZ ikfdLrku dgykrs Fks]
fdUrq 1971 bZú esa bldk iwohZ vax vyx gksdj
,d Lora=k jk"Vª cu x;k gSA vc dsoy if'peh ikfdLrku gh ikfdLrku dgykrk
gSA ;g Hkkjr ds mÙkj&if'pe esa fLFkr gSA ikfdLrku ds mÙkj&if'pe esa
viQxkfuLrku] if'pe esa bZjku vkSj nf{k.k esa vjc lkxj gSA
ikfdLrku dk HkkSxksfyd foLrkj 23° 30' mÙkjh v{kka'k ls ysdj 36° 45'
mÙkjh v{kka'k rd gS rFkk 61° iwohZ ns'kkarj ls ysdj 76° iwohZ ns'kkarj rd gSA dqy
{ks=kiQy 8,03,943 oxZ fdyksehVj gSA ;gk¡ dh jk"Vªh; Hkk"kk mnZw gSA blds vfrfjÙkQ
iatkch] fla/h] i'rks vkSj cyksph Hkh cksyh tkrh gSaA fla/] cyqfpLrku iatkc]
mÙkjh&if'peh lhek çkUrksa ds vfrfjÙkQ vU; NksVh&NksVh nl fj;klrksa esa
ç'kklfud n`f"Vdks.k ls cVk gqvk ikfdLrku ,d la?kh; jkT; gSA
tula[;k ,oa uxj& ;gk¡ dh tula[;k 24 djksM+ ls vf/d gS vkSj çfr oxZ
fdyksehVj 312 (2023 esa) yksx fuokl djrs gSaA ;gk¡ dh vf/dka'k tula[;k
eq[; :i ls bLyke /eZ ds vuq;k;h gSaA ikfdLrku ds çeq• uxj bLykekckn]
jkoyfi.Mh] djkph] ykgkSj] gSnjkckn gSA bLykekckn ikfdLrku dh jkt/kuh gSA
djkph ikfdLrku dk lcls cM+k uxj gS rFkk ykgkSj ikfdLrku dk nwljk çfl¼
uxj gSA

Hkkjr ds iM+kslh ns'k %% 117

 Fig. 7.8 Relief of Pakistan
LAND FORMS
The natural structure of Pakistan is uneven. Here, there is an
extension of high Mountains, Plateau areas; fertile plain surface on one
hand then on the other sandy desert areas can also be seen. In the south,
there is an extension of coastal plains. Its North Western part is the highest
region here, where height is more than 3000 meters. From here a series of
Mountain range extend up to south in a curve form which, in fact, is western
and southern extension of Himalayas. These ranges from North to South are
famous by the name of - Hindukush, Suleiman and Kirthar respectively.
Takht Suleiman is the most famous peak here whose height is 3,770 meters
and is situated in western province region. There are many passes in these
Mountain ranges in which, Khyber, Bolan and Gomal are important. The
south - western part which is popularly known as Baluchistan is Plateau in
nature. The average height, here, is 300 to 1000 meters. It is a dry region in
which dissected valleys and lakes of saline water are found. In its North
Eastern part is Potavar plateau.
South Eastern border of Pakistan is a desert region. There are
number of sand dunes situated here. Its structure is similar to that of Thar
Desert. The Indus plain is situated in the south - western part of this desert.

Neighboring countries of India :: 118

 fp=k 7.8 ikfdLrku ds mPpkop

LFkykÑfr & ikfdLrku dh çkÑfrd cukoV vleku gSA ;gk¡ Å¡ps&Å¡ps

ioZr Hkh gSa vkSj iBkjh Hkkx Hkh] lery mitkÅ eSnku dk iQSyko gS rks jsrksa ls Hkjk
e#Fkyh; eSnku Hkh ns•s tk ldrs gSaA nf{k.k esa leqæ rVh; eSnku dk Hkh foLrkj gSA
bldk mÙkjh&if'peh Hkkx lcls Å¡pk {ks=k gSA tgk¡ Å¡pkbZ 3000 ehVj ls Hkh
vf/d gSA ;gha ls ioZr Jsf.k;ksa dh ,d J`a•yk ?kqekonkj :i ls fcYdqy nf{k.k
rd foLr`r gS tks okLro esa fgeky; dk gh if'peh vkSj nf{k.kh foLrkj gSaA ;s
Jsf.k;k¡ ;gk¡ mÙkj ls nf{k.k Øe'k% fgUnwdq'k] lqyseku ,oa fdjFkj ds uke ls
çfl¼ gSaA r[r lqyseku ;gk¡ dh lcls çfl¼ pksVh gS ftldh Å¡pkbZ 3770 ehVj
gS vkSj ;g if'peh lhekar {ks=k esa iM+rk gSA bu ioZr Jsf.k;ksa esa dbZ njZsa cus gq, gSa]
buesa •Scj] cksyu vkSj xksey çeq• gSaA ;gk¡ dk nf{k.k&if'pe Hkkx iBkjh gS] tks
cywfpLrku ds uke ls çfl¼ gSA ;gk¡ dh vkSlr Å¡pkbZ 300 ls 1000 ehVj gS] ;g
,d 'kq"d çns'k gS] ftlesa dbZ dVh&NVh ?kkfV;k¡ vkSj •kjs ikuh ds >hy gS blds
mÙkjh&iwohZ Hkkx esa iksrokj iBkj gSA

Hkkjr ds iM+kslh ns'k %% 118

This plain has been formed by the deposition of sediments brought by
Indus and its tributary rivers in the Indus basin. Every year fresh alluvial
soil is deposited here and so the region is very fertile. The average height of
this region is 150 meters from the Sea level. In the southern region here,
extension of deltaic plain and coastal plain is found.
CLIMATE
The climate found here is Monsoon and hot desert type. Here, very
hot summer and very cold winter is experienced. The average temperature
falls below 7° C in winter season and snowfall occurs in the northern
Mountainous region. The temperature rises up to 45° C in summer season.
At this time, the temperature of Jacobabad rises up to 55° C. This is the
hottest place not only of Pakistan but also of Asia. The eastern desert region
experiences sandy storms and sand dunes can also be seen all around the
region.
There is scarcity of rainfall here. The average annual rainfall is only
35 cm. Cyclonic rainfall occurs during winter season and in summers
Monsoon winds coming from Bay of Bengal bring rain here. The
distribution of rainfall is not even here. 75 to 80 cm in the northern foothill
region, 35 to 50 cm in eastern plains whereas only 20 to 25 cm rainfall in
western region.
Indus is the most important river here. Among its tributaries–
Jhelum, Chenab, Ravi, Sutlej and Beas are called 'Panchnad' and Indus is
called 'Nad' here. The Indus originates from across Himalayas and travels a
long distance before draining out into the Arabian Sea. All tributaries join it
in the central part of the plains from north east direction (North –West of
India). River Kabul is also amongst the tributaries of Indus, which runs
through Afghanistan and joins Indus from North - West direction. Pakistan
is called as the 'Gift of Indus'. This is a fact that, in absence of Indus, whole
Pakistan will be like a heap of stones and desert. The other rivers here are
Joba, Pashmel, Tochi and Chitrala. Here, Dams have been constructed on
large scale on Indus and other rivers. The development of Dams at this
magnitude is rarely found in the other parts of

Neighboring countries of India :: 119

 ikfdLrku ds nf{k.kh&iwohZ lhek ij e#LFkyh; {ks=k gSA ;gk¡ jsr ds dbZ Vhys
fLFkr gSaA bldh lajpuk Fkkj e#Hkwfe ls feyrh&tqyrh gSA bl e#LFkyh; Hkkx ds
nf{k.k&if'pe esa flU/q unh dk eSnku gS] bl eSnku dk fuekZ.k fla/q csflu
(æks.kh) esa fla/q vkSj mldh lgk;d ufn;ka ds }kjk yk;h x;h volknksa ds
fu{ksi.k ls gqvk gSA ;gk¡ çR;sd o"kZ ubZ tyks<+ feêðh dk fu{ksi gksrk gSA ;g {ks=k
dkiQh mitkÅ gSA bl Hkkx dh leqæ ry ls vkSlr Å¡pkbZ 150 ehVj gSA ;gk¡
nf{k.kh Hkkx esa MsYVk dk eSnku leqæ rVh; eSnku Hkh iQSys gSaA
tyok;q
;gk¡ dh tyok;q ekWulwuh ,oa m".k e#LFkyh; gSA ;gk¡ xehZ esa csgn xehZ
vkSj tkM+s esa dM+kds dh lnhZ iM+rh gSA tkM+s ds ekSle esa vkSlr rkieku 7° lsa- ls
de jgrk gS vkSj mÙkj ds ioZrh; Hkkx esa ciQZ te tkrk gSA xehZ ½rq esa rkieku
45° lsa- rd igq¡p tkrk gSA bl le; ^tSdksckckn* dk rkieku 55° lsa- rd igq¡p
tkrk gSA ;g ikfdLrku dk gh ugha oju~ ,f'k;k dk lcls xeZ LFkku gSA iwohZ
e#LFkyh; Hkkx esa /wy Hkjh vk¡f/;k¡ pyrh gSa vkSj pkjks vksj jsr ds Vhys Hkh
fn•kbZ iM+rs gSaA
;gk¡ o"kkZ dk vHkko gSA okf"kZd o"kkZ dk vkSlr ek=k 35 lsaVhehVj gSA tkM+s
esa pØokrksa }kjk o"kkZ gksrh gS vkSj xfeZ;ksa esa caxky dh •kM+h ls vkus okyh ekWulwuh
iouksa ls gksrh gSA ;gk¡ o"kkZ dk forj.k ,d leku ugha gSA mÙkj ds ioZrinh; {ks=k esa
75 ls 80 lsaVhehVj] iwohZ eSnku esa 35 ls 50 lsaVhehVj] tcfd if'peh {ks=k esa
10-25 lsaVhehVj gh o"kkZ gksrh gSA
;gk¡ dh eq[; unh ^fla/q* gS mldh lgk;d ufn;ksa esa >sye] fpuko] jkoh]
lryt ,oa O;kl gSa] bUgsa ^iapun* dgk tkrk gS] vkSj fla/q dks ^un* ds uke ls
iqdkjk tkrk gSA fla/q dk mnxe fgeky; ikj ls gS] tks viuk yEck liQj r; djrk
gqvk vjc lkxj esa lek tkrk gSA bldh lHkh lgk;d ufn;k¡ mÙkj&iwoZ (Hkkjr ds
mÙkj&if'pe) ls eSnku ds eè;orhZ Hkkx esa vkdj blls feyrh gSaA fla/q dh
lgk;d ufn;ksa esa dkcqy unh Hkh gS tks viQxkfuLrku gksrs gq,s mÙkj&if'pe ls
vkdj fla/q esa feyrh gSA ikfdLrku dks ^fla/q dh nsu* dgk tkrk gSA ;g lR; gS fd
;fn fla/q ikfdLrku ls vuqifLFkr gks tk, rks iwjk ns'k iRFkjksa vkSj jsfxLrku dk <sj
rqY; jg tk,xkA ;gk¡ dh

Hkkjr ds iM+kslh ns'k %% 119

the world. Through the development of Dams, a network of Canals has been
developed. Among the important Dams - Mangla, Sakhar, Islam, Barasak are
there. Amongst the large Canals, here, Upper Chenab, Lower Chenab, upper
Jhelum, Lower Jhelum and upper Bari Doab canals are there. Many Doabs
have been formed by Indus and its tributary rivers. Famous amongst them
are Lower Bari, Rachna, Chaj, Sindhu Sagar Doab etc. River Indus forms
Delta on its mouth.

The land between two rivers is called 'Doab'

Only 3% of the total area has forest cover here. In the upper reaches of
the northern Mountains, Deodar, Pine, Chir, Fir and spruce dominated
forests are found. On the plateau areas of Baluchistan pine and oak tree are
found. Babul, Shisham, Neem and Mango trees are found in the central parts
and basins of rivers. Similarly, in the eastern desert region thorny bushes
are found. In the central and lower parts of the Indus grass lands are found.
In spite of being a region of low rainfall, Pakistan is an agricultural
country. Agriculture is practiced here 19% of land on which 72%
population is dependent. The plains of Indus and its tributaries are very
fertile. Apart from this, a large network of irrigation canals has been
developed through Indus and its tributaries, through which 63% of the total
arable land is irrigated. Wheat is the most important crop here. Wheat is
cultivated on 55% of the arable land. In other crops Gram, Maize, Millets,
Cotton, Oil seeds, Sugarcane, and Tobacco are important. Rice is grown here
in a very limited area of south east region. Wheat is mainly grown in the
western part of Punjab. Gram occupies the second position in this regard.
Maize and Millets are grown, in a limited amount , in those

Neighboring countries of India :: 120

 vU; ufn;ksa esa tksc] i'esy] Vksph rFkk fp=kky gSaA ;gk¡ fla/q ,oa vU;
ufn;ksa ij cM+s iSekus ij ck¡/ksa dk fuekZ.k fd;k x;k gSA ck¡/ksa dk bl çdkj dk
fodkl lalkj esa vU;=k de gh feyrk gS] ck¡/ksa ds fodkl ds }kjk ;gk¡ ugjksa dk
tky fodflr gqvk gSA ;gk¡ ds çeq• ck¡/ksa esa eaxyk] lD•j] bLyke] ckjklkd gS
A ;gk¡ dh cM+h ugjksa esa Åijh fpukc] fupyh fpukc] Åijh >sye] fupyh >sye
vkSj Åijh ckjh nksvkc ugj gSaA fla/q ,oa mldh lgk;d ufn;ksa ds }kjk dbZ
^nksvkcksa* dk fuekZ.k gqvk gS] buesa çfl¼ fupyk ckjh] jpuk] Nt] fla/q lkxj
nksvkc gSaA fla/q unh vius eqgkus ij MsYVk dk fuekZ.k djrh gSaA

nks ufn;ksa ds chp ds Hkwfe dks ^nksvkc* dgk tkrk gS A

;gk¡ dsoy 3» Hkkx esa ouksa dk foLrkj gSA mÙkjh ioZr ds mPp Hkkxksa esa
nsonkj] phM+] iQj rFkk Lçwl ç/ku gSaA cywfpLrku ds iBkj ij ikbu rFkk vksd ds
o`{k dh ç/kurk gSA eè; Hkkx] ufn;ksa ds csflu {ks=k] esa ccwy] 'kh'ke] uhe vkSj
vke ds o`{k ik, tkrs gSaA blh çdkj] iwohZ e#LFkyh; Hkkx esa d¡Vhyh >kfM+;k¡
feyrh gSaA fla/q ds eè; ,oa fupys Hkkx esa ?kkl ds eSnku ik, tkrs gSaA

vYi o"kkZ okyk {ks=k gksrs gq, Hkh ikfdLrku ,d Ñf"k ç/ku ns'k gS] ;gk¡
19» Hkwfe ij Ñf"k dh tkrh gS ftlij ;gk¡ 72» tula[;k vkfJr gSA fla/q ,oa
mldh lgk;d ufn;ksa dk eSnkuh Hkkx vR;ar mitkÅ gSA blds vfrfjÙkQ] fla/q ,oa
mldh lgk;d ufn;ksa }kjk flapkbZ ds fy, dbZ cM+h&cM+h ugjksa dk fodkl fd;k
x;k gS ftlds }kjk dqy Ñf"k ;ksX; Hkwfe ds 63» Hkwfe ij flapkbZ dh tkrh gSA ;gk¡
dh eq[; iQly xsgw¡ gSA ;gk¡ dh yxHkx 55» çfr'kr Ñf"k ;ksX; Hkwfe ij xsgw¡ dh
•srh dh tkrh gSA

Hkkjr ds iM+kslh ns'k %% 120

areas where there is no proper development of irrigational facilities. In cash
crops cotton and sugarcane are important, which are grown on 15% and 5% of
the agriculturaldevelopment.

ikfdLrku
[kfut

Fig. 7.9 Mineral resource of Pakistan

To mitigate the uncertainty and lack of rainfall,a number of Dams and

a network of canals have been constructed which have made agriculture
possible here.

EFFECT OF MINING AND INDUSTRY ON THE ECONOMY

Pakistan is a poor country in terms of minerals. The important minerals
found here are – Coal, mineral oil, natural gas, chromites, gypsum, iron, rock
salt, lime stone, bauxite and sulphur etc. Mineral oil is produced in Balakasar,
Khairpur, Atak, and Chakwal. Coal is found in Rawalpindi, Majrabal, and in
many areas of Hyderabad. Iron ore is extracted from Atak, Sargodha, Jitral and
Miyanwala regions. Chromium is found in the Joba valley of Baluchistan.
Manganese is found in Lasbela and Kohat regions. The important area of
natural gas is Sui, Khairpur and Lyallpur.

Neighboring countries of India :: 121

gSA vU; iQlyksa esa puk] eDdk] Tokj] cktjk] dikl] frygu] xUuk ,oa rEckdw
izeq[k gSaA pkoy dh •srh ;gk¡ nf{k.k&iwohZ Hkkx esa cgqr lhfer {ks=k esa dh tkrh gSA
xsgw¡ eq[; :i ls iatkc ds if'peh Hkkx esa iSnk fd;k tkrk gSA nwljs LFkku ij puk
gSA edbZ] Tokj] cktjk dh •srh lhfer ek=kk esa mu {ks=kksa esa dh tkrh gS] tgk¡
flapkbZ dh O;oLFkk leqfpr <ax ls ugha gSA udnh iQlyksa esa dikl vkSj xUuk çeq•
gSA tks Øe'k% 15» ,oa 5» Ñf"k Hkwfe ij mRiUu fd;k tkrk gSA
o"kkZ dh vfuf'prrk ,oa deh dks iwjk djus ds fy, vusd ck¡/ksa dk
fuekZ.k dj ugjksa dk tky iQSyk fn;k x;k gS ftlds dkj.k Ñf"k dk fodkl gks
ik;k gSA
ikfdLrku
•fut

fp=k 7.9 ikfdLrku ds •fut lalk/u

•uu ,oa m|ksx rFkk vFkZO;oLFkk ij çHkko & •fut inkFkks± ds n`f"V ls
ikfdLrku ,d xjhc ns'k gSA ;gk¡ feyus okys •fut esa dks;yk] •fut rsy]
çkÑfrd xSl] ØksekbV] ftIle] yksgk] lsa/k ued] pwuk iRFkj] ckWDlkbV ,oa
xa/d çeq• gSaA •fut rsy dk mRiknu ckykdklkj] •Sjiqj] vVd] pkdoky esa
gksrk gSA jkoyfi.Mh] etjkcy] gSnjkckn ds dbZ {ks=kksa esa dks;yk •uu fd;k tkrk
gSA vVd] ljxks/k] ftrjy ,oa fe;k¡okyh {ks=k ls ykSg v;Ld çkIr fd;k tkrk gSA
cywfpLrku dh tksc ?kkVh esa Øksfe;e dk Hk.Mkj gSA eSaxuht yklcsyk vkSj dksgkV
{ks=k ls çkIr fd;k tkrk gSA çkÑfrd xSl dk eq[; {ks=k lwbZ] •Sjiqj vkSj yk;yiqj
gSA

Hkkjr ds iM+kslh ns'k %% 121

INDUSTRY
Industries based on agriculture and chemical have been more
developed here. Among them are cotton textiles, woolen, sugar, sports
goods, paper, chemical and match box industries are important. Cement,
oil re inery and natural gas based industries are the main ones in mineral
based industries. Sialkot is world famous for the manufacturing sports
goods, in forest based industries.

The important cotton textiles centers are Multan, Karachi, Lyallpur,

Lahore, Ukara etc. Harnayee, Bannu and Kadiabad are woolen textile
centers. Bamboo based Paper mills are located at Naushera and rahwali.
Sugar mills are established at Charsadda, Mardan, Auharabad. Asia's
largest sugar mill is situated at Mardan (Peshawar).

Cement industries have been developed at Karachi, Hyderabad,

Daudkhel, Bah and Rohari. The largest chemical industry is located at
Daudkhel. Apart from these in Naushera, Lyallpur, Haripur caustic soda,
sulphur, Acid, chemicals, DDT, Rasin, Pencilin and color manufacturing
industries are there. Oil re inery at Morgah of Karachi and Gas based
industry is situated at Sui.

Here, import is more in comparison to export. Foreign trade is

mainly done with USA, Great Britain, Germany, Japan, Iran, India, Canada,
China and Russia. The goods that are imported are Machines, Railway
engines, Railway compartments, Ships, Aircraft, Tractor, Iron ore, Coal,
Tea, Paper, Beatle leaves, Rice etc. exports mainly include Cotton, Hide,
leather, Fruit, Tobacco, Paper, Leather shoes etc. The goods are mainly
exported to Great Britain, USA, and China.

EXERCISE QUESTIONS

(I) OBJECTIVE TYPE QUESTIONS

1. Where is the largest Airport of Pakistan located?
(a) Islamabad (b) Karachi
(c) Sialkot (d) Multan

Neighboring countries of India :: 122

m|ksx
;gk¡ Ñf"k ,oa jlk;u ij vk/kfjr m|ksxksa dks vf/d fodflr fd;k x;k
gSA buesa lwrh oL=k] Åuh oL=k] phuh] •sy ds lkeku] dkxt] jklk;fud rFkk
fn;klykbZ ds m|ksx çeq• gSaA •fut vk/kfjr m|ksxksa esa] lhesaV] rsy'kks/d ,oa
çkÑfrd xSl vk/kfjr m|ksx eq[; gSaA ou vk/kfjr m|ksxksa esa •sy dk lkeku
rS;kj djus ds fy, fl;kydksV fo'o çfl¼ gSA
eqYrku] djkph] yk;yiqj] ykgkSj] mdkM+k lwr ,oa lwrh oL=k m|ksx ds
çeq• dsUæ gSa A gjukbZ] cUuw ,oa dkfn;kckn Åuh oL=k ds dsUæ gSA uks'ksjk vkSj
jgokyh esa iQkbu isij rFkk nÝrh isij m|ksx ckal vk/kfjr gSA pkjlík] ekjnku]
vkSgjkckn esa phuh dh feysa LFkkfir gSaA ekjnku (is'kkoj) esa ,f'k;k dh lcls
cM+h phuh fey gSA djkph] gSnjkckn] nkmn•sy] ckg rFkk jksgjh esa lhesaV m|ksx
dk fodkl gqvk gSA nkmn•sy esa jlk;u inkFkZ cukus dk lcls cM+k dsUæ gSA blds
vfrfjÙkQ uks'ksjk] yk;yiqj] gfjiqj esa dkWfLVd lksMk] xa/d] rstkc] jklk;fud]
Mhú Mhú Vhú] jsftu] isulhfyu vkSj jax cuk,s tkrs gSaA djkph ds eksjxkg esa rsy
'kks/u vkSj lqbZ esa xSl vk/kfjr m|ksx LFkkfir gSaA
;gk¡ fu;kZr dh vis{kk vk;kr vf/d gksrk gSA fons'kh O;kikj eq[; :i ls
la;qÙkQ jkT; vesfjdk] xzsV fczVsu] teZuh] tkiku] bjku] Hkkjr] dukMk] phu vkSj
:l ds lkFk gksrk gSA ;gk¡ e'khu] jsy dk batu] jsy ds fMCcs] ty;ku] ok;q;ku]
VªSDVj] ykSg v;Ld] dks;yk] pk;] dkxt] iku] pkoy bR;kfn vk;kr djrk gS
,oa dikl] •ky] peM+k] iQy] rEckdw] dkxt] peM+s ds twrs fu;kZr djrk gSA
;gk¡ ls vf/dka'kr% xzsV fczVsu] la;qÙkQ jkT; vesfjdk vkSj phu dks lkeku fu;kZr
gksrk gSA
vH;kl iz'u
(i) oLrqfu"B ç'u%
1- ikfdLrku dk lcls cM+k gokbZ vîók dgk¡ vofLFkr gS\
(d) bLykekckn (•) djkph (x) fl;kydksV (?k) eqYrku

Hkkjr ds iM+kslh ns'k %% 122

2. Which of these is famous for manufacturing sports good ?
(a) Karac (b) Rawalpindi
(c) Sialko (d) Lahore

3. What is the height of Pakistan's famous peak Takht Suleiman?

(a) 3750 Meters (b) 3770 Meters
(c) 3700 Meters (d) 4400 Meters

4. River Indus Flows from -

(a) South to North (b) East to West
(c) North to South (d) None of these

(ii) SHORT ANSWER TYPE QUESTION

1. Why is Pakistan called the 'Gift of Indus'?

(iii) LONG ANSWER TYPE QUESTION

1. Describe the features of climate of Pakistan.
2. Describe the development of mining and industrial development of Pakistan.

(iv) MAP WORK

1. Construct an outline map of Pakistan and show important industries and
mineral centers.

Neighboring countries of India :: 123

2- •sy dk lkeku cukus esa buesa dkSu çfl¼ gS&
(d) djkph (•) jkoyfi.Mh
(x) fl;kydksV (?k) ykgkSj
3- ikfdLrku dh lcls çfl¼ pksVh r[r lqyseku dh Å¡pkbZ D;k gS \
(d) 3750 ehú (•) 3770 ehú
(x) 3700 ehú (?k) 4400 ehú
4- fla/q unh cgrh gS&
(d) nf{k.k ls mÙkj (•) iwjc ls if'pe
(x) mÙkj ls nf{k.k (?k) buesa ls dksbZ ugha
(ii) y?kq mÙkjh; ç'u%
1- ikfdLrku dks ^fla/q dh nsu* D;ksa dgk tkrk gS \
(iii) nh?kZ mÙkjh; ç'u%
1- ikfdLrku dh tyok;q dh fo'ks"krkvksa dh O;k[;k dhft,A
2- ikfdLrku ds •uu~ ,oa m|ksxksa ds fodkl dk o.kZu dhft,A
(iv) ekufp=k dk;Z%
ikfdLrku dk js•kfp=k cukdj mlds çeq• vkS|ksfxd ,oa •fut dsUæksa
dks n'kkZ;saA

Hkkjr ds iM+kslh ns'k %% 123

 CHAPTER- 8

MAP READING
Our Earth is a large heavenly body which is spherical in shape. It
is impossible to make a map equal to its size; therefore scale was
developed to draw maps. Scale is that method through which whole
earth or part of it, as per the requirement, can be exhibited by
drawing map. With the help of that map the actual distance between
the two points on the surface is calculated. In other words, scale is
the process of measurement of proportion of distance between two
points shown on the map and the corresponding points on the actual
surface.

UTILITY OF SCALE
Geography is also called as the science of Map. The use of scale
is essential for drawing map. Without this no map can be drawn,
where as map is an essential tool for the student of Geography.

FOLLOWING ARE THE USES OF SCALE IN MAP

1. Scale is the method to exhibit part of the surface correctly on
the map.
2. Through scale we can exhibit very large earth surface in small
form
on the map.
3. Through scale, area of any region can be found.
4. With the help of scale any surface can be exhibited in large or
small
size.
5. Scale is essential for drawing map of building, factories, railway
line etc.
6. Scale is also essential for land survey.

Map Reading :: 124

 vè;k;&8

ekufp=k vè;;u
gekjh i`Foh ,d fo'kky vkdk'kh; fi.M gS ftldh vkÑfr xksykdkj
(pherical) gSA blds vkdkj ds cjkcj vkdkj okyk dksbZ ekufp=k cukuk vlEHko dk;Z
gSA vr% ekufp=k cukus ds fy, ekiuh dk fodkl fd;k x;k gSA ekiuh og fof/ gS ftlds
}kjk leLr i`Foh vFkok mlds fdlh ,d Hkkx dks vko';drkuqlkj ekufp=k cukdj
çnf'kZr fd;k tkrk gSA ml ekufp=k dh lgk;rk ls /jkry ij nks LFkkuksa ds chp dh
okLrfod nwfj;k¡ Kkr dh tkrh gSA nwljs 'kCnksa esa&ekufp=k ij çnf'kZr fd, x, fdUgha nks
fcUnqvksa ds chp dh nwjh vkSj /jkry ij mUgha nks fcUnqvksa ds chp dh okLrfod nwjh ds
vuqikr dks ekius dh fof/ dks ekid dgrs gSaA
ekid dh mi;ksfxrk & Hkwxksy dks ekufp=k dk foKku Hkh dgrs gSaA ekufp=k cukus
ds fy, ekid dk mi;ksx vfuok;Z gSA blds fcuk dksbZ Hkh ekufp=k ugha cuk;k tk ldrk
gS] tcrd ekufp=k Hkwxksy ds fo|kfFkZ;ksa ds fy, ,d vko';d ;U=k (Tool) gSA
ekufp=k esa ekid dh fuEufyf•r mi;ksfxrk gS &
1- ekid /jkry ds {ks=k dks ekufp=k ij lgh&lgh çnf'kZr djus dh fof/ gSA
2- ekid ds ekè;e ls ge foLr`r Hkw&•.Mksa dks ekufp=k ij y?kq :i esa çnf'kZr dj
ldrs gSaA
3- ekid ls fdlh {ks=k ds {ks=kiQy dh tkudkjh çkIr gksrh gSA
4- ekid dh lgk;rk ls fdlh Hkh /jkry dks cM+s rFkk NksVs vkdkj esa çnf'kZr fd;k
tk ldrk gSA
5- Hkou] dkj•kus] jsyos ykbu vkfn lHkh ds fp=k cukus ds fy, ekid vko';d
gksrk gSA
6- Hkw&loZs{k.k ds fy, Hkh ekid vfuok;Z gksrk gSA

ekufp=k vè;;u % 124

 METHODS OF EXPRESSING THE SCALE - The scale can be expressed
through the following three methods on the map:
1. Statement Method
2. Representative Method
3. Graphical Method

1. Statement Method – In this method scale is expressed through a

statement e.g. 1 cm = 5 Kilometer or 1 Inch = 18 miles etc.1 cm = 5 km.
means that a distance of 1 cm on the map expresses a distance of 5 km.
on the surface. Similarly, 1 Inch = 18 miles means a distance of 1 inch on
the map expresses a distance of 18 Miles on the surface. The irst part of
this statement expresses the distance between any two places on the
map and the second part expresses the distance of those two places on
the surface.

2. Representative Fraction: There is no similarity in the use of scale

system in every country of the world. The statement method is used only
in the concerned countries. To solve such problems Representative
Fraction is used. Through this method scale can be made in any country
even though, any other system of scale expression is being used in that
country. In this method the distance on the map and distance on surface
is expressed through a fraction. The numerator of this fraction is always
1 which expresses the distance of the map and the denominator is in
same unit and expresses the distance of the surface. Representative
Fraction is also called uplakchak and nirupak fraction.

Representa ve Frac on (R.F) =

Through this method ci zens of any country can study map very easily.
For example –

It means 1 inch on the map expresses 250,000,000 inch of the surface.

Similarly 1 cm of the map expresses 250,000,000 cm of the surface.
Representative fraction can be understood by changing it according to
the scale system of any country. Therefore, it is also called
'International Scale'.

Map Reading :: 125

 ekid çnf'kZr djus dh fof/;k¡& ekufp=k ij ekid dks fuEufyf•r rhu
fof/;ksa }kjk çnf'kZr fd;k tkrk gS %
1- dFku fof/
2- çn'kZd fof/
3- jSf•d ekid fof/
1- dFku fof/ & bl fof/ esa ekid dks ,d dFku }kjk O;ÙkQ fd;k tkrk
gSA tSls 1 lseh ¾ 5 fdyksehVj ;k 1 bZap ¾ 18 ehy vkfnA
1 lsa0 eh0 ¾ 5 fd0 eh0 dk vFkZ ;g gS fd ekufp=k ij 1 lseh dh nwjh
/jkry ij 5 fd0 eh0 dh nwjh dks çnf'kZr djrk gSA blh çdkj 1 bZap ¾ 18 ehy
ls vfHkçk; ;g gS fd ekufp=k ij 1 bZap dh nwjh /jkry ij 18 ehy dh nwjh dks
çnf'kZr djrk gSA bl dFku dk igyk Hkkx ekufp=k ij fdUgha nks LFkkuksa ds chp
dh nwjh çnf'kZr djrk gS rFkk nwljk Hkkx Hkw&i`"B ij mUgha LFkkuksa ds chp dh nwjh
dks fn•krk gSA
2- çn'kZd fHkUu (Representative Fraction)& fo'o ds lHkh ns'kksa esa
,d gh ekid ç.kkyh dk ç;ksx ugha fd;k tkrk gSA dFku&fof/ ç.kkyh lacaf/r
ns'kksa esa gh mi;ksxh gksrk gSA bl çdkj dh dfBukb;ksa dks nwj djus ds fy, çn'kZd
fHkUu dk ç;ksx fd;k tkrk gSA bl fof/ }kjk çR;sd ns'k esa pkgs ogk¡ fdlh Hkh
ekiu ç.kkyh dk ç;ksx gksrk gks] ekid cuk;k tk ldrk gSA bl fof/ esa ekufp=k
dh nwjh vkSj /jkry dh nwjh dks ,d fHkUu }kjk çdV fd;k tkrk gSA bl fHkUu dk
va'k lnSo 1 gksrk gS] tks ekufp=k dh nwjh dks çnf'kZr djrk gS rFkk gj mlh bdkbZ
esa gksrk gS vkSj /jkry dh nwjh dks çnf'kZr djrk gSA çn'kZd fHkUu dks miy{kd
,oa fu:id fHkUu Hkh dgrs gSaA
ekufp=k dh nwjh Map Distance
çn'kZd fHkUu (R.F) ¾ /jkry dh nwjh Ground Distance
bl fof/ }kjk çR;sd ns'k dk ukxfjd vklkuh ls ekufp=k dk vè;;u dj
1
1 ldrk gSA tSls& 250,000,000 dk rkRi;Z ekufp=k dk 1 bZap] /jkry ds
250,000,000] bZap dks çdV dj jgk gSA blh rjg ekufp=k dk ,d lsa0eh0
/jkry ds 250,000,000 lsa0eh0 dks çnf'kZr dj jgk gSA çn'kZd fHkUu dks fo'o
ds fdlh Hkh ns'k dh ekiu ç.kkyh ds vuqlkj cnydj le>k tk ldrk gSA
blfy, bls vUrjkZ"Vªh; ekid Hkh dgrs gSaA

ekufp=k vè;;u % 125

 3. GRAPHICAL SCALE: This method is called plain scale method. The
length of the graphical scale is determined on the mathematical base
with the help of statement or representative fraction. After this, the line
is divided in primary and secondary sections through arithmetic method.
On main or primary section, large units like Mile or Kilometer and on
secondary or sub – sections smaller units like Furlong or Meter is
expressed.

Meter 1000 500 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Km.

GRAPHICAL SCALE

The evaluation of the divided line is done after leaving irst primary
part. In other words 0 is ixed after leaving irst part from left and 1, 2, 3,
km etc. is ixed towards right from 0. Now, a main section of left side is
again divided in sub – sections and 500, 1000 meter etc. is ixed from 0
towards left.

COMPARATIVE SCALE: In comparative scale distances are expressed

in one or more than one scale system, e.g. Mile, Furlong, Meter and Gaj
etc. are used in only one scale. At times two different facts are expressed
in it e.g. distance and time is shown. The greatest quality of this scale is
commencement of its secondary and primary scale is from one reference
line or from zero value.

DIAGONAL SCALE: In plain scale tenth part of any unit or second

section of unit is expressed. If hundredth part of any unit or third section
of this unit is to be expressed then we take the help of Diagonal

Meter1000 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 Km.

iQyk±x 6 4 2 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 ehy
DIAGONAL SCALE

Map Reading :: 126

 3. jSf•d ekid& bl fof/ dks ljy ekid fof/ dgrs gSaA ljy js•k dh
yackbZ dFku vFkok çn'kZu fHkUu dh lgk;rk ls xf.kr ds vk/kj ij fuf'pr dh
tkrh gSA blds ckn bl js•k dh ewy (primary) rFkk xkS.k (secondary)
foHkkxksa esa T;kferh; fof/ }kjk foHkÙkQ fd;k tkrk gSA eq[; ;k ewy Hkkx ij cM+h
bdkbZ tSls ehy vFkok fdyksehVj rFkk xkS.k ;k mifoHkkx ij NksVh bdkbZ tSls
iQykZax ;k ehVj n'kkZ;k tkrk gSA

jSf•d ekid
f}rh;d çkFkfed
foHkkftr js•k dk ewY;kadu çFke ewy Hkkx dks NksM+dj fd;k tkrk gSA
vFkkZr~ 0 ck,¡ rjiQ ls çFke Hkkx dks NksM+dj vafdr fd;k tkrk gS rFkk 0 ls
nkfguh vksj 1,2, 3 vkfn fd0 eh0 vafdr fd;k tkrk gSA vc ck;ha vksj ds ,d
eq[; Hkkx dks iqu% mifoHkkxksa esa ck¡Vk tkrk gS rFkk 0 ls ck;ha vksj 500,1000
ehVj vkfn vafdr fd;k tkrk gSA
rqyukRed ekid & rqyukRed ekid esa ,d ;k ,d ls vf/d eki
ç.kkfy;ksa esa nwfj;k¡ çnf'kZr dh tkrh gSaA tSls ehy] iQykZax] fdyksehVj] ehVj rFkk
xt vkfn dk ç;ksx ,d gh ekid esa fd;k tkrk gSA dHkh&dHkh blesa nks fHkUu
rRoksa dks Hkh çnf'kZr fd;k tkrk gSA tSls nwjh ,oa le; dks n'kkZ;k tkrk gSA bl
ekid dh lcls cM+h fo'ks"krk ;g gS fd blds f}rh;d vkSj çkFkfed ekid dh
'kq:vkr ,d gh lanHkZ js•k vFkkZr~ 'kwU; eku ls gksrk gSA

rqyukRed ekid
[email protected]~ ekid& lk/kj.k ekid esa fdlh bdkbZ dk nloka Hkkx vFkok bdkbZ
dk nwljk Hkkx çnf'kZr djrs gSaA ;fn fdlh bdkbZ dk lkSoka va'k vFkok bl bdkbZ ds
rhljs Hkkx dk çn'kZu djuk gS rks ge d.kZor~ vFkok fod.khZ ekid dk lgkjk ysrs gSaA

ekufp=k vè;;u %% 126

scale. Thus, hundredth part of any unit or the scale that expresses micro
distances is called Diagonal Scale.
In this type of scale a scale similar to plain scale is made and on the
sub – sections of the scale parallel lines are drawn at a ixed distance and
then diagonals placed. This enables the reading of distances on the parts
of diagonal. On this scale Kilometer, Hectometer, Decameter or Meter,
Decimeter, Centimeter etc. are expressed.

TYPES OF SCALE: Scale is of following two types –

(1) SMALL SCALES: Small scale is also called micro scale. In this the
expression of one centimeter is equal to several kilometers e.g.
1 cm = 5 km. or 1
50, 000, 00
Cen meter100
80
60
40
20
0

Meter 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 1 2 3 km.
ç- fHk- 1 : 50

Cen meter 20
16
12
8
4
0

Meter 10 8 6 4 2 0 1 2 7 m.

Large Scale
It means that 1 km distance of the map expresses 500,000 cm or 5
km on the surface. On small scale long distances are expressed.
Most of the wall maps are based on small scale.

(2) LARGE SCALES: Large scales are also called big scales. In this
scale,
1
1 km is expressed in several cm e.g. 5 cm = 1 km or 20,000

It means that 5 cm distance of map expresses 1 km on the earth or 1 cm

= 20, 000 cm. On large scale small distances are expressed. The maps of
Indian villages and cities are made on large scale. The roadways and
railways can easily be expressed on large scale. It is convenient to
express small distances with full details on large scale. Town planning
and land use maps are made on large scale.

Map Reading :: 127

 bl çdkj fdlh bdkbZ ds lkSaos Hkkx vFkok lw{e nwjh çnf'kZr djus okys
ekid dks d.kZor~ ekid dgrs gSaA
bl çdkj ds ekid esa lk/kj.k ekid dh Hkkafr ekid cukdj ekiuh ds
mi&foHkkxksa ij fuf'pr nwjh ij lekukUrj js•k,¡ •hapdj d.kZ Mkyrs gSaA blls
d.kZ okys Hkkx ij nwfj;k¡ i<+ ldrs gSaA bl ekid ij fdyksehVj] gsDVksehVj]
MsdkehVj vFkok ehVj] MslhehVj] ls.VhehVj vkfn çnf'kZr fd, tkrs gSaA

d.kZor~ ekid
ekid ds çdkj & ekid nks çdkj ds gksrs gSa] tks fuEufyf•r gS&
(1) y?kq ekid & y?kq ekid dks NksVk ekid Hkh dgrs gSaA blesa ,d
lsa0 eh0 dbZ fd0 eh0 ds cjkcj çnf'kZr fd;k tkrk gSA tSls 1 lsa0 eh0¾ 5 fd0
1
eh0 vFkok 50,000,00 bldk vk'k; gS fd ekufp=k dh 1 lsa0 eh0 dh nwjh i`Foh ij
lsa0 eh0 vFkok 5 fd0 eh0 dks çnf'kZr djrh gSA y?kq ekid ij cM+h&cM+h nwfj;k¡
n'kkZ;h tkrh gSA vf/drj nhokj ekufp=k (Wall map) y?kq ekid ij vk/kfjr
gksrs gSaA
(2) nh?kZ ekid & nh?kZ ekid dks cM+k ekid Hkh dgrs gSaA blesa 1 fd0 eh0
dks dbZ lsa0 eh0 esa çnf'kZr fd;k tkrk gSA tSls 5 lsa0 eh0 ¾ 1 fd0 eh0 vFkok
1
20,000 bldk vk'k; gS fd ekufp=k dh 5 lsa0 eh0 dh nwjh i`Foh ij 1 fdú ehú
dks çnf'kZr djrh gSA vFkok 1 lsa0eh0 ¾ 20,000 lsaúehú nh?kZ ekid ij NksVh&NksVh
nwfj;k¡ n'kkZbZ tkrh gSaA Hkkjr ds xk¡oksa ,oa 'kgjksa dk ekufp=k nh?kZ ekid ij cukrs gSaA
nh?kZ ekid ij lM+d ekxZ ,oa jsy ekxZ dks Hkh vklkuh ls n'kkZ;h tkrh gSA nh?kZ ekid
ij NksVh nwfj;ksa dks iw.kZ tkudkjh ds lkFk çnf'kZr djus esa lqfo/k gksrh gSA uxj
fu;kstu rFkk Hkw&mi;ksx ekufp=k nh?kZ ekid ij gh cuk;s tkrs gSaA

ekufp=k vè;;u % 127

 EXERCISE QUESTIONS

1. OBJECTIVE TYPE QUESTIONS

(I). Which scale method is most accepted?

(a) Statement (b) Representative
(c) Graphical (d) None of these
(ii). How does the scale ind out the distance on the map?
(a) Numerator (b) Denominator
(c) Statement of scale (d) None of these

(iii). Denominator in scale expresses -

(a) Distance of the surface (b) Distance on the map
(c) Both distances (d) none of these

(iv). Which of the following scale is of Representative fraction?

(a) Meter (b) Cen meter
(c) Inch (d) None of these

(v). Through which of the following scales distances of both the Kilometer
and Mile can be expressed?
(a) Line scale (b) Graphical scale
(c) Representative fraction (d) Comparative scale

Map Reading :: 128

 vH;kl iz'u

1. oLrqfu"B ç'u&
(i) dkSu&lh ekid fof/ lokZf/d ekU; gS \
(d) çkdFku (•) fu:id fHkUu
(x) vkjs• (?k) dksbZ ugha
(ii) ekufp=k dh nwjh dks ekiuh esa dSls tkuk tkrk gS \
(d) va'k (•) gj
(x) ekiuh dk çdFku (?k) dksbZ ugha
(iii) ekiuh esa gj O;ÙkQ djrk gS &
(d) /jkry dh nwjh (•) ekufp=k ij nwjh
(x) nksuksa nwfj;k¡ (?k) muesa ls dksbZ ugha
(iv) fuEufyf•r esa ls dkSu&lk ekid fu:id fHkUu dk gSA
(d) ehVj (•) lsaVhehVj
(x) bZap (?k) buesa ls dksbZ Hkh ugha
(v) fuEu esa fdl ekiuh ds }kjk fdyksehVj vkSj ehy nksuksa dh nwfj;ksa
dks n'kkZ;k tk ldrk gS \
(d) js•h; ekiuh (•) vkjs•h; ekiuh
(x) çfrfuf/ fHkUu (?k) rqyukRed ekiuh

ekufp=k vè;;u %% 128

II. SHORT ANSWER TYPE QUESTION
1. What is scale? Illustrate the importance of scale?
2. Describe the methods to express scale?
3. What is Representative fraction?
4. How many types of scale are there?
5. What are the two different systems of scale?
6. Why is representative fraction method called universal method?
7. What are the important uses of Graphical method?
8. What are the specialties of comparative scale?

III. LONG ANSWER TYPE QUESTION

1. What is scale? What is its importance for map? Describe in detail
the different methods used to express scale.
2. Write short notes on the following –
(i) Representative fraction (ii) Graphical scale
(iii) Statement scale (iv) Diagonal scale

IV. PROJECT WORK

1. Find out the distance from your home to school and convert them
in Centimeter and Meter.

Map Reading :: 129

II. y?kq mÙkjh; ç'u
1- ekid D;k gSa \ ekid dk D;k egRo gS\
2- ekid dks çnf'kZr djus dh fof/;k¡ fyf[k,A
3- çfrfuf/ vFkok çn'kZd fHkUu D;k gS \
4- ekid fdrus çdkj dk gksrk gS \
5- ekid dh nks fofHkUu ç.kkfy;k¡ dkSu&dkSu lh gSa \
6- çn'kZd fHkUu fof/ dks loZekU; fof/ D;ksa dgk tkrk gS \
7- vkys•h fof/ ds eq[; mi;ksx D;k gSa \
8- rqyukRed ekid dh D;k fo'ks"krk,¡ gSa \
III. nh?kZ mÙkjh; ç'u
1- ekid D;k gS \ ekufp=k ds fy, bldk D;k egRo gS \ ekid dks
çnf'kZr djus ds fy, fofHkUu fof/;ksa dk foLr`r o.kZu dhft,A
2- fuEufyf•r ij laf{kIr fVIi.kh fyf•,&
(i) çn'kZd fHkUu (ii) jSf•d ekid
(iii) dFkukRed ekid (iv) fod.kZ ekiuh
IV. ifj;kstuk dk;Z &
1- vius ?kj ls vius fo|ky; dh nwjh Kkr djks vkSj mls lsUVhehVj vkSj ehVj
esa cnyks A

ekufp=k vè;;u % 129

 CHAPTER - 9

REGIONAL STUDY
Regional study is a signi icant component of Geography. Basically, it
is an basic point of learning through which we learn about human
beings and its surroundings of a particular region. This knowledge
greatly helps in understanding the man – environment relationship.
Difference in social, cultural and economic conditions is found in
different regions . There is obvious effect on the lives of people, living
in a particular region of land form, climate, drainage, agricultural
productivity, industrial development, urbanisation etc. The living
style of the people is connected to all these factors. The human
activities also affect their surroundings. Regional study is essential to
understand these things. We collect direct information through this
method of study and analyse it from different methods.

WORKING PROCESS OF REGIONAL STUDY:

For regional study, observation of the region is foremost. Keeping
in mind the objective of this study, the focus of study is given to all the
aspects and then related questionnaire is prepared. Whatever,
written information is received from questionnaire; it is
collected,studied and then analysed. They are the sources of primary
data.
In regional studies primary and Primary Data – This data is collected
secondary, both types of data are by visi ng the chosen region.
used. To choose a region, it has to
Secondary Data – This is made
be kept in mind that current
issues of that region should be available through some sources.
included in it e.g. falling water e.g. Municipality, Village panchayat,
level in a region, land use, Agriculture department, census
different types of pollution such department etc.
as air pollution, water pollution,
noise pollution etc.

Regional Study :: 130

 {ks=kh; vè;;u
{ks=kh; vè;;u Hkwxksy dk ,d egÙoiw.kZ vax gSA ;g ewyr% ,d vè;;u mikxe gS]
ftlds }kjk {ks=k fo'ks"k ds ekuo vkSj blds ifjos'k ds ckjs esa tkudkjh çkIr dh
tkrh gSA ;g tkudkjh ekuo&okrkoj.k laca/ dks le>us esa lathouh dk dke djrk
gSA vyx&vyx {ks=kksa dh lkekftd] lkaLÑfrd rFkk vkfFkZd ifjfLFkfr;ksa esa varj
ik;k tkrk gSA fdlh fof'k"V {ks=k esa fuokl djus okys yksxksa ds thou ij LFkykÑfr]
tyok;q] viokg] Ñf"k mRikndrk] vkS|ksfxd fodkl] uxjhdj.k bR;kfn dk
Li"Vr% çHkko iM+rk gSA yksxksa ds jgu&lgu dk rjhdk bu lHkh rRoksa ls tqM+k gSA
ekuoh; xfrfof/;k¡ Hkh vius ifjos'k ij çHkko Mkyrh gSaA bu ckrksa dks le>us ds
fy, {ks=kh; vè;;u vko';d gSA ge bl vè;;u fof/ ds }kjk çR;{k :i ls
lwpuk,¡ laxzg djrs gSa vkSj budk fofHkUu fof/;ksa ls fo'ys"k.k djrs gSaA
{ks=kh; vè;;u dh dk;Z&fof/ & {ks=kh; vè;;u ds fy, loZçFke {ks=k esa
tkdj {ks=k dk voyksdu djrs gSaA bl vè;;u ds mís'; dks vk/kj ekudj lHkh
igyqvksa ij fopkj djrs gSa rFkk lEcfU/r ç'ukoyh rS;kj djrs gSaA ç'ukoyh ls tks
fyf•r lwpuk,¡ çkIr gksrh gSa] mls ,df=kr dj vè;;u ,oa fo'ys"k.k djrs gSaA ;s
çkFkfed vk¡dM+ksa ds lzksr gSaA
{ks=kh; vè;;u esa çkFkfed
,oa f}rh;d] nksuksa çdkj ds vk¡dM+ksa çkFkfed vk¡dM+sa& ;g vk¡dM+sa fuf'pr
dk mi;ksx gksrk gSA {ks=k p;u gsrq bl fd;s x;s {ks=k esa tkdj ,df=kr fd;s
ckr dk è;ku j[kuk vko';d gS fd
ml {ks=k ds Toyar eqíksa dks mlesa tkrs gSaA
'kkfey fd;k tk;A tSls&fdlh {ks=k ds f}rh;d vk¡dM+s& tks fdlh L=kksr }kjk
tyLrj esa fxjkoV] Hkwfe mi;ksx] miyC/djk;s tkrs gSaA
çnw"k.k ds fofHkUu çdkj tSls&ok;q tSls&uxjikfydk] xzke iapk;r] Ñf"k
çnw"k.k] ty çnw"k.k] èofu çnw"k.k foHkkx]tux.kuk foHkkx vkfn A
vkfnA
 QUESTIONNAIRE:
ACTIVITY
In this method,questions are asked to
(A) What are the causes of the people. Questions are prepared with
the support of the teachers according to
increasing pollu on in the
the necessity. For survey, several types of
ci es? questions may be asked. The nature of
(B) The number of motor the questions depends upon the nature
vehicles has increased or of the required data and background of
not? the people living there. The answer to
some questions can be in yes or no e.g.
The answer to this question will be in yes or no. In the answer
of the multiple choice questions, some options are given and out of
these options only one option is correct.
The surveyors, at irst, try to know the existing current problems
by visiting that area. After that, information is collected from the
people living in that area through questionnaire. The collected data is
studied and a report is prepared which gives suf icient information
regarding the problems of that region e.g. Study of lood affected
regions of Bihar. What changes has been experienced in the land use
of a village or city? How much rise in pollution level has been
experienced due to increase in number of vehicles in the city? As an
example details of the causes of falling underground water level and
solution for its conservation are being given –
CAUSES AND REMEDY OF FALLING OF UNDERGROUND
WATER TABLE
R a p i d g ro w t h i n p o p u l a o n ,
agriculture and industrial development have led to large scale
utilisation of underground water, as a result of which the level of
underground water table is falling. In some regions the underground
water table has fallen below the dangerous level. There has been
remarkable fall in the underground water table in both urban and
rural areas. The demand for water has increased in the cities, due to
population explosion and modern amenities like sewer

Regional Study :: 130

131
 ç'ukoyh & bl fof/ esa yksxksa ls ç'u
dk;Zdyki
iwNs tkrs gSa A ç'uksa dks vko';drk ds
(v) 'kgj esa iznw"k.k fdu dkj.kksa ls c<+ jgk
gS\
vuqlkj igys ls gh f'k{kd dh lgk;rk ls
(c) eksVjokgu dh la[;k esa gk¡ ;k ugha esa gks rS;kj dj fy;k tkrk gSA loZs{k.k ds fy,
ldrs gSaA tSls&D;k vki ukSdjh o`f¼ vusd çdkj ds ç'u iwNs tk ldrs gSaA ç'uksa
gqbZ gS ;k ugha\ dh çÑfr] okafNr vk¡dM+ksa dh çÑfr rFkk
ogk¡ ds yksxksa dh i`"BHkwfe ij fuHkZj djrh
gSA dqN ç'uksa ds mÙkj djrs gSa \
bl ç'u dk mÙkj ^gk¡* ;k ^ugha* esa gksxkA cgqfodYi okys ç'uksa ds mÙkj esa dqN
fodYi fn, tkrs gSa] muesa ls dsoy ,d fodYi gh lgh gksrk gSA
loZs{k.kdÙkkZ ml {ks=k esa tkdj loZçFke bl ckr dk irk yxkrs gSa] tks ml
le; dh Toyar leL;k gSA rRi'pkr ml {ks=k esa jgusokys yksxksa ls ç'ukoyh ds }kjk
tkudkjh bdêòk djrk gSA bu çkIr vk¡dM+ksa dk vè;;u dj çfrosnu rS;kj fd;k tkrk gS]
ftlls ml {ks=k dh leL;k ds ckjs esa i;kZIr tkudkjh feyrh gSA tSls&fcgkj ds ck<+
çHkkfor {ks=k dk vè;;uA fdlh xk¡o ;k uxj dh Hkwfe ds mi;ksx esa D;k ifjorZu vk;k gS
\ uxj esa okguksa dh la[;k esa o`f¼ ls çnw"k.k ds Lrj esa fdruh o`f¼ gqbZ\ ,d mnkgj.k ds
:i esa Hkwfexr tyLrj esa fxjkoV ds dkj.kksa rFkk laj{k.k ds mik;ksa dk fooj.k fn;k tk
jgk gSA
Hkwfexr ty&Lrj esa fxjkoV ds dkj.k ,oa mik; & tula[;k o`f¼ rFkk m|ksx ,oa
Ñf"k ds fodkl ds dkj.k Hkwfexr ty dk ç;ksx cM+s iSekus ij gksus yxk gSA ftlls Hkwfexr
ty&Lrj esa fxjkoV gksus yxh gSA dqN bykdksa esa Hkwfexr ty&Lrj •rjukd Lrj ls Hkh
uhps pyk x;k gSA uxjh; rFkk xzkeh.k] nksuksa gh bykdksa esa
Hkwfexr ty&Lrj esa vHkwriwoZ fxjkoV vk;h gSA uxjksa esa tula[;k foLiQksV rFkk
lhoj tSlh vk/qfud lqfo/kvksa ds dkj.k ty dh ek¡x c<+h gSA uydwiksa ds }kjk
xk¡o esa flapkbZ fd;k tkrk gS] ftlls Hkwfexr ty&Lrj esa fxjkoV vkrh
System. Irrigation is done through tube wells in the rural areas which
causes the fall in the level of underground water table. Due to tube well
irrigation in the districts of Gaya, Nawada, Nalanda, Jehanabad,
Aurangabad etc. a clear fall in the underground water table has been
experienced and this has created a water crisis in this area. The daily solid
wastes of the cities are disposed of on the outskirts of the cities. These
wastes mix with the rainwater that seeps in to the underground water and
contaminates it. The measurement of the depth of the subsoil water is
determined by measuring the water level of the wells with the help of the
measuring tape. While setting up the tube well, at the time of digging, the
depth of the underground water table is measured with the help of the
pipes. Change is experienced in the underground water level during rainy
and dry seasons. The data should be recorded according to the date and
weather. The measurement of the depth of water of the wells should be
recorded according to the seasons. By measuring the depth a contour line
map of the underground water can be prepared.

MEASURES TO PREVENT FALLING UNDERGROUND WATER TABLE:

The urban population should construct planned colony or multi storied
buildings with facilities of rain water harvesting system on the roof of the
buildings which will help in recharging the underground water through
this harvested water. The rain water can be stored by digging pits called
'charging pit' through which level of underground water table can be
improved. In Bihar, for the improvement of the underground water table,
it has been planned to connect water tanks on the ground through pipes
with the rain water being collected on the roofs of the government of ices.
This process is called 'water harvesting'. By adopting this method in
every home, the level of underground water can be improved.
To survey the falling level of underground water, select few wells and
tube wells of any village or city and compare it with the water level of
previous 4-5 years. To measure the water level of the well put a rope in to
the well and measure it with the help of measuring tape and note down its
depth. Compare it with the previous 4-5 year data which can gauge the
changes that has come about in water level. The underground water level
can be measured before and after the rainy season. Through this the effect
of rainfall on the water level can be gauged. For this, following table can
be prepared –

Regional Study :: 130

132
tk jgh gSA fcgkj ds x;k] uoknk] ukyUnk] tgkukckn] vkSjaxkckn vkfn ftyksa esa uydwi
}kjk flapkbZ ds dkj.k Hkwfexr ty&Lrj esa Li"V fxjkoV ns•us dks fey jgh gSa ftlls bl
{ks=k esa xaHkhj ty ladV mRiUu gks x;k gSA uxjksa ds dwM+s&dpM+ksa dks ckgjh lhek ij NksM+
fn;k tkrk gS] tks o"kkZ ty ds lkFk fjldj tehu ds vanj Hkwfexr ty dks çnwf"kr dj
jgk gSA voe`nk ty dh xgjkbZ dh eki dqvksa esa ty ds Lrj dks iQhrs ls ekidj fuf'pr
fd;k tkrk gSA uydwi cSBkus ds Øe esa os/u ds le; ikbi dh lgk;rk ls
HkkSe&ty&Lrj dh xgjkbZ ekih tkrh gSA o"kkZ vkSj 'kq"d ½rqvksa esa HkkSe ty&Lrj esa
ifjorZu gksrk gSA vk¡dM+ksa dk fnukad ekSle ds vuqlkj vafdr fd;k tkuk pkfg,A dqvksa
ds ty dh xgjkbZ dh eki fofHkUu ½rqvksa ds vuqlkj vafdr fd;k tkuk pkfg,A xgjkbZ
dks ekidj HkkSe ty&Lrj dk leksPp js•k ekufp=k cuk;k tk ldrk gSA
Hkwfexr ty&Lrj esa fxjkoV dks nwj djus ds mik; & uxjh; tula[;k dks ,d
txg O;ofLFkr dkWyksuh ;k cgqeaftyh bZekjrsa cukdj muds Nrksa ij ty lap; dj ml
ty ds }kjk Hkwfexr ty ds iqu%Hkj.k djus esa lgk;rk feysxhA o"kkZ ty dks tehu esa
xîôs cuk dj ftls pkftZax fiV dgk tkrk gS] Hkwfexr ty&Lrj esa lq/kj fd;k tk ldrk
gSA fcgkj esa Hkwfexr ty&Lrj esa lq/kj ds fy, o"kkZ ty dks fofHkUu ljdkjh dk;kZy;
ds Nrksa ds ikuh dks ikbi ds }kjk Hkwfe ij cus Vadh ls tksM+s tkus dh ;kstuk gSA bl fof/
dks okVj gkjosfLVax dgrs gSaA çR;sd ?kj esa bl fof/ dks viukus ls Hkwfexr ty&Lrj esa
lq/kj fd;k tk ldrk gSA
Hkwfexr ty&Lrj esa fxjkoV dk loZs{k.k djus ds fy, fdlh xk¡o ;k uxj ds
dqN dqvksa rFkk uydwiksa dk p;u dhft, rFkk bldh rqyuk 4-5 o"kZ igys ds ty&Lrj
ls dhft,A dqvksa dk ty&Lrj ekius ds fy, dqvk¡ esa jLlh Mkydj mls iQhrs dh
lgk;rk ls eki dj mldh xgjkbZ dks uksV dhft,A 4-5 o"kZ igys ds vk¡dM+s dks feykdj
mlls ty&Lrj esa gq, ifjorZu dk vuqeku gks tk,xkA Hkwfexr ty&Lrj o"kkZ ½rq ls
igys rFkk mlds ckn ekik tk ldrk gSA blls Hkwfexr ty&Lrj ij o"kkZ ds çHkko dk
vuqeku yxk;k tk ldrk gS A blds fy, fuEufyf•r vuqlwph cukbZ tk ldrh gS&
 No. Serial Number Present water Previous water Change in water Rate of
of tube wells level level level water

1.

2.

3.

4 .

DO YOU KNOW? CHANGE IN THE FORM OF THE LAND USE:

In which form the land is The main aim to study the land use
being used around you? is to ind out the present use of the land. In
Collect information on the the regional study of the land use, whole
issue. village or any of its locality can be
considered. This selection will depend upon
the size of the region. If the region is large then any of its part and if it is small
then whole region can be studied.
1.While surveying the land use of any village. 2. it is important to show all types
of land use. 3. on the Cadastral map of the village.On the Cadastral map of the
village, size of the agriculture ields and its number is exhibited. Before the
beginning of the survey work any permanent structure of the region is selected
as the reference point. The land use can be shown on the map through symbolic
indications e.g. Wheat ields can be indicated by 'C' and Rice ields can be
indicated by 'F'.
On a separate map, types of soil can be shown according to their
colour and structure. On the map some questionnaire can be prepared on the
topic - such as slope of the ields, drainage, irrigated and unirrigated crops,
etc. for the conversation with the farmers and gathering information from
them. By making separate groups of the students table can be prepared after
collection of the data. Crops, sources of irrigation etc. are to be exhibited in
different colors. Maps of land use, soil, land forms etc. can be superimposed
Regional Study :: 130
133
 Øe
laú
1-
2-
3-
4-
Hkwfe mi;ksx ds Lo:i esa ifjorZu &
cPpksa] D;k vki tkurs gks& Hkwfe mi;ksx vè;;u dk mís'; Hkwfe ds
rqEgkjs vkl&ikl Hkwfe dk mi;ksx fdl :i orZeku mi;ksxksa dh tkudkjh çkIr djuk
esa gks jgk gSA bldh tkudkjh ,df=kr gSA Hkwfe mi;ksx ds {ks=kh; vè;;u esa iwjs
dhft,A xk¡o dks fy;k tk ldrk gS ;k mlds
fdlh ,d Vksys dksA ;g p;u {ks=k ds
vkdkj ij fuHkZj djsxkA {ks=k cM+k gS rks
mlds fdlh ,d Hkkx dk] ;fn NksVk gS rks iwjs {ks=k dk vè;;u fd;k tk ldrk gSA
1. fdlh xk¡o ds Hkwfe mi;ksx dk loZs{k.k djrs le; 2.xk¡o ds Hkwdj
(dSMsLVªy) ekufp=k esa lHkh çdkj ds Hkwfe mi;ksx dks fn•kuk t:jh gSA 3.xk¡o ds Hkwdj
l ekufp=k esa •srksa dk vkdkj rFkk mudh la[;k çnf'kZr gksrh gSA loZs{k.k djus ls iwoZ {ks=k
dh dksbZ LFkk;h oLrq lanHkZ fcUnq ds :i esa pqu yh tkrh gSA ekufp=k ij Hkwfe mi;ksx
ladsr fpÉ }kjk n'kkZ;k tk ldrk gSA mnkgj.kkFkZ xsgw¡ ds •srksa dks ^x* rFkk /ku ds •srksa
dks ^?k* fpÉ ls fu:fir fd;k tk ldrk gSA
,d vyx ekufp=k ij feêðh ds çdkjksa dks muds jax vkSj lajpuk ds vuqlkj
fn•k ldrs gSaA ekufp=k ij •srksa ds <ky] viokg rFkk flafpr vkSj vflafpr iQlyksa ds
fo"k; ij dqN ç'ukoyh rS;kj dj ldrs gSaA fdlkuksa ls fopkj foe'kZ ds fy, ç'ukoyh
ds vuqlkj lwpuk ,d=k dh tkrh gSA Nk=kksa dh fofHkUu Vksfy;k¡ cukdj vk¡dM+ksa dks ,d=k
dj lkj.khc¼ djuk] iQlyksa] flapkbZ lk/u vkfn dks fofHkUu jaxksa ls fn•k;k tk ldrk
gSA Hkwfe mi;ksx feêðh] Hkw&vkÑfr;ksa vkfn ds ekufp=kksa dks ,d nwljs ij vè;kjksfir dj
la;qÙkQ ekufp=k cuk;k tk ldrk gSA
Prepare your report by analysing these data and maps. Attach maps
and tables at suitable places in the report.

TABLE OF LAND USE DATA COLLECTED FROM FARMERS

THROUGH INTERVIEW

M W B G P K O

Maize Wheat Barley Gram Potato Khesari Oil seeds Se lements

Field - Boundaries and Agriculture Forms (Rabi Crops)

POLLUTIONS: TYPES, CAUSES AND PREVENTION – Pollution is a
serious problem. Amongst pollution - soil pollution, air pollution,
water pollution and noise pollution are important.
At local level, students can select any factory or crossroads to
study pollution. Agricultural region or pond adjacent to the
agricultural region can be selected to study pollution caused by the
use of chemical materials.
Regional Study :: 130
134
 bu vk¡dM+ksa vkSj ekufp=kksa dk fo'ys"k.k djds viuh fjiksVZ rS;kj djsaA
bl fjiksVZ esa mi;qÙkQ LFkkuksa ij ekufp=kksa vkSj lkjf.k;ksa dks Hkh layXu djsaA
lk{kkRdkj }kjk fdlkuksa ls çkIr Hkwfe&mi;ksx ds vk¡dM+ksa dh lkj.kh
Øe fdlku dk [ksr dk lHkh lHkh
laú uke {ks=kiQy ½rq esa ½rq esa
(gsúesa)

•sr&lhek,¡ rFkk 'kL; çfr:i (jch iQlysa)

çnw"k.k % çdkj] dkj.k ,oa cpko &
çnw"k.k ,d xaHkhj leL;k gSA çnw"k.k ds varxZr e`nk çnw"k.k] ok;q çnw"k.k] ty
çnw"k.k ,oa èofu çnw"k.k çeq• gSaA
LFkkuh; Lrj ij çnw"k.k dk vè;;u djus ds fy, fo|kFkhZ fdlh dkj•kusa
vFkok fdlh pkSjkgs dk p;u dj ldrs gSaA jklk;fud inkFkks± ds ç;ksx }kjk gq, çnw"k.k
dk vè;;u djus ds fy, Ñf"k {ks=k ;k mlds fudV tyk'k; dk Hkh p;u fd;k tk
ldrk gSA
 While discussing with the people living in the region. Information
can be gathered about causes of pollution and polluting solid waste
materials. Information regarding factors responsible for the spread of
the pollution, effect of pollution on surrounding areas, problems
faced by the people and lack of fertility of the soil can also be
gathered.
In regional studies air and water pollution are chie ly studied.
Effect on the health of the local people can also be determined. In
pollution studies, polluted region is ixed and with the help of the
teachers by forming the groups of the students, necessary data
should be collected.
This type of report on regional studies will provide solution to the
problems on the one hand where as on the other hand it will help in
studying that region on micro level. Local problems can also be
controlled through such studies.
EXERCISE QUESTIONS

1. OBJECTIVE TYPE QUESTIONS

1. When data is collected directly from the region, it is called
(a) Secondary data (b) Primary data
(c) Tertiary data (d) quaternary data

2. Regional studies in Geography is -

(a) A Origin Point (Ek Upagam) (b) A Law mechanism
(EkVidhitantra)
(c) A Theory (d) A Model

ii. SHORT ANSWER TYPE QUESTION

1.Throw light on the importance of Regional studies in Geography.
2.In which region more land is used for agriculture?
3.What type of damage is caused by air pollution?
4.Discuss the ill effects of water pollution?
5.How is the rain water harvested?
6.Show rain water harvesting with the help of graph.
Regional Study :: 130
135
 çnw"k.k ds dkj.k rFkk çnwf"kr djusokys Bksl vif'k"V inkFkks± ds ckjs esa tkudkjh]
{ks=k ds yksxksa ls ckrphr ds }kjk çkIr fd;k tk ldrk gSA çnw"k.k iQSykusokys dkjd]
vkl&ikl ds {ks=kksa ij çnw"k.k dk çHkko] yksxksa ds }kjk >syh xbZ dfBukb;k¡ rFkk feêðh ds
vuqitkÅ gksus ds ckjs esa Hkh tkudkjh çkIr dh tk ldrh gSA
{ks=kh; vè;;u esa ok;q rFkk ty&çnw"k.k dk vè;;u eq[; :i ls fd;k tkrk gSA
lkFk gh LFkkuh; yksxksa ds LokLF; ij iM+us okys çHkkoksa dks Hkh fu/kZfjr fd;k tk ldrk gSA
çnw"k.k vè;;u esa çnwf"kr {ks=k dks fu/kZfjr dj f'k{kdksa dh enn ls Nk=kksa dk lewg cukdj
vko';d vk¡dM+ksa dks ,d=k djuk pkfg,A
{ks=kh; vè;;u ds ckjs esa çLrqr bl çdkj ds çfrosnu ls tgk¡ ,d vksj leL;kvksa
ds lefUor lek/ku ds mik; lkeus vk;sxk ogha nwljh vksj lw{e Lrj ij ml {ks=k ds
vè;;u esa Hkh lgk;rk feysxhA bl çdkj ds vè;;uksa ls LFkkuh; leL;kvksa dks fu;af=kr
djus esa Hkh lgk;rk fey ldrh gSA
I. oLrqfu"B ç'u &
1- {ks=k esa tkdj bdêòs fd;s x;s vk¡dM+ksa dks D;k dgk tkrk gS \
(d) f}rh;d vk¡dM+k (•) çkFkfed vk¡dM+k
(x) r`rh;d vk¡dM+k (?k) prqFkZd vk¡dM+k
2- Hkwxksy esa {ks=kh; vè;;u gS&
(d) ,d mikxe (•) ,d fof/ra=k
(x) ,d fl¼kar (?k) ,d ekWMy
II. y?kq mÙkjh; ç'u&
1- HkkSxksfyd vè;;u esa {ks=kh; vè;;u ds egÙo dks Li"V dhft,A
2- Hkwfe dk Ñf"k ds fy, mi;ksx fdl {ks=k esa vf/d gksrk gS\
3- ok;q iznq"k.k ls fdl izdkj dh {kfr gksrh gS\
4- ty iznq"k.k ds nq"izHkko dh ppkZ dhft,A
5- o"kkZ ty dk lap;u dSls gksrk gS\
6- ,d vkjs• dh lgk;rk ls o"kkZ ty laxzg.k dks fn•k;sa A
 7. What do you understand by regional studies?
8. What are the bene its of regional studies?
9. What points should be noted while selecting regions?

III. LONG ANSWER TYPE QUESTION

1. Answer the following questions by studying the table given
below:

(A) Name that land use category whose area is declining constantly.
(B) What is the main cause of constant increase in cropped area?
Explain.
(C) In which category of the land use has the least land area been
used?
2. Discuss the different methods of questionnaire for regional
studies?
3. Describe the four sources of air pollution?

IV. REGIONAL STUDIES: QUESTIONNAIRE MODEL

1. Name of the region –
2. Name and address of the person interviewed –
3. Whether the agricultural region has increased?
4. Does your village have tube well?
5. Has the water level of well increased or decreased in last
ive years?
6. What are the irrigational facilities available in this region?
Regional Study :: 130
136
 7- {ks=kh; vè;;u ls D;k le>rs gS\
8- {ks=kh; vè;;u ds D;k ykHk gS \
9- {ks=k dk p;u djrs le; fdu fcUnqvksa ij è;ku nsuk pkfg, \

III. nh?kZ mÙkjh; ç'u&

1- uhps nh xbZ lkj.kh dk vè;;u dj mlds uhps fn, x, ç'uksa dk mÙkj nsa&
o"kZ
çeq• Hkw&mi;ksx
1801 1850 1920 1950 1980 2000
ou 6215 5960 5675 5382 5052 3454
iQly {ks=k 6862 6832 6745 6780 6788 3426
r`.k Hkwfe 265 538 915 1170 1500 1513
(d) ml Hkw&mi;ksx oxZ dk uke fy•sa ftldk {ks=kiQy yxkrkj ?kV jgk gS \
(•) iQly {ks=k ds yxkrkj c<+us dk eq[; dkj.k Li"V dhft,A
(x) fdl Hkw&mi;ksx oxZ ds varxrZ lcls de Hkw&{ks=k dk mi;ksx gqvk gS \
2. {ks=k vè;;u ds fy, ç'ukoyh ds fofHkUu fof/;ksa dh ppkZ dhft,A
3- ok;q çnw"k.k ds pkj lzksrksa dk o.kZu dhft,A
IV. {ks=kh; vè;;u % ç'ukoyh ekWMy
1- {ks=k dk uke&
2- mÙkjnkrk dk uke ,oa irk A
3- D;k Ñf"k {ks=k esa o`f¼ gqbZ gS \
4- D;k vkids xk¡o esa uydwi gS \
5- dq,¡ dk tyLrj fiNys ik¡p o"kks± esa c<+k gS ;k ?kVk gS \
6- flapkbZ ds dkSu&dkSu ls lk/u bl {ks=k esa miyC/ gS \
 7. Which are the major diseases that spread in large scale in that
region in last one year?
8. Which type of pollution exists in study region?
9. What are the causes of reduction in water level?
10. Do you collect rain water?
11. What are the crops you grow in a year?

Name of interviewer
and Signature

V. PROJECT WORK
1. Survey the land use of any Mohalla or village situated nearby you
and prepare a project report?
2. Find out the ill effects of water and soil pollution in the region
around your School?
3. Make a group of Teacher and students, and visit a local region.
Give clear knowledge to the students about the Geographical
specialties of that region. After that get a Geographical report
prepared from the students.

Regional Study :: 137

7- ,d o"kZ esa dkSu&dkSu lh chekfj;k¡ cM+s Lrj ij ml {ks=k esa gqbZ gSa \
8- vè;;u {ks=k esa fdl çdkj dk çnw"k.k gS \
9- ty&Lrj ds ?kVus ds D;k dkj.k gSa \
10- D;k vki o"kkZ ty dk laxzg djrs gSa \
11- vki o"kZ esa dkSu&dkSu lh iQlysa mRiUu djrs gSa \
ç'udÙkkZ dk uke
,oa
gLrk{kj
IV. ifj;kstuk dk;Z &
1- vius vkl&ikl ds fdlh ,d eqgYys ;k xk¡o dh Hkwfe ds mi;ksx dk
loZs{k.k dj ,d çkstsDV fjiksVZ rS;kj dhft,A
2- fo|ky; ds vkl&ikl ds {ks=k esa ty rFkk e`nk çnw"k.k ls gksus okyh
gkfu dh tkudkjh çkIr dhft,A
3- f'k{kd Nk=kksa ds ,d ny cukdj fdlh ,d LFkkuh; {ks=k dk Hkze.k
djsa rFkk cPpksa dks ml {ks=k dh HkkSxksfyd fo'ks"krkvksa dh çR;{k
tkudkjh nhft,A rRi'pkr] cPpksa ls HkkSxksfyd fjiksVZ rS;kj
djokb, A
 Chapter – 10

DISASTER MANAGEMENT: AN INTRODUCTION

Disaster is a manmade or natural phenomenon whose effect brings
disaster for human life. It creates situations like death, disability and injury for
human beings. Also, it damages the constructed area. Destruction of crops
and animals can also be seen during its occurrence.
Earlier, the natural problems were responsible for the
disaster but presently not only human induced problems also, take the form
of disaster but its implications are also more disastrous. In the most
disastrous components of human induced disasters, the disasters created by
Chemical, Biological and Nuclear factors can create havoc. The human
induced general disasters are created by accidents in factories, leakage of
poisonous products, pollution, breach in Dams, ire due to human error,
religious and caste based riots etc.
The management of disaster, whether human induced or natural, is
essential. It is almost impossible to completely wipe out the disasters but its
impact can be minimised. If its impact is minimised then its repercussions are
less destructive and number of deaths are also reduced. Following are the
four important factors of disaster management:-
(1) Preparedness before the occurrence of disasters.
(2) Responsive action and relief work.
(3) Rehabilitation.
(4) Prevention and planning of minimisation of ill effects.

Desaster Management : An Introduc on :: 138

 vè;k;&10

vkink çca/u % ,d ifjp;

vkink ekuotfur vFkok çkÑfrd ?kVuk gS] ftldk çHkko ekuo thou ds
fy, =kklnh ykrk gSA blls ekuo ds fy, e`R;q] viaxrk vkSj ?kk;y gksus dh fLFkfr
mRiUu gksrh gSA blh ds lkFk fufeZr {ks=kksa dk {kfrxzLr gksuk] iQly ,oa i'kq lalk/u dk
fouk'k Hkh ns•us dks feyrk gSA
çkjaHk esa çkÑfrd ladV gh eq[; :i ls vkink dk :i ysrk Fkk] ysfdu
oÙkZeku le; esa ekuotfur ladV Hkh u fliQZ vkink dk :i ysrk gS oju~ ;g dgha
vf/d fouk'kdkjh gksrk gSA ekuotfur vkink ds lokZf/d fouk'kdkjh la?kVdksa esa
jklk;fud] tSfod vkSj ukfHkdh; dkjdksa ls mRiUu vkink gks'kks&gok'k mM+k ldrk gSA
ekuo tfur lkekU; vkink,¡ dy&dkj•kuksa esa nq?kZVuk] tgjhys mRikn dk fjlko]
çnw"k.k] ck¡/ ds VwVus ls] ekuoh; Hkwy ds dkj.k vkx yxus ls rFkk /kfeZd vkSj tkrh;
naxksa ls mRiUu gksrs gSaA
vkink ekuotfur gks vFkok çkÑfrd] mudk çca/u vko';d gSA vkink dks
iw.kZr% lekIr dj nsuk yxHkx vlaHko gS] ysfdu blds çHkko dks de fd;k tk ldrk
gSA blds çHkko dks de djus ls =kklnh dk çHkko de gksrk gS vkSj ejusokyksa dh
la[;k de gksrh gSA vkink çca/u ds pkj çeq• ?kVd gksrs gSaA ;s fuEufyf•r gSa %&
(1) vkink ds iwoZ dh rS;kjhA
(2) tckoh dkjZokbZ rFkk jkgr dk;ZA
(3) lkekU; thou Lrj ij iqu% LFkkfir gksuk vkSj iquokZlA
(4) jksdFkke vkSj nq"çHkko dks de djus dh ;kstukA

vkink izca/u % ,d ifjp; % 138

Following important things are to be kept in mind before the disaster strikes
in any region:-
(i) To prepare disaster management plan by
School/community/individual.
(ii) Community awareness and educa on.
(iii) Training of warning system through mock drill.
(iv) Comprehensive knowledge of total warning system.
(v) Material and human ability resource – List of both the resources.
(vi) Iden fica on of unsafe community and buildings.
(vii) Development of tradi onal support system.
(viii) Announcement of forecast from the public places such as – religious
places, a er main worship and prayer.
(ix) Iden fica on of School, Dharamshala, panchayat bhavan and
religious places to run the relief opera ons.
Community arrangement of response ac on and relief work is essen al as
the disaster strikes. Following are the few important works:-
(i) To establish community kitchen with the help of local groups.
(ii) To start emergency Control Room.
(iii) To execute the disaster management planning.
(iv) To establish medical camp and make sufficient arrangement of
medicines and Doctors.
(v) To gather resources.
(vi) To give warning of the disaster as per the latest situa on.
(vii) To make temporary arrangements of the houses.
(viii) To make arrangements of the shelter and toilets.
(ix) To send teams for searching the affected people and for their
protec on.
(x) To keep the search and protec on groups in readiness.
Desaster Management : An Introduc on :: 139
fdlh {ks=k esa vkink vkus ds iwoZ ;kn j•h tkusokyh egRoiw.kZ ckrsa uhps nh xbZ gSa %&
(i) fo|ky;@leqnk;@O;fÙkQ ds }kjk vkink çca/u ;kstuk,¡ rS;kj djukA
(ii) lkeqnkf;d tkx:drk vkSj f'k{kkA
(iii) ekWd fMªy psrkouh ç.kkyh dk çf'k{k.kA
(iv) leqfpr psrkouh ç.kkyh dh iw.kZ tkudkjhA
(v) lkexzh vkSj ekuoh; dkS'ky lalk/u nksuksa çdkj ds lalk/uksa dh lwphA
(vi) vlqjf{kr lewgksa vkSj Hkouksa dh igpku djukA
(vii) ikjLifjd lgk;rk O;oLFkk dks fodflr djukA
(viii) lkoZtfud txgksa ls iwokZuqeku dh ?kks"k.kk] tSls& /kfeZd LFkyksa ls eq[; iwtk ,oa
çkFkZuk ds ckn A
(ix) jkgr dk;Z pykus gsrq fo|ky;] /eZ'kkyk] iapk;r Hkou ,oa /kfeZd LFkyksa dh
igpkuA

vkink vkrs gh tckoh dk;Zokgh rFkk jkgr dk;ks± dh lkeqnkf;d O;oLFkk t:jh gSA dqN
vko';d dk;Z fuEukafdr gSa %&
(i) LFkkuh; lewgksa dh lgk;rk ls lkeqnkf;d jlksbZ LFkkfir djukA
(ii) vkikrdkyhu fØ;k&dsUæ (fu;a=k.k d{k) dks pkyw djukA
(iii) vkink çca/u ;kstukvksa dks dk;Z:i nsukA
(iv) fpfdRlk f'kfoj dh LFkkiuk rFkk nokbZ vkSj MkDVj dh i;kZIr O;oLFkk djukA
(v) lalk/u tqVkukA
(vi) rktk fLFkfr ds vuqlkj vkink dh psrkouh nsrs jgukA
(vii) vkokl ds fy, vLFkk;h O;oLFkk djukA
(viii) leqfpr vkJ; vkSj 'kkSpky; dh O;oLFkk djukA
(ix) çHkkfor yksxksa dks <wa<+us vkSj mudk cpko djus ds fy, ny HkstukA
(x) •kst ,oa cpko ny dh rSukrh djukA
vkink izca/u % ,d ifjp; % 139
Following works are essential at this stage:-
(i) To start programme of consoling those who have separated from
their families and to make efforts of re - uniting the families.
(ii) Restoration of essential services like road and communication
facilities.
(iii) To provide shelter/temporary housing facilities.
(iv) To collect re - usable materials from the debris for the re -
construction work.
(v) To re – establish normal life standard and rehabilitation process.
(vi) To ind employment opportunities.
(vii) To construct new houses.
(viii) To provide irst hand knowledge to the community about how to
remain healthy and safe.
It is impossible to stop disaster completely. Its impact can be minimized
through following works:
(i) Stopping habitation in the vulnerable areas.
(ii) Preparing land use plan.
(iii) Constructing disaster protective buildings.
(iv) Finding out means to reduce risks before the effect of disaster
becomes less.
(v) Building community awareness and education.
As a disaster Manager
Students, you can yourself become a disaster manager. Whenever you
hear an announcement about a coming disaster then instead of panicking
you can inform your family and your neighbours about this. So that
everybody can work together to stop it and save others from it. You can run
relief work with the help of your friends and teachers, to provide shelter to
the victims in your school and with the help of the villagers provide the
victims with food and medical facility. This arrangement made by you will
share the pain of disaster affected people. Desaster Management : An Introduc on :: 140
bl Lrj ij fuEukafdr dk;Z vko';d gSa %&
(i) ftuds ifjtu fcNM+ x, gSa] mUgsa fnyklk nsus ds dk;ZØe ,oa ifjtu ls feykus
dk ç;klA
(ii) vfuok;Z lsokvksa& lM+d rFkk lapkj lqfo/kvksa dk iqu% 'kq:vkr djukA
(iii) vkJ;@vLFkk;h vkokl lqyHk djkukA
(iv) fuekZ.k ds fy, eycs esa ls ç;ksx ds yk;d lkexzh bdêòk djukA
(v) lkekU; thou Lrj rFkk iquokZl iqu% LFkkfir djokukA
(vi) jkstxkj ds volj <wa<+ukA
(vii) u, Hkouksa dk iqu% fuekZ.k djukA
(viii) leqnk; dks LoLFk jgus dh rFkk lqj{kk mik;ksa dh tkudkjh nsukA

vkink dks iw.kZr% jksduk vlaHko gSA fuEu dk;ks± ds }kjk blds çHkko dks de fd;k
tk ldrk gS %
(i) tksf•e {ks=kksa esa clko dks jksdukA
(ii) Hkwfe mi;ksx dh ;kstuk rS;kj djukA
(iii) vkink&jks/h Hkou dk fuekZ.k djukA
(iv) vkink ?kVus ls igys tksf•e dks de djus ds rjhds ryk'kuk A
(v) lkeqnkf;d tkx:drk vkSj f'k{kkA
vkink çca/d ds :i esa (As a disaster Manager)
cPpksa] vki Lo;a vkink çca/d cu ldrs gSaA dgha Hkh mn~?kks"k.kk ls tc vki ;g
lqurs gSa fd vkink vkusokyk gS rc ?kcjkus ;k Mjus ds cnys vki bldh lwpuk vius
ifjokj vkSj iM+ksfl;ksa dks ns ldrs gSaA blls lHkh yksx feydj blds jksdFkke vkSj cpko esa
yx ldrs gSaA vki vius fe=kksa vkSj f'k{kdksa ds enn ls jkgr dk;Z pyk ldrs gSa vFkkZr~
fo|ky; esa dqN le; ds fy, çHkkfor yksxksa dks j•uk vkSj xk¡o ls lg;ksx ysdj muds
Hkkstu vkSj fpfdRlh; O;oLFkk djukA vkidh ;g O;oLFkk vkink çHkkfor yksxksa ds nq•
nnZ dks ck¡VsxkA vkink
Hkkjr iz%ca/Hkwufe% ,oa
,dyksifjp; % 140
x %% 140
Students, I will narrate you a story of a bravery of a child of a village of
Banka district.There was a pond just beside the school. The boys aged
seven years while returning back from school started bathing in the pond
One of the boys got drowned . The other boy started scouting and running
towards the village . His shouting collected many people and they pulled
out the drowned boy whose life colud be saved by administering irst aid .
This effort of seven year old Guddu exceeded the knowledge of educated
disaster managers. This story of bravery remained a matter of discussion
for long time in near by villages also. Such acts of children connects
communities together and set an example of managerial skills which
cannot be achieved by large units associated with this.

DISASTER MANAGENENT AT NATIONAL LEVEL

In India, all the year round in almost every region, natural and human
induced disasters can be experienced. Disasters like Earthquake of Bhuj in
Gujarat (2001) and Tsunami of Indian Ocean (2004) have shaken the disaster
managers. Every day incidents like bomb blast and other terrorist acts have
become troublesome for the people associated with disaster management.
The good thing is this that several plans have been made at the national level.
Its long lasting effect will be highly useful. Like –
1) Provision of emergency fund is there in the annual budget for the
disaster management. This provision solves the problem of funds at
the time of crisis.
2) Prime Minister's relief fund has been created for disaster
management.
3) Maps of the disaster prone areas are being prepared on the basis of
frequency of the disaster, so that knowledge of that area could be
gathered.
4) The training of the personnel engaged in the disaster management is
also essential. That is why many training centers are being established
for them. Disaster management is also being taught in Universities as a
subject now.
Desaster Management : An Introduc on :: 141
 cPpksa] eSa vkidks ck¡dk ftys ds ,d xk¡o ds ,d cPps dh blh cgknqjh dh dgkuh
crkrk gw¡A fo|ky; ds cxy esa ,d rkykc FkkA lkr lky dk nks yM+dk ,d lkFk
fo|ky; ls ykSVrs le; rkykc esa Luku djus yxkA mlh le; ,d yM+dk Mwc
x;kA nwljk yM+dk 'kksj epkrs gq, xk¡o dh rjiQ nkSM+kA blls cgqr lkjs yksx
,df=kr gksdj Mwcs gq, cPps dks fudkyus esa liQy gq, vkSj çkFkfed mipkj ls
mldh tku cp xbZA lkr lky ds xqîów us i<+s&fy•s vkink çca/dksa dh ukd dkV
yhA bldh lkgl dh ppkZ cgqr fnuksa rd vkl&ikl ds xk¡oksa esa gksrh jghA ,sls
cPps vius dkjukeksa ls leqnk; dks tksM+ nsrs gSa vkSj çca/u dk og felky dk;e
djrs gSa tks blls tqM+h gqbZ cM+h&cM+h bdkb;k¡ ugha dj ikrh gSaA
jk"Vªh; Lrj ij vkink çca/u dk dk;Z
Hkkjr ds çk;% lHkh {ks=kksa esa yxHkx lkyksHkj çkÑfrd vFkok ekuotfur vkinkvksa
dk lSykc ns•us dks feyrk gSA xqtjkr ds Hkqt Hkwdai 2001 vkSj fgUn egklkxj dh lqukeh
(2004)] tSlh çkÑfrd vkinkvksa us vkink çca/dksa dks fgykdj j• fn;kA fiQj gj jkst
dgha u dgha ce CykLV vkSj vkradoknh ?kVuk,¡ vkink çca/u esa yxs gq, yksxksa ds fy,
fljnnZ cu pqdk gSA ,d vPNh ckr ;g gS fd jk"Vªh; Lrj ij vkink çca/u dh dbZ
;kstuk;sa cukbZ xbZ gSaA blds nwjxkeh çHkko fuf'pr :i ls ykHknk;h gksaxsA tSls &
1) vkink çca/u ds fy, çfr o"kZ ctV esa vkdfLed fuf/ dk çca/u fd;k x;k gSA
blls ladV ds le; /ujkf'k dh leL;k ugha gksrh gSA
2) vkink çca/u gsrq ç/kuea=kh jkgr dks"k dk Hkh xBu fd;k x;k gSA
3) vkinkvksa dh ckjackjrk ds {ks=k dk ekufp=khdj.k fd;k tk jgk gSA ftlls mlds
{ks=k ds ckjs esa tkudkjh çkIr fd;k tk ldsA
4) vkink çca/u esa yxs gq, yksxksa ds fy, çf'k{k.k dk dk;Z Hkh vko';d gSA
vr%mlds fy, vusd çf'k{k.k dsUæ LFkkfir fd;s tk jgs gSaA fo'ofo|ky; esa
vkink çcU/u dh i<+kbZ Hkh çkjaHk dh x;h gSA

vkink izca/u % ,d ifjp; % 141

 5) At the Panchayat and village level not only training for disaster
management is given but also complete knowledge is being given to
tackle the disaster. To minimize the terrorism and communal riots,
An Terrorist Squad is also being cons tuted.
6) The contribu on of self help organisa ons is also very significant. It
works significantly in the form of guide.

DO YOU KNOW?
Presently, informa on about disaster is also being received from
the satellites. It increases the chances of forecas ng many natural
and human induced disasters.

7) The work of disaster management is incomplete without the

par cipa on of 'Gram Sabha' because in every disaster the ac vity
of 'Gram Sabha' increases the ac vity of common people. In this
situa on people themselves determine the priority of works and
take the effect of the disaster to lowest level.

It is essen al for the disaster management that the community should come
forward for the management of disaster because the first benefit of
management is being experienced by people and the second benefit comes
in the form of community sa sfac on. Thus, the role of community is of
great importance.

Desaster Management : An Introduc on :: 142

5) iapk;r rFkk xzkeh.k Lrj ij Hkh vkink çca/u ds fy, u fliQZ çf'k{k.k fn,
tk jgs gSa] oju~ blls fuiVus dh iw.kZ tkudkjh nh tk jgh gSA vkradokn vkSj
lkEçnkf;d naxksa dks de djus ds fy, vkradokn fojks/h nLrs dk Hkh xBu
fd;k x;k gSA
6) vkink çca/u esa Lo;alsoh laLFkkvksa dk ;ksxnku Hkh egRoiw.kZ gSA ;g
ijke'kZnk=kh ds :i esa egRoiw.kZ dk;Z djrk gSA
cPpksa] D;k vki tkurs gks fd orZeku le; esa vkinkvksa dh lwpuk
mixzg ds enn ls Hkh feyrh gSA blls vusd çkÑfrd vkSj
ekuotfur vkinkvksa ds iwokZuqeku dh laHkkouk c<+rh gSA
7) vkink çca/u dk dk;Z xzkelHkk dh lk>snkjh ds fcuk viw.kZ gSA vr% gj
vkink çca/u esa xzke lHkk dh lfØ;rk ls vke yksxksa dh lfØ;rk c<+ tkrh
gSA ,slh fLFkfr esa yksx Lo;a dk;ks± dh çkFkfedrk r; djrs gSa vkSj vkink ds
çHkko dks U;wure Lrj ij ys vkrs gSaA
vkink çca/u ds fy, vko';d gS fd çca/u esa leqnk; vkxs vk;sa
D;ksafd çca/u dk igyk ykHk O;fÙkQ vuqHko djrk gS vkSj nwljk ykHk
lkeqnkf;d larqf"V ds :i esa gksrh gSA vr% oÙkZeku le; esa leqnk; dh
Hkwfedk lokZf/d egRo dh gSA

vkink izca/u % ,d ifjp; % 142

 EXERCISE QUESTIONS

I. OBJECTIVE TYPE QUESTIONS

1. Are the main components of disaster management are -
(i) Preparedness at the personal level before the disaster.
(ii) Preparedness at the community level before the disaster.
(iii) To depend on others for preven on.
(iv) To have no knowledge of disaster management.

2. What are the measures to minimize the effects of human induced

Disasters?
(i) To have no knowledge of land use.
(ii) To construct disaster protec ve buildings.
(iii) To concentrate on community awareness.
(iv) To increase se lements in the vulnerable areas.

II. SHORT ANSWER QUESTIONS

1. What is disaster management?
2. What are the measures to be adopted to minimise the disaster?
3. How will you help people in the disaster affected areas?
4. How the disaster affected people can be helped by the school?

III. LONG ANSWER QUESTIONS

1. Describe the role of 'village Panchayat' in disaster management?
2. Asses the work done at the na onal level for disaster management?
IV. PROJECT WORK
1. Students, collect informa on from your grandparents and elderly
persons regarding fire and epidemic in your village/Mohalla in the last
one year.

Desaster Management : An Introduc on :: 143

( i) oLrqfu"B ç'u%
1- vkink çca/u ds çeq• ?kVd gSa &
(i) vkink ds iwoZ oS;fÙkQd Lrj ij rS;kjh djukA
(ii) vkink ds iwoZ lkeqnkf;d Lrj ij rS;kjh djukA
(iii) jksdFkke ds fy, nwljksa ij fuHkZj jgukA
(iv) vkink ds laca/ esa tkudkjh ugha j•ukA
2- ekuotfur vkink ds çHkko dks de djus ds dkSu&ls mik; gSa \
(i) Hkwfe mi;ksx dh tkudkjh ugha j•ukA
(ii) vkinkjks/h Hkou dk fuekZ.k djukA
(iii) lkeqnkf;d tkx:drk ij è;ku nsukA
(iv) tksf•e {ks=kksa esa clko dks c<+kukA
(ii) y?kq mÙkjh; ç'u%
(1) vkink çca/u D;k gS \
(2) vkink dks de djus ds fy, dkSu&dkSu ls mik; fd;s tkus pkfg, \
(3) vkink çHkkfor {ks=k esa yksxksa dh vki fdl çdkj enn dfj,xk\
(4) fo|ky; }kjk fdl çdkj vkink çHkkfor yksxksa dks enn igq¡pk;k tk ldrk gS \
(iii) nh?kZ mÙkjh; ç'u%
(1) vkink çca/u esa xzke iapk;r dh Hkwfedk dk o.kZu dhft,A
(2) vkink çca/u esa jk"Vªh; Lrj ij fd;s tk jgs dk;ks± dh leh{kk dhft,A
(iv) ifj;kstuk dk;Z%
(1) cPpksa] vki vius xk¡o@eqgYys esa ,d o"kZ ds varxZr vkx vkSj egkekjh ds ckjs esa
nknk&nknh rFkk cqtqxks± ls tkudkjh bdêòk dhft,A

vkink izca/u % ,d ifjp; % 143

 CHAPTER – 11

DISASTERS DUE TO HUMAN ERRORS: NUCLEAR,

BIOLOGICAL AND CHEMICAL

Disaster is that phenomenon which creates such a situa on of crisis,

suddenly and without warning, for not only human beings but also for other
livings beings when it causes heavy loss to life and property. Disasters are of
many types but normally disasters can be put into two categories – (A)
Natural disasters and (B) Disasters caused by human errors.
Natural disaster includes those mis-happenings whose origin is
associated with natural factors. Regions affected by incidents like
earthquake, Tsunami, volcanic erup on, hail storm, sudden snowfall,
landslide etc. experiences sudden crisis for human beings and animals. The
causes, results and management of these disasters will be studied in next
class (Class X).
In the present class causes, results and management of disasters
caused by human errors will be studied. Man has achieved new heights of
success in industrial development. Reaching Moon and have
step on Mars, India's ambi ous Chandrayan project, missile and
development of nuclear weapons has brought mankind to such a place where
the pace of development, me and again, give birth to disasters. This crisis is
the outcome of human error.
Among the disasters caused by human error - nuclear, chemical and
biological disasters are most important. Due to these three disasters large
scale destruc on not only of mankind but also wild life around it, is destroyed
or they become disabled which causes permanent crisis in their life.Since
me immemorial it is called God’s curse.

Disasters due to Human Errors :: 144

 vè;k;&11

ekuoh; xyfr;ksa ds dkj.k ?kfVr vkink,¡ %

ukfHkdh;] tSfod vkSj jklk;fud
vkink og =kklnh gS] tks u fliQZ ekuo leqnk; oju~ tSfod lewgksa ds fy, Hkh
vpkud rFkk vçR;kf'kr :i ls ,d ,slh ladV dh fLFkfr mRiUu djrh gS] tc
tku&eky dh Hkkjh {kfr gks tkrh gSA vkink dbZ çdkj ds gksrs gSaA lkekU; rkSj ij
vkinkvksa dks nks oxks± esa j•k tk ldrk gS (v) çkÑfrd vkink,a rFkk (c) ekuoh;
xyfr;ksa ds dkj.k ?kfVr vkink,aA
çkÑfrd vkink ds varxZr os nq?kZVuk,¡ 'kkfey gSa ftldh mRifÙk çkÑfrd dkjdksa
ls tqM+h gSaA Hkwdai] lqukeh] Tokykeq•h&foLiQksV] vfr vksyko`f"V] vçR;kf'kr fgeikr]
HkwL•yu tSlh ?kVukvksa ls yxkrkj çHkkfor {ks=k esa ekuo rFkk i'kqvksa ds fy, vçR;kf'kr
ladV mRiUu gksrh gSaA bu vkinkvksa ds dkj.k] ifj.kke vkSj blds çca/ dk vè;;u
vxyh d{kk (oxZ&X) esa fd;k tk;sxkA
oÙkZeku d{kk esa ekuoh; xyfr;ksa ds dkj.k ?kfVr vkinkvksa ds dkj.k] ifj.kke
vkSj çca/u dk vè;;u fd;k tk;sxkA vkS|ksfxd çfrLi¼kZ esa euq"; us liQyrk dh u;h
Å¡pkb;ksa dks gkfly fd;k gSA pk¡n rd Nyk¡x yxkuk vkSj eaxy ij ik¡o j•us dh rS;kjh]
Hkkjr dh egRokdka{kh paæ;ku ;kstuk rFkk felkby vkSj vkf.od gfFk;kjksa ds fodkl us
euq"; dks ,d ,sls pkSjkgs ij •M+k dj fn;k gS tgk¡ fodkl dh ;g xfr tc&rc =kklnh
dks Hkh tUe nsrh gSA ;gh =kklnh ekuoh; Hkwy ls mRiUu vkink gSA
ekuoh; Hkwy ls ?kfVr vkinkvksa esa ukfHkdh;] jklk;fud vkSj tSfod
vkink,¡ lcls çeq• gSaA bu rhuksa gh vkinkvksa ds dkj.k o`gr~ Lrj ij u fliQZ ekuoh;
lewg dk oju~ vkl&ikl ds oU; thoksa dk Hkh fouk'k gks tkrk gS ;k fiQj muds thou esa
vax&Hkax gks tkus ds dkj.k LFkkbZ =kklnh vk tkrh gSA çkÑfrd vkinkvksa ij euq"; dk
fu;a=k.k ugha gks ldrk gSA vukfn dky ls bls bZ'oj dh dqn`f"V dgk x;k gSA ysfdu

Disasters due to Human Errors :: 144

But we cannot defend our mistakes by calling incidents like atomic
bomb explosion on Hiroshima and gas leakage at Bhopal as curses
of God. The objec ve of the technical development was public
welfare, eradica on of the poverty and to provide opportunity to
everybody to live happily and peacefully but in the name of these
objec ves the scien fic knowledge has been misused and this has
con nuously increased the disasters caused by human error. If
these disasters are not controlled in me then human induced
disasters will cause more deaths than the deaths caused by
natural disasters.
11.1 NUCLEAR DISASTER
The development of nuclear energy is one of the unique
achievements of science. Minerals like Uranium and Plutonium are processed
through reactor because of which there is nuclear disintegra on through
which releases energy. This energy can provide impetus to socio-economic
development but when it is u lised to make nuclear weapons then this
energy becomes a cause for disaster. Presently, a number of na ons have
manufactured nuclear weapons. India is also one of them. India has exhibited
its extraordinary strategic capability through nuclear weapon explosions, in
the Rajasthan desert. The neighbouring countries of India, China and
Pakistan, have also manufactured nuclear weapons and exploded it to exhibit
their war capabili es (Fig. 11.1).

Fig. - 11.1 Nuclear reactor: Nuclear

th energy producing center
th

Disasters due to Human Errors :: 145

fgjksf'kek ij ce foLiQksV vkSj Hkksiky ds xSl fjlko tSlh ?kVukvksa dks bZ'oj dh
dqn`f"V dgdj ge viuh xyfr;ksa ls ugha cp ldrs gSaA rduhdh fodkl dk
mís'; tu&dY;k.k] xjhch fuokj.k rFkk lHkh dks lq• rFkk 'kkafr ls thus dk
volj çnku djuk Fkk] ysfdu bu mís';ksa dh vkM+ esa oSKkfud Kku dk nwf"kr
mi;ksx ekuoh; dkj.kksa ls ?kVusokyh vkinkvksa esa yxkrkj o`f¼ djrk tk jgk gSA
vxj bu vkinkvksa ij le; jgrs fu;a=k.k ugha fd;k x;k rc çkÑfrd vkinkvksa
ds dkj.k ejusokyksa dh la[;k ls dgha vf/d ekSr ekuoh; xyfr;ksa ls gksusokyh
vkinkvksa ds dkj.k gksxhA
11.1 ukfHkdh; vkink (Nuclear Disaster)
ukfHkdh; ÅtkZ dk fodkl foKku dh fof'k"V miyfC/;ksa esa ls ,d gSA
blds varxZr ;wjsfu;e vkSj IywVksfu;e tSls •futksa dks ifj"Ñr dj fj,DVj ds
ekè;e ls ukfHkdh; fo•aMu djk;k tkrk gS ftlls ÅtkZ dh çkfIr gksrh gSA ;g
ÅtkZ vkfFkZd&lkekftd fodkl dks ubZ xfr ns ldrk gS] ysfdu tc bldk mi;ksx
ijek.kq gfFk;kj cukus esa gksrk gS rc ;gh ÅtkZ vkink dk dkj.k cu tkrk gSA
orZeku le; esa vusd ns'kksa us ijek.kq vL=k dk fuekZ.k dj fy;k gSA Hkkjr Hkh
muesa ls ,d gSA jktLFkku e#LFky esa çk;ksfxd rkSj ij ijek.kq vL=kksa ds foLiQksV
ds }kjk Hkkjr us viuh vHkwriwo lkefjd {kerk dk ifjp; fn;k gSA Hkkjr ds
iM+kslh ns'k phu vkSj ikfdLrku us Hkh
ijek.kq vL=kksa dk fuekZ.k vkSj foLiQksV dj viuh lkefjd {kerk dk ifjp; fn;k
gSA (fp=k 11-1)

fp=k&11-1 ukfHkdh; fj,DVj % ijek.kq mtkZ dk mRiknu dsUæ

ekuoh; xyfr;ksa ds dkj.k ?kfVr vkink,a % 145
 Nuclear bomb was at irst exploded in 1945 by America in the last
phase of Second World War by dropping bombs on the two cities of Japan.
The irst bomb was dropped on th6 August, 1945, through air attack, on
th
Hiroshima and again on 9 August, 1945 on Nagasaki. It killed lakhs of people.
The cities of towering buildings and industrial units turned into graveyard.
Over one lakh people were injured (Disabled) who suffered from diseases like
cancer, skin disease. The people who survived were separated from their
family and this led to the problem of mental disease. The nuclear bomb attack
shook Japan and they surrendered before this inhuman act. The American
victory along with nuclear bomb explosion was a tragedy of the human
civilisation.

Fig. 11.2 Nuclear explosion: one of the main causes for human destruc on.
Though after this tragedy, up till now, nuclear weapon has not been
used in any war but there has been massive increase in the production of
nuclear weapons. Human error has been the testimony of accidents on the
nuclear energy producing centers. In 1986, in erstwhile Soviet Union, due to
human error in Chernobyl City, radio activity from one reactor killed
hundreds of people and its adverse effect remained for years on the nearby
sorroundings. In 1993,Narora centre of India also,accident was narrowly
averted.

India: Land and People :: 146

 ijek.kq ce dk loZçFke foLiQksV 1945 bZú esa la;qÙkQ jkT; vesfjdk }kjk f}rh;
fo'o;q¼ ds vafre pj.k esa tkiku ds nks uxjksa ij ijek.kq ce fxjk;k x;k FkkA loZçFke 6
vxLr] 1945 esa gokbZ geys ds }kjk fgjksf'kek ij rFkk iqu% 9 vxLr] 1945 dks
ukxklkdh ij ijek.kq ce fxjk;s x;s] blls yk•ksa yksxksa dh ekSr gqbZA vkyh'kku Hkouksa vkSj
vkS|ksfxd bdkb;ksa ds ;s uxj dfczLrku esa rCnhy gks x;sA ,d yk• ls Hkh vf/d yksx
?kk;y (viax) gq, ftUgsa ijek.kq fdj.kksa ds çHkko ls dSalj] peZ jksx tSlh chekfj;k¡ gqbZaA
cps gq, yksx vius gh yksxksa ls fcNM+ x;s ftlls euksjksx dh leL;k mRiUu gqbZaA ijek.kq
ce ds geys us tkiku dks fgyk fn;k vkSj bl vekuoh; ÑR; ds lkeus og ureLrd gks
x;kA ijek.kq ceksa ds foLiQksV ds lkFk vesfjdh fot; ekuo lH;rk ds fy, ,d =kklnh
FkhA

fp=k&11-2 ukfHkdh; foLiQksV % ekuoh; fouk'k dk ,d çeq• dkj.k

;|fi bl =kklnh ds ckn vc rd fdlh Hkh ;q¼ esa ijek.kq vL=kksa dk mi;ksx ugha
fd;k x;k gS] ysfdu ijek.kq ÅtkZ ds mRiknu esa Hkkjh o`f¼ gqbZ gSA dbZ ijek.kq ÅtkZ mRiUu
djus okys dsUæksa ij ekuoh; Hkwy nq?kZVuk dk xokg cu pqdk gSA 1986 bZú esa rRdkyhu
lksfo;r la?k ds psukZsfoy uxj esa ekuoh; Hkwy ds dkj.k ,d fj;sDVj ls jsfM;ks/feZrk ds
dkj.k lSdM+ksa yksxksa dh tku xbZ vkSj bldk çfrdwy çHkko blds vkl&ikl ds okrkoj.k
ij o"kks± rd jgkA 1993 bZú esa Hkkjr ds ujksjk dsaæ ij Hkh Hk;adj nq?kZVuk gksrs&gksrs cphA

Hkkjr % Hkwfe ,oa yksx %% 146

 In every nuclear energy producing center,the automa c process of
radia on remains ac ve. So, scien sts and other workers working there use
an radia on jackets. In a country like India neither the op onal labourer are
trained to protect themselves from radia on and nor the special type of
jackets have been made available to them. This type of negligence has been
reported several mes in India, at Tarapur (Maharashtra) nuclear power
sta on. Almost similar type of situa on prevails at Kalpakam nuclear power
sta on (Chennai).
The improper disposal of nuclear waste a er the use of the nuclear
energy, begins radia on process again a er some interval of me . Therefore,
for the disposal of nuclear waste, it is essen al to construct specially designed
store houses for its storage or it should be dumped at a greater depth. It can
be dumped at a greater depth far away from the human habitats but it has
been reported several mes that nuclear power capable na ons dump their
nuclear waste either on waste lands of poor na ons or they are dumping it in
the ocean waters. There is informa on that countries like Russia and America
which are having nuclear submarines dump nuclear rods in to the Sea a er its
use.
NECESSITY OF MANAGEMENT AND WORK
The use of nuclear power is not always
destruc ve and this is the reason why India has
made an agreement on nuclear power with America
About twenty nuclear technique rich na ons of
the world have agreed to supply enriched
uranium to India for the produc on of nuclear
power. In this context ,India has made it clear that
Logo of Interna onal Radia on
produc on ofthis energy by India is not for making
nuclear bombs but for the produc on of electrical energy for development.
Hence, on interna onal level it is essen al that all the countries agree on
nuclear non - prolifera on policy. It means, decision of not making bomb
can make this technique more useful and messenger of development.

Disasters due to Human Errors :: 147

 ijek.kq ÅtkZ mRiUu djus okys lHkh dsaæksa ij Lor% jsfM,'ku dh çfØ;k dk;Z
djrh gSA vr% ogk¡ dk;Z djus okys oSKkfudksa rFkk Jfedksa dks jsfM,'ku&çfrjks/h (Anti-
Radiation) tSdsV dk ç;ksx djuk gksrk gSA Hkkjr tSls vkSicaf/d Jfedksa dks u rks
jsfM,'ku ls cpus dh dksbZ tkudkjh nh tkrh gS vkSj u gh mudks fo'ks"k çdkj ds tSdsV
miyC/ djk;s tkrs gSaA Hkkjr esa gh rkjkiqj (egkjk"Vª) vkf.od ÅtkZ dsUæ esa bl çdkj
dh vufHkKrk dh fjikZsfVax dbZ ckj dh xbZ gSA yxHkx ;gh fLFkfr dyiDde~ ijek.kq
ÅtkZ dsaæ (psUubZ) dh Hkh gSA
ijek.kq ÅtkZ ds mi;ksx ds ckn ijek.kq dpjs (Nuclear waste) dk lgh <ax
ls fu"iknu ugha gksus ij og iqu% dqN varjky ds ckn jsfM,'ku dh çfØ;k çkjaHk dj nsrk
gSA vr% ijek.kq dpjksa ds fu"iknu ds fy, vko';d gS fd mldk laxzg fo'ks"k :i ls
fufeZr laxzg&x`g (Store House) esa fd;k tk, ;k vR;f/d xgjkbZ ij Mai dj fn;k
tk;A ekuoh; vf/okl ds {ks=kksa ls nwj vf/d xgjkbZ ij Mafiax dh tk ldrh gSA ysfdu
bl çdkj dh lwpuk,¡ feyrh gSa fd ijek.kq ÅtkZ laiUu ns'k blds dpjs dks ;k rks xjhc
ns'kksa ds catj Hkwfe esa Mai dj jgs gSa ;k fiQj leqæ esa iQsad nsrs gSaA bl çdkj dh Hkh lwpuk,¡
gSa fd :l vkSj vesfjdk tSls ns'k ijek.kq ÅtkZ&pkfyr ukSlSfud lcesfju iksrksa ds ijek.kq
jkWM dks] ÅtkZ lekIr gksus ds ckn] leqæ esa iQsad nsrs gSaA
çca/u dh vko';drk ,oa dk;Z
ijek.kq ÅtkZ dk mi;ksx lnSo fouk'kdkjh ugha gSA ;gh
dkj.k gS fd Hkkjr us vesfjdk ds lkFk ijek.kq ÅtkZ laf/ dh
gSA fo'o ds djhc 20 ijek.kq ÅtkZ rduhdh laiUu ns'kksa us
Hkkjr dks bl ÅtkZ mRiknu gsrq laof/Zr ;wjsfu;e nsus dk
vk'oklu fn;k gSA bl lanHkZ esa Hkkjr us Li"V fd;k gS fd
Hkkjr }kjk bl ÅtkZ dk mRiknu vrajkZ"Vªh; jsfM;ks/ehZ çrhd
ijek.kq ce ds fy, ugha oju~ fodkl gsrq fo|qr ÅtkZ mRiknu varjkZ"Vªh; jsfM;ks/ehZ izrhd
ds fy, fd;k tk,xkA vr% varjkZ"Vªh; Lrj ij vko';d gS fd lHkh ns'k ijek.kq vçlkj
dh uhfr ls lger gksa vFkkZr~ ijek.kq ce u cukus dk fu.kZ; bl rduhd dks mi;ksxh rFkk
fodkl dk nwr cuk ldrk gSA
ekuoh; xyfr;ksa ds dkj.k ?kfVr vkink,a % 147
Finally, a er the nuclear explosion on Japan, to escape from the tragedy,
sensible people started showing togetherness. It was the result of this unity
that a er one year in 1946, an interna onal journal was developed by
California University for preven on from radio - radia on disaster,
symbolising of togetherness on the issue.
The agreement of not making the nuclear bomb is not sufficient. It is
also essen al for the nuclear power producing centers to stop ill effects of
radia on. Lakhs of people can be killed by bomb explosion only, without the
malfunc oning of the reactor and human error. Therefore, these centers can
be established far away from the human se lements. The kaiga nuclear plant,
in India, is an example of this. Similarly in Russia, United States of America and
Canada nuclear centers are situated in extreme remote areas. Health
checkups of the personnel serving in these centers ate regular intervals are
also essen al. The use of radia on protec ve jackets should be mandatory
for the persons working in nuclear sta ons. Not only this, the people living
nearby and in ci es adjacent to the nuclear establishment should have
sufficient knowledge of protec ng themselves in case of any accident. In case
of any tragedy the popula on expected to be affected should be informed
through modern electronic informa on system. The informa on regarding
safety should also be given regularly.

Fig. 11.3 Radia on protec ve jackets and Masks: A way of safety

India: Land and People :: 148

oLrqr% tkiku ij ijek.kq foLiQksV ds ckn gh =kklnh ls cpus ds fy, foosd'khy yksxksa us
,dtqVrk dk ifjp; çkjaHk dj fn;k FkkA blh ,dtqVrk dk ifj.kke Fkk fd ,d gh o"kZ
ckn vFkkZr~ 1946 bZú esa dSfyiQksfuZ;k fo'ofo|ky; }kjk jsfM;ks/ehZ vkink ls cpko ds
fy, ,d varjkZ"Vªh; çrhd fodflr fd;k x;k gS tks ,sls ladV esa lkewfgd ,drk dk
çrhd gSA
oLrqr% ijek.kq ce u cukus dk le>kSrk gh i;kZIr ugha gSA ijek.kq ÅtkZ mRiUu
djus okys dsaæksa }kjk Hkh jsfM,'ku ds dqçHkko dks jksduk vko';d gSA la;a=kksa dh •jkch
vkSj ekuoh; Hkwy ls fcuk ce foLiQksV ls Hkh yk•ksa yksxksa dh tku tk ldrh gSA vr% bu
dsaæksa dh LFkkiuk l?ku cfLr;ksa ls nwj dh tk ldrh gSA Hkkjr esa dSxk ijek.kq dsaæ bldk
mnkgj.k gSA blh çdkj :l] la;qÙkQ jkT; vesfjdk vkSj dukMk esa Hkh ijek.kq dsaæ lqnwj
{ks=kksa esa LFkkfir fd;s x;s gSaA ,sls dsaæksa ij dk;Z djus okys yksxksa dh fuf'pr varjky ij
LokLF; ijh{k.k vko';d gSA dk;Z djus okys yksxksa dks jsfM,'ku çfrjks/h tSdsV dk ç;ksx
vfuok;Z :i ls djuk pkfg,A bruk gh ugha] vklikl rFkk 'kgj esa jgusokys yksxksa dks Hkh
nq?kZVuk dh fLFkfr esa blls cpko dh i;kZIr tkudkjh nsuh pkfg,A fdlh Hkh =kklnh dh
fLFkfr esa laHkkfor çHkkfor {ks=k ds yksxksa dks vk/qfud bysDVªkWfud lwpuk ds ekè;e ls
lwfpr djuk pkfg,A cpko dh lwpuk Hkh le;&le; ij nh tkuh pkfg,A

fp=k&11-3 jsfM;s'ku&çfrjks/h tSdsV ,oa ekLd % cpko ,d rjhdk

Hkkjr % Hkwfe ,oa yksx %% 148

 In case of accidents, DOs and DON'Ts must be in mated at the community
level. It must be adequately informed that as soon as people get informa on
about accident they must wear radia on protec ve jackets and masks (Fig. –
11.3). They must not eat in open, or ignite fire, etc. The people must be
supplied with relief materials immediately. Food packets not affected by
radia on should be distributed. The students of the schools should be trained
regularly by self help ins tu ons about preven ve and safety measures.
Awareness among people living nearby is essen al. In these areas adequate
number of cellars should be built and people should have prior direc on to
enter inside it as soon as warning of the accident is given. A er a certain depth
the effect of the radia on becomes less.

STUDENTS, DO YOU KNOW?

1. Where did the first nuclear explosion take place in the world?
2. At which place was the first underground nuclear explosion
done by India?
3. Where was first nuclear power centrE established in India?
*In case you don't know, then take the help of your teache.r

EXERCISE QUESTIONS

I. OBJECTIVE TYPE QUESTIONS

1. Which among the following is nuclear power center?
(a) Kaiga (b) Varanasi
(c) Delhi (d) Meerut
2. In which country is Hiroshima located?
(a) India (b Japan
(c) China (d) Taiwan
3. Who developed the logo for first me to escape from the nuclear
explosion?
(a) Tokyo University (b) Cambridge University
(c) California University (d) None of these

Disasters due to Human Errors :: 149

lkeqnkf;d Lrj ij ;g crkuk vko';d gS fd nq?kZVuk dh fLFkfr esa D;k djsa vkSj
D;k u djsa\ bldh i;kZIr lwpuk nh tkuh pkfg, fd nq?kZVuk dh tkudkjh feyrs
gh jsfM,'ku çfrjks/h tSdsV rFkk ekLd igusa (fp=k&11-3)] •qys Hkkstuky; dk
ç;ksx u djsa] vkx tykus dk dk;Z u djsa] bR;kfnA yksxksa dks rRdky jkgr lkexzh
Hkh igq¡pk;h tk;A ,sls Hkkstu ds iSdsV dk forj.k fd;k tkuk pkfg, ftlesa
jsfM,'ku dk çHkko u gksA Ldwy esa cPpksa dks rFkk Lo;alsoh laLFkk ds }kjk
le;&le; ij cpko vkSj lqj{kk dh tkudkjh nh tkuh pkfg,A vkl&ikl ds
yksxksa esa tkx:drk dks fodflr djuk vko';d gSA bu {ks=kksa esa rg•kus dk
i;kZIr fuekZ.k fd;k tkuk pkfg, vkSj yksxksa dks psrkouh feyrs gh mlds vanj
pys tkus dk funZs'k&iwoZ ls gh jguk pkfg,A fuf'pr xgjkbZ ds ckn jsfM,'ku dk
çHkko de gks tkrk gSA
cPpksa] D;k vki tkurs gSa %
1- fo'o esa igyk ijek.kq foLiQksV dgk¡ gqvk Fkk \
2- Hkkjr }kjk tehu ds vUnj çFke ijek.kq foLiQksV dgk¡ fd;k x;k Fkk
\
3- Hkkjr esa igyh ckj ijek.kq ÅtkZ mRiknu dsUæ dgk¡ LFkkfir fd;k
vH;kl iz'u
x;k gS \ ;fn ugha tkurs gSa rks vius f'k{kd dh enn ls bldh
tkudkjh çkIr djsaA

( i) oLrqfu"B ç'u %
1- buesa ls dkSu ijek.kq ÅtkZ dsUæ gS \
(d) dSxk (•) okjk.klh (x) fnYyh (?k) esjB
2- fgjksf'kek fdl ns'k esa gS \
(d) Hkkjr (•) tkiku (x) phu (?k) rkbZoku
3- ijek.kq foLiQksV ls cpus ds fy, loZçFke çrhd fpÉ dk fodkl fdlus
fd;k gS \
(d) Vksfd;ks fo'ofo|ky; (•) dSfEczt fo'ofo|ky;

ekuoh; xyfr;ksa ds dkj.k ?kfVr vkink,a % 149

ii. SHORT ANSWER TYPE QUESTION
1. What is nuclear energy?
2. On which country, was the first nuclear bomb dropped in the world?
3. In which state of India was nuclear test done?

iii.LONG ANSWER TYPE QUESTION

1. What are the ill effects of Radia on? Give informa on about its
ill-effects on human beings?
2. What are the uses of nuclear energy? Describe.

iv. PROJECT WORK

What is disaster? Has any disaster occurred around you? If yes, then collect
data associated with it?

11.2 CHEMICAL DISASTER

With the achievement of Industrial development several problems
have also started. In the problems associated with the industrial produce, the
problems associated with the produc on of chemical materials have taken
the form of disaster. This disaster can be divided in to three important parts –
(A) Hidden hazards caused by Toxic Chemical Products.
(B) Chemical Warfare Hazards.
(C) Seepage in Chemical industrial units and hazards caused by waste
materials.
(A) Hidden hazards caused by Toxic Chemical Products:
This disaster is not felt immediately. Its maximum effect is seen on
agriculture. The use of chemical fer lizer and insec cide not only destroys
the soil micro organisms but the produce also becomes poisonous. Its
con nuous consump on gives rise to different diseases which, at mes,
becomes fatal. Some mes, by the use of the insec cides, the water of
agricultural fields and ponds becomes poisonous and domes c animals and
even human beings a vic m to it. The green revolu on associated this
disaster, is a big challenge for the Indian rural society.

India: Land and People :: 150

(ii) y?kq mÙkjh; ç'u %
(1) ijek.kq ÅtkZ D;k gS \
(2) fo'o esa loZçFke ijek.kq ce fdl ns'k ij fxjk;k x;k Fkk \
(3) Hkkjr ds fdl jkT; esa ijek.kq ijh{k.k fd;k x;k \
(iii) nh?kZ mÙkjh; ç'u %
1- jsfM,'ku ls D;k&D;k gkfu gksrh gS \ euq"; ij iM+usokys çfrdwy çHkkoksa
dh tkudkjh nhft,A
2- ijek.kq ÅtkZ ls D;k ykHk gS ? o.kZu dhft,A
(iv) ifj;kstuk dk;Z %
vkink D;k gS] D;k vkids vkl&ikl dksbZ vkink ?kfVr gqbZ gS ? ;fn gk¡]
rks mlls lacaf/r vk¡dM+ksa dk ladyu dsaA
11.2 jklk;fud vkink (Chemical Disaster)
vkS|ksfxd fodkl dh miyfC/;ksa ds lkFk dbZ çdkj dh leL;k;sa Hkh
çkjaHk gqbZ gSA vkS|ksfxd mRikn ls tqM+h leL;kvksa esa jklk;fud inkFkks± ds mRikn ls
tqM+h leL;kvksa us dbZ {ks=kksa esa vkink dk :i ys fy;k gSA bl vkink dks rhu
çeq• Hkkxksa esa ck¡V ldrs gSa
(d) fo"kSys jklk;fud mRikn (Toxic Chemical Products) ls mRiUu fNih gqbZ
vkink;sa
(•) jklk;fud ;q¼ lkexzh ds mi;ksx ls mRiUu vkink,¡
(x) jklk;fud vkS|ksfxd bdkb;ksa esa fjlko vkSj dpjs ls mRiUu vkink,¡
(d) fo"kSys jklk;fud mRikn ls mRiUu fNih gqbZ vkink,¡
;g vkink 'kh?kz vuqHko ugha dh tkrh gSA bldk lokZf/d çHkko Ñf"k
mRikn ij ns•us dks feyrk gSA jklk;fud •kn vkSj dhVuk'kd ds ç;ksx ls u
fliQZ e`nk ds lw{e thoksa dk fouk'k gksrk gS oju~ mRikn fo"kSyh gks tkrh gSA blds
yxkrkj mi;ksx ls dbZ çdkj dh chekfj;k¡ mRiUu gks tkrh gSa tks tkuysok lkfcr
gksrh gSA dHkh&dHkh dhVuk'kd ds ç;ksx ls •sr vkSj rkykc dk ty tgjhyk gks
tkrk gS vkSj ikyrw i'kq vkSj ;gk¡ rd fd euq"; Hkh mlds f'kdkj gks tkrs gSaA gfjr
Økafr ls tqM+h ;g vkink Hkkjrh; xzkeh.k lekt ds fy, ,d cM+h pqukSrh gSA

Hkkjr % Hkwfe ,oa yksx %% 150

The indirect disaster of the metro ci es is mainly
associated with adverse effect of the Carbon dioxide
and Methane produced by the use of fossil fuel in the
transport sector. It fatally affects wind pipe (Trachea),
skin, eye and other sensi ve human organs. The scarcity Logo of poisonous
of oxygen creates problem of fatal suffoca on. chemical disaster
Interna onal logo has been developed for this disaster as well.
Acidic rainfall is also an indirect disaster. It is a serious problem in
Damodar valley. It increases the amount of acid in vegeta on, soil and water
to a large extent. The main cause of acidic rainfall is due to the effect of

Acidic rainfall

Dry (Solid & Gas) Wet (rain & snowfall)

Fig – 11.4: Causes of acidic rainfall, process and result

Sulphur dioxide (So2 ) and nitrogen oxide in the atmosphere by the industrial
emission. It can be understood by fig. 11.4. It adversely affects human body,
crops, vegeta on, fruits and fishes. The use of all these things causes fatal
diseases. Due to acidic rainfall the leaves of the trees become almost dead
and there is hardly any growth of fresh leaves (Fig. 11.5).

Disasters due to Human Errors :: 151

egkuxjksa dh vçR;{k vkink eq[;r% ifjogu {ks=k esa thok'e ÅtkZ ds mi;ksx ls mRiUu
dkcZu Mk;vkWDlkbM vkSj feFksu ds çfrdwy çHkko ls tqM+h gqbZ gSA
bldk tkuysok vlj 'olu uyh] Ropk] vk¡• vkSj vU; laosnu'khy
vaxksa ij iM+rk gSA vkWDlhtu dh deh ls tkuysok ?kqVu dh leL;k
mRiUu gksrh gSA bl vkink ds fy, Hkh ,d vUrjkZ"Vªh; çrhd fpÉ
fodflr fd;k x;k gSA
vEyh; o"kkZ Hkh vçR;{k vkink gSA nkeksnj ?kkVh çns'k esa ;g
,d xaHkhj leL;k gSA blls ouLifr] e`nk vkSj ty esa vEy dh ek=kk
esa Hkkjh o`f¼ gksrh gSA vEyh; o"kkZ dk ewy dkj.k vkS|ksfxd mRltZu
ds dkj.k ok;qeaMy
vEyh; o"kkZ

fp=k&11-4 % vEyh; o"kkZ ds dkj.k] çfØ;k ,oa ifj.kke

esa lYiQj Mk;vkWDlkbM (SO2) ,oa ukbVªkstu vkWDlkbM ds çHkko ls
gksrh gSA bls fp=k la[;k 11-4 ls le>k tk ldrk gSA blls euq"; ds
'kjhj iQly] ouLifr] iQy vkSj eNfy;ksa ij Hkh cqjk vlj iM+rk gS
vkSj bu lHkh phtksa ds mi;ksx ls yksxksa esa tkuysok chekfj;k¡ mRiUu
gksrh gSA vEyh; o"kkZ ls o`{k ds iÙks e`rçk; gks tkrs gSa] u;s iÙks ugha ds
cjkcj fudyrs gSaA (fp=k 11-5)A

ekuoh; xyfr;ksa ds dkj.k ?kfVr vkink,a % 151

Fig 11-5 – The situation of the trees in the forest due to the effect of acidic rainfall

(B) Chemical Warfare Hazards:

The chemical weapons have been in use since Second
World War. Lakhs of Jews were killed by the Germans in
the gas chambers only. The main cause cited for the
Logo of chemical attack on Iraq by the United States of America was, that
war disaster Iraq has amassed large scale chemical weapons. In
chemical weapons along with the use of different gases,
similar gases are also induced in explosives because of which burning and
melting of skin occurs. Suffocation through internal effects by breathing,
faintness and situation of death is also created.
(C) Seepage in Chemical industrial units and hazards caused by waste
materials:
The seepage in the chemical
industrial units also takes the form of
big disaster. The Bhopal gas tragedy is
its biggest example. The Bhopal
chemical gas leak disaster occurred
on 2-3 December, 1984 which is the
Fig. 11.6 Chemical gas seepage disaster: Relief effort largest disaster of industrial world.

India: Land and People :: 152

fp=k&11-5 % vEyh; o"kkZ ds çHkko ls gjs&Hkjs ou ds ohjku gksus dh fLFkfr
(•) jklk;fud ;q¼ lkexzh ds mi;ksx ls mRiUu vkink %
f}rh; fo'o ;q¼ ds le; ls gh jklk;fud vk;q/ksa dk ç;ksx
gksrk jgk gSA teZuh }kjk yk•ksa ;gwfn;ksa dh gR;k fliQZ xSl ?kj
esa dj nh xbZA bjkd ij la;qÙkQ jkT; vesfjdk ds geys dk
,d çeq• dkj.k ;g crk;k x;k fd bjkd }kjk jklk;fud
jklk;fud ;q¼ vk;q/ksa dk cM+s iSekus ij laxzg fd;k x;k gSA jklk;fud
vkink dk çrhd vk;q/ ds varxZr fofo/ tgjhys xSlksa ds ç;ksx ds lkFk&lkFk
foLiQksVd inkFkks± esa Hkh ,sls xSl lfUufgr gksrs gSa ftlds
çHkko ls Ropk esa tyu vkSj Øe'k% xyus dh çfØ;k 'kq: gks tkrh gSA 'olu }kjk
vkarfjd çHkko ls ?kqVu] csgks'kh vkSj e`R;q dh fLFkfr Hkh mRiUu gksrh gSA
(x) jklk;fud vkS|ksfxd bdkb;ksa esa fjlko vkSj dpjs ls
mRiUu vkink %
jklk;fud vkS|ksfxd bdkb;ksa esa
fjlko Hkh cM+h vkink dk :i ys ysrk
gSA Hkksiky xSl =kklnh bldk lcls
cM+k mnkgj.k gSA Hkksiky jklk;fud
xSl fjlko vkink 2&3 fnlacj 1984
fp=k 11-6 jklk;fud xSl fjlko nq?kZVuk jkgr ds ç;kl dks ?kVh Fkh tks vkS|ksfxd txr dh
lcls cM+h vkink gSA blds varxZr
gkbMªkstu lkbukbM rFkk vU;
Hkkjr % Hkwfe ,oa yksx %% 152
Along with hydrogen cyanide and other reactive products, 45 tons of highly
poisonous Methyl isocyanides gas leaked from the insecticide factory of
Union Carbide and it got mixed with the air and spread all around the nearby
areas. It instantly killed 2000 people and rendered over 10,000 persons
disabled. Due to its affect the death toll kept on increasing up to 1989.
Presently the total number of death has grown to about 16, 000 and number
of injured has gone up to 50, 000. The disabled people are still suffering from
diseases like breathing trouble, frequent fever, continuous cough, mental
disability, depression etc.
Similarly, 90 girls were affected in the copper melting factory due to
gas leak in Tuticorin in Tamil Nadu on th 5 July, 1997. They suffered from
vomiting, burning sensation in chest and Pneumonia. Similarly, there is
continuous adverse effect on the health of workers serving in most of the
cracker and explosive factories.
MANAGEMENT
To escape from the chemical disaster, immediate and long term
management is required. In the immediate management, in the campus of all
the chemical factories suf icient amount of water and ire extinguisher is
required. Again, the installation of wind measuring instrument is also
essential. In case of gas leak, the present people should be given correct
direction to move in the opposite direction of the wind. So many people lost
their life in Bhopal, since there was no such information available. It should be
mandatory for the people serving in
chemical factories to be supplied with mask
and gloves, specially designed trousers and
shoes etc. The health check up of the
workers after a certain period of time is also
essential. The chemical industries should be
established far away from the densely
populated areas. For this, there should be
sustainable use of these techniques so that Disaster affected children:
the incidents of such accidents of Emergency medical checkup
seepagemay be reduced.Its not enough that the produc on of chemical weapons
should be prohibited. There should also be a joint policy agreement

Disasters due to Human Errors :: 153

vfHkfØ;k mRiknksa lfgr 45 Vu feFkkby vkblkslk;usV uked vR;ar tgjhyh xSl
;wfu;u dkckZbM esa dhVuk'kd dkj•kus ls yxHkx eè; jkf=k esa fjldj gok ds
lkFk vkl&ikl ds {ks=kksa esa cg xbZA blls rRdky djhc 2000 yksxksa dh e`R;q gqbZ
ysfdu 10000 ls Hkh vf/d yksx viax gks x;sA blds çHkko ls ejus okyksa dh la[;k
esa 1989 rd o`f¼ gksrh jghA orZeku esa e`rdksa dh la[;k yxHkx 16000 rFkk ?kk;yksa
dh la[;k 50000 rd igq¡p xbZ gSA viax yksxksa dks 'olu dh leL;k] vDlj
cq•kj vkuk] yxkrkj diQ gksuk] ekufld viaxrk] fMçs'ku tSlh chekfj;k¡
lkekU; :i ls gks xbZ gSA
blh çdkj] rfeyukMq ds rwrhdksfju esa 5 tqykbZ] 1997 dks rk¡ck xykus ds
dkj•kus esa xSl fjlko ls dk;Z djusokyh 90 yM+fd;k¡ çHkkfor gqbZaA mUgsa mYVh
gksuk] Nkrh esa tyu rFkk fueksfu;k tSlh chekjh mRiUu gqbZA blh çdkj ls
vf/drj iVk•s iQSDVªh rFkk foLiQksVd inkFkks± ds dkj•kuksa esa dk;Z djus okys
yksxksa ds LokLF; ij yxkrkj çfrdwy vlj iM+rk gSA
çca/u
jklk;fud vkink ls cpus ds fy, rRdkfyd vkSj nh?kZlw=kh nksuksa çdkj ds
çca/u vko';d gSaA rRdkfyd çca/u esa lHkh jklk;fud mRikn dkj•kuksa ds
çkax.k esa i;kZIr ek=kk esa ty rFkk vfXu'kkedksa dh vko';drk gSA iqu% ok;qekiu
;a=k dks yxkdj j•uk Hkh vko';d gSA xSl fjlko dh fLFkfr esa ogk¡ ekStwn yksxksa
dks Li"V fn'kk&funZs'k nsus dh t:jr gS fd os ok;q ds mYVh fn'kk esa tk;saA Hkksiky
esa bl çdkj dh lwpuk u jgus ds dkj.k gh brus vf/d yksxksa dh e`R;q gqbZA
jklk;fud dkj•kuksa esa dk;Z djusokys yksxksa
dks ekWLd vkSj XyCl] fof'k"V fMtkbu ds
Vªkmtj vkSj twrs dh lqfo/k Hkh vfuok;Z :i ls
nh tkuh pkfg,A ,d fuf'pr varjky ij lHkh
yksxksa dk LokLF; ijh{k.k Hkh vko';d gSA
jklk;fud m|ksxksa dh LFkkiuk l?ku cls {ks=kksa ls
nwj gksuh pkfg,A blds fy, oSls rduhdh dk vkink çHkkfor cPpk %
Hkh lrr~ mi;ksx fd;k tkuk pkfg, tks fjlko vkdfLed fpfdRlh;
vkSj nq?kZVukvksa dks de dj ldsA
jklk;fud vk;q ekuoh;
/ dsxyfr;ksa ds dkj.k
mRiknu ij u?kfVrfliQZ
vkink,a % 153
çfrca / dh t:jr gS cfYd bu
that keep these weapons and those that manufacture it to minimise the
possibilities of its use. The chemical weapon expert, G. Harizel has called
chemical weapons as “weapons of terror and mass destruc on”. Therefore,
worldwide prohibi on on its produc on and use can only save human beings
from this disaster.
Long term sustainable agricultural development policy is required to
be made to protect ourselves from the hidden disaster created by chemical
fer liser and Insec cides. The use of organic fer liser is required in place of
chemical fer liser. The world health organisa on (WHO) has declared 80% of
insec cides used in India as highly poisonous and said to have adverse effect
on human health. The increase in the use of insec cides is related to the
increased use of new hybrid seeds. There has been huge increase in the use of
these seeds but these produced materials are becoming a challenge for
human health. Therefore, there is also need for preservation and
popularisa on of the tradi onal seeds. According to Prof. Swaminathan, this
process can convert green revolution in to ever green revolution.
The con nuous increase in the amount of carbon dioxide, Methane
and acid can have destructive effects not only on lower layer of the
atmosphere but also on whole living world. To reduce the emission of these
destruc ve gases is a serious challenge for available technology. Therefore, it
is essential for those industrial units that emit these gases to utilise such
technologies that ensure the least emission of poisonous gases. The best
example for this is the new technology based generator.
Presently, the first essen al component of any disaster management is to make
available safe place, clean water and emergency medical facili es to the people
living around the affected area. A er this, injured and unconciouspersons should be
taken to nearby hospital.The people engaged in relief work should themselves also
wear mask and other necessary clothes.For this type of quick response ac on, self
help organisa ons in the nearby areas,

India: Land and People :: 154

j•us okys ns'kksa vkSj mRiknu djus okys ns'kksa dks feydj ,slh uhfr cukus dh
t:jr gS tks blds ç;ksx dh laHkkoukvksa dks U;wu dj ldsA oLrqr% jklk;fud
vk;q/ksa dks jklk;fud vL=kksa ds fo'ks"kK thú gSfjtsy us vkrad vkSj Hkkjh fouk'k
dk vL=k dgk gSA vr% blds mRikn vkSj mi;ksx ij fo'oO;kih jksd gh bl vkink
ls ekuo tkfr dks cpk ldrk gSA
jklk;fud •kn] dhVuk'kd ls mRiUu fNih gqbZ vkinkvksa ls cpus ds fy,
,d nh?kZdkyhu lrr~ Ñf"k fodkl dh uhfr cukus dh t:jr gSA jklk;fud •kn
ds cnys tSfod moZjd ds mi;ksx dh t:jr gSA fo'o LokLF; laxBu }kjk orZeku
le; esa Hkkjr ds 80» dhVuk'kd dks vR;f/d tgjhyk rFkk ekuoh; LokLF; ij
çfrdwy çHkko Mkyus okyk crk;k x;k gSA dhVuk'kd ds mi;ksx ds o`f¼ dk
laca/ u;s ladj chtksa ds mi;ksx esa o`f¼ ls gSA bl chtksa ds mi;ksx esa Hkkjh o`f¼
gqbZ gS fdarq ;s mRikfnr inkFkZ ekuoh; LokLF; ds fy, pqukSrh curh tk jgh gSaA
vr% ijEijkxr chtksa ds laj{k.k vkSj lao/Zu dh Hkh vko';drk gSA çksú
LokehukFku ds vuqlkj ;s çfØ;k gfjrØkafr dks lrr~ gfjr Økafr esa cny ldrk
gSA ok;qeaMy esa dkcZu Mk;vkWDlkbM] feFksu vkSj vEy dh ek=kk esa yxkrkj gks jgh
o`f¼ u fliQZ fuEu ok;qeaMy ds fy, oju~ laiw.kZ thoeaMy ij fouk'kdkjh çHkko
Mky ldrk gSA bu fouk'kdkjh xSlksa ds mRltZu esa deh ykuk miyC/ rduhdh ds
fy, xaHkhj pqukSrh gSaA vr% bu xSlksa dks NksM+usokys vkS|ksfxd mRiknksa ds fy,
vko';d gS fd os ,sls rduhd dk ç;ksx djsa ftlls fo"kSyh xSlksa dk U;wure
mRltZu gksA ubZ rduhd vk/kfjr tsujsVj bldk lqanj mnkgj.k gSA
orZeku le; esa fdlh vkink ds çca/ dh igyh vfuok;Zrk ;g gS fd
çHkkfor {ks=k ds vkl&ikl jgus okys yksx mUgsa lqjf{kr LFkku] LoPN ty vkSj
vukSipkfjd rFkk vkdfLed fpfdRlk miyC/ djk;saA blds ckn ?kk;y vkSj
ewfNZr yksxksa dks fudVre vLirky igq¡pk;sa A os Lo;a Hkh ekWLd vkSj vU;
vko';d oL=k /kj.k djsaA bl çdkj dh rRijrk ds fy, vkl&ikl ds {ks=kksa esa
Lo;alsoh laxBuksa }kjk

Hkkjr % Hkwfe ,oa yksx %% 154

 should train people and arrange counseling facili es.

Through the above men oned methods the process of chemical disaster
management can be brought to op mum level.

STUDENTS,DO YOU KNOW?

1. Which gas was leaked out in Bhopal gas tragedy?
2. What are the harmful effects of insec cide materials?
3. Who is affected by acid rainfall? Collect more
informa on about it with the help of your class teacher.

EXERCISE QUESTIONS

i. OBJECTIVE TYPE QUESTIONS

1. When did chemical seepage take place in Bhopal?
(a) 1984 (b) 1990
(c) 1930 (d) 2004
2. Which disease ocurred from the seepage of gas in Tu corin in 1997?
(a) Vomi ng (b cold and cough
(c) Vomi ng and burning in chest (d) Brain fever
3. Where does the maximum effect of acid rainfall occurs?
(a) Patna city (b) Damodar Valley
(c) North Bihar (d) Assam Valley
ii. SHORT ANSWER TYPE QUESTION
1. Which country uses gas to kill Jews?
2. Which chemical material is used in insec cide?

iii. LONG ANSWER TYPE QUESTION

1. What type of precau ons should be taken in the event of gas leak?
2. Describe the problems that occur at the me of chemical disaster.

Disasters due to Human Errors :: 155

yksxksa ds chp çf'k{k.k vkSj ijke'kZ (Counselling) dh lqfo/k nh tkuh pkfg,A

Åij of.kZr çfØ;kvksa ds }kjk jklk;fud vkink çca/u dk dk;Z vuqdwyre Lrj
(Optimum Level) rd fd;k tk ldrk gSA
cPpksa] D;k vki tkurs gSa&
1- Hkksiky xSl =kklnh esa fdl xSl dk fjlko gqvk Fkk\
2- dhVuk'kd inkFkks± ls D;k&D;k gkfu gksrh gS\
3- vEyh; o"kkZ dk çHkko fdl ij iM+rk gS\ bldh fo'ks"k tkudkjh vius
oxZ f'k{kd dh enn ls laxzfgr djsa A
vH;kl iz'u
( i) oLrqfu"B ç'u %
1- Hkksiky esa jklk;fud xSl fjlko dc gqvk Fkk \
(d)1984 (•)1940
(x)1930 (?k) 2004
2. rwrhdksfju esa bZ0 esa xSl fjlko ls dkSu&lh chekjh mRiUu gqbZ Fkh \
(d) mYVh gksuk (•) lnhZ ,oa •kalh
(x) mYVh gksuk ,oa Nkrh esa tyu (?k) efLr"d Toj
3. vEyh; o"kkZ dk lokZf/d çHkko dgk¡ iM+k gS \
(d) iVuk egkuxj (•) nkeksnj ?kkVh {ks=k
(x) mÙkjh fcgkj (?k) vle ?kkVh {ks=k
(ii) y?kq mÙkjh; ç'u %
1. fdl ns'k }kjk xSl ds ç;ksx ls ;gwfn;ksa dks ekjk x;k Fkk \
2. dhVuk'kd esa fdl jklk;fud inkFkZ dk ç;ksx gksrk gS \
(iii) nh?kZ mÙkjh; ç'u %
1- xSl fjlko gksus ij fdl çdkj dh lko/kuh j•uh pkfg, \
2- jklk;fud vkink ds vUrxZr vkusokyh leL;kvksa dk o.kZu dhft,A
ekuoh; xyfr;ksa ds dkj.k ?kfVr vkink,a % 155
 11.3 BIOLOGICAL DISATER

The root causes of Biological disaster are those organisms and material
derived from the organisms whose utilisation and contact
can take the form of disaster for human life. In this
category those living organisms are also included which
also adversely affect the heath of the animals. For this,
Logo of United Nations Organisation has developed an
Biological Disaster international biological disaster logo also. The centre for
disease control and prevention of United States of America has divided
biological disaster into four categories –
(A) In the irst category those diseases are included which are caused by
such Bacteria and Virus. Bacteria and virus create diseases like chicken
pox, Kenin hepatitis etc. These are diseases are not very destructive.
For immediate protection from these diseases, it is essential to follow
normal rules like – compulsory use of equipments like gloves, masks,
etc. Utilisation of contaminated materials also creates disasters.
(B) Under this biological disaster those diseases are kept whose main
cause is Bacterias and Viruses. The possible diseases caused under this
category are hepatitis A, B, and C, In luenza, Lime disease meseales,
chicken pox and AIDS etc. To protect ourselves from these diseases
health check up is essential from time to time. Clean eatable materials
and boiled water recommended by United Nation Organisation's to
protect ourselves from the effect of virus.

Fig. 11.7 Dengue Mosquito

India: Land and People :: 156

 11.3 tSfod vkink
tSfod vkink dk ewy dkj.k os tho (Organism) rFkk thoksa ls
çkIr inkFkZ gSa ftudk mi;ksx ;k laidZ ekuo thou ds fy, vkink
;k =kklnh dk :i ys ldrk gSA blds varxZr os tSfod inkFkZ Hkh
vkrs gSa ftlls eosf'k;ksa ds LokLF; ij çfrdwy vlj iM+rk gSA blds
fy, la;qÙkQ jk"Vª la?k }kjk varjkZ"Vªh; tSfod vkink çrhd Hkh
fodflr dh x;h gSA la;qÙkQ jkT; vesfjdk ds :X.krk fu;a=k.k ,oa
jksdFkke dsUæ (Centre for Disease Control and Prevention) us tSfod
vkink dks pkj oxks± esa foHkkftr fd;k gS &
(v) çFke oxZ esa mu chekfj;ksa dks j•k x;k gS ftldk dkj.k lw{e thok.kq vkSj ok;jl
gksrk gSA ;s os thok.kq vkSj ok;jl gksrs gSa tks fpdsu ikWDl] dsfuu gsikVkbfVl tSlh
chekfj;k¡ mRiUu djrs gSaA ;s oks chekjh gS tks vfr fouk'kdkjh ugha gksrs gSaA blls
rkRdkfyd cpko ds fy, dqN lkekU; fu;eksa dk ikyu djuk vko';d gSA tSls
XyCl] ekWLd tSls lkekuksa dk lrr~ ç;ksx djuk pkfg,A çnwf"kr inkFkks±
(Contaminated materials) ds mi;ksx ls Hkh tSfod vkink mRiUu gksrh
gSA
(c) bl tSfod vkink ds varxZr oSlh chekfj;ksa dks j•k x;k gS ftudh mRifÙk dk
dkj.k lw{e thok.kq vkSj ok;jl gSaA bl oxZ ls mRiUu chekfj;ksa esa gsisVkbfVl A,
B vkSj C, baUÝyw,atk] ykbe fMftt feftYl] fpdsu&ikWDl vkSj ,M~l tSlh
chekfj;k¡ laHko gSaA ,slh chekfj;ksa ls cpus ds fy, le;&le; ij LokLF;
ijh{k.k vko';d gSA ok;jl ds çHkko ls cpus ds fy, la;qÙkQ jk"Vª la?k }kjk
vuq'kaflr LoPN HkksT; inkFkks± vkSj xeZ ty dk ç;ksx vko';d gSA

fp=k 11.7 Msaxw dk ePNj

Hkkjr % Hkwfe ,oa yksx %% 156

© In the third category of biological disaster those Bacterias and viruses
are kept which can bring destructive disaster for human beings.
Important among them are anthrax, western nil virus, Venezuelan
encephalitis, small pox, tuberculosis virus, rift valley fever, yellow
fever and malaria, diarrhoea, etc. The disaster of Kala-azar disease is
mainly found in Bihar, West Bengal, and Uttar Pradesh. The main
source of this disease is the infection spread by Sand Fly. Irregular
fever, jaundice and enlargement of lever occur in this disease. Due to
its infection, 77000 and about 256000 people died in 1992 and 1995
respectively in India. In this category, Bacteria and viruses that
develop these diseases are very dangerous. In most of the poor
countries these diseases acquire the status of biological disaster.
(D) In the fourth category of biological disaster very destruc ve virus has
been kept. The main diseases spread by these viruses are Bolivian,
Argentine fever and Bird lu, AIDS, Dengue fever, Mar berg fever, Ebola
fever etc. In the Delhi Metro region, 423 people died in 1996 from
Dengue. This is the most risky disaster. Figure 11.8 shows through a
graph that the number of people infected and number of people died
due to Dengue from 1974 to 2002. AIDS is caused by HIV (Human
Immunode iciency Virus). In India it was detected in 1986. Though it
does not cause any sudden tragedy but it is a fatal disaster at family
level. The AIDS virus spread through heredity, by infected blood
transfusion and the mother transmit this disease to her children.
300 32
Number of dengue infected people

Death of Dengue infected

240 26
people per 10 lakh
(per 10 lakh population)

180 19

120 13

60 6

0 0
1974 1979 1983 1988 1993 1997 2002
Year
1. Source : 1974-1995, Civilian Health Report, Part-III, Sta s cal Data Base
(1999), 1996-2002 CD Alert
Fig.11.8
Disasters due to Human Errors :: 157
(l) tSfod vkink ds rhljs oxZ esa oSls lw{e thok.kq vkSj ok;jl dks j•k x;k
gS tks ekuo lewg ds fy, fouk'kdkjh vkink yk ldrk gSA blds varxZr
,aFkzsDl] if'peh uhy ok;jl] osustq,fy;u ,UlsÝykbfVl] LekWy ikWDl]
VÔwojksDyksfll ok;jl] fjÝVoSyh cq•kj] ;syks cq•kj rFkk eysfj;k] gStk]
Mk;fj;k çeq• gSaA dkyktkj chekjh dh vkink eq[;r% fcgkj] iú caxky
vkSj mÙkj çns'k esa ns•us dks feyrh gSaA ;g chekjh ckyw eD•h (Sand Fly)
}kjk laØe.k ls mRiUu gksrh gSA blls vfu;fer cq•kj] Iyhgk rFkk yhoj
ds vkdkj esa o`f¼ gks tkrh gSA Hkkjr esa 1992 bZú esa bl laØe.k ls 77000
vkSj 1995 esa djhc 256000 O;fÙkQ;ksa dh e`R;q gqbZ gSA blh oxZ ds varxZr
bu chekfj;ksa dks mRiUu djusokys lw{e thok.kq vkSj ok;jl vR;ar gh
•rjukd gksrs gSaA vf/drj xjhc ns'kksa esa ;s chekfj;k¡ tSfod vkink dk
:i ysrh gSaA
(n) pkSFks Lrj ds tSfod vkink ds varxZr vfr fouk'kdkjh ok;jl dks j•k
tkrk gSA blesa vkusokys ok;jl oksfyfo;u rFkk vtZsafV;u cq•kj rFkk cMZ
Ýyw] ,M~l A Msaxw cq•kj] ekjoxZ cq•kj] ,cksyk cq•kj bR;kfn çeq• gSaA
fnYyh egkuxjh; {ks=k esa 1996 bZú esa 423 yksx Msaxw ls ejsA ;g lokZf/d
tksf•e Hkjk vkink gSA fp=k 11.8 esa 1974 ls 2002 ds chp Msaxw ls ihfM+r
yksxksa rFkk blls gqbZ e`R;q dks ,d vkjs• }kjk fn•k;k x;k gSA ;g ,M~l dh
mRifÙk ls gksrh gSA Hkkjr esa bldk irk 1986 bZú esa pykA ;|fi blls
vkdfLed =kklnh ugha gksrh gS] ysfdu ;g ikfjokfjd Lrj ij tkuysok
vkink gSA bl ok;jl dk iQSyko oa'kkuqxr rFkk nwf"kr •wu dks p<+kus rFkk
ekrk ds }kjk mlds cPpksa dks ,M~l gks ldrk gSA
izfr 10 yk[k yksxksa ij Msaxw

e`R;q izfr 10 yk[k Msaxq

izHkkfor yksxksa dh la[;k

ihfM+r yksxksa esa

ekuoh; xyfr;ksa ds dkj.k ?kfVr vkink,a % 157

 According to World Health Organisa on (WHO), in India, about 25 lakh
people are suffering from this disease. No effec ve medical facility has
been developed as yet to counter this fatal disease.
Bacteria and virus, basically develop different types of infec ous
diseases which take the dangerous form of epidemic. The infec ous
diseases spread very quickly in their respec ve areas. There is urgent
need for management of these disasters. Therefore, following
important points are to be followed seriously –
1. To consume boiled water as well as clean and fresh food as
much possible as one can.
2. Do not allow dirty water to accumulate at a place so that the
dengue larva may not germinate.
3. To con nuously clean and sprinkle the nearby areas.
4. To get blood tested from me to me.
5. Training and counseling of the people by self help
organisa ons.
6. To sprinkle DDT etc.
7. To keep the public toilets clean.
8. To give essen al informa on to school students in this context.
9. To arrange fresh drinking water.

DISASTER CAUSED BY BIOLOGICAL WEAPONS

In the modern warfare biological weapons are also included. These are
called weapons of mass destruc on. The technology for biological weapons
was developed by the Japanese but the real use of biological weapon started
a er the terrorist a ack on world trade center of United States of America in
2001. Terrorists started sending Anthrax bacteria to important strategic areas
of America through postal service and by unknown persons. The main cause
of a ack on Iraq by American administra on was due to this apprehension
that Iraq has amassed biological weapons. These are those bacteria which

India: Land and People :: 158

 fo'o LokLF; laxBu (WHO) ds vuqlkj Hkkjr esa djhc 25 yk• O;fÙkQ
bl laØe.k ls xzflr gSaA bl tkuysok laØe.k ls çHkkodkjh cpko dh
esfMdy lqfo/k vHkh fodflr ugha gks ikbZ gSA
lw{e thok.kq vkSj ok;jl ewyr% fofo/ çdkj ds laØe.k jksxksa dks mRiUu djrk gS
tks egkekjh dk •kSiQukd :i ys ysrk gSA laØe.k chekfj;k¡ rsth ls vius {ks=k esa iQSyrh
Hkh gSA bu vkinkvksa ds rRdky çca/u dh t:jr gSA vr% fuEufyf•r dk;Z vko';d
gS&
(1) ;FkklaHko xeZ ty vkSj LoPN rFkk rktk Hkkstu dk mi;ksxA
(2) xans ikuh dks ,d txg ugha j•uk ftlls Msaxw ds ykokZ mRiUu gks ldsA
(3) vkl&ikl ds {ks=kksa esa yxkrkj liQkbZ ,oa fNM+dko A
(4) le;&le; ij •wu tk¡p djkukA
(5) Lo;alsoh laLFkkvksa }kjk yksxksa dks çf'k{k.k ,oa ijke'kZ nsukA
(6) MhúMhúVhú vkfn dk fNM+dko A
(7) lkoZtfud 'kkSpky; dsUæksa dks LoPN j•ukA
(8) fo|ky; esa fo|kfFkZ;ksa dks bl lanHkZ esa vko';d tkudkjh nsukA
(9) LoPN is;ty dh O;oLFkk djukA

tSfod vL=k ls mRiUu vkink

uohu ;q¼ rduhdh ds varxZr tSfod vL=kksa dks Hkh lfEefyr fd;k x;k gSA bls
Hkkjh fouk'k dk vL=k (Weapon of Mass Destruction) dgk x;k gSA tSfod vL=kksa
dh rduhd dk fodkl tkikfu;ksa }kjk fd;k x;kA fdarq tSfod vL=kksa dk okLrfod ç;ksx
2001 bZú esa la;qÙkQ jkT; vesfjdk ds oYMZ VªsM lsUVj ij vkradh geys ds ckn çkjaHk gqvkA
,aFkzsDl uke ds thok.kq dks vesfjdk ds egRoiw.kZ lkefjd {ks=kksa esa Mkd lsok ds }kjk
vFkok vKkr O;fÙkQ;ksa }kjk igq¡pk;k tkus yxkA vesfjdh ç'kklu }kjk bjkd ij geys dk
,d çeq• dkj.k ;g vo/kj.kk Fkh fd bjkd }kjk tSfod gfFk;kjksa dk laxzg fd;k x;k gSA
;g og lw{e thok.kq gS tks

Hkkjr % Hkwfe ,oa yksx %% 158

enter our body through breathing system and create opinion inside our body.
They are also called “Dirty Bomb”. Apart from Anthrax there are many
bacterias which are used in biological weapons. Other bacterias are called
“Disease Organism”. For the protec on from the fear of its war and to create
awareness amongst people regarding biological weapons an interna onal
logo has been developed. This logo has been created by four rings which
symbolise that if we work together against this disaster then biological
disaster can be mi gated.
PROTECTION FROM BIOLOGICAL DISASTER
For the protec on from the biological disaster, disaster risk
management is needed. For this drinking of boiled water, intake of fresh food,
sprinkling and commitment of administra on is required. There is no need to
lay hand or touch packets given by unknown persons because there could be
possibility of Anthrax in it. Gloves should be used as safety measure. The
place of biological weapons can be traced with the help of dog squad. Also
there is need of strict laws that prohibits the use of biological weapons. For
this interna onal effort is also needed.

EXERCISE QUESTIONS

i. OBJECTIVE TYPE QUESTIONS

1. What is the cause of dengue disease?
(a) Fire (b) Water kept in a utensil for longer me
(c) Due to flood (d) Dirty food
2. What is Anthrax?
(a) Micro organism (b Ba le ship
(c) Wild animal (d) A weapon of war
3. How many people are affected by AIDS in India?
(a) 25 Lakhs (b) 30 Lakhs
(c) One crore (d) 50 Lakhs
Disasters due to Human Errors :: 159
'olu fØ;k ds }kjk 'kjhj ds vanj tgj mRiUu djrk gS vkSj ,d =kklnh dks tUe nsrs gSaA
bls xank ce (Dirty Bomb) Hkh dgk x;k gSA ,aFkzsDl ds vykos vkSj Hkh dbZ thok.kq
tSfod vL=kksa ds varxZr mi;ksx esa yk;s tkrs gSaA vU; thok.kqvksa dks :X.krk ykus okyk
thok.kq (Disease Organism) dgk tkrk gSA bl ;q¼ ds •rjs ls cpus ds fy, rFkk vkeyksxksa
esa tSfod vL=k dh vo/kj.kk fodflr djus ds fy, varjkZ"Vªh; çrhd dks Hkh fodflr
fd;k x;k gSA ;g çrhd pkj NYys ls cuk gqvk gS tks bl ckr dk çrhd gS fd
fey&tqydj bl vkink ds fo#¼ dke djus ls tSfod vkink dk lek/ku gksrk gSA
tSfod vkink ls cpko ds mik;
tSfod vkink ls cpko ds fy, vkink tksf•e çca/u dh t:jr gSA blds
varxZr xeZ ty ihuk] LoPN Hkkstu xzg.k djuk] fNM+dko vkSj ç'kklfud çfrc¼rk
vko';d gSA vutku O;fÙkQ }kjk fn;s x;s fdlh çdkj ds fMCcs dks gkFk yxkus ;k Nwus dh
t:jr ugha gS blesa ,aFkzSDl dh laHkkouk gks ldrh gSA blls cpko ds fy, XyCl dk
ç;ksx dh tkuh pkfg,A MkWx LDok;M dh enn ls tSfod vL=kksa ds txg dh igpku Hkh
dh tk ldrh gSA iqu% ,sls l[r dkuwu dh Hkh t:jr gS tks tSfod vL=kksa ds ç;ksx ij
çfrca/ yxk ldsA blds fy, varjkZ"Vªh; ç;kl Hkh vko';d gSA
vH;kl iz'u
(i) oLrqfu"B ç'u %
1- Msaxw chekjh dk D;k dkj.k gS \
(d) vkx yxuk
(•) ,d crZu esa vf/d le; rd ikuh ihuk
(x) ck<+ vkuk
(?k) xank Hkkstu djuk
2- ,aFkzsDl D;k gS \
(d) vfr lw{e tho (•) ;q¼iksr
(x) taxyh tkuoj (?k) ;q¼ dk ,d vL=k
3- Hkkjr esa ,M~l ls yxHkx fdrus yksx çHkkfor gSa \

ekuoh; xyfr;ksa ds dkj.k ?kfVr vkink,a % 159

ii. SHORT ANSWER TYPE QUESTION
1. What are the causes of Plague and diarrhoea?
2. Men on the causes of AIDS disease?
3. Men on the causes of hepa s disease?

iii. LONG ANSWER TYPE QUESTION

1. How many types of biological disaster are there? Give a brief
account of them?
2. What is biological weapon? Describe problems created by them?
3. Describe the safety measures to be taken to save ourselves from
biological disaster.
iv. PROJECT WORK
1. Make a list of those people who has suffered from any disease . during last year.

India: Land and People :: 160

(ii) y?kq mÙkjh; ç'u%
1- Iysx vkSj gSts dk D;k dkj.k gS \
2- ,M~l dh chekjh ds dkj.kksa dks fyf[k,A
3- gsikVkbfVl chekjh ds dkj.kksa dks fyf[k,A
(iii) nh?kZ mÙkjh; ç'u%
1- tSfod vkink fdrus çdkj ds gksrs gSa \ mudk laf{kIr fooj.k nhft,A
2- tSfod vL=k D;k gS \ blls mRiUu leL;kvksa dk o.kZu dhft,A
3- tSfod vkink ls cpko ds mik; fyf[k,A
(iv) ifj;kstuk dk;Z%
1- vius xk¡o ds oSls yksxksa dh rkfydk rS;kj dhft, tks fiNys ,d o"kZ ds vUrxZr
fdlh chekjh ls xzflr jgs gSa A

Hkkjr % Hkwfe ,oa yksx %% 160

 CHAPTER – 12

COMMON DISASTER : ERADICATION AND CONTROL

Students,in he last chapter, you were apprised of those disasters which were
caused due to human error in the course of modern technologies. In this
chapter we will acquaint you with those disasters which are also caused
because of the human error or due to insuf icient knowledge. The sources of
these disasters are not ominous situation arising due to technological
development but are those facts which are associated with daily activities,
food habits, transportation and social settings. These disasters create that
type of mental torture, the management of which require greater human
understanding and foresightedness than material and money.
Common disasters can be categorised in to two following categories:
(A) Small scale disasters
(B) Large scale disasters
(A) Small Scale disasters:
Small scale disasters are caused because of the unhealthy food habits
and life style. It evolves at individual and family level but sometimes due to
lack of social awareness and that of proper management of health services it
becomes an epidemic. These disasters bring death warrant for the poor
families. In this disaster, infectious and epidemic causing diseases like
malnutrition, vomiting, Cholera, plague, kalajar, malaria and high fever can
be caused. Diseases like malnutrition and diarrhea are very common in poor
families. Firstly, they don't get easily digestible meals and secondly, whatever
food is available to them, they don't take it properly due to lack of knowledge
and time. For example, hot meal and cooled boiled water minimises the risks
of such type of diseases to almost nil level.
Even if the disease occurs then there should be arrangement of its
initial management at family level
Common Disaster : Eradica on and Control :: 161
 lkekU; vkink,¡ % fuokj.k ,oa fu;a=k.k

cPpksa] fiNys vè;k; esa mu vkinkvksa dh tkudkjh nh xbZ gS tks vk/qfud

rduhd ds Øe esa ekuoh; xyfr;ksa ds dkj.k ?kfVr gksrh gSaA bl vè;k; esa ge
dqN ,slh vkinkvksa dh tkudkjh nsaxs ftldk dkj.k Hkh ekuoh; xyrh ;k i;kZIr
le> dk u gksuk gSA bu vkinkvksa dk lzksr rduhdh fodkl ls mRiUu cM+h
ifjfLFkfr u gksdj os rF; gSa tks nSfud xfrfof/] •ku&iku] ifjogu rFkk
lkekftd igyqvksa ls tqM+s gq, gSaA ,slh vkink,¡ os ekufld mRihM+u mRiUu djrh gSa
ftudk çca/u oLrq vkSj #i;ksa ls dgha vf/d ekuoh; le> vkSj nqnZf'kZrk ls
djus dh t:jr gSA
lkekU; vkinkvksa dks nks oxks± esa j•k tk ldrk gSA ;s gSa
(v) y?kq&Lrjh; rFkk
(c) o`gn Lrjh; vkink,¡A
(v) y?kq&Lrjh; vkink,¡
y?kq&Lrjh; vkink,¡ eq[;r% •ku&iku vkSj thou 'kSyh dks LoLFk :i ls
lapkfyr u djus ij mRiUu gksrs gSaA ;g oS;fÙkQd vkSj ikfjokfjd Lrj ij gh
mRiUu gksrk gS ysfdu dgha&dgha lkekftd tkx:drk dh deh rFkk LokLF;
lsokvksa ds mfpr çca/ ugha gksus ls ;g egkekjh dk :i ys ysrk gSA xjhc ifjokj
ds fy, ;s vkink,¡ ekSr dk lans'k ysdj vkrh gSaA blds varxZr dqikpu] dS&nLr]
gStk] Iysx] dkyktkj] eysfj;k rFkk rhoz Toj tSlh laØked vFkok egkekjh
ykusokyh chekfj;k¡ gks ldrh gSA dqikpu vkSj dS&nLr tSlh chekfj;k¡ xjhc
ifjokjksa esa fo'ks"k :i ls gksrh gSA çFker% mUgsa lqikP; Hkkstu ugha feyrk gS vkSj
nwljk dkj.k ;g gS fd tks Hkh Hkkstu miyC/ gksrk gS mls tkudkjh vFkok le; ds
vHkko esa Bhd <ax ls çkIr ugha djrs gSaA tSls& xeZ Hkkstu djus ls vkSj xeZ ty dks
Ba<k dj ihus ls bl çdkj dh chekfj;ksa dh laHkkouk ugha ds cjkcj gksrh gSA
161
like administration of mixture of salt and sugar, lime, putting clove between
the teeth etc. This type of family management can help in quickly controlling
it. Community management is needed in the remote villages, in the case of
not getting quick relief from family management. There is hardly any health
center in the villages. Therefore, there is need for persons having vehicular
facility in the village to come forward and help families suffering from
indigestion and diarrhea.There is also need for persons having mobile
phones to inform the nearby health centers. Every home in the village should
have Electral powder; if it is not available then mixture of salt and sugar
should be administered to the patient.
It is essential for the Village Panchayats to arrange, from time to time, with
the help of the self help institutions (NGO), exhibitions and “Nukkad
Natak” to inform the people how to protect themselves from the disasters.

ACTIVITY
Students should prepare a list of persons from their family or
neighbours who were affected by these disasters and try to
know what immediate treatment was arranged.

Cholera and Plague is an epidemic of large scale, which, in true sense,

is a community disaster. This type of disaster occurs when number of cases of
a particular disease exceeds the expected limit. The main cause of these
disasters is the disease wearing bacteria/virus. Infection of these spreads
disaster. These disasters spread more in the slums of the cities and toli of the
villages. The management of these disasters has already been discussed in
detail in the last chapter.
Kala-azar and high fever are almost similar types of disasters. In case of
Kala-azar and high fever, the patient experiences too much of shivering. In the
environment of unhealthy food and contaminated water these two diseases
spread quite rapidly. In case of Kala-azar the effect of high fever remains for
long time. It develops through poisonous bacteria. Its basic cause is also the
intake of unhealthy food. In this fever the brain of the patient is also affected.
In high fever also almost same condition prevails. Normal high fever is the
result of such infection which can be controlled after initial treatment.

India: Land and People :: 162

gh gksuh pkfg,A tSls& ued vkSj phuh dk ?kksy nsuk] uhacw pwluk] nk¡r ds uhps
ykSax nckuk bR;kfnA bl çdkj ds ikfjokfjd çca/u ls blij tYnh fu;a=k.k gks
ldrk gSA lqnwj xk¡oksa esa ikfjokfjd çca/u ls tYnh ykHk u gksus dh fLFkfr esa
lkeqnkf;d çca/u dh t:jr iM+rh gSA vr% xk¡o esa ftlds ikl lokjh gS mls
vkxs vkdj dqikpu rFkk dS&nLr çHkkfor ifjokjksa dks enn djus dh t:jr gSA
ftlds ikl eksckby iQksu gks mls rqjar fudVre LokLF; dsaæ dks lwpuk nsus dh
t:jr gSA bysDVªkWy ikmMj dks ?kj esa j•uk pkfg,A vxj ;g ugha gS rc ued
vkSj phuh dk ?kksy cukdj ejhtksa dks nsrs jguk pkfg,A
xzke&iapk;r ç'kklu ds fy, vko';d gS fd og le;&le; ij Lo;alsoh
laLFkkvksa (NGO) dh enn ls çn'kZuh ;k uqDdM+ ukVdksa dk vk;kstu dj bu
vkinkvksa ls cpus dh tkudkjh nsaA
fØ;kdyki & cPpksa dks pkfg, fd os vius ifjokj ;k vklikl ds
ifjokjksa esa bu vkinkvksa ls xzflr yksxksa dh lwph cuk,¡ rFkk irk
yxk,¡ fd rkRdkfyd mipkj dh D;k O;oLFkk dh x;h Fkh\

gStk vkSj Iysx cM+s Lrj dh egkekjh gS] tks lgh vFkks± esa ,d lkeqnkf;d
vkink gSA bl çdkj ds vkink dh fLFkfr rc mRiUu gksrh gS tc fdlh jksx fo'ks"k
ds ekeyksa dh la[;k vuqeku ls cgqr vf/d gks tkrh gSA bu vkinkvksa dk çeq•
dkj.k jksx tud thok.kq@fo"kk.kq gksrs gSaA blds laidZ ls vkink iQSyrh gSA uxjksa
ds efyu cfLr;ksa esa vkSj xzkeh.kksa dh Vksyh esa ;s vkink,¡ vf/d iQSyrh gSaA bu
vkinkvksa ds çca/u dh foLr`r ppkZ iwoZ ds vè;k; esa dh xbZ gSA
dkyktkj vkSj rhoz&Toj yxHkx ,d çdkj dh vkink gSA dkyktkj vkSj
rhoz Toj dh fLFkfr esa ejht dks tcnZLr daidih gksrh gSA xank Hkkstu vkSj xans
ty ds okrkoj.k esa jgus ls ;s nksuksa chekfj;k¡ rsth ls iQSyrh gSA dkyktkj esa yach
vof/ rd rhoz Toj dk çHkko gksrk gSA ;g fo"kSys thok.kq ls mRiUu gksrs gSaA bldk
Hkh ewy dkj.k LoLFk •ku&iku dk u gksuk gSA bl Toj ls euq"; dk efLr"d Hkh
çHkkfor gksrk gSA rhoz Toj esa Hkh yxHkx ;gh fLFkfr gksrh gSA lkekU; rhoz Toj ,sls
laØe.k dk ifj.kke gksrk gS ftlij çkjafHkd mipkj ds ckn fu;a=k.k ik;k tk
ldrk gSA
but in case of Kala-azar, the treatment is only possible in big hospitals because
its treatment takes longer period of time and hospitalisation of the patient is
essential. The mental management of the patient and family members is
more essential than the management of transport facility for the
transportation of the patient from home to health center and arrangement of
money. In this situation, the arrangement of treatment is more important
than the nervousness. The disaster can become tragedy if a little human error
occurs in its treatment.

(B) Large Scale disasters:

Under large scale disaster transport related accidents, ire, communal
riots and terrorist attacks can be included.
Transport related accidents are a big problem for the country like
India. Road and rail accidents frequently occur. If you read news paper then
you will ind that news related to these accidents appear daily. These days air
transport related accidents have also become frequent.
(a) Road accidents and Management:
In the disasters associated with road ways, if any Bus accident occurs then
people die and get injured in large number. These accidents, at times, take the
form of destructive disaster in mountainous regions. In most of the cities and
to some extent in villages also we ind that normally people, while trying to
cross the roads in a hurry, fell victim to accidents. At times, this hurry
becomes the cause of their death. The
place where the Bus accident has occurred,
it is not essen al that administra ve
management is there. In this situa on
villagers from nearby villages work
together to overcome the challenge. They
not only administer first aid to the injured
but also arrange for them clean water and
Fig. 12.1 Road accident: Result food. If needed, they collect money
of human error through dona on from each other and
provide inancial help to disaster affected people. Accidents that occurs while
crossing the road is the outcome of personal mistake.

Common Disaster : Eradica on and Control :: 163

dkyktkj ds ejht dks ?kj ls LokLF; dsaæ ys tkus ds chp ifjogu vkSj iSls ds çca/ ls
dgha T;knk ejht vkSj ifjokj ds yksxksa ds ekufld çca/u dh t:jr gksrh gSA ,slh
fLFkfr esa ?kcjkgV ds cnys mipkj dh O;oLFkk t:jh gSA mipkj esa FkksM+h lh ekuoh;
Hkwy ls vkink ,d =kklnh esa cny ldrk gSA
(c) o`gn~ Lrjh; vkink,¡
o`gn~ Lrjh; vkinkvksa ds varxZr ifjogu ls lacaf/r nq?kZVukvksa] vxyxh]
lkaçnkf;d naxs rFkk vkradoknh geyksa dks j• ldrs gSaA
ifjogu ls tqM+h vkink,¡ Hkkjr tSls ns'k ds fy, ,d cM+h leL;k gSA lM+d
vkSj jsy nq?kZVuk,¡ vDlj ?kfVr gksrh jgrh gSA ;fn vki lekpkj i=k i<+rs gksxs rc
vkius ns[kk gksxk fd çk;% çfrfnu bu nq?kZVukvksa ls tqM+s lekpkj vkrs gSaA vc rks ok;q
ifjogu ls Hkh lacaf/r vusd nq?kZVuk,¡ gksrh gSaA
(d) lM+d nq?kZVuk ,oa çcU/u
lM+d ekxZ ls tqM+h gqbZ vkinkvksa esa ;fn dksbZ cl nq?kZVuk gksrh gS rc cM+h la[;k
esa yksx e`r rFkk ?kk;y gksrs gSaA ;s nq?kZVuk,¡ dHkh&dHkh igkM+h {ks=kksa esa Hk;adj vkink
dk :i ys ysrh gSaA ysfdu vf/drj 'kgjksa esa ;gk¡ rd fd xk¡oksa esa Hkh vki ik;saxs fd
lkekU; yksx lM+d ikj djus dh tYnckth esa nq?kZVuk ds f'kdkj gks tkrs gSaA
dHkh&dHkh ;g tYnckth muds ekSr dk lkSnkxj gks tkrk gSA cM+h cl nq?kZVuk dh
fLFkfr esa lkeqnkf;d çca/u dk cM+k egRo gSA ftl txg cl nq?kZVukxzLr gksrh gS ogk¡
vko';d ugha fd ç'kklfud çca/ gksA ,slh fLFkfr esa vkl&ikl ds yksx feydj
pqukSrh dk lkeuk djrs gSaA os ?kk;y yksxksa dks u
fliQZ çkFkfed mipkj nsrs gSa] oju~ mUgsa LoPN ty
rFkk LoPN Hkkstu dh O;oLFkk djrs gSaA
vko';drk iM+us ij vkilh pans ds }kjk iSlk
tekdj vkink çHkkfor yksxksa dks vkfFkZd enn
Hkh djrs gSaA lM+d ikj djrs le; gksus okyk
gknlk eq[;r% O;fÙkQxr Hkwy dk ifj.kke gksrk gSA
 Students, do you know that you
never cross road from
everywhere. In the cities roads
must be crossed at only those
places where there is Zebra
crossing.
Fig. 12.2 Zebra crossing: Right way of crossing the roads
In the crowded cities, at number of places, surface foot paths or subsurface
foot paths are built. If you have gone to Delhi then you might have seen
number of routes. At crowded places foot over bridges have been built, you
must walk on these bridges. In Villages and rural areas, these facilities are not
available for crossing the roads. There, you should only cross the road when
you are sure that there is no vehicle coming either from left or from right.

Students do you know that – whenever

you walk on the side of the road, always
keep to your le . This will save you from
disaster and you will escape from
accident.

Fig. 12.3 To walk to the le of the road: Right method

(a)Rail accidents and Management:
There are different types of accidents
associated with railways. Never carry
combustible materials like – Gas, petrol, oil,
diesel and crackers etc. during train journey. If
due to some human error, a spark of ire from
cigarette and bidi comes in contact with these
combustible materials then there is every Fig. 12.4 A massive train accident due
possibility of ire in the train. to human error.

India: Land and People :: 164

 cPpksa] D;k vki tkurs gks fd
lHkh txg lM+d ikj ugha djuk
pkfg,A uxjksa esa mlh txg lM+d
ikj djuk pkfg, tgk¡ tsczk
Økflax dk fpÉ fn;k gSA
fp=k 12-2 tsczk Økflax lM+d ikj djus dk lgh rjhdk
'kgjksa ds HkhM+&HkkM+ esa dbZ txg milrgh iSny ekxZ ;k Hkwfexr
(subsurface) iSny ekxZ cus gksrs gSaA dgha&dgha HkhM+&HkkM+ okys {ks=kksa esa iSny tkus ds
fy, iqy cus gksrs gSa mlh ds Åij pyuk pkfg,A xk¡o vkSj nsgkrksa esa lM+d ikj
djus ds fy, ;s lqfo/k,¡ ugha gksrh gSA ogk¡ rHkh lM+d ikj djuk pkfg, tc
lM+d ds ck;sa vFkok nk;sa rjiQ dksbZ lokjh xkM+h ugha vk jgh gksA

cPpksa] D;k vki tkurs gSa fd & lM+d

ds fdukjs tc Hkh iSny pyks] ekxZ ds
ck;ha rjiQ pyuk pkfg,A blls gknlk
ugha gksxk rFkk nq?kZVuk ls cp tkvksxsA

(•) jsy nq?kZVuk ,oa çca/u

jsy ifjogu ls tqM+h gqbZ nq?kZVuk,¡ Hkh dbZ
çdkj dh gksrh gSA jsy;k=kk ds le; xkM+h esa
Toyu'khy inkFkks± dks ysdj ugha pyuk pkfg,]
tSls& xSl] isVªksy] rsy] Mhty] iVk•s bR;kfnA
ekuoh; Hkwy ls ;fn chM+h] flxjsV ;k vkx dk
fp=k 12-4 ekuoh; Hkwy ds
d k s b Z f r u d k b u dkj.k ,d Hkh"k.k jsy nq?kZVuk
inkFkks± ds laidZ esa vkrk gS rc Vªsu esa vkx yxus
 At times, anti social elements also set trains on ire in resentment.

In the railway related accidents almost 50% accidents occur on the

unmanned railway gates. Large scale railway accidents also occur due to mal
functioning of the signal, error on part of the driver and mistake of the
management ( ig.12.4). In India there are about 3700 unmanned railway
crossings. From 2001 to 2006, 27.39% of the total accidents occurred on
these gates. Railway gates are those places, where roads and rail routes cut
across each other or cross each other and
move forward. In absence of a gateman,
the rail and road transport remain totally
ignorant about each other's arrival and
they collide with each other frequently and
cause huge tragedy. For its management, it
is essential to appraise common people Fig.12.5 Railway Crossing
about the necessary rules of crossing the Safty Measures
railway gates. When two roads meet each other then gateman is not required
because on every road crossing there are several precautionary indications.
In big cities there are electronic signal indicators. But in Railways, in absence
of gateman, accidents do occur.
Following preven ve measures are essen al to
prevent accidents on railway crossings:-
(1)Whenever any railway crossing is approached, before crossing it, the
driver himself or his helper must go to railway line and ensure that no
engine, train or trolley is arriving; if not, only then railway line should be
crossed carefully.
(2)Gate lamps are installed on the railway crossings which are manned.
During night time if the gate lamp shows red light then it means that the
gate is closed. If it shows white light then it means that gates are open.
During day time whether the gates are open or closed it can very easily be
detected.

Common Disaster : Eradica on and Control :: 165

dh vk'kadk jgrh gSA dHkh&dHkh vkØks'k esa vlkekftd rRo Hkh Vªsu esa vkx yxk
nsrs gSaA
jsyos ls lacaf/r nq?kZVukvksa esa yxHkx 50» nq?kZVuk,¡ ekuojfgr leikj
(iQkVd) ij gksrh gSA flXuy dh xM+cM+h] Mªkboj dh Hkwy vkSj çcU/u dh pwd
ls cM+h&cM+h jsy nq?kZVuk,¡ gksrh gaS (fp=k 12-4)A Hkkjr esa djhc 3700 ekuo jfgr
iQkVd gSaA bu leikj iQkVdksa ij 2001 ls 2006 ds chp jsyos dh dqy nq?kZVukvksa
dk 27-39» ?kfVr gqbZA leikj og txg gS tgk¡ lM+d ekxZ vkSj jsyekxZ ,d nwljs
dks dkVrs gSa vFkkZr~ ,d&nwljs dks ikj djrs gq, vkxs c<+rs gSaA ,slh txgksa ij
xsVeSu vFkok pkSdhnkj ugha gksus ij jsy vkSj lM+d ifjogu ,d&nwljs ds vkus
dh tkudkjh ds vHkko esa vDlj ,d&nwljs ls Vdjkdj cM+h =kklnh ykrs gSaA blds
çca/u ds fy, lcls igys ;g vko';d gS fd vke yksxksa dks leikjksa dks ikj
djus ds vko';d fu;eksa dh tkudkjh nh
tk;A nks lM+d tc vkil esa feyrs gSa rc
xsVeSu dh t:jr ugha gksrh gS D;ksafd
vf/drj pkSjkgksa ij dbZ çdkj dh
lko/kfu;ksa dk ladsr gksrk gSA cM+s uxjksa esa
bysDVªkWfud flXuy ladsr gksrk gSA ysfdu jsyos
esa xsVeSu ugha gksus ij nq?kZVuk,¡ gksrh gSaA
xsV ikj LFky ij gksus okyh nq?kZVukvksa ls cpus ds fy, fuEufyf•r mik;
vko';d gS %&
(1) tc Hkh dksbZ leikj vk;s] mls ikj djus ds igys pkyd ogk¡ #ddj Lo;a
;k vius laokgd dks ml fpÉ ds ikl ls jsyos ykbu ds ikl HkstsxkA jsyos
ykbu ds nksuksa rjiQ ns•sxk fd dksbZ batu] Vªsu vFkok Vªkyh rks ugha vk jgh
gSA vxj ugha vk jgh gS] rc lko/kuh iwoZd leikj dks ikj djsxkA rc
(2) jf{kr leikj iQkVdksa ij xsV ySEi yxs jgrs gSaA jkf=k esa vxj yky cÙkh
 (3) If someone tries to cross the gates which are manned even when the
gates are closed, then the offender can be sentenced for three year
imprisonment.
(4) In villages and towns, there are schools which are situated near the
railway line. The teachers should give full knowledge of the rules to the
students of crossing the railway line.
(c) Airways accidents and Management:

Airways are an important means of transportation. The airways travel

consumes very less time. The lying of the aircraft depends on several factors;
these factors also become cause for accidents. Like –

(1) Weather – If there is fog in the area where aircraft is to land then landing
becomes very dif icult and possibility of accident is always there. The sudden
death of great Indian scientist Homi Jahangir Bhabha was due to similar type of
air crash.

(2) Technical problems – Due to some technical snag in the aircraft, there is
possibility of blast which takes the form of huge disaster.

(3) Cigarettes or combustible items must not be kept in the aircraft. Their use
should also be prohibited. If this rule is not followed then possibilities of
accidents is always there.
(4) Storm– Storms create hindrance in the lying of the aircraft because it
can cause accidents.
(5) High jacking– The aircrafts are high jacked by the terrorists to get their
demands ful illed. This causes the situation of extreme mental stress
for the passengers. On number of occasions the high jacked aircraft is
set on ire after de boarding the passengers.
(6) Bomb attack– Accidents occur if the aircraft is attacked by the bomb
which takes the lives of number of people. The Air India aircraft
Kanishka was blown by bomb attack in the air when it was coming from
Canada to India.

India: Land and People :: 166

 djus dk ç;kl fd;k tk;s rks mls rhu lky rd tsy dh ltk Hkh gks
ldrh gSA
(4) xk¡oksa rFkk 'kgjksa esa cgqr lkjs fo|ky; jsyos ykbu ds fudV gksrs gSaA
f'k{kdksa dks pkfg, fd cPpksa dks jsyos ykbu ikj djus ds fu;eksa dh iw.kZ
tkudkjh nsaA
(x) ok;qekxZ nq?kZVuk ,oa çcU/u
ok;q ekxZ Hkh ifjogu dk ,d çeq• lk/u gSA ok;q ekxZ ls ;k=kk esa dkiQh
de le; yxrk gSA gokbZ tgkt (ok;q ekxZ) dh ;k=kk dbZ dkjdksa ij fuHkZj djrh
gS] ;s dkjd nq?kZVuk ds dkj.k Hkh cu tkrs gSaA tSls&
(1) ekSle & vxj ml {ks=k esa dqgklk iQSyk gksrk gS rc foeku dks tehu ij
mrjus esa dfBukbZ gksrh gS ftlls nq?kZVuk dh vk'kadk cuh jgrh gSA Hkkjr ds
egku oSKkfud gkseh tgk¡xhj HkkHkk dh vkdfLed e`R;q blh çdkj dh ok;q
nq?kZVuk ls gqbZ FkhA
(2) rduhdh leL;k,¡ & gokbZ tgkt esa dHkh&dHkh xM+cM+h vkus ls foLiQksV
dh vk'kadk jgrh gS tks ,d cM+s gknls dk :i ys ysrk gSA
(3) foeku esa flxjsV ;k Toyu'khy oLrq dks ugha j•uk pkfg,A mldk mi;ksx
Hkh oftZr gSA bl fu;e ds ikyu u djus ij nq?kZVuk dh laHkkouk jgrh gSA
(4) rwiQku & gokbZ tgkt ds mM+us esa rwiQku ck/d gksrk gS ftlls nq?kZVuk dh
vk'kadk jgrh gSA
(5) vigj.k vFkkZr~ gkbZtSfdax & vkradoknh viuh ckr euokus ds fy,
foeku dk vigj.k dj ysrs gSaA blls ;kf=k;ksa ds fy, vHkwriwoZ ekufld
ruko dh fLFkfr mRiUu gksrh gSA dbZ ckj gkbZtSd fd;k x;k foeku ;kf=k;ksa
dks mrkjdj tyk Hkh fn;k x;k gSA
 While travelling through air, it is essential to follow certain safety rules.
Therefore, it is essential:-
(1) The passengers should read the safety related rules carefully and
follow them.
(2) While sitting on the seat keep the seat belts fastened and follow the
signals.
(3) Get prior information about emergency gate.
(4) The passengers should be scrutinised strictly.
(5) The baggage of the passengers should be checked with the help of
modern electronic gadgets before boarding it in to the aircraft.
Despite the precautions before the take off of the aircraft, in case the
aircraft meets an accident then immediate relief and safety work is
essential. In igure 12.6 a picture of this type of relief work can be seen.

Fig.12.6 A scene of relief and safety work after the crash of the aircraft.

INFORMATION OF DISASTER MANAGEMENT AT SCHOOL LEVEL

All students come to school by bus or they walk to the school through
road. Therefore, it is essential for students to be apprised of the possible road
accidents and safety measures to be adopted at school level. The schools
should have one such period in their routine, that gives opportunity to
students to learn about disaster management. In this period teachers should
give following information to the students :
1. Always keep to your left on the road.

Common Disaster : Eradica on and Control :: 167

 gokbZ ;k=kk djrs le; lqj{kk ds fu;eksa dk ikyu vko';d gSA vr%
vko';d gS fd %&
(1) ;k=kh lqj{kk laca/h fu;eksa dks è;kuiwoZd i<+sa vkSj mldk ikyu djsaA
(2) tc vki lhV ij cSBsa rks lhV csYV ck¡/s j•sa vkSj ladsrksa dk ikyu djsaA
(3) vkikrdkyhu }kj ds ckjs esa igys ls tkudkjh çkIr dj ysaA
(4) ;kf=k;ksa dh f'kuk[r dM+kbZ ds lkFk fd;k tkuk pkfg,A
(5) foeku esa p<+us ds iwoZ ;kf=k;ksa ds lkekuksa dk vR;k/qfud bysDVªkfud ;a=kksa
dh enn ls tk¡p dh tkuh pkfg,A gokbZ ;k=kk çkjEHk gksus ds iwoZ dh
lko/kfu;ksa ds ckotwn foeku ds nq?kZVukxzLr gksus ds rRdky ckn jkgr
vkSj cpko dk;Z vko';d gSA fp=k 12-6 esa ,sls gh ,d cpko dk;Z dk
n`'; ns•k tk ldrk gSA

fp=k 12-6 foeku ds nq?kZVukxzLr gksus ds ckn cpko ,oa jkgr dk ,d n`';
fo|ky; Lrjh; vkink çca/u dh tkudkjh
lHkh fo|kFkhZ lM+d ekxZ ls cl }kjk ;k iSny çfrfnu fo|ky; vkrs gSaA vr%
fo|ky; Lrj ij vko';d gS fd cPpksa dks ifjogu ls lacaf/r laHkkfor nq?kZVuk
ds dkj.kksa vkSj mlls cpko dh tkudkjh nsuh pkfg,A lIrkg esa ,d ?kaVh bl
çdkj ls #Vhu esa j•s tk;sa fd cPpksa dks vkink çca/u ds vè;;u dk ekSdk
feysA blesa cPpksa dks f'k{kd }kjk fuEufyf•r tkudkjh nh tkuh pkfg, &
 2. If you want to cross the road then cross from the zebra crossing and
that too only when green signal is on.
3. There are speed breakers on the roads, the drivers must be informed
in advance about slowing down the speed while crossing it.
4. The models of transport and related accident should be exhibited in
the schools and students should be encouraged to make such types of
models.
5. The bus drivers of the school should be trained and they should always
caution students that while boarding and getting down from the bus
be sure that bus is completely stopped.
6. The student should never put any part of his body outside the window
while sitting inside the bus.
7. The bus must have the irst aid facilities and driver should have general
knowledge of it.
8. The school should have irst aid facility e.g. cuts and rashes while
playing must be administered with medicine immediately before
sending the students to the doctor.
9. The students should be informed in the school that in case of burning
cold water should be put on it immediately and if ice is available then
ice pieces should also be kept on the burnt wounds.
10. The children should be informed that in case of burning it should be
covered with blanket.
DISASTER DUE TO FIRE
Among the human induced disasters, disaster caused by ire is very
signi icant. Fire caused by human error in licts heavy loss to life and property.
It is also seen that the disaster caused by ire causes more death than the
deaths caused by cyclone, earthquake and loods together.
CAUSES OF FIRE
1. Accidents while cooking food –The ire occurs while cooking food
when nobody is present, mechanical snag in Stove or other food
cooking equipments. Massive accident occurs when due to gas leak,
during cooking food on gas, the ire breaks out.

India: Land and People :: 168

(2) ;fn lM+d ikj djuk gks rks iSny ;k=kh okyk gjh cÙkh tyus ij tsczk
Økflax ds ikl gh lM+d ikj djsaA
(3) dbZ txg lM+d ij xfr vojks/d cus gksrs gSaA pkyd dks tkudkjh gksuh
pkfg, dh xfr vojks/d gksus ij xkM+h dh xfr /heh gks tkuh pkfg,A
(4) fo|ky; esa ifjogu ekxZ vkSj nq?kZVuk ls tqM+s gq, ekWMy dk çn'kZu djuk
pkfg, rFkk fo|kfFkZ;ksa dks bl çdkj ds ekWMy cukus dk funZs'k nsuk
pkfg,A
(5) fo|ky; cl dk pkyd çf'kf{kr gksuk pkfg, vkSj cPps dks Li"V
fgnk;r nsrs jguk pkfg, fd xkM+h #dus ij gh os mrjsa rFkk mlesa p<+saA
(6) xkM+h esa cSBus ds ckn cPps 'kjhj dk dksbZ Hkh vax f•M+dh ds ckgj u
fudkysaA
(7) cl esa çkFkfed mipkj dh O;oLFkk gksuh pkfg, rFkk pkyd dks bldh
lkekU; tkudkjh Hkh gksuh pkfg,A
(8) fo|ky; esa çkFkfed mipkj dh lqfo/k gksuh pkfg,A tSls&•sydwn ds
le; dV&iQV tkus ij mls nok yxkdj MkWDVj ds ikl Hkstk tk;A
(9) fo|ky; esa cPpksa dks ;g crkuk pkfg, fd tyus dh fLFkfr esa rqjar ml
ij Ba<k ty Mkyk tk;A ;fn miyC/ gks rks ciQZ ds VqdM+ksa dks Hkh tys gq,
vax ij j•uk pkfg,A
(10) cPpksa dks ;g tkudkjh Hkh nsuh pkfg, fd tyus dh fLFkfr esa ml LFkku
dks dacy ls Hkh <ad nsuk pkfg,A
vkx ls mRiUu vkink
vkx ls mRiUu vkink ekuotU; vkinkvksa esa çeq• gSA ekuoh; Hkwy ls
vkx yxus ij tku&eky dh Hkkjh {kfr gksrh gSA ,slk Hkh ns•us esa vkrk gS fd
pØokr] Hkwdai vkSj ck<+ tSlh vkinkvksa esa çfro"kZ ftrus yksx ejrs gSa mlls dgha
T;knk yksxksa dh e`R;q vkx ls mRiUu vkink ls gksrh gSA
vkx yxus ds dkj.k
(1) •kuk idkrs le; gksusokyh nq?kZVuk,¡& •kuk cukrs le; fdlh O;fÙkQ ds
ekStwn u gksus vFkok LVkso ;k •kuk idkus okys fdlh vU; midj.k esa
 Fig.12.7 A scene of forest fire
Students, do you know, in case of fire in home or neighbour,
whom should immediately be informed through telephone?

Well, in such situa ons district control room or fire brigade

office should be informed.
Collect phone numbers of both these offices.

2. There is always a possibility of ire from water or food material heating

equipments. Particular attention must be given while cooking food on
electric heater.
3. When the load of the electricity exceeds the capacity of the electric
wire at homes then the ire breaks out which damages the electric
gadgets like fan, bulb, electric press, television etc. Due to weak wiring
connection also there can be cases of ire.
4. After smoking Bidi and cigarette or throwing combustible materials in
the forest, there is every possibility of ire to break out. The tribal
population in the forests of Asia and Africa are faced with this problem
every year ( ig.12.7).
5. When domestic wastes and other useless items are burnt then there is
possibilityof rendering damage to nearby houses.
6. The stored items like packing materials, liquids, gases etc. combustible
materials in a factory could be very dangerous, therefore it should be
stored outside the campus in a safe place.
7. The chemical materials like paints, liquids, gas cylinder should be
stored separately.

Common Disaster : Eradica on and Control :: 169

 cPpksa] D;k vki tkurs gks fd ?kj esa ;k ikl&iM+ksl esa vkx yxus
ij iQksu }kjk rRdky fdls lwfpr djuk pkfg, \
;fn ugha] rc ,slh fLFkfr esa ftyk fu;a=k.k d{k ,oa nedy
dk;kZy; dks lwfpr djuk pkfg,A
vki bu nksuksa dk;kZy;ksa dk iQksu uEcj ,d=k dhft,A
(2) ikuh ;k HkksT; lkexzh xeZ djus okyh midj.k ls vDlj vkx yxus dh
laHkkouk jgrh gSA fctyh ds ghVj ij •kuk cukrs le; fo'ks"k lko/kuh
cjruh pkfg,A
(3) ?kjksa esa fctyh dh ok;fjax esa fo|qr Hkkj ls vf/d vkiwfrZ fd;s tkus ij
ok;fjax esa vkx yx tkrh gS ftlls fo|qr midj.k tSls ia•k] cYc]
vk;ju] Vsyhfotu bR;kfn •jkc gks tkrs gSaA detksj ok;fjax dusD'ku ls
Hkh vkx yx ldrh gSA
(4) chM+h vkSj flxjsV dks ihus ds i'pkr~ vFkok Toyu'khy inkFkks± dks taxyksa
esa iQsadus ls Hkh vkx yxus dh laHkkouk jgrh gSA ,f'k;k vkSj vÚhdk ds
taxyksa esa tutkfr;ksa ds lkeus ;g vkink çfro"kZ vkrh gS (fp=k 12-7)
(5) dwM+k&djdV vkSj csdkj oLrqvksa esa vkx yxkus ls vkl&ikl ds edku esa
{kfr dh laHkkouk gksrh gSA
(6) fdlh dkj•kus esa tek dh xbZ iSfdax lkexzh] rjy inkFkZ] xSl tSlh
Toyu'khy oLrq cgqr •rjukd gks ldrh gS] blhfy, mldk HkaMkj.k
ifjlj ds ckgj lqjf{kr LFkku ij fd;k tkuk pkfg,A
PREVENTIVE MEASURES TO PREVENT FIRE AT HOME
1. Don't keep highly combustible materials inside the home.
2. Keep ire extinguisher at home and train every member of the house
about its operation.
3. Switch off all electrical gadgets before leaving the house.
4. Switch off the gas knob after food is cooked.
5. In case of ire, always remember the exit door.
6. Don't attach many gadgets in a single socket.
7. Don't close entrance door by putting Almirah.
8. Try to Crawl or move on your belly in the houses full of smoke.
9. In case of ire call ire brigade, give clear address of your home.
10. In case of ire through electricity, never use water because if you put
water then you may receive electric shocks.
11. Never give match box in the hands of children and don't allow smoking
of Bidi – Cigarettes inside the home.
COMMUNAL RIOTS AND TERRORIST ATTACKS
Students, after independence the slogan given by Mahatma
Gandhi, “Hindu, Muslim, Sikh, Isai Hum Sab Hain Bhai Bhai” was on the
tongue of everybody. The chanting of “Bharat Mata ki Jai” could be
heard from Kashmir to kanniyakumari and everybody took a vow to ‘do
or die’ under the tri color. The huge number of people sacri iced their
lives chanting “Inqalab Jindabad”. But in recent years, number of
incidents of communal riots and terrorist ativities has increased.
Number of people dying in such activities has exceeded the number of
deaths in natural disasters.
It is frequently seen in the pages of News Papers that in some
parts of India due to communal riots and terrorist activities, innocent
people are being killed or injured.
Terrorism is human induced disaster which follows the means of
violence to ful ill the political goals. It is politically motivated violence
which has only one aim

India: Land and People :: 170

?kj esa vkx dh jksdFkke ds mik;
(1) ?kj ds Hkhrj vR;f/d Toyu'khy inkFkZ u j•saA
(2) çR;sd ?kj esa vfXu'keu ;a=k j•sa vkSj bls bLrseky djus ds fy, ?kj ds
çR;sd O;fÙkQ dks çf'kf{kr djsaA
(3) ?kj ls ckgj tkrs le; fctyh ds lHkh midj.kksa dks cUn djsaA
(4) •kuk cukus ds i'pkr~ xSl ds ukWc dks cUn djuk u HkwysaA
(5) vkx yxus dh fLFkfr esa ?kj ls ckgj fudyus dk jkLrk lnSo ;kn j•saA
(6) ,d gh lkWdsV esa cgqr lkjs midj.k u yxk,aA
(7) vkyekjh yxkdj ços'k ekxZ dks can ugha djsaA
(8) ftl ?kj esa /qvk¡ gks ogk¡ gkFk&iSj ;k isV ds cy jsaxdj pyus dk ç;kl
djsaA
(9) vkx yxus ij nedy foHkkx dks cqyk,a] nedy foHkkx dks vius ?kj dk
irk Li"V :i ls crk;saA
(10) fctyh ds dkj.k vkx yxus ij ikuh dk ç;ksx ugha djsaA D;ksafd ikuh
Mkyus ij djaV yx ldrk gSA
(11) cPpksa ds gkFk esa ekfpl dHkh u nsa rFkk ?kj ds Hkhrj chM+h&flxjsV fdlh
dks ihus u nsaA
lkEçnkf;d naxs rFkk vkradoknh geys
cPpksa] vktknh ds ckn egkRek xk¡/h dk ;g ukjk gj yksxksa ds tqcku ij Fkk
fd fganw] eqfLye] flD•] bZlkbZ ge lc gSa HkkbZ&HkkbZA d'ehj ls dU;kdqekjh rd
Hkkjr ekrk dh t;&t;dkj gqbZ Fkh vkSj lcksa us feydj frjaxk ds uhps thus&ejus
dh dle •k;h FkhA bUdykc ftUnkckn dk ukjk yxkrs gq, u tkus fdrus yksx
'kghn gks x;sA ysfdu dqN o"kks± ls lkEçnkf;d naxs vkSj vkradokn dh ?kVukvksa esa
rsth vk;h gSA blesa ejusokyksa dh la[;k çkÑfrd vkinkvksa ls Hkh vf/d gks xbZ
gSA
lekpkji=kksa esa vDlj i<+rs gksxs fd Hkkjr ds fdlh u fdlh Hkkx esa
lkEçnkf;d naxs vFkok vkradokn ds çHkko ls lh/s&lk/s yksx ekSr ds f'kdkj gks
x;s gSa ;k t[eh gks x;s gSaA
vkradokn ekuotfur og vkink gS] tks fgalkRed ekxZ ls jktuhfrd
mís';ksa dh iwfrZ pkgrk gSA ;g jktuhfr ls çsfjr fgalk gksrh gS bldk ,dek=k mís';
o Ù k Z e k u
 terrorist organizations of the world, don't work within their political
peripheries; they work in more than one area. Al Qaida has became an
international terrorist organisation. Their cruelty and staunchness was at
their worst when they attacked the world trade center of United States of
th
America on 11 September, 2001 with the help of passenger aircrafts. In this
attack hundreds of people lost their life. In India also, there is hardly any day
that the terrorist don't show their misdeedsin Jammu and Kashmir. The serial
bomb blast in the cities like Bangaluru, Jaipur, Surat and Delhi by the terrorists
organisations in 2008 shows their malicious ideas. The Punjab state was also a
th
victim of terrorists in the decade of 1980. On 13 September, 2001 the
terrorist attacked Indian Parliament. The most gruesome picture of terrorism
th
was exhibited on 26 November, 2008 when the terrorists attacked several
parts of Mumbai in which about 200 people lost their life. Several senior
of icers sacri iced their lives while ighting with the terrorists. In Fig.12.8 ive
star hotel Taj with huge amount of smoke coming out from it can be seen. This
th
picture of cruelty is the testimony of terrorists attack on 26 November, 2008.
The terrorists mostly target public places like roads, main market,
public and community places, railway station and bus stands for bomb blast
and indiscriminate iring. Rajiv Gandhi and Benazir Bhutto the former Prime
Ministers of India and Pakistan, respectively were killed by terrorists.
The violence that emerges from communal riots and terrorist
activities disturbs the communal harmony. For unity and progress of India, it
is very essential to keep a check on communal riots and terrorism.
PREVENTIVE MEASURES TO CHECK COMMUNAL RIOTS
1. It is essential for the prevention of communal riots that we should not
spread rumours and we should not believe them also.
2. The nearest police station should be informed of any rumour.
3. Don't give shelter to the persons involved in communal riots.
4. Constitute peace committees in villages or in mohallas of cities.

Common Disaster : Eradica on and Control :: 171

'kklu O;oLFkk dks m•kM+ iQsaduk gSA fo'o ds vf/drj cM+s vkradoknh laxBu
jktuhfrd lhek ds varxZr ugha dk;Z djrs gSa os ,d ls vf/d {ks=kksa esa dk;Z djrs
gSaA vydk;nk fo'oO;kih vkradoknh laxBu dk :i ys pqdk gSA la;qÙkQ jkT;
vesfjdk ds oYMZ VªsM lsUVj (World Trade Centre) ij 11 flrEcj 2001 dks
ok;q;ku dh enn ls fd;k x;k vkradoknh geyk mudh Øwjrk vkSj dBksjrk dk
pje Lo:i gSA blesa lSdM+ksa yksx vius thou xaok cSBsA Hkkjr esa Hkh tEew ,oa
d'ehj jkT; esa 'kk;n gh dksbZ ,slk fnu gksrk gS tc vkradoknh viuh gjdrksa ls
ckt vkrs gksaA 2008 bZú esa gh caxyq:] t;iqj] lwjr vkSj fnYyh tSls uxjksa esa
vkradoknh laxBuksa }kjk lhfj;y foLiQksV ?k`f.kr bjkns dks n'kkZrk gSA iatkc jkT;
dks Hkh 1980 ds n'kd esa vkradokfn;ksa dk f'kdkj cuk;kA Hkkjrh; laln ij 13
fnlEcj 2001 bZLoh dks vkradokfn;ksa us geyk fd;kA bl dM+h dh Øwjre ?kVuk
ds :i esa 26 uoacj 2008 dks eqacbZ egkuxj ds dbZ LFkyksa ij fiQnk;hu
vkradokfn;ksa }kjk ,d lkFk dbZ txgksa ij geyk fd;k x;k blesa djhc 200
O;fÙkQ ekjs x;sA vkradokfn;ksa ls yM+rs gq, dbZ ojh; vf/dkjh Hkh 'kghn gq,A
fp=k 12-8 esa eqacbZ ds rkt ik¡pflrkjs gksVy ls fudyrs gq, /q¡, dks ns•k tk
ldrk gSA Øwjrk dk ;g fp=k 26 uoacj 2008 ds vkradh geys dk ,d çek.k gSA
vkradokfn;ksa }kjk ceksa dk foLiQksV rFkk xksyh pykus dh ?kVuk
vf/dka'kr% lM+dksa] eq[; cktkj] lkoZtfud rFkk lkeqnkf;d LFky] jsyos LVs'ku
rFkk cl LVSaM ij fd;k tkrk gSA Hkkjr ds iwoZ ç/kuea=kh jktho xk¡/h vkSj
ikfdLrku dh iwoZ ç/kuea=kh csuthj Hkqêðks dh gR;k vkradokfn;ksa }kjk dh x;hA
lkEçnkf;d naxs vkSj vkradokn ls mRiUu fgalk lkeqnkf;d ,drk dks
fgyk nsrk gSA Hkkjr dh ,drk vkSj çxfr ds fy, lkEçnkf;d naxksa rFkk vkradokn
ij fu;a=k.k vfr vko';d gSA
lkEçnkf;d naxs ls cpko ds mik;
1) lkEçnkf;d naxksa ls cpko ds fy, vko';d gS fd ge u rks viQokg
iQSyk;sa vkSj u gh mlesa fo'okl djsaA
2) viQokg dh lwpuk fudVre iqfyl LVs'ku esa nsaA
3) lkEçnkf;d naxksa esa yxs gq, yksxksa dks iukg ugha nsaA
4) xk¡oksa esa vFkok 'kgj ds eqgYyksa esa 'kkafr lfefr dk xBu djsaA
 Fig.12.8 Terrorist attack on Taj Hotel
5. Through Pamphlets or by arranging meetings on public places, inform
the people about the legal consequences of their involvement in the
communal riots. In such cases life imprisonment, death sentence and
rigorous imprisonment can be imposed.
6. The persons involved in the spread of the communal riots should be
warned that if they are caught then the life of their family will be very
miserable and their family members can be an object of communal
hatred.
7. The teaching in the schools should be so designed that the students
should respect their religion on one hand and on the other they should
not hate other religions.
PREVENTIVE MEASURES TO CHECK TERRORIST DISASTER
In the terrorist a acks mainly bombs and grenades are used. To protect
ourselves from this, following precau ons are essen al –
1. If you see a abandon bundle then don't touch it, instead inform the
police.
2. Immediately inform the police if you see suitcase, box or bag kept
un-cared in any area.

India: Land and People :: 172

 fp=k 12-8 rkt gksVy ij vkradoknh geys dk n`';
5) iEiysV ds }kjk ;k lkoZtfud LFkyksa ij cSBd dj yksxksa dks ;g tkudkjh
nsa fd lkEçnkf;d naxs esa layXu jgus ls idM+s tkus ij fdl&fdl çdkj
dh ltk nh tk ldrh gSA vkthou dkjkokl vkSj ekSr dh ltk rFkk yacs
vof/ rd lJe dkjkokl dh ltk nh tk ldrh gSA
6) lkEçnkf;d naxk HkM+dkus okyksa ds fnekx esa ;g ckr cSBkus dh t:jr gS
fd muds idM+s tkus ds ckn muds ifjokj dh fLFkfr vR;ar gh n;uh; gks
tk;sxh rFkk muds ifjokj ds yksx lkeqnkf;d ?k`.kk ds f'kdkj gks ldrs gSaA
7) fo|ky; esa bl çdkj ds f'k{kk fn;s tk;sa ftlls fd cPps vius /eZ dk rks
lEeku djsa fdarq nwljs /eZ ds lkFk ?k`.kk u djsaA
vkradoknh vkink ls cpko ds mik;
vkradoknh geyksa esa eq[;r% ce vkSj xzsusM dk ç;ksx fd;k tkrk gS blls
cpko ds fy, fuEufyf•r lko/kfu;k¡ vko';d gS
1) ;fn vpkud dksbZ xBjh fey tk; rks mls Nwuk ugha pkfg, cfYd iqfyl
dks rRdky lwfpr djuk pkfg,A
2) ;fn fdlh {ks=k esa lwVdsl] lanwd ;k FkSyk j•k gqvk fn•kbZ ns rks bldh
lwpuk iqfyl dks rqjar nh tkuh pkfg,A
 3. If you notice any person with suspected activities then immediately
inform the police. If you cannot approach police then inform your
teacher or your parent.
4. Identify the person while giving your house to him on rent and inform
his full details to the police with his photographs.
5. The government should ensure the boys involved in terrorist network
that if they part with violence and start living with the common people
then no punishable action will be taken against them instead along
with pardon, monetary help for business will be given to them.
6. The students should be informed about problems that emerge from
terrorism in their school.
7. Committees should be formed for creating social environment against
terrorism in every village and in Mohalla of the cities.
Students, you have seen that due to human error and lack of
understanding huge disasters occurs. These disasters disturb the existing
communal harmony. India is a country of 121 crore people. Together we can
neutralise the communal and terrorist elements and together we can also
build a good India.

EXERCISE QUESTIONS

I. OBJECTIVE TYPE QUESTIONS

1. In how many categories common disasters are categorised?
(a)1 (b) 2 (c) 3 (d) 4
2. Cause of high fever?
(a) Bacteria (b) Virus (c) Fungus (d) None of these
3. From where should the roads be crossed in ci es?
(a) Where there is no zebra crossing (b) Where there is zebra crossing
(c) As per your wish (d) none of these

Common Disaster : Eradica on and Control :: 173

3) ;fn vkidks fdlh O;fÙkQ dh xfrfof/;ksa ij 'kd gks rks mldh lwpuk rqjar
iqfyl dks nsaA ;fn vki iqfyl rd ugha tk ldrs rks vius f'k{kd ;k
vfHkHkkod dks nsaA
4) vius edku esa fdjk;snkj j•us ds oÙkQ mldk lgh f'kuk[r djsa vkSj
iQksVksxzkiQ lfgr mldh tkudkjh iqfyl dks nsaA
5) ljdkj }kjk vkradokn dh tky esa iQals yM+dksa dks ;g vk'oklu nsuk
pkfg, fd ;fn os fgalk dk ekxZ R;kx dj vke yksxksa ds lkFk thuk çkjaHk
djrs gSa rks muds Åij naMkRed dk;Zokgh ugha gksxh cfYd {keknku ds
lkFk&lkFk jkstxkj ds fy, vkfFkZd lgk;rk Hkh nh tk;sxhA
6) fo|ky; esa cPpksa dks vkradokn ls mRiUu leL;kvksa dh tkudkjh nsuh
pkfg,A
7) çR;sd xk¡o vkSj 'kgjh eqgYys esa vkradokn ds fo#¼ lkekftd okrkoj.k
cukus ds fy, lfefr dk xBu fd;k tkuk pkfg,A
cPpksa] rqeus ns•k fd ekuoh; Hkwy vkSj le> dh deh ls fdruh
cM+h&cM+h vkink;sa gksrh gSaA ;s vkink;sa lkSgkæZiw.kZ lkeqnkf;d ,drk dks rksM+ nsrh
gSA Hkkjr 102 djksM+ yksxksa dk ns'k gSA ge lc feydj lkEçnkf;d vkSj
vkradoknh rRoksa dks fu"çHkkoh cuk ldrs gSa rFkk ge lc feydj ,d vPNs
Hkkjr dk fuekZ.k dj ldrs gSaA

(I) oLrqfu"B ç'u%

1- lkekU; vkinkvksa dks fdrus oxks± esa j•k tkrk gS \
(d) 1 (•) 2 ( x ) 3
(?k) 4
2- rhoz Toj dk dkj.k gS \
(d) thok.kq (•) fo"kk.kq (x) iQaxl (?k) buesa ls dksbZ ughaA
3- uxjksa esa lM+d dgk¡ ls ikj djuh pkfg, \
4. On which side of the road is it deal to walk?
(a) On right (b) In the middle (c) On le (d) as per your wish
5. What are the things that should be kept in mind while travelling by train?
(a) Don't look to your le and right while crossing the railway gate.
(b) Don't carry inflammable materials while travelling by train.
(c) The children should not have knowledge of crossing the railway line.
(d) None of these
II. SHORT ANSWER TYPE QUESTION
1. Which are the rules of safety that should be kept in mind while
travelling by air?
2. What are the things that should be kept in mind while crossing a
railway crossing?
3. What important things should be kept in mind while travelling by road?
4. What is the disaster that emerges from fire?
5. Describe any three measures to prevent communal riots?
6. Describe any three measures to prevent terrorist disaster?
III. LONG ANSWER TYPE QUESTION
1. Give a detailed account of causes of fire and its preven on in the fire
induced disaster?
2. What is terrorism? Describe in detail the measures to prevent terrorist
disaster?
3. Give detailed account of school level knowledge of disaster
management.
4. Give detailed account of causes and ways preven on from small scale
disasters.

Common Disaster : Eradica on and Control :: 174

4- iSny pyrs le; lM+d ij pyuk vkn'kZ gS \
(d) nk;ha rjiQ (•) chp ls
(x) ck;ha rjiQ (?k) LosPNk ls
5- jsy ;k=kk djrs le; fdu ckrksa dk è;ku j•uk pkfg, \
(d) jsyiQkVdksa dks ikj djrs le; nk;ha&ck;ha ugha ns•uk pkfg, A
(•) jsy ;k=kk ds nkSjku Toyu'khy inkFkZ ugha ys tkuk pkfg, A
(x) cPpksa dks jsyos ykbu ikj djus ds fu;eksa dh tkudkjh ugha gksuh
pkfg, A
(?k) buesa ls dksbZ ugha A
(II.) y?kq mÙkjh; ç'u%
1- gokbZ ;k=kk djrs le; lqj{kk ds dkSu ls fu;e è;ku esa j•uk pkfg, \
2- jsyos iQkVd ikj djrs le; fdu ckrksa dk è;ku j•uk pkfg, \
3- lM+d ;k=kk ds nkSjku fdu egRoiw.kZ ckrksa dk è;ku j•k tkuk pkfg, \
4- vkx ls mRiUu vkink D;k gS \
5- lkEçnkf;d naxksa ls cpko ds fdUgha rhu mik;ksa dk o.kZu dhft,A
6- vkradoknh vkink ls cpko ds fdUgha rhu mik;ksa dk o.kZu dhft,A
(III) nh?kZ mÙkjh; ç'u%
1- vkx ls mRiUu vkink ds varxZr vkx yxus ds dkj.kksa rFkk jksdFkke ds
mik;ksa dk foLr`r o.kZu dhft,A
2- vkradokn D;k gS\ vkradoknh vkink ls cpko ds mik;ksa dk foLr`r
o.kZu dhft,A
3- fo|ky; Lrjh; vkink çca/u dh tkudkjh dk o.kZu dhft,A
4- y?kq Lrjh; vkinkvksa ds dkj.kksa ,oa muls cpko ds rjhdksa dk
 CHAPTER - 13

COMMUNITY BASED DISASTER MANAGEMENT

Students, you might have heard or seen when any home of the
village catches ire in the extreme heat of summer, then village people
join their forces together to control the ominous ire. The village
population has been facing ire, Dacoit and animal attacks from the
time immemorial. This togetherness gives birth to community.
Community is a group of people which emerges from the emotional
attachment because of which people share their happiness and face
their sorrow together. The Indian culture is very ancient and its
greatest base is community.
Students, you might have seen frequent meetings of “Gram
Sabha” these days in your village. The most important topic of
discussion is what combined effort should be made by them to solve
the problems of the village and ensure the development of the village.

INDIA: TRADITIONALLY A SOCIETY OF COMMUNITY DISASTER

MANAGEMENT

People face different happenings in their life such as birth,

entering in a new home, marriage, death, incidents of ire, hail
storms, etc. together in a society. This togetherness automatically
gives birth to community based disaster management. Since the
Indus Valley Civilisation or the Mahabharta times tradition of joint
family system, our community system of living has gained in strength.
Though in city areas the numbers of single unit families are
increasing but there also when people from whole mohalla raise their
voice together for electricity, water, roads and cleanliness then it
re lects the community system of living. Students, you must have seen
that the festivals such as during Holi, Eid and Dashehra in your
mohalla, the committees are
Community based Disaster Management :: 175
 vè;k;&13

leqnk; vk/kfjr vkink çca/u

cPpksa] vkius t:j lquk gksxk ;k ns•k Hkh gksxk fd rirh xehZ esa tc xk¡o ds fdlh
?kj esa vkx yx tkrh gS] rc xk¡o ds yksx fey&tqydj mldk lkeuk djrs gSaA xk¡o ds yksx
vukfn dky ls vkxtuh] MdSrh vkSj taxyh tkuojksa ds geys dk lkeuk djrs jgs gSaA ;gh
esy&tksy leqnk; dks tUe nsrk gSA leqnk; HkkoukRed yxko ls mRiUu ,d lewg gS] tgk¡
yksx ,d lkFk lq•&nq%• dk lkeuk djrs gSaA Hkkjr dh laLÑfr cgqr gh çkphu gS] bldk
lcls cM+k vk/kj lkeqnkf;drk gSA
cPpksa] vkius ns•k gksxk fd vktdy xk¡oksa esa vDlj xzke lHkk dh cSBdsa gksrh gSA
mlesa fopkj dk lcls cM+k fo"k; gksrk gS fd fdl çdkj fey tqydj dqN ,slk dke djsa
ftlls xk¡o dh leL;kvksa dk lek/ku gks vkSj xk¡o dk fodkl Hkh gks lds\
Hkkjr % ijEijkxr :i ls lkeqnkf;d vkink çca/u dk lekt
ifjokj esa f'k'kq dk tUe] u;s ?kj esa ços'k] fookg ls ysdj e`R;q] vkxtuh] vk¡/h
vkSj vksyk&ikr] tSlh lq•&nq• dh ?kVukvksa dk lkeuk lekt ds yksx feytqydj djrs
jgs gSaA blh esy&tksy ls Lor% leqnk; vk/kfjr vkink çca/ dk Hkh fodkl gqvk gSA fla/q
?kkVh dh lH;rk vkSj egkHkkjr dky ls ysdj oÙkZeku la;qÙkQ ifjokj dh çFkk gekjh
lkeqnkf;d O;oLFkk dks rkdr nsrh gSA ;|fi 'kgjh {ks=kksa esa ,dy ifjokjksa dh la[;k c<+
jgh gS] ysfdu ogk¡ Hkh fctyh] ikuh] lM+d vkSj liQkbZ ds fy, tc eqgYys Hkj ds yksx
feytqydj vkokt mBkrs gSa] rc ;g lkeqnkf;d vfHkO;fÙkQ gh gSA cPpksa] vkius vius
eksgYys esa gksyh] bZn ,oa n'kgjk ds le; vkius ns•k gksxk fd 'kkafr gsrq dfeVh dk xBu
gksrk gSA ;g lkeqnkf;d çca/u dk gh vax gSA

Hkkjr % Hkwfe ,oa yksx %% 175

 Fig.13.1 A Gram Sabha in a Rajasthan village busy in planning to face disaster.
constituted for peace. This is a part of community management.

THE PIVOTAL ROLE OF COMMUNITY IN DISASTER MANAGEMENT

There could be any form of disaster, but its destructive impact
affects the life and property. The irst jolt of disaster affects human
beings and this human beings also give irst jolt to disaster when they
begin community effort to minimise disaster.
DO YOU KNOW?
1. No disaster strikes with prior information. In most of the
cases it is forecasted.
2. Disaster never makes any distinction among socially
uneven families.
3. For disaster management, community support is
compulsory.
4. Total preparedness is essential to negotiate disasters. In
absence of preparedness, the major accidents can turn
into tragedy.
The correct assessment of the real damages caused by disaster can
only be done by community. The community plays a pivotal role in the
accurate distribution of whatever emergency facilities are made
available to them for disaster management and also ensures that these
facilities reach each family. The community also informs about the
forecast of the disaster the community encounters the disaster at first. In
disaster, Fire can engulf houses, houses can fall, floods may occur

Community based Disaster Management :: 176

fp=k 13-1 vkink ls fuiVus dh rS;kjh esa e'kxwy jktLFkku ds ,d xk¡o dh xzke lHkk
vkink çca/u esa leqnk; dh dsUæh; Hkwfedk
vkink dk :i dksbZ Hkh D;ksa u gks] mldk fouk'kdkjh çHkko tku&eky ij iM+rk
gh gSA vkink dk igyk >Vdk euq"; dks yxrk gS vkSj euq"; gh vkink dks igyk >Vdk
Hkh nsrk gSA tc og vkink dks U;wu djus dk lkeqnkf;d ç;kl çkjEHk djrk gSA
cPpksa] D;k vki tkurs gSa fd&
1- dksbZ Hkh vkink lwpuk nsdj ugha vkrh gSA vf/drj ifjfLFkfr;ksa esa
bldk iwokZuqeku fd;k tkrk gSA
2- vkink vkfFkZd vkSj lkekftd n`f"V ls vleku ifjokjksa esa dksbZ
HksnHkko ugha djrh gSA
3- vkink çca/u ds fy, leqnk; dk lg;ksx vfuok;Z gSA
4- vkinkvksa ls fuiVus ds fy, leqfpr rS;kjh dh vko';drk gSA
rS;kjh ds vHkko esa ;g cM+s gknlksa ;k nq?kZVuk dk :i ys ldrk gSA

vkink ls gksusokyh okLrfod ßkl dk lgh vuqeku leqnk; gh yxk ldrk gSA vkink
çca/u ds fy, tks Hkh vkdfLed lqfo/k,¡ miyC/ djk;h tkrh gSa mlds forj.k esa rFkk
çR;sd ifjokj rd mlds ykHk dks igq¡pkus esa leqnk; dh dsaæh; Hkwfedk gksrh gSA leqnk;
gh vkink ds iwokZuqeku dh tkudkjh nsrk gS vkSj leqnk; ds yksx gh lcls igys vkink
dk lkeuk djrs gSaA vkink esa edku ty ldrs gSa] ?kjsa fxj ldrh gSa] ck<+ vk

Hkkjr % Hkwfe ,oa yksx %% 176

but community never breaks. Community is a friend of happiness and
sorrow and in a rural country like India, the biggest responsibility of
disaster management is of community (Fig.13.1). The administrative
management work and self help institution's management work can
successfully be accomplished under the guidance of the community.

THE COMMUNITY FACTOR OF DISASTER MANAGEMENT

The disaster management is an important community work. There

are three major components of disaster management and the success of
all three components depends upon community participation. These
three components are –
1.Forecast, warning and training.
2.Management activities at the time of disaster.
3.Management work after disaster.

In all three works, family, Gram Sabha, Self help organisations

working nearby and nearest school can play an important role.
It is very essential both for the administration and community to
forecast the disaster. It is possible that sometimes human disaster does
not occur but preparation of management is essential e.g. in every
summer season occurrence of ire is almost a certain (disaster).
Everybody knows about it. Similarly, in extreme summer season and in
rainy season the increased number of deaths due to Snake and Scorpion
bites is also a type of community disaster. The forecast and information
about these disasters can help in saving the life and property at large
scale. If the possibility of ire is seen then prior information can be given
to ire brigade. The community, at irst, begins to pull out people trapped
in ire engulfed houses as soon as the ire breaks out. Similarly, at times,
when the ire breaks out in cultivated lands by throwing Bidi and
Cigarette buds, it causes heavy damage to the crops.
Before the arrival of the ire brigade the community attempts to
minimise its impact. This should be accomplished in two phases –

Community based Disaster Management :: 177

ldrk gS] fdarq leqnk; ugha VwVrk gSA leqnk; lq•&nq%• dk lkFkh gksrk gS vkSj Hkkjr tSls
xzkeh.k ns'k esa vkink çca/u dh lcls cM+h ftEesnkjh leqnk; dh gksrh gS (fp=k 13-1)A
ç'kklfud çca/u dk;Z vkSj Lo;alsoh laLFkkvksa dk çca/u dk;Z Hkh lkeqnkf;d usr`Ro ds
ekè;e ls gh liQyrkiwoZd lEHko gksrk gSA
vkink çca/u ds lkeqnkf;d ?kVd
vkink çca/u ,d egRoiw.kZ lkeqnkf;d dk;Z gSA vkink çca/u ds rhu çeq• vax
gksrs gSa vkSj rhuksa gh vaxksa dh liQyrk esa leqnk; dh lgHkkfxrk gksrh gSA ;s rhu vax gS &
(1) iwokZuqeku] psrkouh ,oa çf'k{k.k
(2) vkink ds le; çca/u xfrfof/;k¡
(3) vkink ds ckn çca/u dk;ZA
bu rhuksa gh dk;ks± esa ifjokj] xzke lHkk] vklikl dk;Zjr Lo;alsoh laLFkk vkSj
fudVre fo|ky; egRoiw.kZ Hkwfedk fuHkk ldrk gSA
vkink dk iwokZuqeku ç'kklu vkSj leqnk; nksuksa dks yxrk gSA laHko gS fd
dHkh&dHkh ekuoh; vkink ?kfVr gh ugha gks ysfdu çca/u dh rS;kjh vko';d gSA tSls &
çR;sd xzh"e ½rq esa vkxtuh yxHkx fuf'pr (vkink) gSA bldh tkudkjh lHkh dks gksrh
gSA blh çdkj] rirh xehZ dh ½rq vkSj o"kkZ ½rq esa lk¡i] fcPNw ds na'k ls ejusokyksa dh
la[;k vf/d gksuk Hkh ,d çdkj dk lkeqnkf;d vkink gSA bu vkinkvksa ds iwokZuqeku
vkSj mldh lwpuk ls cM+s Lrj ij tku&eky dks cpk;k tk ldrk gSA vkx dh vk'kadk dks
ns•rs gq, vfXu'kked dks iwoZ gh lwpuk nh tk ldrh gSA vkx yxrs gh leqnk; ds yksx
lcls igys mu yksxksa dks ?kj ls fudkyus esa yx tkrs gSa tks vkx yxus ds le; ?kj ds
vanj iQals gq, gksrs gSaA blh çdkj •sr&•fygku esa chM+h] flxjsV ds VqdM+s ls dHkh&dHkh
vkx yx tkrh gSA blls iQly ty tkrs gSaA
vfXu'keu nLrk ds vkus ds iwoZ gh leqnk; blds çHkko dks de djus dk ç;kl
djrk gSA ;g dke nks Hkkxksa esa gksrk gS&

leqnk; vk/kfjr % vkink izca/u %% 177

(1) It is essential to administer irst aid to the persons who have
received burn injury in a separate place. In case of ire, it is better to
take them to Panchayat Bhavan or School buildings. Students, you
can also help in such conditions your help may be like putting water
and Sandal paste on the burnt wounds, it gives great relief to the
burnt people. The application of ice on burnt wounds also gives
relief. It is essential to call Ambulance through Telephone and
Mobiles from the nearby hospitals to send injured and semi burnt
patients to nearby hospitals (Fig.13.2). If somebody in the village is
having Car or other automobile facilities then it should also be used.
Students, you can't go to the hospitals but together you can help the
families of the victims. If you spend few hours with the children of
the victim's family, it gives emotional relief to them.

ECNALUB
MA

Fig. 13.2 - An Ambulance: Support At the time of disaster

(2) It is essential for the other groups of the community to sprinkle
water on the ire affected areas and in the adjacent areas also or
they can remove crops from the Barn. The spread of the ire can be
minimised by spreading dung and soil over the crops.

Community based Disaster Management :: 178

(1) >qyls gq, yksxksa dks ,d txg ys tkdj çkFkfed mipkj vko';d gSA vkxtuh dh
fLFkfr esa iapk;r Hkou ;k fo|ky; Hkou esa ys tkuk egRoiw.kZ gSA cPpksa] ;gk¡ vki Hkh
enn dj ldrs gksA tys gq, Hkkx ij ikuh Mkyuk vkSj pUnu ds ysi yxkus ls tys gq,
yksxksa dks cM+h jkgr feyrh gSA tys gq, Hkkx ij ciQZ ds mi;ksx ls Hkh jkgr feyrh gSA
VsyhiQksu vkSj eksckbZy dk ç;ksx djrs gq, fudVre vLirky ls ,Ecqysal dks eaxkuk vkSj
?kk;y ;k v¼Z tys gq, yksxksa dks vPNs mipkj ds fy, vLirky igq¡pkuk vko';d gS
(fp=k 13.2)A ;fn xk¡o esa fdlh dks dkj vFkok vU; vkWVks&eksckby gks rks mldk Hkh
mi;ksx djuk pkfg,A cPpksa] vki vLirky ugha tk ldrs gks ysfdu vki fey&tqydj
muds ifjokj dh enn dj ldrs gksA ml ifjokj ds getksyh HkkbZ&cguksa ds lkFk dqN ?kaVs
fcrkus ls HkkoukRed jkgr dk dk;Z gksrk gSA

fp=k 13.2 ,d ,Ecqysal % vkink ds {k.k dk lgkjk

(2) leqnk; ds nwljs lewg ds fy, vko';d gS fd os vkx yxs gq, {ks=k ij rFkk
dqN gVdj Hkh ty fNM+dko djsa ;k •fygku ds iQly dks gVkus dk dk;Z djsaA iQly
ij xkscj vkSj feêðh Mkyus dk dk;Z djsa blls vkx dk iQSyko de gks tkrk gSA

Hkkjr % Hkwfe ,oa yksx %% 178

 DO YOU KNOW?
For irst Aid treatment of ire victim, putting water and
applying Sandal wood paste or application of Burnol over
the burn wounds gives great relief.

ACTIVITY
Prepare a list of families of your Village/Mohalla, where crop
and house have been damaged and death of men and animal
has taken place due to ire in the last one year.
Prepare a list of those families of your Village/Mohalla,
where somebody has died of Snake bite.
Which type of disaster management can be arranged by you
in your School – Prepare a report by taking interview of your
Principal and teachers.

ACTIVITY OF COMMUNITY FOR DISASTER MANAGEMENT

Students, Village in itself is a community but if it is not active then
at the time of disaster also it can be a mere spectator. It is rightly said
that all works can't be achieved alone. An individual can't face a disaster
successfully all alone but when many people join hands together then
number of good qualities begins to combine together. These good
qualities themselves compel them for disaster management.
DO YOU KNOW?
The community should posses following good qualities for
disaster management –
1. The members of the community must always think about the
benevolence of the community.
2. When the community constitutes a team for a collective work
then it should not have shirkers in it because only brave and
laborious people can face disaster.

Community based Disaster Management :: 179

 D;k rqe tkurs gks\
vkx yxus ij çkFkfed mipkj ds fy, 'kjhj ij Ba<k ikuh Mkyus ds
vykok panu dk ysi ;k cjukWy yxkus ls tys Hkkx esa jkgr eglwl
gksrh gSA
fØ;kdyki %
vki vius xk¡o@eqgYyk ds ifjokj dh lwph rS;kj dhft, tgk¡
fiNys ,d o"kZ esa vkx yxus ls ?kj rFkk iQly dh cckZnh rFkk eos'kh
vkSj vkneh dh ekSr gqbZ gSA
vius xk¡o@eqgYyksa ds mu ifjokjksa dh lwph cukb, tgk¡ liZna'k
ls fdlh dh ekSr gqbZ gksA
vki vius fo|ky; esa fdl çdkj vkink çca/ dh O;oLFkk dj
ldrs gks& vius ç/kukè;kid] f'k{kdksa dk lk{kkRdkj ysdj ,d fjiksVZ
rS;kj dhft,A
vkink çca/u ds fy, leqnk; dh fØ;k'khyrk
cPpksa] xk¡o Lo;a ,d leqnk; gksrk gS ysfdu ;fn og fØ;k'khy ugha gS rks fiQj
og vkink ds le; Hkh n'kZd dh Hkk¡fr gh jg ldrk gSA ;g dgkor Bhd gh gS fd
vdsyk puk HkkM+ ugha iQksM+rk gSA ,d O;fÙkQ liQyrkiwoZd vkink dk lkeuk ugha dj
ldrk ysfdu tc os ,d ls vusd gks tkrs gSa rc mlesa dbZ vPNs xq.kksa dk lekos'k gksus
yxrk gSA ;s vPNs xq.k gh mUgsa Lor% vkink çca/u ds fy, çsfjr djrk gSA
D;k vki tkurs gSa fd &
vkink çca/u ds fy, leqnk; esa fuEufyf•r vPNs xq.kksa dk gksuk t:jh
gS &
1- leqnk; ds lnL; lnSo leqnk; ds HkykbZ ds fo"k; esa lkspsaA
2- leqnk; }kjk tc lkewfgd dk;Z ds fy, Vhe dk xBu gks rc mls
dkepksj yksxksa ls cpkuk pkfg,A mlesa ifjJeh vkSj lkglh yksx gh
vkink dk lkeuk dj ldrs gSaA

leqnk; vk/kfjr % vkink izca/u %% 179

 3. In this there should not be any differentiation on the basis of
cast and creed. When the disaster does not differentiate in its
fury then everybody should develop this feeling that only our
unity can minimise the impact of the disaster.
4. Every person of the community must remain alert, so that
they can exchange information about disaster immediately.
By exchanging such information, caste and communal riots
have been averted number of times. Such acts also prevent
the rumour mongers from being successful in their motive.
Thus the community management triumphs over the human
induced disasters.
5. The members of the community must have enthusiasm,
bravery and capability of using force if necessary.
6. Every person has many personal works to do but at the time of
community disaster the personal work must take back seat
and everybody must come forward to face it.

Students, you must have read that at the time of India's independence
there was a communal riot between Hindus and Muslims. It was communal
management that once again developed brotherhood amongst both the
communities. Mahatma Gandhi could stop the violence at Noakhali by saying
“Hindu – Muslim, Sikh – Esai Hum Sab Hain Bhai Bhai”.
DO YOU KNOW?
Following are the primary activities under the Community
Management–
1. As soon as the information of disaster is received then
immediately, through medium of public centres, effort must be
made to inform maximum people about the coming disaster and
rumours should be refuted from the community places.
2. To increase brotherhood and self con idence amongst the
minority religion and caste.
3. To inform administration about the disaster.

Community based Disaster Management :: 180

 3- mlesa tkr&ikr vkSj /eZ vk/kfjr HksnHkko ugha gksuh pkfg,A tc
vkink vius çdksi esa foHksn ugha djrk gSA ge lcksa esa ;g Hkkouk
fodflr gksuh pkfg, fd ,d tqV gksus ls gh vkink dk çHkko de
gks ldrk gSA
4- leqnk; ds gj O;fÙkQ dks ltx jguk pkfg, fd os laHkkfor vkink
dh tkudkjh 'kh?kz gh ,d nwljs dks nsaA bl çdkj dh tkudkjh nsus ls
dbZ ckj tkfr vkSj lkaçnkf;d naxs #ds gSaA blls viQokg iQSykus
okys ukS&nks X;kjg gks tkrs gSa vkSj ekuo tfur vkink ij lkeqnkf;d
çca/u Hkkjh iM+ tkrk gSA
5- leqnk; ds yksxksa esa mRlkg] lkgl vkSj vko';drkuqlkj l[rh ds
ç;ksx dh {kerk gksuh pkfg,A
6- gj O;fÙkQ ds cgqr lkjs futh dk;Z gksrs gSa ysfdu lkeqnkf;d vkink
ds lkeus futh dk;Z dks xkS.k le>rs gq, blds lkeuk djus gsrq
vkxs vkuk pkfg,A
cPpksa] vkius ;g Hkh i<+k gksxk fd Hkkjr dh Lora=krk ds le; fganw&eqfLye
vkil esa yM+ x;s FksA ;g lkeqnkf;d çca/u gh Fkk ftlls fd HkkbZpkjs dk iqu% fodkl
gqvkA egkRek xk¡/h us uksvk•yh ds fgalk dks ;g dgdj jksd fn;k fd fganw&eqfLye]
flD•&blkbZ] ge lc HkkbZ&HkkbZA
D;k vki tkurs gSa &
lkeqnkf;d çca/u ds varxZr çkFkfed fØ;kdykisa fuEufyf•r gSa &
1- lwpuk feyrs gh lkoZtfud dsaæksa ds ekè;e ls vf/d ls vf/d
yksxksa dks vkink dh lwpuk nsuk rFkk fdlh Hkh viQokg dk
lkeqnkf;d LFkyksa ls •aMu djukA
2- xk¡o ds vYila[;d /eZ vkSj tkfr ds yksxksa esa ln~Hkkouk vkSj
vkRefo'okl c<+kukA
3- vkink dh tkudkjh ç'kklu ra=k dks nsukA

Hkkjr % Hkwfe ,oa yksx %% 180

 4. To inform nearest health centre.
5. To start relief work through Panchayat.
6. To invite self help organisations for relief work.
7. Coordination committee must be constituted to check any
chaos in the relief work.
8. To guarantee at least the availability of clean water and fresh
food for the affected people.
9. To arrange emergency relief camps.
TO ENSURE THE PARTICIPATION OF COMMUNITY IN DISASTER
MANAGEMENT
In disaster management the participation of community can only be
ensured when information regarding expected disaster is given to
maximum people. For this, through following process administrative
system Gram Panchayat, self help organisations and progressive
persons themselves should come forward and ensure the participation
of people:-
1) To announce among students of the nearest school the information
of expected lood or storm so that they can caution their family
members.
2) To inform in the temples, Mosques or Church about the expected
natural or human induced disaster. The ideal time for this is the prayer
time when maximum people remain present. If necessary, the expected
disaster can be announced through the public address system available
in these religious places.
3) To prepare a list of those families where old age persons, children,
pregnant women, diseased and mentally disturbed persons are there.
Special groups have to be constituted to take such persons to safer
places.
4) To arrange emergency services, apart from food, like boat, life
jackets, Doctors and engineers for the relief camps in Panchayat Bhavan
and village school.
5) To arrange transport facility in case of ire, epidemic, caste and
communal tensions and hail storms, which can inform the concerned
of icial in absence of Mobile and telephones.

Community based Disaster Management :: 181

 4. fudVre çkFkfed fpfdRlk dsUæ dks lwpuk nsukA
5. iapk;r ds ekè;e ls jkgr dk;Z çkjaHk djukA
6- jkgr dk;Z ds fy, Lo;alsoh laLFkkvksa dks vkeaf=kr djukA
7. jkgr dk;Z esa xM+cM+h u gks blds fy, leUo; Vhe dk xBu djukA
8. çHkkfor yksxksa dks de ls de LoPN ty vkSj LoPN Hkkstu dh
miyC/rk dh xkjaVh djukA
9. vkikrdkyhu jkgr f'kfoj dh O;oLFkk djukA

vkink çca/u esa leqnk; dh Hkkxhnkjh dks lqfuf'pr djuk

vkink çca/u esa leqnk; dh Hkkxhnkjh dks rHkh lqfuf'pr fd;k tk ldrk gS tc
laHkkfor vkink dh lwpuk vf/d ls vf/d yksxksa dks feysA blds fy, fuEufyf•r
fof/;ksa ls xzke iapk;r ç'kklfud O;oLFkk] Lo;alsoh laLFkk rFkk çxfr'khy O;fÙkQ Lo;a
vkxs c<+dj yksxksa dh Hkkxhnkjh lqfuf'pr dj ldrs gSa %&
1) fudVre fo|ky; esa fo|kfFkZ;ksa ds chp ;g ?kksf"kr djuk fd ck<+ vFkok vk¡/h
dh vk'kadk gS blfy, ?kj esa yksxksa dks lpsr dj nsukA
2) eafnj&efLtn ;k fxfjtk?kj esa tkdj çkÑfrd vFkok ekuotfur laHkkfor
vkinkvksa dh tkudkjh nsukA ;g tkudkjh ml le; mfpr gksxk tc çkFkZuk ds
fy, vf/d ls vf/d yksx mifLFkr gksaA ;fn vko';d gks rks /eZLFky esa yxs
gq, lkoZtfud mn~?kks"k.kk ;a=kks ds }kjk Hkh tkudkjh nh tk ldrh gSA
3) oSls ifjokjksa dh lwph cukuk tgk¡ vR;f/d mez ds o`¼] f'k'kq] xHkZorh efgyk]
chekj vkSj fof{kIr yksx gksaA ,sls yksxksa ds foLFkkiu gsrq fo'ks"k ny dk xBu
djukA
4) iapk;r Hkou vkSj xk¡o ds fo|ky; esa jkgr f'kfoj ds fy, vkikrdkyhu
O;oLFkk djuk ftlesa •ku&iku ds vfrfjÙkQ] uko] rSjusokys tSdsV] fpfdRld
vkSj vfHk;arkvksa dh O;oLFkk djukA
5) vkxtuh] egkekjh] tkfr vkSj lkaçnkf;d ruko vkSj vksyko`f"V tSls vkink esa
ifjogu dh O;oLFkk j•uk] tks lacaf/r vf/dkjh rd eksckby vFkok iQksu ugha
jgus ij lwpuk igq¡pk ldsA

lkekU; vk/kfjr % vkink izca/u %% 181

CONSTITUTION OF DISASTER MANAGEMENT COMMITTEE AT
VILLAGE LEVEL
It has been decided at the national level to constitute disaster
management committee at village level, so that at the time of disaster
relief and rescue operation can be operated in a systematic manner. The
warning of disaster can also be given to each family by village
management committee in a more effective manner. This committee
comprises the following nine members:
1. Principal of the School
2. Mukhiya of the village
3. Sarpanch of the village
4.Two dedicated persons of the village
5.One Doctor of primary health centre
6.Members of the National Service scheme (NSS)
7.Gram Sevak8.Two women of self help group

ACTIVITIES OF VILLAGE DISASTER MANAGEMENT COMMITTEE:-

1. To warn and inform on the basis of forecast – This management
committee will immediately apprise the villagers of the information
received from the district headquarters.
2. To select relief camps and provide relief to the affected people – The
committee will inform the district headquarters about this and in case
of ire will inform the ire brigade.
3. Relief work – To make available food and water to the affected people.
4. To arrange First Aid.
5. To provide security to all – To give special attention to women and
children.
6. To give attention to hygiene – If hygiene is maintained then spread of
the diseases can be checked.

Community based Disaster Management :: 182

xzkeh.k Lrj ij vkink çca/u lfefr dk xBu
xzkeh.k Lrj ij vkink çca/u lfefr dk xBu dk jk"Vªh; Lrj ij fu.kZ; fy;k x;k
gSA blls vkink ds le; jkgr rFkk cpko dk;Z lqfu;ksftr <ax ls pyk;k tk ldsxkA
vkink dh psrkouh Hkh xzkeh.k çca/u lfefr vf/d l{ke :i ls gjsd ifjokj dks ns
ldrk gSA bl lfefr esa ukS lnL; gksrs gSaA ;s fuEukafdr gSa %&
1) fo|ky; ds ç/kukpk;Z
2) xk¡o ds eqf•;k
3) xk¡o ds ljiap
4) xk¡o ds nks lefiZr yksx
5) çkFkfed LokLF; dsaæ dk ,d MkWDVj
6) jk"Vªh; lqj{kk lsok ds lnL; (NSS)
7) xzke lsod
8) Lo;a lgk;rk lewg dh nks efgyk,¡
xzkeh.k vkink çca/u lfefr dk dk;Z %
1) iwokZuqeku ds vk/kj ij psrkouh ,oa lwpuk nsuk ;g çca/u lfefr ftyk eq[;ky;
ls çkIr lwpukvksa dks rRdky yksxksa rd igq¡pk;sxkA
2) jkgr f'kfoj dk p;u vkSj çHkkfor yksxksa dks jkgr igq¡pkus dk dk;Z& blh ds lkFk
ftyk ç'kklu dks lwfpr djsxk vxj vkxtuh gS rks nedy dks lwfpr djsxkA
3) jkgr dk;Z & eq[; :i ls yksxksa dks Hkkstu ,oa is;ty miyC/ djkukA
4) çkFkfed mipkj dh O;oLFkk djkukA
5) lHkh dks lqj{kk nsuk efgyk] cPpksa dks fo'ks"k :i ls è;ku nsukA
6) LoPNrk dk [;ky j•uk& LoPNrk j•us ls fofHkUu çdkj dh chekjh ugha iQSyrh
gSA

Hkkjr % Hkwfe ,oa yksx %% 182

 EXERCISE QUESTIONS

(i) OBJECTIVE TYPE QUESTIONS

1. Which one of the following is not included amongst the
three components of disaster management?
(a) Forecast, warning and training.
(b) Management activities during disaster.
(c) To remain satis ied after the occurrence of the disaster.
(d) To perform management work after the disaster.
2. Which disaster is almost certain in every summer season?
(a) Fire (b) Air crash
(c) Rail accident (d) Road accident
3. Which one of the following is not included among the
primary activities of community management?
(a) To inform the nearest health centre.
(b) To guarantee the availability of clean water and food to the
affected people.
(c) Not to inform the administration about the disaster.
(d) To arrange emergency relief camp.
4. Which is the important work of village disaster
management committee?
(a) Not to arrange First Aid.
(b) To provide security to everyone.
(c) To select relief camp and work to provide relief.
(d) To maintain hygiene.

Community based Disaster Management :: 183

 vH;kl iz'u

( i) oLrqfu"B ç'u%
1- vkink çca/u ds rhu çeq• vaxksa esa fuEufyf•r esa dkSu ,d 'kkfey ugha
gS \
(d) iwokZuqeku] psrkouh ,oa çf'k{k.k
(•) vkink ds le; çca/u xfrfof/;k¡
(x) vkink ds ckn fuf'pr jgukA
(?k) vkink ds ckn çca/u dk;Z djuk
2- çR;sd xzh"e ½rq esa dkSu lh vkink yxHkx fuf'pr gS \
(d) vkxtuh (•) ok;q nq?kZVuk
(x) jsy nq?kZVuk (?k) lM+d nq?kZVuk
3- lkeqnkf;d çca/u ds varxZr fuEufyf•r esa ls dkSu ,d çkFkfed
fØ;kdyki esa 'kkfey ugha gS \
(d) fudVre çkFkfed fpfdRlk dsaæ dks lwfpr djuk
(•) çHkkfor yksxksa dks LoPN ty vkSj Hkkstu dh miyC/rk dh xkjaVh djuk
(x) vkink dh tkudkjh ç'kklu ra=k dks ugha nsuk
(?k) vkikrdkyhu jkgr f'kfoj dh O;oLFkk djuk
4- xzkeh.k vkink çca/u lfefr ds çeq• dk;Z gS &
(d) çkFkfed mipkj dh O;oLFkk ugha djuk
(•) lHkh dks lqj{kk nsuk
(x) jkgr f'kfoj dk p;u ,oa jkgr igq¡pkus dk dk;Z djuk
(?k) LoPNrk dk [;ky j•uk

lkekU; vk/kfjr % vkink izca/u %% 183

(ii) SHORT ANSWER TYPE QUESTION
1. What efforts should be made by the community before the
arrival of the ire brigade?
2. Who are the members included in the constitution of the
village level disaster management committee?
3. Which good qualities are essentially required in the community
for the disaster management?

(iii) LONG ANSWER TYPE QUESTION

1. Describe the central role of community in the disaster

management.
2. Describe in detail the activities of village disaster management
committee.
3. How can the participation of community be ensured in disaster
management?

Community based Disaster Management :: 184

(ii) y?kq mÙkjh; ç'u%
1- vfXu'keu nLrk vkus ds iwoZ leqnk; }kjk dkSu&dkSu ls ç;kl fd, tkus pkfg, \
2- xzkeh.k Lrj ij vkink çca/u lfefr ds xBu esa dkSu&dkSu ls lnL; 'kkfey gksrs
gSa \
3- vkink&çca/u ds fy, leqnk; esa fdu vPNs xq.kksa dk gksuk vko';d gS \
(iii) nh?kZ mÙkjh; ç'u%
1- vkink çca/u esa leqnk; dh dsUæh; Hkwfedk dk o.kZu dhft,A
2- xzkeh.k vkink çca/u lfefr ds dk;ks± dk foLr`r o.kZu dhft,A
3- vkink çca/u esa leqnk; dh Hkkxhnkjh dks dSls lqfuf'pr fd;k tk ldrk gS \

Hkkjr % Hkwfe ,oa yksx %% 184